Letters
The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.
Chapter 21
21PG 37:21a
Ἐψευσάμην, ὁμολογῶ, τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν, συνέσεσθαί σοι καὶ συμφιλοσοφήσειν καθομολογήσας ἐκ τῶν Ἀθηνῶν ἔτι, καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖσε φιλίας καὶ συμφυΐαςο οὗ γὰρ ἔχω τι τούτων εἰπεῖν οἰκειότερον. Ἐψευσάμην δὲ οὐχ ἑκὼν, ἀλλὰ νόμου νόμον νικήσαντος, τοῦ θεραπεύειν κελεύσαντος τοὺς γεννήτορας, τὸν τῆς ἑταιρείας καὶ συνηθείας. Οὐ μὴν παντάπασι ψεύσομαι, ἂν τοῦτο αὐτὸς καταδέξῃ. Τὰ μὲν τὰρ ἡμεῖς σοι συνεσόμεθαο τὰ δὲ αὐτὸς ἡμῖν θέλησον, ἶνʼ τὰ πάντα κοινὰ, καὶ τὸ τῆς φιλίας ὁμότιμον. Οὕτω γὰρ ὑπάρξει, καὶτὸ τούτους μὴ λυα πεῖν, καὶ τὸ σοῦ τυγχάνειν.
Epseusamēn, homologō, tēn hyposchesin, synesesthai soi kai symphilosophēsein kathomologēsas ek tōn Athēnōn eti, kai tēs ekeise philias kai symphyïaso hou gar echō ti toutōn eipein oikeioteron. Epseusamēn de ouch hekōn, alla nomou nomon nikēsantos, tou therapeuein keleusantos tous gennētoras, ton tēs hetaireias kai synētheias. Ou mēn pantapasi pseusomai, an touto autos katadexę̄. Ta men tar hēmeis soi synesomethao ta de autos hēmin thelēson, inʼ ta panta koina, kai to tēs philias homotimon. Houtō gar hyparxei, kaito toutous mē lya pein, kai to sou tynchanein.
[Letter 1. To Basil] I have broken my promise, I confess. While we were still at Athens I agreed to live with you and to pursue philosophy with you, as part of the friendship and close union we had there; for I have nothing more fitting to call it. But I broke it not willingly: one law defeated another, the law that bids us care for our parents defeated the law of companionship and intimacy. Yet I shall not break it altogether, if you yourself will accept this: for part of the time we shall be with you, and for part do you be willing to be with us, so that we may have everything in common and our friendship may be equal in honour. In this way it will come about both that they are not grieved and that I have you. [Letter 2. To Basil] …
Chapter 23
23PG 37:24a–24b
σὺ, καὶ ἁκροβἁμων, καὶ τὰς πλάκας κατακροαίνων, καὶ ὑπόπτερε σὺ, καὶ μετάρσιε, καὶ τῷ ’Δδάριδος ὀϊστῷ συμφερόμενε, ἵνα καὶ Καππαδόκης ὢν, φύγῃς τὰ Καππαδοκίας. Ἢ ἁδικοῦμεν δτι ὑμεῖς μὲν ὠχριᾶτε, καὶ στενὸν ἀναπνεῖτε, καὶ μετρεῖσθε τὸν ἥλιον· ἡμεῖς δὲ λιπῶμεν, καὶ κορεννύμεθα, καὶ οὒ περιγεγραμμεθα; Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα ὑμῶν ἔστι. Τρυφᾶτε δὲ, καὶ πλουτεῖτε, καὶ ἀγοράξετε ο τοῦτο οὐκ ἐπαινῶ. Ἢ τοίνυν παῦσαι τοὺς πηλοὺς ὀνειδίζων ἡμῖν, (οὔτε γὰρ σὺ τὴν πόλιν ἐδημιούργησας, οὔτε τὸν xstμῶνα ἡμεῖςʼ) ἤ καὶ ἡμεῖς σοι προσοίσομεν ἀντὶ τῶν πηλῶν τοὺς καπήλους (ιι), καὶ ὅσα αῖ πόλεις μοχθηρὰ φέρουσιν. r'. ΕΥΔΙῬΙῼ. Ἦσθην ἐπαινούμενος. Τὸ γὰρ τὸν υἱὸν ἡμῶν Εὑάγριον εὐδοκιμεῖν, ἡμᾶς ἐστιν εὐδοκιμεῖνσ τέκνων γὰρ ἀρετὴ, δόξα πατέρων. Ἡμεῖς δὲ, εἰς λόγους μὲν, οὐδὲν ἢ μικρὸν ἴσως σύνισμεν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ὠφελήσασι τὸν σὺν υἱὸν (οὐδὲ γὰρ μέγα ἡμῖν τὸ τῶν λόγων) ιν δὲ ἀντὶ πάντων αὐτῷ καὶ μέγιστον ουνεισηνὲγκαμεν, οὐκ ἀρνήσομαι, τδν τοῦ Θεοῦ φόβον, καὶ τὸ πεῖσαι τῶν παρόντων καταφρο· νεῖν. Ἐκείνῳ μὲν οὖν τὰ κάλλιστα συνηυξάμεοὰ τε καὶ συνευχόμεθα, ἵνʼ ἃς ἔλασε παρʼἡμῶν ἀρχὰς. τελέως καρποφορήσῃ, καί τινα τῆς σπουδῆς καρπὸν ἑνεγκὼμεβα. Τῇ δὲ σῇ τιμιότητι πᾶσα χάρις, ὅτι καὶ μεμνῆσθαι ἡμῶν ἀξιοῖς, καὶιιοῖς ὑπομνήμασι τιμᾷν τῆς φιλίας. ’Δπερ οὺ μικρὰ ὄντα μειζόνως ὑπεδεξάμεθα.
sy, kai hakrobamōn, kai tas plakas katakroainōn, kai hypoptere sy, kai metarsie, kai tǭ ’Ddaridos oïstǭ sympheromene, hina kai Kappadokēs ōn, phygę̄s ta Kappadokias. Ē hadikoumen dti hymeis men ōchriate, kai stenon anapneite, kai metreisthe ton hēlion; hēmeis de lipōmen, kai korennymetha, kai ou perigegrammetha? Alla tauta hymōn esti. Tryphate de, kai plouteite, kai agoraxete o touto ouk epainō. Ē toinyn pausai tous pēlous oneidizōn hēmin, (oute gar sy tēn polin edēmiourgēsas, oute ton xstmōna hēmeisʼ) ē kai hēmeis soi prosoisomen anti tōn pēlōn tous kapēlous (ii), kai hosa ai poleis mochthēra pherousin. r'. EUDIRhIǬ. Ēsthēn epainoumenos. To gar ton huion hēmōn Heuagrion eudokimein, hēmas estin eudokimeins teknōn gar aretē, doxa paterōn. Hēmeis de, eis logous men, ouden ē mikron isōs synismen hēmin autois ōphelēsasi ton syn huion (oude gar mega hēmin to tōn logōn) in de anti pantōn autǭ kai megiston ouneisēnenkamen, ouk arnēsomai, tdn tou Theou phobon, kai to peisai tōn parontōn kataphro; nein. Ekeinǭ men oun ta kallista synēuxameoa te kai syneuchometha, hinʼ has elase parʼhēmōn archas. teleōs karpophorēsę̄, kai tina tēs spoudēs karpon henenkōmeba. Tę̄ de sę̄ timiotēti pasa charis, hoti kai memnēsthai hēmōn axiois, kaiiiois hypomnēmasi timąn tēs philias. ’Dper ou mikra onta meizonōs hypedexametha.
[Letter 2, continued] … you, who walk on tiptoe and stamp on the paving stones, you winged one, you soaring one, carried along on the arrow of Abaris, so that, though a Cappadocian, you may escape Cappadocia. Or do we wrong you because you are pale and short of breath and have the sun measured out to you, while we are sleek and well fed and not hemmed in? Yet these things are yours. You live in luxury, and are rich, and haunt the market place: this I do not praise. So either stop reproaching us with the mud (for neither did you build the city, nor did we make the winter), or we in turn will bring against you, instead of mud, the hucksters, and all the base things that cities produce. [Letter 3. To Evagrius] I was glad to be praised. For the good repute of our son Evagrius is our good repute; the virtue of children is the glory of their fathers. As for literature, we are conscious of having helped your son little or nothing (for our attainment in letters is not great); but one thing, in place of all others and the greatest, we did contribute to him, I will not deny it: the fear of God, and persuading him to despise present things. For him, then, we have prayed and still pray for the best, that he may bring to full fruit the beginnings he took from us, and that we may reap some fruit of our zeal. To your Honour all thanks, that you think fit to remember us and to honour us with tokens of friendship; and these, though not small, we received as even greater. …
Chapter 25
25PG 37:25a–25d
μειδξα μόνον, καὶ τῆς παιδεύσεως ἐμφοροῦ1 καὶ φιλίας ἡμῶν ἀπόλαυε. Πάντα ἡμῖν χρηστά ἃ παρά σοῦ, ὁποῖα ποτʼ ἂν ᾖ, καὶ ὅπως ἂν ἔχῃ. Καὶ γάρ μοι καὶ τά ἐνταῦθα σκώπτειν δοκεῖς, οὐχ ἵνα σκώψῃς, ἀλλʼ ἵνα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἑλκύσῃς. (εἴ τί γε ἐγώ σου συνίημʼ) ὥσπερ ot τά ῥεύματα φράσσοντες, ἶνʼ ἀλλαχοῦ μθελκὺσωσι. Τοιαῦτα ἡμῖν ἀεὶ τὰ σά. Ἐγὼ δέ σου τὸν Πόντον θαυμάσομαι, κα) τὴν Ποντικὴν ζοφηφορίαν, καὶ τὴν φυγῆς ἀξίαν μονὴν, τούς τε ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς λόφους, καὶ θῆρας, οἳ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν δοκιμάζουσι, καὶ τὴν ὑποκειμένην ἐσχατιὰν, εἴτʼ οὖν μυωξέαν μετά τῶν σεμνῶν ὀνομάτων τοῦ φροντιστηρίου, καὶ τοῦ μοναστηρίου, καὶ τῆς σχολῆς, λόχμας τε ἀγρίων φυτῶν, καὶ βαθυκρήμνων ὀρῶν στέφανον, ὑφʼ οῦ μὴ στεφανοῦσθε, ἀλλὰ συγκλιίεσθε, τὸν δὲ μετρούμενον άέρα, mi. τὸν ποθούμενον ἥλιον, δν ὡς διὰ κάπνης αὑγάζεσθε, ὦ Ποντικοὶ Κιμμέριοι καὶ οὐ τὴν ἑξάμηνον νύκτα μόνον κατακριθέντες. ὂ δή τινες λέγονται, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ μέρος τῆς ζωῆς ἄσκιον ἔχοντες, μίαν δὲ νύκτα μακράν τὸν ἅπαντα βίον, καὶ δν·τως σκιὰν θανάτου, ἵνʼ είπω τὸ τῆς Γραφῆςο Ἐπαινῶ καὶ τὴν στενὴν καὶ τεθλιμμένην ὁδὸν, (οὐκ οἶδα εἴτε εἰς βασιλείαν, εἴτε εἰς ᾅδου φέρουσαν, σοῦ δὲ ἕνεκεν είς βασιλείαν φερέτω,) xal. τὴν ὲν μέσῳ, τί βούλει, πότερον Ἑδὲμ ὀνομάσω ψευδόμενος, καὶ τὴν είς τέσσαρας ἀρχὰς μεριζομένην πηγὴν, ἐξ ἧς ή οικουμένη ποτίζεται,ἦ τὴν ξηράν καὶ ἀνικμον ἐρημίαν, ἦν τις ήμερώσει Μωσῆς, ῥάβδῳ πέτραν πηγάσαςς Ἔστι γὰρ ὅσον μὲν διαπέφευγε τὰς πέτρας, χαραδρεώνο ὅσον δὲ τὰς χαράδρας, ἀκανθεώνο ὅσον δὲ ὑπὲρ τάς ἀκάνθας, γρημνός· καὶ ή ὑπὲρ τοῦτον ὁδὸς, ὲπίκρημνός τε καὶ άμφιτάλαντος, τῶν ὁδευόντων τὸν νοῦν συνάγουσα καὶ γυμνάζουσα πρὸς ἀσφάλειαν. Ποταμὸς δὲ κάτω ῥοχθεῖ, οὗτος ὁ Ἀμφιπολίτης σοι Στρυμὼν κα) ήσύχιος καὶ οὐκ ίχθυοφόρος μᾶλλον, ἢ λιθοφόρος ο οὐδὲ είς λίμνην ἀναχεόμενος, ἀλλʼ εἰς βάθη κατασυρόμενος, ὦ λίαν ὑψήγορε σὺ, καὶ ποιητά καινῶν ὀνομάτων. Ἐστι γὰρ μέγας, καὶ φοβερὸς, καὶ ὑπερηχῶν τῶν ἀνω τὰς ψαλμῳδίας. οὐδὲν πρὸς τοῦτον oi κται, καὶ oi Κατάδουποι ’ τοσοῦτον ὑμῶν
meidxa monon, kai tēs paideuseōs emphorou1 kai philias hēmōn apolaue. Panta hēmin chrēsta ha para sou, hopoia potʼ an ę̄, kai hopōs an echę̄. Kai gar moi kai ta entautha skōptein dokeis, ouch hina skōpsę̄s, allʼ hina pros heauton helkysę̄s. (ei ti ge egō sou syniēmʼ) hōsper ot ta rheumata phrassontes, inʼ allachou mthelkysōsi. Toiauta hēmin aei ta sa. Egō de sou ton Ponton thaumasomai, ka) tēn Pontikēn zophēphorian, kai tēn phygēs axian monēn, tous te hyper kephalēs lophous, kai thēras, hoi tēn pistin hymōn dokimazousi, kai tēn hypokeimenēn eschatian, eitʼ oun myōxean meta tōn semnōn onomatōn tou phrontistēriou, kai tou monastēriou, kai tēs scholēs, lochmas te agriōn phytōn, kai bathykrēmnōn orōn stephanon, hyphʼ ou mē stephanousthe, alla synkliiesthe, ton de metroumenon aera, mi. ton pothoumenon hēlion, dn hōs dia kapnēs haugazesthe, ō Pontikoi Kimmerioi kai ou tēn hexamēnon nykta monon katakrithentes. o dē tines legontai, allʼ oude meros tēs zōēs askion echontes, mian de nykta makran ton hapanta bion, kai dn;tōs skian thanatou, hinʼ eipō to tēs Graphēso Epainō kai tēn stenēn kai tethlimmenēn hodon, (ouk oida eite eis basileian, eite eis hądou pherousan, sou de heneken eis basileian pheretō,) xal. tēn en mesǭ, ti boulei, poteron Hedem onomasō pseudomenos, kai tēn eis tessaras archas merizomenēn pēgēn, ex hēs ē oikoumenē potizetai,ē tēn xēran kai anikmon erēmian, ēn tis ēmerōsei Mōsēs, rhabdǭ petran pēgasass Esti gar hoson men diapepheuge tas petras, charadreōno hoson de tas charadras, akantheōno hoson de hyper tas akanthas, grēmnos; kai ē hyper touton hodos, epikrēmnos te kai amphitalantos, tōn hodeuontōn ton noun synagousa kai gymnazousa pros asphaleian. Potamos de katō rhochthei, houtos ho Amphipolitēs soi Strymōn ka) ēsychios kai ouk ichthyophoros mallon, ē lithophoros o oude eis limnēn anacheomenos, allʼ eis bathē katasyromenos, ō lian hypsēgore sy, kai poiēta kainōn onomatōn. Esti gar megas, kai phoberos, kai hyperēchōn tōn anō tas psalmǭdias. ouden pros touton oi ktai, kai oi Katadoupoi ’ tosouton hymōn
[Letter 4, continued] … only smile, and take your fill of learning, and enjoy our friendship. Everything that comes from you is good to us, whatever it is and however it stands. For indeed you seem to me to mock things here too, not in order to mock but to draw us to yourself (if I understand you at all), like those who dam streams to divert them elsewhere. Such are your ways with us always. But I will admire your Pontus and the Pontic gloom, and the dwelling worthy of flight; the crests over your head, and the wild beasts that test your faith; and the remote spot lying beneath, or rather the mousehole, with its grand names of “thinking-place”, “monastery”, and “school”; the thickets of wild plants and the crown of steep-cliffed mountains, by which you are not crowned but shut in; the air doled out by measure, and the longed-for sun, which you glimpse as through a chimney, O Pontic Cimmerians, condemned not only to a six-month night, as some are said to be, but having not even a part of life free from shadow: the whole of life one long night and truly a shadow of death, to use the words of Scripture. I praise also the narrow and hard-pressed road (I do not know whether it leads to the kingdom or to Hades; but for your sake let it lead to the kingdom), and the land in the middle: what would you have me call it? Shall I falsely name it Eden, and the spring divided into four heads from which the world is watered, or the dry and waterless desert which some Moses will tame, making water spring from the rock with his rod? For whatever has escaped the rocks is gullies; whatever has escaped the gullies is thorn-brakes; whatever is above the thorns is cliff; and the road above this is precipitous and sloping both ways, concentrating the travellers' minds and training them for safety. And below a river roars, this your Strymon of Amphipolis, so “quiet”, carrying stones rather than fish, not spreading into a lake but swept down into the depths, O you most grandiloquent coiner of new names! For it is great and fearsome, and drowns the psalmody of those above; the Cataracts and the Catadupa are nothing to it, so loudly does it
Chapter 27
27PG 37:28a–28d
ιατασοᾷ νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας. Τραχὺς μὲν ὢν. ε ἄπορος δέ · καὶ θολερὸς μὲν, ἄποτος δέ· οὗ τοῦτο ’ μόνον φιλάνθρωπον, i'rrt μὴ παρασύρει τὴν μονὴν ὑμῶν, ὅταν αὑτὸν αἱ χαράδραι καὶ οἱ χειμῶνες έκμαὶνωσιν. ’Δ μὲν οὖν ἡμεῖς σύνισμεν, ταῖς τῶν Μακάρων νήσοις ταύταις εἴτʼ οὖν τῶν μακαρίων ὑμῶν, ταῦτά ἐστι. Σὺ δὲ μὴ θαύμαζε τοὺς μηνοειδεῖς ἀγκῶνας, τὰ βάσιμα τῆς ὑπωρείας ὑμῶν ἀπαγχονίζοντας μᾶλλον, ἦ ἀποτειχίζοντας, καὶ τὸν κορυφῆς ὑπερτέλλοντα τένοντα, δς Ταντάλειον ὑμῖν ποιεῖ τήν ζωὴν, τάς τε διαρρεούσας αὔρας, καὶ τῆς γῆς ἀναπνοὰς, αϊ λειποθυμοῠντας ὑμᾶς ἀναψύχουσι, τούς τε ᾠδικοὺς ὄρνιθας, ᾅδοντας μὲν, ἀλλὰ τὸν λιμόν· καὶ περιιπταμένους μὲν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐρημίαν. Ἐπιδημεῖ δὲ οὐδεὶς, ἔτι μὴ κατὰ θήραν, λέγεις · πρόσθες, καὶ ὥστε νεκροὺς ὑμᾶς ἐπισκέπτεσθαι. Ταῦτα μακρότερα μὲν ἴσως ἢ κατʼ ἐπιστολὴν, ἐλάττω δὲ κωμῳδίας. Σὺ δὲ ει μὲν οἴσεις μετρίως τὴν παιδιὰν, ὀρθῶς ποιήσεις ’ εί δὲ μὴ, καὶ πλείω προσθήσομεν. Ἐπειδὴ φέρεις μετρίως τὴν παιδιὰν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς προσθήσομεν. Ἐξ Ὀμήρου δὲ τὸ προοίμιον· Ἀλλʼ ἄγε δὴ, μετάβηθι, καὶ τὸν si); κόσμον war, ισον, τὴν ἄστεγον σκέπην καὶ ἄθυρον, τὴν ἄπυρον ἑστίαν καὶ ἄκαπνον, τοὺς πυρὶ ξηραινομένους τοίχους, ἴνα μὴ ταῖς τοῦ πηλοῦ ῥανίσι βαλλὼμεθα, Ταντάλιοί τινες καὶ κατάκριτοι, διψῶντες ὲν ὕδασι ο τὴν ἐλεεινὴν ἐκείνην καὶ ἄτροφον πανδαισίαν, ἐφʼ ἠν ἀπὸ Καππαδοκίας ἐκλήθημεν, οὐχ ὡς Λωτοφάγων πενίαν, ἀλλʼ ὡς Ἀλκινόου τράπεζαν, ἡμεῖς οἱ
iatasoą nyktos kai hēmeras. Trachys men ōn. e aporos de ; kai tholeros men, apotos de; hou touto ’ monon philanthrōpon, i'rrt mē parasyrei tēn monēn hymōn, hotan hauton hai charadrai kai hoi cheimōnes ekmainōsin. ’D men oun hēmeis synismen, tais tōn Makarōn nēsois tautais eitʼ oun tōn makariōn hymōn, tauta esti. Sy de mē thaumaze tous mēnoeideis ankōnas, ta basima tēs hypōreias hymōn apanchonizontas mallon, ē apoteichizontas, kai ton koryphēs hypertellonta tenonta, ds Tantaleion hymin poiei tēn zōēn, tas te diarreousas auras, kai tēs gēs anapnoas, aï leipothymountas hymas anapsychousi, tous te ǭdikous ornithas, hądontas men, alla ton limon; kai periiptamenous men, alla tēn erēmian. Epidēmei de oudeis, eti mē kata thēran, legeis ; prosthes, kai hōste nekrous hymas episkeptesthai. Tauta makrotera men isōs ē katʼ epistolēn, elattō de kōmǭdias. Sy de ei men oiseis metriōs tēn paidian, orthōs poiēseis ’ ei de mē, kai pleiō prosthēsomen. Epeidē phereis metriōs tēn paidian, kai ta hexēs prosthēsomen. Ex Omērou de to prooimion; Allʼ age dē, metabēthi, kai ton si)? kosmon war, ison, tēn astegon skepēn kai athyron, tēn apyron hestian kai akapnon, tous pyri xērainomenous toichous, ina mē tais tou pēlou rhanisi ballōmetha, Tantalioi tines kai katakritoi, dipsōntes en hydasi o tēn eleeinēn ekeinēn kai atrophon pandaisian, ephʼ ēn apo Kappadokias eklēthēmen, ouch hōs Lōtophagōn penian, allʼ hōs Alkinoou trapezan, hēmeis hoi
roars night and day. It is rough, and unfordable; muddy, and undrinkable; its one kindness is that it does not sweep away your dwelling when the torrents and storms drive it mad. These, then, are the things we know of these Islands of the Blessed, or rather of you blessed ones. Do not admire the crescent-shaped bends that strangle rather than wall off the accessible parts of your foothills, and the ridge rising above the summit that makes your life a life of Tantalus, and the breezes blowing through and the breathings of the earth that revive you when you faint, and the songbirds that sing, but of hunger, and fly about, but over a desert. No one visits, except for hunting, you say; add: and to visit you as dead men. This is perhaps longer than suits a letter, but shorter than a comedy. If you take the jest calmly, you will do well; if not, we will add still more. [Letter 5. To the same] Since you take the jest calmly, we will add what follows. The prelude is from Homer: “But come now, change your theme, and sing of the adornment within”: the roofless and doorless shelter, the hearth without fire or smoke, the walls dried by fire so that we should not be spattered by drops of mud, like some Tantaluses condemned to thirst in the midst of water; that pitiable banquet without food, to which we were summoned from Cappadocia, not as to the poverty of the Lotus-eaters but as to the table of Alcinous, we the
Chapter 29
29PG 37:29a–29d
νέοι ναυαγοί τε καὶ τλήμονες. Μέμνημαι γὰρ τῶν ἄρτων ἐκείνων, καὶ τῶν ζωμῶν (οὕτω γὰρ ὠνομάζοντο), ἀλλὰ καὶ μνήσομαι, κα) τῶν περιολισθαινόνο των τοῖς βλωμοῖς ὀδόντων, εἶτα ἀνισχομένων, καὶ ἀνελκομένων ὥσπερ ἐκ τέλματος. Αὐτὸς ταῦτα τραγῳδησεις ὑψηλότερον, ὲκ τῶν οίκείων παθῶν ἔχων τὸ μεγαλόφωνον ὧν εί μὴ ταχέως ἡμᾶς ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πτωχοτρόφος ὅντως ἐρρύσατο, τὴν σὴν λέγω μητέρα, ὥσπερ λιμὴν ὲν καιρῷ φανεῖσα χειμαζομένοις, πάλαι ἂν ἦμεν νεκροὶ, πίστεως Ποντικῆς οὐκ ἐπαινούμενοι μᾶλλον ἦ ὲλεούμενοι. Πῶς παρέλθω τοὺς ἀκήπους κήπους ἐκείνους καὶ ἀλαχάνους, καὶ την Δύγείου κόπρον ὲκ τῆς οίκίας ἐκκαθαιρομένην, τούτους ἀνεπληρώσαμεν, ἡνίκα τὴν γεωλόφον ἄμαξαν εἴλκομεν, ἐγώ τε ὁ βοτρύων, καὶὸ λαμπρὸς σὺ, τοῖς αὐχέσι τούτοις καὶ ταῖς χερσὶ ταύταις, αἳ τῶν πόνων ἔτι τὰ ίχνη φέρουσιν· (ὦ γῆ καὶ ἥλιε, ἀὴρ καὶ ἀρετή· τραγῳι δήσω γάρ τι μικρόν·) οὐχ ἴνα τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ζεύξωμεν, ἀλλʼ ἵνα κρημνὸν όμαλίσωμεν. Τούτοις εἰ μὲν οὐδὲν ἀχθεσθήσῃ λεγομένοις, πάντως οὐδὲ ἡμεῖςʼ εί δὲ ἀχθεσθήσῃ, πόσον γενομένοις ἡμεῖςʼ καὶ τὰ πλείω παρήσομεν, αἰδοῖ τῶν ἄλλων, ὧν πολλῶν ἀπελαύσαμεν. ςʼ. To ΔΥἸᾨ (ιο).
neoi nauagoi te kai tlēmones. Memnēmai gar tōn artōn ekeinōn, kai tōn zōmōn (houtō gar ōnomazonto), alla kai mnēsomai, ka) tōn periolisthainono tōn tois blōmois odontōn, eita anischomenōn, kai anelkomenōn hōsper ek telmatos. Autos tauta tragǭdēseis hypsēloteron, ek tōn oikeiōn pathōn echōn to megalophōnon hōn ei mē tacheōs hēmas hē megalē kai ptōchotrophos hontōs errysato, tēn sēn legō mētera, hōsper limēn en kairǭ phaneisa cheimazomenois, palai an ēmen nekroi, pisteōs Pontikēs ouk epainoumenoi mallon ē eleoumenoi. Pōs parelthō tous akēpous kēpous ekeinous kai alachanous, kai tēn Dygeiou kopron ek tēs oikias ekkathairomenēn, toutous aneplērōsamen, hēnika tēn geōlophon amaxan eilkomen, egō te ho botryōn, kaio lampros sy, tois auchesi toutois kai tais chersi tautais, hai tōn ponōn eti ta ichnē pherousin; (ō gē kai hēlie, aēr kai aretē; tragǭi dēsō gar ti mikron;) ouch ina ton Hellēsponton zeuxōmen, allʼ hina krēmnon omalisōmen. Toutois ei men ouden achthesthēsę̄ legomenois, pantōs oude hēmeisʼ ei de achthesthēsę̄, poson genomenois hēmeisʼ kai ta pleiō parēsomen, aidoi tōn allōn, hōn pollōn apelausamen. sʼ. To DUIǬ (io).
young, shipwrecked wretches. For I remember those loaves and those broths (so they were called), and I will go on remembering them, and our teeth slipping on the morsels, then getting a grip and being dragged out as from a bog. You yourself will declaim these things more tragically, since your own sufferings give you a lofty voice. And had not that great and truly poor-nourishing woman quickly rescued us from them, I mean your mother, appearing like a harbour in good time to the storm-tossed, we should long since have been dead, not praised for our Pontic faith so much as pitied. How shall I pass over those gardens that were no gardens and grew no vegetables, and the dung of Augeas cleared out of the house, with which we filled them, when we dragged the cart heaped high as a hill, I the vine-dresser and you the illustrious one, with these necks and these hands, which still bear the marks of the labours (O earth and sun, air and virtue! for I will be a little tragic), not to bridge the Hellespont but to level a cliff? If you are not at all vexed when these things are told, neither, of course, are we; but if you are vexed, how much more were we when they were done! And we will pass over most of it, out of respect for the other things, many of which we enjoyed. [Letter 6. To the same]
Chapter 31
31PG 37:32a–32c
n Λ ραν, ὑφʼ ἧς οὐχὶ βασιλεὺς ἐκαθέζετο τεθρυμμέ· νος, ἀλλὰ μοναστὴς τετρυχωμένος, ἠν ἐγὼ ἐφύτευσα, ’Λπολλὼς ἐπότισεν, ἠ σὴ τιμιότης, ἀλλʼ ό Θεὸς ηὔξησεν, είς τιμὴν ἡμετέραν, ἵνα ὑπόμνημα σώζηται παρʼ ὑμῖν τῆς ἡμετέρας φιλοπονίας, ὥσπερ ἐν τῇ κιβωτῷ λέγεται καὶ πιστεύεται ἠ ῥάβδος ’Δαρὼν ἡ βλαστήσασα. Ταῦτα εὖξασθαι μὲν ῥᾷστον, λαβεῖν δὲ οὑ ῥᾴδιον. Ἀλλά μοι καὶ πάρεσο, καῖ σύμπνει τὴν ἀρετὴν, καὶ συνεργάζου, καὶ ἣν ποτὲ συνελέξαμεν ὠφέλειαν, συντήρει διὰ τῶν προσευχῶν, ἵνα μὴκατὰ μικρὸν ὥσπερ σκιὰ λυθῶμεν, κλνινούσης ἡμέρας. Ὡς ἐγὼ σὲ πνέω μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν ἀέραο καὶ τοῦτο ζῶ μόνον, ὃ μετὰ σοῦ γίνομαι, ἢ 2'. ΚΔΙΣΑΡΞῼ (ιδ). d Ἰκανῶς ἡρυθριάσαμεν ἐπὶ σοιʼ το γὰρ ὅτιλέλυd πήθημεν, τί χρὴ γρᾶσειν, τῷ γε πάντων μάλιστα ιθ πεπεισμένως Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ τὰ ἡμέτερα λέγωμεν, μηδέ ὅσης ἀθυμίας ἐνέπλησεν ἡμᾶς ὴ περὶ σὲ φήμη, δὸς δὲ εἰπεῖν καὶ δέους, ἐβουλόμην, εἷ πως οἷόν τε ἦν, παρεῖναί σε τοῖς τῶν ἄλλων λόγοις, oiκείων τε ὀμοὶωςικαὶ ξένων, τῶν ὁπωσοῦν γνωρίμων ἡμῖν, ἀλλʼ οὖν Χριστιανῶν, οὓς περὶ σοῦ τε καὶ ἡμῶν λέγουσι, οὐχ οἱ μὲν, οἱ δὲ οὓ, ἀλλὰ πάντες ἑξῆς ὁμοίως, ἐπειδὴ καὶ προθυμότερον ἐν τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις ἢ τοῖς οἰκείοις φιλοσοφοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι. ’Ὠσπερ ἄλλη τις μελέτη γέγονεν αὐτιίς ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα. Νῦν μὲν υἱὸν ἐπισκόπου στρατεύεσθαι, νῦν δὲ ὀρέγεσθαι τῆς ἔξωθεν δυναστείας καὶ δὸξης, νῦν δὲ ἡττᾶσθαι χρημάτων (ὁπότε κοινὸν ἀνῆπται ι· D πῦρ, καὶ τὸν περὶ ψυχῆς δρόμον τρέχουσιν ἄν· θρωποι)’ ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ μίαν ἡγεῖσθαι καὶ δόξαν, καὶ ἀσφάλειαν, καὶ εὐπορίαν, τὸ γενναίως ἵστασθαι πρὸς τὸν καιρὸν, καὶ ὃτι πορρωτάτω ποιεῖν ἑαυτὸν παντὸς ἆγους τε καὶ μιάσματος. Πῶς δʼ ἂν ἄλλον νουθετήσειεν ὁ ἐπίσκοπος, μὴ παρασυρῆναι τῷ καιρῷ,
n L ran, hyphʼ hēs ouchi basileus ekathezeto tethrymme; nos, alla monastēs tetrychōmenos, ēn egō ephyteusa, ’Lpollōs epotisen, ē sē timiotēs, allʼ o Theos ēuxēsen, eis timēn hēmeteran, hina hypomnēma sōzētai parʼ hymin tēs hēmeteras philoponias, hōsper en tę̄ kibōtǭ legetai kai pisteuetai ē rhabdos ’Darōn hē blastēsasa. Tauta euxasthai men rhąston, labein de hou rhądion. Alla moi kai pareso, kai sympnei tēn aretēn, kai synergazou, kai hēn pote synelexamen ōpheleian, syntērei dia tōn proseuchōn, hina mēkata mikron hōsper skia lythōmen, klninousēs hēmeras. Hōs egō se pneō mallon ē ton aerao kai touto zō monon, ho meta sou ginomai, ē 2'. KDISARXǬ (id). d Ikanōs hērythriasamen epi soiʼ to gar hotilelyd pēthēmen, ti chrē grasein, tǭ ge pantōn malista ith pepeismenōs Hina gar mē ta hēmetera legōmen, mēde hosēs athymias eneplēsen hēmas ē peri se phēmē, dos de eipein kai deous, eboulomēn, hei pōs hoion te ēn, pareinai se tois tōn allōn logois, oikeiōn te omoiōsikai xenōn, tōn hopōsoun gnōrimōn hēmin, allʼ oun Christianōn, hous peri sou te kai hēmōn legousi, ouch hoi men, hoi de hou, alla pantes hexēs homoiōs, epeidē kai prothymoteron en tois allotriois ē tois oikeiois philosophousin anthrōpoi. ’Ōsper allē tis meletē gegonen autiis tauta ta rhēmata. Nyn men huion episkopou strateuesthai, nyn de oregesthai tēs exōthen dynasteias kai doxēs, nyn de hēttasthai chrēmatōn (hopote koinon anēptai i; D pyr, kai ton peri psychēs dromon trechousin an; thrōpoi)’ allʼ ouchi mian hēgeisthai kai doxan, kai asphaleian, kai euporian, to gennaiōs histasthai pros ton kairon, kai hoti porrōtatō poiein heauton pantos agous te kai miasmatos. Pōs dʼ an allon nouthetēseien ho episkopos, mē parasyrēnai tǭ kairǭ,
[Letter 6, continued] … the plane tree, under which sat no pampered king but a worn-out monk; which I planted, Apollos watered (that is, your Honour), but God gave the growth, to our honour, so that a memorial of our industry might be kept among you, as Aaron's rod that budded is said and believed to have been kept in the ark. To pray for these things is very easy, to obtain them not easy. But be with me, and breathe virtue with me, and work with me, and by your prayers keep safe the benefit we once gathered together, so that we may not little by little be dissolved like a shadow as the day declines. For I breathe you more than the air, and live only so far as I am with you, either … [Letter 7. To Caesarius] We have been sufficiently put to shame on your account; that we have also been grieved, what need is there to write, to you of all men the most persuaded of it? Not to speak of our own feelings, or of how much despondency the report about you filled us with (and, let me say it, fear), I wished, if it had somehow been possible, that you could be present at what others are saying, relatives and strangers alike, people known to us in any way, Christians at any rate, about you and about us; not some saying one thing and some another, but all alike, one after another, since people are more eager to philosophize on others' affairs than on their own. These words have become a kind of set exercise for them: that a bishop's son should now serve the state, now covet outside power and glory, now be mastered by money (when a common fire has been kindled and men are running the race for their souls), instead of considering that the one glory and safety and wealth is to stand nobly against the times and to put oneself as far as possible from every pollution and defilement. How could the bishop admonish another not to be swept away by the times,
Chapter 33
33PG 37:33a–33c
μηδὲ τοῖς εἰδώλοις συναναφύρεσθαις Πῶς δʼ ἂν τοῖς s ἄλλο τι πλη μμε).οῦαιν ἐπιτιμήσειεν, αὐτὸς ἀφʼ ἑστίας τὴν παρρησίαν οὐκ ἔχων. Ταῦτα καθʼ ἑκάστην ἀκούοντας ἡμᾶς τὴν ἡμέραν, καὶ ἔτι πλείω τούτων καὶ χαλεπώτερα, τῶν μὲν καὶ διὰ φιλίαν λεγόντων ῖτως, τῶν δὲ καὶ διὰ δυσμένειαν ἐπιτιθεμένων (fit), πῶς οἴει διακεῖσθαι καὶ τίνας ἔχειν ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπους τῷ Θεῷ προθεμένους δουλεύειν, καὶ πρὸς τὰς μελλούσας ὁρᾷν ἐλπίδες μόνον ἀγαθὸν κρίνονταςς Τὸν μὲν οῦν κύριον τὸν πατέρα ἡμῶν πάνυ δυσφοροῦντα τά πρὸς τὴν ἀκοὴν, καὶ πρὸς τὸν βὲον a5τον ἀπαγορεύοντα, ὁπωσοῦν αὐτὸς παραμυθοῦμαι καὶ ψυχαγωγῶ, τὴν σὴν ἐγγυώμενος γνώμην, καὶ πείθων ὅτι οὐχ ὑπομενεῖς ἔτι πλεῖον λυπεῖν ἡμᾶς. Τὴν δὲ κυρίαν τὴν μητέρα, εἰ πύθοιτὸ τι των κατά σέ (μέχρι γὰρ τοῦ νῦν τέως ἀπεκρυψάμεθα πολλαῖς d ἐπινοίαις), οἴου καὶ παντελῶς ἀπαραμύθητον ἕξειν τδ πάθος, ώς γυναῖκά τε οὖσαν μικρόψυχον, καὶ άλλως διὰ τὸ λίαν εὐλαβὲς, μετριάζειν περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα οὐ δυναμένην. Εἰ μὲν οῦν τινα καὶ σεαυτοῦ καὶ ἡμῶν ποιῇ λόγον, βούλευσαί τι βέλτιον καὶ ἀσφαλέστερον. Πάντως γάρ καὶ τά ἐνταῦθα πρὸς ἐλευθέριον διαγωγὴν αὐτάρκη, τῷ γε μὴ λίαν ἀπλήστῳ, μηδὲ ἀμέτρῳ περὶ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τοῦ πλείονος. Ἀλλά καὶ τοῦ καταστάσεως σε τυχεῖν οὐχ ὁρῶ τίνα καιρὸν ἀναμενοῦμεν, τὸν νῦν ἐάσαντες. Ei. δὲ τῆς αὐτῆς ἔχῃ γνώμης, καὶ μικρὰ πάντα σοι πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν ὁρμὴν, ἀλλο μὲν οὐδὲν εἰπεῖν βούλομαι δυσχερές τοσοῦτον δὲ προλέγω καὶ διαμαρτύρομαι, ὅτι δυοῖν ἀνάγκη θάτερον, ἢ γνήσιον μένοντα Γ pl Χριστιανὺν τὴν ἀτιμοτάτην αὑτοῦ τετάχθαι, u καὶ τράττειν ἀναξίως καὶ σεαυτοῦ καὶ τών ἐλπίδων ἢ τῆς τιμῆς ἐφιέμενον, περὶ τὰ, καιριώτερα βλάπτεσθαι, τοῦ καπνοῦ γε μετέχοντα, εί καὶ μὴ τοῦ πυρός.
mēde tois eidōlois synanaphyresthais Pōs dʼ an tois s allo ti plē mme).ouain epitimēseien, autos aphʼ hestias tēn parrēsian ouk echōn. Tauta kathʼ hekastēn akouontas hēmas tēn hēmeran, kai eti pleiō toutōn kai chalepōtera, tōn men kai dia philian legontōn itōs, tōn de kai dia dysmeneian epitithemenōn (fit), pōs oiei diakeisthai kai tinas echein psychas anthrōpous tǭ Theǭ prothemenous douleuein, kai pros tas mellousas horąn elpides monon agathon krinontass Ton men oun kyrion ton patera hēmōn pany dysphorounta ta pros tēn akoēn, kai pros ton beon a5ton apagoreuonta, hopōsoun autos paramythoumai kai psychagōgō, tēn sēn engyōmenos gnōmēn, kai peithōn hoti ouch hypomeneis eti pleion lypein hēmas. Tēn de kyrian tēn mētera, ei pythoito ti tōn kata se (mechri gar tou nyn teōs apekrypsametha pollais d epinoiais), oiou kai pantelōs aparamythēton hexein td pathos, ōs gynaika te ousan mikropsychon, kai allōs dia to lian eulabes, metriazein peri ta toiauta ou dynamenēn. Ei men oun tina kai seautou kai hēmōn poię̄ logon, bouleusai ti beltion kai asphalesteron. Pantōs gar kai ta entautha pros eleutherion diagōgēn autarkē, tǭ ge mē lian aplēstǭ, mēde ametrǭ peri tēn epithymian tou pleionos. Alla kai tou katastaseōs se tychein ouch horō tina kairon anamenoumen, ton nyn easantes. Ei. de tēs autēs echę̄ gnōmēs, kai mikra panta soi pros tēn idian hormēn, allo men ouden eipein boulomai dyscheres tosouton de prolegō kai diamartyromai, hoti dyoin anankē thateron, ē gnēsion menonta G pl Christianyn tēn atimotatēn hautou tetachthai, u kai trattein anaxiōs kai seautou kai tōn elpidōn ē tēs timēs ephiemenon, peri ta, kairiōtera blaptesthai, tou kapnou ge metechonta, ei kai mē tou pyros.
nor to be defiled along with the idols? How could he rebuke others who do wrong, when he himself lacks freedom of speech at his own hearth? Hearing these things every day, and still more and harsher ones, some saying them perhaps out of friendship, others attacking us out of ill will, how do you think people feel, and what souls do you think they have, who have set themselves to serve God and judge the hopes to come the only good? Our lord father, who is deeply distressed by what he hears and even weary of life, I console and comfort as best I can, vouching for your intentions and persuading him that you will not bear to grieve us any longer. But our lady mother, if she learned anything of your affairs (until now we have hidden them by many devices), you may be sure would find her grief altogether inconsolable, being a woman of little courage and besides, through her great piety, unable to be moderate in such matters. If, then, you take any account of yourself and of us, take some better and safer counsel. For the means here are certainly enough for a free man's life, at least for one who is not too greedy or immoderate in his desire for more. Nor do I see what moment we shall wait for to see you settled, if we let the present one go. But if you hold to the same mind, and everything is small to you beside your own impulse, I wish to say nothing else unpleasant; only this I foretell and solemnly testify: one of two things must happen. Either you remain a genuine Christian and are ranked in the lowest place in your service, acting unworthily both of yourself and of your hopes; or you aim at its honours and are harmed in what matters most, having a share of the smoke at least, even if not of the fire.
Chapter 35
35PG 37:35a–35d
κινηθῆναι γλῶσσαν μουσικήν τε καὶ ἐναρμόνιον, πᾶσαν δὲ ὑψηλόν τι καὶ διαπρύσιον ήχῆσαι ῥητορικήν ού ταύτῃ μόνον δτι χρέος ἁπάντων χρεῶν δικαιότατον, ἄρχοντα δεξιὸν ἀνυμνεῖσθαι τοῖς λόγοις ο ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ τὸν ἐν ἀμφοτέροις ἀκρον ἀμφοτέροις κοσμεῖν οὸιειότατον. Καὶ εἰ μὴ πρὸ καιροῦ τοὺς λόγους ἀνέκαυσα (νῦν γάρ δὴ τοῦτο αἰσθάνομαι), καὶ ἐβουλευσάμην, ἔφη τις, ταχύτερα, ἢ σοφώτερα, τὸ μὴ πανηγυρίζειν, μηδὲ φοιτᾷν είς μέσους φιλοσοφήσας, ὡς τάχα ἄν xci. τὰς Τυρρηνικὰς ὑπερεφώνησα σάλπιγγας (ἐρῶ γὰρ, μηδὲν τὸν τραχὺν τοῦ Μώμου λίθον εὐλαβηθεὶς, κατά Πίνδαρον [66]), εί μὴ τῆς σιωπῆς ἀωρίαν κατεψηφισάμην. Νυνὶ δὲ ὃ πέπονθα ἐπὶ σοὶ, ὁποῖόν τι τούμὸν χρῆμα, τάχα an γνοίης ἀπʼ είκόνος τινός. Κόπτω μὲν οἷον τοῦδαφος τοῖς ποσὶ, κατὰ τοὺς θερμοτάτους τῶν ἵππωντ καὶ διεσθίω τὰ χαλινὰ, καὶ τὸ οὖς διανίστημι, πνέιι τε θυμὸν ὲκ μυκτήρων, καὶ βλέπω δριμὺ κα) ἀφριῖ βάλλομαι · μένω δὲ ὅμως είσω κιγκλίδος, οὐκ ἐφιέντος μοι τοῦ νόμον τὸν δρόμον.
kinēthēnai glōssan mousikēn te kai enarmonion, pasan de hypsēlon ti kai diaprysion ēchēsai rhētorikēn ou tautę̄ monon dti chreos hapantōn chreōn dikaiotaton, archonta dexion anymneisthai tois logois o allʼ hoti kai ton en amphoterois akron amphoterois kosmein ooieiotaton. Kai ei mē pro kairou tous logous anekausa (nyn gar dē touto aisthanomai), kai ebouleusamēn, ephē tis, tachytera, ē sophōtera, to mē panēgyrizein, mēde phoitąn eis mesous philosophēsas, hōs tacha an xci. tas Tyrrēnikas hyperephōnēsa salpingas (erō gar, mēden ton trachyn tou Mōmou lithon eulabētheis, kata Pindaron [66]), ei mē tēs siōpēs aōrian katepsēphisamēn. Nyni de ho pepontha epi soi, hopoion ti toumon chrēma, tacha an gnoiēs apʼ eikonos tinos. Koptō men hoion toudaphos tois posi, kata tous thermotatous tōn hippōnt kai diesthiō ta chalina, kai to ous dianistēmi, pneii te thymon ek myktērōn, kai blepō drimy ka) aphrii ballomai ; menō de homōs eisō kinklidos, ouk ephientos moi tou nomon ton dromon.
… I wished every tongue, musical and harmonious, to be moved, and all rhetoric to ring out something lofty and piercing; not only because the most just of all debts is that a capable ruler be hymned in words, but because it is most fitting that one who excels in both should adorn both. And if I had not put my speaking to rest before its time (for now I perceive this), and resolved, as someone said, more hastily than wisely, not to frequent festivals nor go out into public after embracing philosophy, perhaps I would have outsounded even the Tyrrhenian trumpets (for I will say it, not fearing at all the rough stone of Momus, as Pindar says), had I not voted myself an untimely silence. As it is, what I feel about you, what my condition is, you might perhaps learn from an image. I paw the ground with my feet like the most spirited of horses, and champ the bit, and prick up my ears, and breathe passion from my nostrils, and look fiercely and am flecked with foam; yet I stay within the barrier, since the law does not let me run.
Chapter 37
37PG 37:37a–37b
κινηθῆναι γλῶσσαν μουσικήν τε καὶ ἐναρμόνιον, πᾶσαν δὲ ὑψηλόν τι καὶ διαπρύσιον ὴχῆσαι ῥητορικήν ο οὐ ταύτῃ μόνον ὅτι χρέος ἁπάντων χρεῶν δικαιότατον, ἄρχοντα δεξιὸν ἀνυμνείσθαι τοῖς λόγοιςʼ ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ τὸν ἐν ἀμφοτέροις ἄκρον ἀμφοτέροις κοσμεῖν οἰκειότατον. Καὶ εἰ μὴ πρὸ καιροῦ τοὺς λόγους ἀνέπαυσα (νῦν γὰρ δὴ τοῦτο αἰσθάνομαι), καὶ ἐβουλευσάμην, ἔφη τις, ταχύτερα, ἢ σοφώτερα, τὸ μὴ πανηγυρίζειν, μηδὲ φοιτᾷν εὶς μέσους φιλοσοφήσας, ὼς τάχα. ἂν καὶ τὰς Τυρρηνικὰς ὑπερεφὼνησα σάλπιγγας (ἐρῶ γὰρ, μηδὲν τὸν τραχὺν τοῦ Μώμου λίθον εὐλαβηθεὶς, κατὰ Πίνδαρον [66]), ei μὴ τῆς σιωπῆς ἀωρίαν κατεψηφισάμην. Νυνὶ δὲ ὂ πέπονθα ἐπὶ σοι, όποῖόν τι τούμὸν χρῆμα, τάχα ἂν φος τοῖς ποσὶ, κατὰ τοὺς θερμοτάτους τῶν ἵππων, καὶ διεσθίω τὰ χαλινὰ, καὶ τὸ οὖς διανίστημι. πνέω τε θυμὸν ἐκ μυκτήρων, καὶ βλέπω δριμὺ καὶ ἀφρῷ βάλλομαι· μένω δὲ ὅμως εἵσω κιγκλίδος, οὐκ ἐφιέντος μοι τοῦ νόμου τὸν δρόμον.
kinēthēnai glōssan mousikēn te kai enarmonion, pasan de hypsēlon ti kai diaprysion ēchēsai rhētorikēn o ou tautę̄ monon hoti chreos hapantōn chreōn dikaiotaton, archonta dexion anymneisthai tois logoisʼ allʼ hoti kai ton en amphoterois akron amphoterois kosmein oikeiotaton. Kai ei mē pro kairou tous logous anepausa (nyn gar dē touto aisthanomai), kai ebouleusamēn, ephē tis, tachytera, ē sophōtera, to mē panēgyrizein, mēde phoitąn eis mesous philosophēsas, ōs tacha. an kai tas Tyrrēnikas hyperephōnēsa salpingas (erō gar, mēden ton trachyn tou Mōmou lithon eulabētheis, kata Pindaron [66]), ei mē tēs siōpēs aōrian katepsēphisamēn. Nyni de o pepontha epi soi, opoion ti toumon chrēma, tacha an phos tois posi, kata tous thermotatous tōn hippōn, kai diesthiō ta chalina, kai to ous dianistēmi. pneō te thymon ek myktērōn, kai blepō drimy kai aphrǭ ballomai; menō de homōs heisō kinklidos, ouk ephientos moi tou nomou ton dromon.
… I wished every tongue, musical and harmonious, to be moved, and all rhetoric to ring out something lofty and piercing; not only because the most just of all debts is that a capable ruler be hymned in words, but because it is most fitting that one who excels in both should adorn both. And if I had not put my speaking to rest before its time (for now I perceive this), and resolved, as someone said, more hastily than wisely, not to frequent festivals nor go out into public after embracing philosophy, perhaps I would have outsounded even the Tyrrhenian trumpets (for I will say it, not fearing at all the rough stone of Momus, as Pindar says), had I not voted myself an untimely silence. As it is, what I feel about you, what my condition is, you might perhaps learn from an image. I paw the ground with my feet like the most spirited of horses, and champ the bit, and prick up my ears, and breathe passion from my nostrils, and look fiercely and am flecked with foam; yet I stay within the barrier, since the law does not let me run.
Chapter 39
39PG 37:40a–40b
λόγον, καὶ εἰπεῖν δυνατώτερος · ὡς τὺ μὲν a6τοῦ καὶ τὴν χρυσῆν εἰκάζεσθαι ψῆφον, ἢ τὴν Ὁμηρικὴν στάθμην εκείνην, ὑφʼ κρίνεσθαι συμβαίνει τὴν τῶν Εὐμηλείων ἵππων ἰσότηταο τὸ δὲ ὑπὲρ τάς χειμερίους εἶναι νιφάδας· ἀγωνοθετοῦντά τε ὁμοίως νῦν, καὶ· ἀγωνιζόμενον πρότερον. Ἄλλοι τὸ στερρὸν ὲπαινείτωσαν τῷ πράῳ συγκεκραμένον, καὶ τὸ ἐν τῷ μειλιχίῳ μὴ συμπεπτωκὸς, οἷα τά τῶν λεόντων σκιρτήματα. Ἀλλοι τὸν εὐρυσθενῆ χρυσὸν καὶ τιμήεντα, μετά τῶν σεμνῶν ὀνομάτων ἁτιμασθέντα, καὶ προτροπάδην εἴξαντα δίκῃ τῇ σῇ · πρᾶγμα μόνον δὴ πάντων καὶ ἀκοῆς καὶ πίστεως ὑψηλότερον. Ποιητικδς δέ τις ἀνὴρ ml. τὴν τέχνην τε γάλα ναόντων, καὶ μέλι κρῆναι, καὶ φυτὸν ἅπαν ἡμέροις κομάτω καρποῖς. σύντροφόν τε ὁμοίως καὶ δρειον· οἷα τά τῶν ποιητῶν πλάσματα, ὅταν τινά ποιῶσι χαριζομένην τὴν γῆν. Ταῦτα μὲν, ὅπερ ἔνην, λεγόντων τε καὶ πλαττόντων ἕτεροι. Τὸ γὰρ οἰκεῖον ἅπαν, οὐ πιέζει μόνον, ὼς τῇ λύρᾳ. δοκεῖ, ἀλλὰ καὶ εὐφραίνειν μάλιστα πέφυκεν. Ἐγὼ δὲ ὃ διαφερόντως τῶν σῶν ἄγαμαί τε καὶ ἀσπάζομαι, τοῦτο ἐρῶ · ὅτι τῆς τοῦ καιροῦ δυσκολίας κρείττονα σεαυτὸν παρέχεις. Ἕλλην μὲν ὢν τὴν θρησκείαν, καὶ τῷ παρόντι κράτει τά τοῦ κράτους ὑπηρετούμενοςο ύπηρετούμενος δὲ, οὐχ ὅσα οἱ τοῦ καιροῦ κόλακες, ἀλλʼ ὅσα οἱ τοῦ καλοῦ φίλοι, καὶ μεγαλόφρονες ο καὶ τῶν μὲν τὴν θεραπείαν ἀφοσιούμενος, τηρῶν δὲ τῇ πατρίδι τὴν εὔνοιαν, καὶ ἀθάνατον ὲν θνητῷ πράγματι τὴν δόξαν καρπούέ μενος. Κάκεῖνο δέ σου τῶν ἐπαινετῶν, ὅτι καὶ φιλίᾳ. τι νέμεις αίίοὓς ὲν τοσούτῳ τῆς ἀρχῆς ὖγκῳο καὶ σχολὴν ἄγεις ἀπὸ τοσούτων ὧν πράττεις, μὴ μεμνῆσθαι μότας.
logon, kai eipein dynatōteros ; hōs ty men a6tou kai tēn chrysēn eikazesthai psēphon, ē tēn Homērikēn stathmēn ekeinēn, hyphʼ krinesthai symbainei tēn tōn Eumēleiōn hippōn isotētao to de hyper tas cheimerious einai niphadas; agōnothetounta te homoiōs nyn, kai; agōnizomenon proteron. Alloi to sterron epaineitōsan tǭ praǭ synkekramenon, kai to en tǭ meilichiǭ mē sympeptōkos, hoia ta tōn leontōn skirtēmata. Alloi ton eurysthenē chryson kai timēenta, meta tōn semnōn onomatōn hatimasthenta, kai protropadēn eixanta dikę̄ tę̄ sę̄ ; pragma monon dē pantōn kai akoēs kai pisteōs hypsēloteron. Poiētikds de tis anēr ml. tēn technēn te gala naontōn, kai meli krēnai, kai phyton hapan hēmerois komatō karpois. syntrophon te homoiōs kai dreion; hoia ta tōn poiētōn plasmata, hotan tina poiōsi charizomenēn tēn gēn. Tauta men, hoper enēn, legontōn te kai plattontōn heteroi. To gar oikeion hapan, ou piezei monon, ōs tę̄ lyrą. dokei, alla kai euphrainein malista pephyken. Egō de ho diapherontōs tōn sōn agamai te kai aspazomai, touto erō ; hoti tēs tou kairou dyskolias kreittona seauton parecheis. Hellēn men ōn tēn thrēskeian, kai tǭ paronti kratei ta tou kratous hypēretoumenoso ypēretoumenos de, ouch hosa hoi tou kairou kolakes, allʼ hosa hoi tou kalou philoi, kai megalophrones o kai tōn men tēn therapeian aphosioumenos, tērōn de tę̄ patridi tēn eunoian, kai athanaton en thnētǭ pragmati tēn doxan karpoue menos. Kakeino de sou tōn epainetōn, hoti kai philią. ti nemeis aiious en tosoutǭ tēs archēs ynkǭo kai scholēn ageis apo tosoutōn hōn pratteis, mē memnēsthai motas.
speech, and more able to speak; so that his judgment is likened to the golden vote, or to that Homeric line by which the equal match of Eumelus's horses was judged, and his speaking surpasses the winter snowflakes; presiding over the contest now as fittingly as he contended in it before. Let others praise firmness blended with gentleness, and nothing slack in your mildness, like the bounds of lions. Let others praise the gold, “mighty and precious”, with its grand names, dishonoured and yielding headlong to your justice: a thing, alone of all, beyond both hearing and belief. And some man who is a poet by his art would say that the land flows with milk and springs gush with honey, and every plant, cultivated and wild alike, is laden with tame fruits, as the poets' fictions run when they make the earth bountiful. Let others say and fashion such things, as they may. For whatever is one's own does not only weigh on one, as the lyric poet thinks, but is by nature most delightful. But what I especially admire and welcome in you I will say: that you show yourself stronger than the difficulty of the times. Though a Hellene in religion, and serving the present power in the business of power, you serve not as the flatterers of the times do, but as the friends of the good and the magnanimous do: you discharge your service to the one, and keep your goodwill for your homeland, reaping immortal glory in a mortal business. This too is praiseworthy in you, that amid so great a weight of office you allot some time to friendship, and have leisure, amid all you do, to remember us.
Chapter 41
41PG 37:41a–41b
Ἀνο“ ὧν ἐπεύχομαί σοι, τῶν μὲν εὶς εὐδο- Α t: ξίαν μεῖζον οὐδὲν (κᾶν γὰρ προσθήκην ἢ ἀρχὴ λάβῃ, τήν γε ἀρετὴν λαβεῖν οὐκ ἔνεστιν), ἓν δὲ ἀντὶ πάντων καὶ μέγιστον, γενέσθαι μεθʼ ἡμῶν ποτε καὶ Θεοῦ. καὶ τῆς τῶν διωκομένων εἶναι μερίδος, καὶ μὴ τῆς τῶν διωκόντων· ἐπειδὴ τὸ μὲν καιροῦ φορᾷ παρασύρεται, τὸ δὲ ἀθάνατον ἔχει τὴν σωτηρίαν. Ἐχω τι δεξιὸν ὲν τῇ φυσει (μεγαλαυχήσομαι γὰρ ’ἐν τι τῶν πολλῶν καὶ αὑτός) ὁμοίως ἐμαυτῴ τε δυσχεραίνω βουλευομένῳ κακῶς, καὶ τοῖς φίλοις. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν φίλοι πάντες ἀλλήλων καὶ συγγενεῖς οἱ κατὰ Θεὸν ζῶντες, καὶ τῷ αὺτῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ στοιχοῦντες, τί ουκ ἀκούεις παρʼ ἡμῶν μετὰ παρρησίας, ἃ. πάντες ὑποψιουρίζουσιν; Οὐκ ἐπαινοῖ)σὶ σου τὴν ἄδοξον εὐδοξίαν, ἵνʼ εἴπω τι κάγὼ καθʼ ὑμᾶς, καὶ τὴν κατὰ μικρὸν ἐπὶ τὰ χείρω ῥοπὴν, καὶ τὴν κακίστην δαιμόνων, ἦν φησιν Εὐριπίδης, φιλοτιμίαν. Τί γὰρ παθὼν, ὦ σοφώτατε, καὶ τί σέαυτὸν καταγνοὺς, τὰς μὲν ἱερὰς καὶ ποτίμους βίβλους ἀπέρριψας, ἃς ὑπανεγίνωσκὲς ποτε τῷ λαῷ (μὴ γὰρ αἰσχυνθῇς ἁκούων), ἢ ὑπὲρ καπνοῦ τέθεικας, ὡς τὰ πηδάλια χειμῶνος ὥρα καὶ τὰς σκαπάνας, τὰς δὲ ἁλμυρὰς καὶ ἁπότους μετεχειρίσω, καὶ ρήο C e: τωρ ἀκούειν μᾶλλον, ἢ Χριστιανὸς ἡβἐλησαςς Ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦτο μᾶλλον. ἤπερ έκεῖνο, καὶ πᾶσα τῷ θεῴ χάρις. Μὴ σύ γε, ὦ ἄριστε, μὴ ἐπὶ πολὺ τοῦτο πάθῃς, ἀλλʼ ἔκνηψον ὀψὲ γοῦν, καὶ πρὸς σεαυτὸν ὲπάνελβε, καὶ ἀπολόγησαι μὲν πιστοῖς, ἀπολόγησαι δὲ θεῷ, καὶ θυσιαστηρξοις, κα) μυστηρίοις, ἀφʼ ὧν ἑμάκρυνας.
Ano“ hōn epeuchomai soi, tōn men eis eudo- A t: xian meizon ouden (kan gar prosthēkēn ē archē labę̄, tēn ge aretēn labein ouk enestin), hen de anti pantōn kai megiston, genesthai methʼ hēmōn pote kai Theou. kai tēs tōn diōkomenōn einai meridos, kai mē tēs tōn diōkontōn; epeidē to men kairou phorą parasyretai, to de athanaton echei tēn sōtērian. Echō ti dexion en tę̄ physei (megalauchēsomai gar ’en ti tōn pollōn kai hautos) homoiōs emautǭ te dyscherainō bouleuomenǭ kakōs, kai tois philois. Epeidē toinyn philoi pantes allēlōn kai syngeneis hoi kata Theon zōntes, kai tǭ autǭ Euangeliǭ stoichountes, ti ouk akoueis parʼ hēmōn meta parrēsias, ha. pantes hypopsiourizousin? Ouk epainoi)si sou tēn adoxon eudoxian, hinʼ eipō ti kagō kathʼ hymas, kai tēn kata mikron epi ta cheirō rhopēn, kai tēn kakistēn daimonōn, ēn phēsin Euripidēs, philotimian. Ti gar pathōn, ō sophōtate, kai ti seauton katagnous, tas men hieras kai potimous biblous aperripsas, has hypaneginōskes pote tǭ laǭ (mē gar aischynthę̄s hakouōn), ē hyper kapnou tetheikas, hōs ta pēdalia cheimōnos hōra kai tas skapanas, tas de halmyras kai hapotous metecheirisō, kai rēo C e: tōr akouein mallon, ē Christianos hēbelēsass Hēmeis de touto mallon. ēper ekeino, kai pasa tǭ theǭ charis. Mē sy ge, ō ariste, mē epi poly touto pathę̄s, allʼ eknēpson opse goun, kai pros seauton epanelbe, kai apologēsai men pistois, apologēsai de theǭ, kai thysiastērxois, ka) mystēriois, aphʼ hōn hemakrynas.
In return for this I pray for you: for good repute, nothing greater (for office may receive increase, but virtue at least can receive none); but one thing in place of all others and the greatest: that you may one day be with us and with God, and be of the portion of the persecuted and not of the persecutors; since the one is swept away by the current of the times, while the other has immortal salvation. [Letter 11. To Gregory] I have one good point in my nature (for I too will boast of one thing among many): I am equally displeased with myself and with my friends when we take bad counsel. Since, then, all who live according to God and walk by the same Gospel are friends and kinsmen to one another, why should you not hear from us frankly what everyone is whispering? They do not praise your inglorious glory (to use your own manner of speech), and your gradual slide toward the worse, and ambition, “the worst of demons”, as Euripides says. For what has come over you, most wise one, and what fault did you find in yourself, that you have thrown away the holy and drinkable books which you once read to the people (do not be ashamed to hear it), or hung them up over the smoke, like rudders and mattocks in the winter season, and have taken up the salty and undrinkable ones, and would rather be called a rhetor than a Christian? We, for our part, would rather be called the latter than the former, and all thanks to God. Do not, best of men, do not suffer this for long; but sober up, late though it is, and come back to yourself, and make your defence to the faithful, make your defence to God, and to the altars and the mysteries, from which you have gone far away.
Chapter 43
43PG 37:44a–44b
μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ πλησίον οὐδὲ ἀρκεῖ τὸ πείθειν σεαυτὸν, εἰ μὴ κα) τοὺς ἄλλους. “Il καὶ πυκτεύων σύ γε ὲν τῷ κοινῷ, ἢ καὶ παιόμενος ἐπὶ κόρρης καὶ παίων ὲν τοῖς θεάτροις, ἢ καὶ τὰ αἰσχρὰ λυγιζόμενος καὶ καμπτόμενος, εἶπες ἂν ὼς κατὰ ψυχὴν ἐσωφρόνεις; Οὐ σωφρονοῦντος ὁ λογισμός. Κοῦιιςον τὸ ταῦτα δέχεσθαι. Εἰ μὲν οὖν μεταβάλοιο, ἀλλά νῦν χαιρήσομαι, τῶν Πυθαγορικῶν ἔφη τις φιλοσόφων, ἑταῖρον ἐκπεπτωκότα θρηνῶνο εἰ δὲ μὴ. ἐκεῖνος μὲν ἔγραψε. Τ έθνηκὰς μοι· ἐγὼ δὲ τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ ἐρῶ σὴν χάριν ἔτι. Φίλος γὰρ ῶν, ἐχθρὸς ἐγένετο, ἀλλʼ ὅμως φίλος, ἡ τραγῳδία φησίν. Ἀνιάσομαι δὲ, τοῦτο γὰρ εἰπεῖν μέτριον, εἰ μήτε αὐτὸς συνορᾷς τὸ δέον, ὃ τῆς πρώο της ἐστὶ τῶν ἐπαινετῶν μερίδος · μήτε ἄλλῳ εὖ εἰπόντι κατακολουθήσεις, ὃτῆς δευτέρας. Τοσαῦτα τὰ τῆς παραινέσεως. Καί μοι σύγγνωθι διὰ φιλίαν ἀλγοῦντι, καὶ ὁμοίως ὑπέρ τε σοῦ, καὶ τοῦ ἱερατικοῦ παντο( τάγματος φλεγομένῳ, προσθήσω δὲ, ὅτι καὶ πάντων Χριστιανῶν. Εἰ δὲ δεῖ καὶ συνεύξασθαι ἦὺπερεύξασθαι, Θεὸς βοηθείη σου τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ, ὁ καὶ τεθνηκότας ζωοποιῶν. Σκῶπτεις τὴν ’Λλυπιανὴν ἡμῖν, ὡς μικρὰν, καὶ τῆς σῆς μεγαλειότητος ἀναξίαν, ὦ μακρὲ σὺ, καὶ ἀμέτρητε (Ξ), κα) πελώριε, τό τε εἶδος καὶ τὴν ἀλκήν. Νῦν γὰρ ἔγνων ὃτι ψυχὴ μετρεῖται, καὶ ἁρετὴ ταλαντεύεται, καὶ τιμιὼτεραι τῶν μαργαρων αἱ πέτραι, καὶ κόρακες ἀηδόνων αἱδεσιμώτεροι. Σὺ μὲν οὖν ἀπόλαυε τοῦ μεγέθους καὶ τῶν πηχῶν, καὶ μηδὲν λείποι) τῶν Ἀλωαδῶν ἐκείνων (ὅ). Ἵππον γὰρ ἄγεις, καὶ τινάσσεις αἰχμὴν, καὶ θῆρές σοι μὲλουσι. Τῇ δῖε οὐδὲν ἔργον, οὐδὲ πολλῆς τῆς ἰσχύος κερκίδα φέρειν, καὶ ἠλακάτην μεταχειρίζεσθαι, καὶ ἱστῴ προσκαθέζεσθαι. Τὸ γὰρ γέρας ἐστὶ γυναικῶν,ϋ). Εἰ δὲ καὶ τοῦτο προσθείης, ὅτι τῇ γῇ προσπέφυκε διʼ εὐχὴν, καὶ Θεῷ σύνεστιν ἀεὶ τοῖς με-
monon, alla kai tǭ plēsion oude arkei to peithein seauton, ei mē ka) tous allous. “Il kai pykteuōn sy ge en tǭ koinǭ, ē kai paiomenos epi korrēs kai paiōn en tois theatrois, ē kai ta aischra lygizomenos kai kamptomenos, eipes an ōs kata psychēn esōphroneis? Ou sōphronountos ho logismos. Kouiison to tauta dechesthai. Ei men oun metabaloio, alla nyn chairēsomai, tōn Pythagorikōn ephē tis philosophōn, hetairon ekpeptōkota thrēnōno ei de mē. ekeinos men egrapse. T ethnēkas moi; egō de touto men ouk erō sēn charin eti. Philos gar ōn, echthros egeneto, allʼ homōs philos, hē tragǭdia phēsin. Aniasomai de, touto gar eipein metrion, ei mēte autos synorąs to deon, ho tēs prōo tēs esti tōn epainetōn meridos ; mēte allǭ eu eiponti katakolouthēseis, hotēs deuteras. Tosauta ta tēs paraineseōs. Kai moi syngnōthi dia philian algounti, kai homoiōs hyper te sou, kai tou hieratikou panto( tagmatos phlegomenǭ, prosthēsō de, hoti kai pantōn Christianōn. Ei de dei kai syneuxasthai ēupereuxasthai, Theos boētheiē sou tę̄ astheneią, ho kai tethnēkotas zōopoiōn. Skōpteis tēn ’Llypianēn hēmin, hōs mikran, kai tēs sēs megaleiotētos anaxian, ō makre sy, kai ametrēte (X), ka) pelōrie, to te eidos kai tēn alkēn. Nyn gar egnōn hoti psychē metreitai, kai haretē talanteuetai, kai timiōterai tōn margarōn hai petrai, kai korakes aēdonōn haidesimōteroi. Sy men oun apolaue tou megethous kai tōn pēchōn, kai mēden leipoi) tōn Alōadōn ekeinōn (ho). Hippon gar ageis, kai tinasseis aichmēn, kai thēres soi melousi. Tę̄ die ouden ergon, oude pollēs tēs ischyos kerkida pherein, kai ēlakatēn metacheirizesthai, kai histǭ proskathezesthai. To gar geras esti gynaikōn,ÿ). Ei de kai touto prostheiēs, hoti tę̄ gę̄ prospephyke diʼ euchēn, kai Theǭ synestin aei tois me-
only, but also to one's neighbour; nor is it enough to persuade yourself, unless you persuade others too. If you were boxing in public, or striking and being struck on the jaw in the theatres, or twisting and bending yourself in shameful postures, would you say that you were chaste in soul? That is not the reasoning of one who is chaste; it is frivolous to accept such things. If then you change, even now I shall rejoice, as one of the Pythagorean philosophers said, lamenting a companion who had fallen away; but if not, he wrote, “You are dead to me.” I will not yet say this, for your sake. “For being a friend he became an enemy, yet a friend all the same,” says the tragedy. But I shall be grieved (for this is a moderate thing to say) if you neither see for yourself what is needful, which belongs to the first class of the praiseworthy, nor follow another who speaks well, which belongs to the second. So much for my admonition. Forgive me, grieving out of friendship, and burning alike for you and for the whole priestly order, and, I will add, for all Christians. And if I must pray with you, or pray for you, may God help your weakness, who also makes the dead alive. [Letter 12. To Nicobulus] You mock our Alypiana as small and unworthy of your greatness, O you tall one, you measureless and gigantic one, in form and in strength. For now I have learned that the soul is measured, and virtue weighed, and rocks are more precious than pearls, and ravens more to be revered than nightingales. Enjoy, then, your size and your cubits, and may you fall short in nothing of those Aloadae. For you ride horses and brandish a spear and wild beasts are your concern. But she has no work, nor much need of strength, to carry the shuttle, handle the distaff, and sit at the loom: for this is the prize of women. And if you add this, that she bows to the ground in prayer and is ever with God …
Chapter 45
45PG 37:45a–45d
τάλας τοῦ νοῦ κινήμασι, τί σοι ἐνταῦθα τὸ ὕψος, ἦ τὰ μέτρα τοῦ σώματος Ἴδε καίριον σιωπὴν, φθεγγομένης ἄκουσονο τὸ ἀκαλλώπιστον κατανόησον, τὸ ὡς γυναιξὶν ἀνδρικὸν, τὴν οἰκωφέλειαν, τὴν ψιλανδρίαν. Καὶ τότε φήσεις τὸ τοῦ Λάκωνος· Ὄντως οὐ μετρεῖται ψυχὴ, καὶ δεῖ τὺν ἐκτὸς ἐόντα, πρὸς τὸν ἐντὸς βλέπειν ἄνθρωπον. “Av οὕτω ταῦτα σκοπῇς. παύσῃ τοῦ παίζειν, καὶ καταπαίζων αὐτῆς ὡς μικρᾶς, καὶ σαυτοῦ μακαρίσεις τὴν συζυγίαν. Ἐπαινῶ τδ Θεόγνιδος, ὃς τὴν μέχρι πότων καὶ τοῦ ἡδέος φιλίαν οὐκ ἐπαινῶν, ἐπαινεῖ τὴν ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμάτων, τί γράφων; Πολ-ιο) παρὰ κίηιτῆρι φίλοι τίνυνται ἑταῖροι, Ἦν δὲ σπουδαίῳ πράγματι παυρότεροι. Ἡμεῖς τοίνυν κρατήρων μὲν ἀλλήλοις οὐ κεκοινωνήκαμεν, οὐδὲ γε πολλὰ συγγεγόναμεν ἀλλήλοις (καίτοι ἐχρῆν παντὸς μᾶλλον, καὶ διʼ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς. καὶ διὰ τὴν ἐκ πατέρων φιλίαν), τὴν ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων δὲ ἀπαιτοῦμεν εὔνοιαν. Ἐγγὺς ἀγὼν, καὶ ἀγώνων ὁ μέγιστος. '0 γὰρ υἱὸς ἡμῶν Νικόὸουλος ἐν ταραχαῖς ἀδοκήτοις, παρʼ ὧν ἥκιστα ἂν ᾠήθη τις ἔχειν πράγματα. Διὰ τοῦτο ἀξιοῦμεν παρεῖναι, καὶ βοηθεῖν ἡμῖν ὡς τάχιστα, καὶ σννδι- κάταντα καὶ συνηγορήσαντα, εἰ εὕροις ἁδικου- μένους. Εἰ δʼ οὖν, μὴ προληφθεῖψαι τῷ ἐναντίῳ μέρει, κέρδους μικροῦ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἀποδιδόμενον. ἢν ἀεί σοι μαρτυρηθεῖσαν παρὰ πάντων γινώσκομεν. ιΔι. ιωΣΑΡιᾳ.
talas tou nou kinēmasi, ti soi entautha to hypsos, ē ta metra tou sōmatos Ide kairion siōpēn, phthengomenēs akousono to akallōpiston katanoēson, to hōs gynaixin andrikon, tēn oikōpheleian, tēn psilandrian. Kai tote phēseis to tou Lakōnos; Ontōs ou metreitai psychē, kai dei tyn ektos eonta, pros ton entos blepein anthrōpon. “Av houtō tauta skopę̄s. pausę̄ tou paizein, kai katapaizōn autēs hōs mikras, kai sautou makariseis tēn syzygian. Epainō td Theognidos, hos tēn mechri potōn kai tou hēdeos philian ouk epainōn, epainei tēn epi tōn pragmatōn, ti graphōn? Pol-io) para kiēitēri philoi tinyntai hetairoi, Ēn de spoudaiǭ pragmati pauroteroi. Hēmeis toinyn kratērōn men allēlois ou kekoinōnēkamen, oude ge polla syngegonamen allēlois (kaitoi echrēn pantos mallon, kai diʼ hēmas autous. kai dia tēn ek paterōn philian), tēn epi tōn ergōn de apaitoumen eunoian. Engys agōn, kai agōnōn ho megistos. '0 gar huios hēmōn Nikoooulos en tarachais adokētois, parʼ hōn hēkista an ǭēthē tis echein pragmata. Dia touto axioumen pareinai, kai boēthein hēmin hōs tachista, kai snndi- katanta kai synēgorēsanta, ei heurois hadikou- menous. Ei dʼ oun, mē prolēphtheipsai tǭ enantiǭ merei, kerdous mikrou tēn eleutherian apodidomenon. ēn aei soi martyrētheisan para pantōn ginōskomen. iDi. iōSARią.
… in the movements of the mind, what is your height to you there, or the measurements of the body? Look at her timely silence; listen to her when she speaks; consider her lack of adornment, her manliness for a woman, her care for the household, her love for her husband. And then you will say the Laconian's saying: “Truly the soul is not measured, and one must look past the outer man to the inner.” If you consider these things in this way, you will stop joking and mocking her as small, and you will count yourself blessed in your marriage. [Letter 13] I praise the saying of Theognis, who does not praise the friendship that goes as far as drinking and pleasure, but praises friendship in deeds. What does he write? “Many are the friends who become companions at the mixing-bowl, but in a serious matter they are fewer.” Now we have not shared mixing-bowls with one another, nor have we spent much time together (though we ought to have, above all, both for our own sakes and because of the friendship inherited from our fathers); but we ask for the goodwill that is shown in deeds. A contest is near, and the greatest of contests. For our son Nicobulus is in unexpected troubles, at the hands of those from whom one would least have expected to have trouble. Therefore we ask you to be present and help us as quickly as possible, judging the case with us and pleading for us, if you find us wronged. If not, at least do not be won over beforehand by the opposing side, selling for a small gain the freedom of mind that we know has always been attested of you by everyone. [Letter 14. To Caesarius]
Chapter 47
47PG 37:48a–48b
ὠνήσαντο, πλείοσι περιπεπτώκασι δυσχερείαις, τὰ μὲν τῶν πεπρακότων ἀγνωμόνων πειρώμενοι, τὰ δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν γειτονούντων περικοπτόμενοι καὶ πορθού· μενοι, ὥστε κέρδος εἶναι αὐτοῖς, τὸ τίμημα ὃ δεδώκασι κομισαμένοις, μεθʼ ὧν προσανηλώκασιν, ὄντων ούκ ὀλίγων, ἀπαλλαγῆναι τῆς κτήσεως. Ei μὲν οὖν σοι φίλον εἰς σεαυτὸν περιστῆσαι τὴν πραγματείαν, ὅπως ἂν κάλλιστα καὶ ἀσφαλέστατα ἔχῃ σοι τὸ συνάλλαγμα διασκεψαμένιίι, τοῦτο δὴ καὶ αὐτοῖς καὶ ἡμῖν ἥδιον. Εἰ δὲ μὴ, τό γε δεύτερον, τῇ περιεργίᾳ καὶ ἀγνωμοσύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἀντίθες σεαυτὸν, ἵνα μὴ πάντως ἓν γέ τι διὰ τὴν ἀπραγμοσύνην αὐτῶν ἔχῃ πλέον, ἢ κατέχοντας ἀδικῶν, ἢ ζημιῶν ἀπαλλαττομένους. Ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν καὶ ἠρυθρίασα περὶ τούτων ἐπιστέλλων. Ἐπειδή γε ὁμοίως αὐτοῖς ὀφενιλόμεθα, καὶ διὰ γένος, καὶ διὰ τὴν τοῦ βίου προαίρεσιν (τίνος γὰρ ἄν τις κήδοιτο μᾶλλον, ἢ τῶν τοιούτων; ἐπὶ τῷ δὲ ἂν αἰσχύνοιτο πλέον, ἢ τὰ τοιαῦτα εὐεργετεῖν οὐ προθυμούμενος); σὺ δὲ ἢδιὰ σεαυτὸν,ἢ διʼ ἡμᾶς, ἦ διὰ τοὺς ἄνδρας αὐτοὺς, ἢ διὰ πάντα ταῦτα ὁμοῦ, ἀλλὰ πάντως γε αὐτοὺς εύεργέτησον. ιεʼ. ΛΟΛΛΙΛΝῼ. Εὖ γε ὅτι ἐπανήκεις ἡμῖν, διὰ μακροῦ μὲν, ἀλλʼ ὅμως (καὶ ὃ τούτου κρεῖττον), ὅτι κατὰ νοῦν πράττων, καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ σοὶ φροντίδων ἡμᾶς ἡλευθέρωσας. Πάντα γὰρ κοινὰ ποιούμεθα πρὸς σὲ. καὶ λύπας καὶ εὐφροσύνας· τοιοῦτον γὰρ ἡ φιλία. Ἐπειδὴ ἐπανήκεις, μετάδος φίλοισι σοῖσι σῆς εὐπραξίας, φησὶν ὀ εἰπών· μεταδώσεις δὲ, εἰ τοὺς κυρίους μου τοὺς ἀνεψιοὺς Ἐλλάδιον καὶ Εύλάλιον, καὶ τᾶλλα οἰκείους ὁρᾷν προθυμοῖο (οἰκείους δὲ λέγω, εἰ μὴ ἄλλους ἡμᾶς πρὸς ἑαυτὸν νομίζοις, ού γὰρ οἷδʼ ὃ τι ἂν μείζονα εἴποιμι), καὶ μὴ ἐτέρων δεηθῆναι προστατῶν ἀνάσχοιο. Ἀλλὰ πάντα σεαυτὸν παράσχοιο, φίλον χρηστὸν, γείτονα δεξιὸν, παραστάτην γενναῖον, ἵνα μὴ καθʼ ἕκαστον λέγω, τὸν εὐγενῆ Λολλιανδν, τὸν ἐπὶ καλοκαγαθίᾳ γνώριμον. ’Υπισχνοῦμαι δὲ, εί ἐπὶ πλεῖον αὐτοῖς ὁμιλήσαις, καὶ τῆς φιλοσοφίας αὕητῶν τὸ ὕψος κατίδοις, ὅτι πρὸς ἄλλους ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν πρεσβεύσεις. Τοσοῦτον θαρρῶ τῷ σῷ τρόπῳ,
ōnēsanto, pleiosi peripeptōkasi dyschereiais, ta men tōn peprakotōn agnōmonōn peirōmenoi, ta de hypo tōn geitonountōn perikoptomenoi kai porthou; menoi, hōste kerdos einai autois, to timēma ho dedōkasi komisamenois, methʼ hōn prosanēlōkasin, ontōn ouk oligōn, apallagēnai tēs ktēseōs. Ei men oun soi philon eis seauton peristēsai tēn pragmateian, hopōs an kallista kai asphalestata echę̄ soi to synallagma diaskepsameniii, touto dē kai autois kai hēmin hēdion. Ei de mē, to ge deuteron, tę̄ periergią kai agnōmosynę̄ tou andros antithes seauton, hina mē pantōs hen ge ti dia tēn apragmosynēn autōn echę̄ pleon, ē katechontas adikōn, ē zēmiōn apallattomenous. Egō men oun kai ērythriasa peri toutōn epistellōn. Epeidē ge homoiōs autois ophenilometha, kai dia genos, kai dia tēn tou biou proairesin (tinos gar an tis kēdoito mallon, ē tōn toioutōn? epi tǭ de an aischynoito pleon, ē ta toiauta euergetein ou prothymoumenos)? sy de ēdia seauton,ē diʼ hēmas, ē dia tous andras autous, ē dia panta tauta homou, alla pantōs ge autous euergetēson. ieʼ. LOLLILNǬ. Eu ge hoti epanēkeis hēmin, dia makrou men, allʼ homōs (kai ho toutou kreitton), hoti kata noun prattōn, kai tōn epi soi phrontidōn hēmas hēleutherōsas. Panta gar koina poioumetha pros se. kai lypas kai euphrosynas; toiouton gar hē philia. Epeidē epanēkeis, metados philoisi soisi sēs eupraxias, phēsin o eipōn; metadōseis de, ei tous kyrious mou tous anepsious Elladion kai Eulalion, kai talla oikeious horąn prothymoio (oikeious de legō, ei mē allous hēmas pros heauton nomizois, ou gar hoidʼ ho ti an meizona eipoimi), kai mē eterōn deēthēnai prostatōn anaschoio. Alla panta seauton paraschoio, philon chrēston, geitona dexion, parastatēn gennaion, hina mē kathʼ hekaston legō, ton eugenē Lolliandn, ton epi kalokagathią gnōrimon. ’Ypischnoumai de, ei epi pleion autois homilēsais, kai tēs philosophias hauētōn to hypsos katidois, hoti pros allous hyper autōn presbeuseis. Tosouton tharrō tǭ sǭ tropǭ,
… bought, they have fallen into greater difficulties, on the one side meeting with the unfairness of those who sold, on the other being hemmed in and plundered by their neighbours, so that it would be a gain for them to recover the price they paid, together with what they have spent besides (and it is not a little), and to be rid of the property. If then you are willing to take the business upon yourself, considering how the transaction may stand best and most securely for you, that would be most pleasing both to them and to us. If not, then at least the second course: set yourself against the meddling and unfairness of the man, so that he may not in any case gain an advantage through their peaceableness, either by wronging them while they hold the property or by causing them loss as they give it up. I for my part even blushed to write about these things. But since we are equally bound to them both by kinship and by their chosen way of life (for whom would one care for more than such people? And at what would one be more ashamed than at not being eager to do good to such?), do you, either for your own sake, or for ours, or for the men themselves, or for all these together, by all means do them good. [Letter 15. To Lollianus] Well done that you have come back to us, after a long time, but still (and, what is better than this) that you have fared as you wished, and have freed us from our anxieties about you. For we share everything with you, griefs and joys alike; such is friendship. Since you have come back, “give your friends a share in your good fortune,” as the one who said it says; and you will give it if you are willing to look after my lords the cousins Helladius and Eulalius and my other relatives (I say relatives, unless you think us other than yourself; for I do not know what greater thing I could say), and do not let them need other patrons. Offer yourself to them entirely, a good friend, a kindly neighbour, a noble supporter, not to list it item by item, the well-born Lollianus, known for nobility of character. And I promise that if you associate with them more and see the height of their philosophy, you will even plead for them to others. So much do I trust your character,
Chapter 49
49PG 37:49a–49c
καὶ οὕτω πολλὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχω μὴ διαμαρτήσεσθαί σου περὶ ῶν αὐτὸς ὲπρέσόευσα. ιφ. ΕιιιΣιιοΠᾳ ΚΑΙΣΑΡΕΙΑΣ. Ἐπειδὴ πρὸς ἄνδρα ποιοῦμαι τοὺς λόγους, οὔτε ἀγαπῶντα τὸ ψεῦδος, καὶ τὸ ὲν ἑτέρῳ φωρᾶσαι πάντων ὀξύτατον, κᾶν ὅτι μάλιστα σοφοῖς πλέκηται καὶ ποικίλοις τοῖς λαβυρίνθοιςο πρὸς δὲ, οὐδὲ αὐτῷ μοι φίλον τὸ τεχνικὸν (εἰρήσεται γὰρ κᾶν φορτικώτερον), πεφυκότι τε οὕτω καὶ τυπουμένη) παρὰ τοῦ λόγου, διὰ τοῦτο γράφω τὰ παριστάμενα. Καί μου δέξαι τὴν παρρησίαν ἢ ἀδικήσεις γε τῆς ἀληθείας, τὰ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἀποστερῶν, κάξ ἀναγκάζων ἐν ἐμαυτῷ κατέχειν τὴν ὠδῖνα τῆς λύπης, ῶσπερ τι νόσημα ὕπουλον καὶ κακόηθες. Ἐγὼ χαίρω μὲν ὑπὸ σοῦ τιμώμενος (εἰπερ ἄνθρωπός είμι, τοῦ προειρηκότος ὁ λόγος), καὶ καλούμενος ἐπί τε συνόδους καὶ συλλόγους πνευματικούς. Οὐ φέρω δὲ τὴν γεγενημένην ὖόριν τῷ τιμιωτάτῳ ἀδελφῷ Βασιλείῳ, καὶ γινομένην ἔτι παρᾶ τῆς σῆς εὐλαβείας, ὃν καὶ βίου καὶ λόγου κοινωνὸν, καὶ τῆς ὑψηλοτάτης φιλοσοφίας εἱλόμην τε ἀπαρχῆς, καὶ νῦν ἔχω· καὶ οὑδὲν ὲμαυτῷ μέμφομαι τῆς ἐπʼ αὐτῷ κρίσεως. Οὕτω γὰρ εἰπεῖν μετριώτερον, ἵνα μὴ ἐμαυτὸν ἐπαινεῖν δόξω, τὰ ἐκείνου θαυμάζων. Σὺ δέ μοι δοκεῖς ποιεῖν παραπλήσιον, τὸν - μὲν ἀτιμάζων, τιμῶν δὲ ἡμᾶς, ῶσπερ ἂν εῖ τις ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς τῇ μὲν τῶν χειρῶν καταψήχοι τὴν κεφαλὴν, τῇδὲ παίοι τὴν παρειάν· ἢ καὶ θεμελίους ὑποσπῶν οἰκίας, διαζωγραφοίη τοὺς τοίχους, καὶ καλλωπίζοι τὰ ἔξωθεν. El τι οὖν ἐμοὶ πείθῃ, τοῦτο ποιήσεις. Πεισθῆναι δὲ ἀξιῶ· καὶ γὰρ δίκαιον. Εἰ ἐκεῖνον θεραπεύσεις τὰ εἰκότα, καὶ παρʼ ἐκείνου θεραπευθήσῃ. Τὸ δὲ καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἕψεται ὥσπερ τοῖς σώμασιν al σκιαὶ, μικρούς τε ὄντας, καὶ πρὸς εἰρήνην ἑτοιμοτέρους. Οὐδὲ γὰρ οὕτως ἀθλίως πράτ- . τομεν, ὥστε τʼ ἄλλα μὲν ἐθέλειν φιλοσοφεῖν, καὶ τῆς κρείττονος εἶναι μερίδος· ὑπερορᾷν δὲ πράγματος,
kai houtō pollas elpidas echō mē diamartēsesthai sou peri ōn autos epresoeusa. iph. EiiiSiioPą KAISAREIAS. Epeidē pros andra poioumai tous logous, oute agapōnta to pseudos, kai to en heterǭ phōrasai pantōn oxytaton, kan hoti malista sophois plekētai kai poikilois tois labyrinthoiso pros de, oude autǭ moi philon to technikon (eirēsetai gar kan phortikōteron), pephykoti te houtō kai typoumenē) para tou logou, dia touto graphō ta paristamena. Kai mou dexai tēn parrēsian ē adikēseis ge tēs alētheias, ta tēs eleutherias aposterōn, kax anankazōn en emautǭ katechein tēn ōdina tēs lypēs, ōsper ti nosēma hypoulon kai kakoēthes. Egō chairō men hypo sou timōmenos (eiper anthrōpos eimi, tou proeirēkotos ho logos), kai kaloumenos epi te synodous kai syllogous pneumatikous. Ou pherō de tēn gegenēmenēn yorin tǭ timiōtatǭ adelphǭ Basileiǭ, kai ginomenēn eti para tēs sēs eulabeias, hon kai biou kai logou koinōnon, kai tēs hypsēlotatēs philosophias heilomēn te aparchēs, kai nyn echō; kai houden emautǭ memphomai tēs epʼ autǭ kriseōs. Houtō gar eipein metriōteron, hina mē emauton epainein doxō, ta ekeinou thaumazōn. Sy de moi dokeis poiein paraplēsion, ton - men atimazōn, timōn de hēmas, ōsper an ei tis henos andros tę̄ men tōn cheirōn katapsēchoi tēn kephalēn, tę̄de paioi tēn pareian; ē kai themelious hypospōn oikias, diazōgraphoiē tous toichous, kai kallōpizoi ta exōthen. El ti oun emoi peithę̄, touto poiēseis. Peisthēnai de axiō; kai gar dikaion. Ei ekeinon therapeuseis ta eikota, kai parʼ ekeinou therapeuthēsę̄. To de kathʼ hēmas hepsetai hōsper tois sōmasin al skiai, mikrous te ontas, kai pros eirēnēn hetoimoterous. Oude gar houtōs athliōs prat- . tomen, hōste tʼ alla men ethelein philosophein, kai tēs kreittonos einai meridos; hyperorąn de pragmatos,
and so I have every hope of not failing to obtain from you what I myself have asked on their behalf. [Letter 16. To Eusebius, bishop of Caesarea] Since I am addressing a man who does not love falsehood and is the sharpest of all at detecting it in another, however cleverly it is woven with intricate labyrinths, and since besides artfulness is not dear to me either (it shall be said, even if rather vulgarly), being so by nature and shaped so by the Word, I am therefore writing what is on my mind. Accept my frankness, or you will wrong the truth by robbing it of its freedom, and by forcing me to keep the pang of my grief shut up within myself, like some festering and malignant disease. I am glad to be honoured by you (if indeed I am a man, as the one who said it before puts it), and to be invited to synods and spiritual gatherings. But I cannot bear the insult that has been done, and is still being done by your Reverence, to my most honoured brother Basil, whom I chose from the beginning as partner of life and of letters and of the highest philosophy, and whom I still have; and I find no fault with myself for my judgment of him. For so it is more modest to put it, so that I may not seem to praise myself while admiring his qualities. But you seem to me to be doing something like this, dishonouring him while honouring us, as if someone with one hand were to stroke a man's head and with the other strike his cheek; or were to dig out the foundations of a house while painting the walls and adorning the outside. If then you will listen to me at all, you will do this; and I ask you to listen, for it is just: if you pay him due regard, you will be paid regard by him in return. Our part will follow, as shadows follow bodies, since we are small and readier for peace. For we are not so wretchedly placed as to wish to be philosophers in other things and belong to the better part, but to overlook a matter
Chapter 51
51PG 37:52a–52b
ἄλλως τε καὶ πρὸς ἄνδρα ἱερέα τε καὶ τοσοῦτον, ὃν καὶ βίῳ, καὶ λόγῳ καὶ πολιτείᾳ πάντων ἄριστον, ὧν ἴσμεν, γινώσκομεν. Οὐ γὰρ ὲπισκοτήσει τὸ λυ· πεῖσθαι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ. IZ'. Τῼ ΑΥΤῼ. Οὐχ ὑβριστικῶς ἐπέστειλα μᾶλλον, ῶσπερ ὲμέμψω τῆς ἐπιστολῆς, ἢ πνευματικῶς τε καὶ φιλοσόφως, καὶ ὼς εἰκὸς ἦν, εί μὴ καὶ τοῦτο λυπεῖ τδνολογιώτατον Γρηγόριον. Καὶ γὰρ εί τῷ βαθμῴ κρατεῖς, ἀλλὰ. δώσεις τι καὶ ἡμῖν ἐλευθερίας καὶ παρρησίας δικαίας. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἔσο ἡμῖν χρηστότερος. Πλὴν εί κρίνεις τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ὡς οἰκέτου, καὶ οὐδʼ ἀντιὸλέπειν ὀφείλοντος, οὓτω δὴ καὶ πληγὰς ληψόμεθα, καὶ οὐδὲ δακρύσομεν. Ἦ καὶ τοῦτο ὲγκληθησόμεθα; ὅ πάντας μᾶλλον, ἢ τὴν σὴν εὐλάβειαν παθεῖν ἄξιον. Ἐστι γὰρ ἀνδρὸς μεγαλόφρονος φίλων ἁποδέχεσθαι μᾶλλον ἐλευθερίαν, ἢ ἐχθρῶν κολακείαν. nr. τᾳ ΑΥΤῼ. μικροψύχως, μὴ τοῦτο μου καταγνῷς· ἀλλὰ μικρὸν ὲλευθεριάσας τε καὶ θαρρήσας (ὅσον τὸ λυποῦν ὲπιψύξαι καὶ θεραπεῦσαι), αὐτίκα ἡττήθην καὶ ὐπεκλίθην, καὶ τῷ κανόνι φέρων ἐμαυτὸν ὐπέθηκα. Τί δὲ οὐκ ἔμελλόν σέ τε γινώσκων, καὶ νόμους πνεῦματος; Νῦν δὲ καὶ εί λίαν μικροψύχως εἶχον καὶ ἀγεννῶς, ἀλλʼ ὃ γε καιρὸς οὐκ ἐᾷ τοῦτο πάσχειν, καὶ οἱ καταδραμόντες θῆρες τῇ Ἐκκλησία, τό τε σὸν γενναῖον καὶ ἀνδρικὸν, οὓτω καθαρῶς καὶ γνησίως προπολεμοῦν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας. Ἥξομεν οὖν, εί δοκεῖ, και ταῖς εὐχαῖς ὐμῖν συλλαμβανόμενοι, καὶ συναγωνιούμενοι, καὶ ὐπηρετησόμενοι, καὶ ὼς ἀθλητὴν ἄριστον κελευσταὶ παῖδες, ταῖς ὐποφωνήσεσιν ἐπαλείψοντες.
allōs te kai pros andra hierea te kai tosouton, hon kai biǭ, kai logǭ kai politeią pantōn ariston, hōn ismen, ginōskomen. Ou gar episkotēsei to ly; peisthai tę̄ alētheią. IZ'. TǬ AUTǬ. Ouch hybristikōs epesteila mallon, ōsper emempsō tēs epistolēs, ē pneumatikōs te kai philosophōs, kai ōs eikos ēn, ei mē kai touto lypei tdnologiōtaton Grēgorion. Kai gar ei tǭ bathmǭ krateis, alla. dōseis ti kai hēmin eleutherias kai parrēsias dikaias. Kai dia touto eso hēmin chrēstoteros. Plēn ei krineis tēn epistolēn hōs oiketou, kai oudʼ antiolepein opheilontos, houtō dē kai plēgas lēpsometha, kai oude dakrysomen. Ē kai touto enklēthēsometha? ho pantas mallon, ē tēn sēn eulabeian pathein axion. Esti gar andros megalophronos philōn hapodechesthai mallon eleutherian, ē echthrōn kolakeian. nr. tą AUTǬ. mikropsychōs, mē touto mou katagnǭs; alla mikron eleutheriasas te kai tharrēsas (hoson to lypoun epipsyxai kai therapeusai), autika hēttēthēn kai ypeklithēn, kai tǭ kanoni pherōn emauton ypethēka. Ti de ouk emellon se te ginōskōn, kai nomous pneumatos? Nyn de kai ei lian mikropsychōs eichon kai agennōs, allʼ ho ge kairos ouk eą touto paschein, kai hoi katadramontes thēres tę̄ Ekklēsia, to te son gennaion kai andrikon, houtō katharōs kai gnēsiōs propolemoun tēs Ekklēsias. Hēxomen oun, ei dokei, kai tais euchais ymin syllambanomenoi, kai synagōnioumenoi, kai ypēretēsomenoi, kai ōs athlētēn ariston keleustai paides, tais ypophōnēsesin epaleipsontes.
… especially in relation to a man who is a priest, and so great a one, whom we know to be the best in life, in word, and in conduct of all whom we know. For grief will not darken the truth. [Letter 17. To the same] I did not write insultingly, as you blamed my letter for doing, but rather spiritually and as a philosopher, and as was fitting, unless this too grieves the most learned Gregory. For even if you prevail in rank, you will still allow us some freedom and just frankness; and for this reason be kinder to us. Unless you judge my letter as that of a slave, who ought not even to look you in the face; in that case we will take blows too and not even weep. Or shall we be accused even of this? That is something which anyone deserves to suffer rather than your Reverence. For it belongs to a magnanimous man to accept the frankness of friends rather than the flattery of enemies. [Letter 18. To the same] … pettily, do not condemn me of that; but after using a little freedom and boldness (enough to cool and heal what grieved me), I was at once overcome and gave way, and placed myself under the rule. How could I not, knowing you and the laws of the Spirit? And now, even if I were very petty and mean-spirited, the time does not allow me to be so, nor do the wild beasts that have overrun the Church, nor your nobility and courage, which fights for the Church so purely and genuinely. We will come, then, if it seems good, helping you with our prayers, contending at your side, serving you, and, like boys training a fine athlete, anointing you with our shouts of encouragement.
Chapter 53
53PG 37:53a–53d
Καιρὸς εὐβουλίας καὶ καρτερίας. καὶ τοῦ μηδένα φανῆναι ἡμῶν ἀνδρικώτερον, μηδὲ τοὺς πολλοὺς ἱδρῶτας καὶ πόνους ἐν ὀλίγῳ καταλυθῆναι, Γράφω διατί ταῦτα, καὶ πόθεν; '0 θεοφιλέστατος ἐπίσκοπος ἡμῶν Εὐσέβιος (οὕτω γὰρ δεῖ περὶ αὐτοῦ λοιπὸν καὶ φρονεῖν καὶ γράφειν) λίαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἔχει συμβατικῶς τε καὶ φιλικῶς, καὶ ὥσπερ σίδηρος πυρὶ, τῷ χρόνῳ μαλάσσεται· καὶ οἶμαι καὶ γράμμα ἥξειν πρὸς σὲ παρακλήσεως τε καὶ κλήσεως, ὡς ὲμοί τε τιαρεδήλωσε, καὶ πολλοὶ πείθουσιν-ἡμᾶς τῶν τὰ ἐκείνου σαᾳῶς εἰδότων. Ὃν προλάβοιμεν, ἣ παρόντες,ἢ …, μᾶλλον δὲ προεπιστεζλαντες, εἶτα παρὸντες ’ ἵνα μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ὕστερον ἡττηθέντες, ἐξὸν νικῆσαι τῷ καλῶς ἡττηθῆναι καὶ φιλοσόφως, ὃ παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν ἀπαιτούμεθα. ’Ἣκε οὖν ἐμοὶ πεισθεὶς, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, καὶ διὰ τὸν καιρόν· ἐπειδὴ σύστασις αἱρετικῶν κατατρέχει τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, τῶν μὲν ἥδη παρόντων καὶ ταρασσόντων, τῶν δὲ, ὡς λόγος, παρεσομὲνων Καὶ δέος παρασυρῆναι τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας, εἱ μὴ τάχιστα κινηθείη τὸ πνεῦμα …, τοῦ σοφοῦ τῶν τοιούτων ἁρχιτέκτονος λόγων τε καὶ δογμάτων. Εἰ δὲ δοκεῖς αὑτὸν ἐμὲ παρεῖναι καὶ συνδιάξοντα καὶ συνοδεὺσοντα, οὐδὲ τοῦτο φευξόμεθα. ιςʼ. ΚΑΙΣΑΡΙῼ.
Kairos euboulias kai karterias. kai tou mēdena phanēnai hēmōn andrikōteron, mēde tous pollous hidrōtas kai ponous en oligǭ katalythēnai, Graphō diati tauta, kai pothen? '0 theophilestatos episkopos hēmōn Eusebios (houtō gar dei peri autou loipon kai phronein kai graphein) lian pros hēmas echei symbatikōs te kai philikōs, kai hōsper sidēros pyri, tǭ chronǭ malassetai; kai oimai kai gramma hēxein pros se paraklēseōs te kai klēseōs, hōs emoi te tiaredēlōse, kai polloi peithousin-hēmas tōn ta ekeinou saąōs eidotōn. Hon prolaboimen, hē parontes,ē …, mallon de proepistezlantes, eita parontes ’ hina mē aischynthōmen hysteron hēttēthentes, exon nikēsai tǭ kalōs hēttēthēnai kai philosophōs, ho para tōn pollōn apaitoumetha. ’Hēke oun emoi peistheis, kai dia touto, kai dia ton kairon; epeidē systasis hairetikōn katatrechei tēn Ekklēsian, tōn men hēdē parontōn kai tarassontōn, tōn de, hōs logos, paresomenōn Kai deos parasyrēnai ton logon tēs alētheias, hei mē tachista kinētheiē to pneuma …, tou sophou tōn toioutōn harchitektonos logōn te kai dogmatōn. Ei de dokeis hauton eme pareinai kai syndiaxonta kai synodeusonta, oude touto pheuxometha. isʼ. KAISARIǬ.
[Letter 19. To Basil] It is a time for good counsel and endurance, for none to show himself more manly than we, and for our many sweats and labours not to be undone in a short time. Why do I write this, and on what grounds? Our most God-beloved bishop Eusebius (for so we must henceforth both think and write of him) is very conciliatory and friendly toward us, and, like iron in fire, is being softened by time; and I think a letter of encouragement and invitation will come to you, as he indicated to me and as many who clearly know his mind assure us. Let us anticipate it, either by coming or by …, or rather by writing first and then coming, so that we may not be ashamed afterwards at being defeated, when it is possible to win by being defeated honourably and as philosophers, which is what most people demand of us. Come, then, persuaded by me, both for this reason and because of the times; for a league of heretics is overrunning the Church, some already present and causing trouble, others, so the report goes, about to come; and there is fear that the word of truth will be swept away unless the spirit of …, the wise architect of such words and doctrines, is stirred up very quickly. If you think that I myself should be there to stay with you and travel with you, I will not refuse even this. [Letter 20. To Caesarius]
Chapter 55
55PG 37:56a–56b
ραίνωμεν· ἀλλʼ ὅτι διαπεφεύγαμεν, εὐχαριστήσωμεν. Μηδὲ ἄλλοι φανῶμεν τῷ Θεῷ παρὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῶν κινδύνων, καὶ ἄλλοι μετά τοὺς κινδύνους ἀλλά βουληθῶμεν είτε ἐνδημοῦντες, εἴτε ἐκδημοῦντες, εῖτε ἰδιωτεύοντες, εἴτε τὰ κοινὰ πράττοντες (δεῖ γὰρ οὕτω λέγειν, καὶ μὴ λείπειν), τῷ σώσαντι κατακολουθεῖν, καὶ γίνεσθαι τῆς ἐκείνου μοίρας, μικρὰ τῶν μικρῶν καὶ χαμαὶ ἐρχομένων φροντίσαντες. Καὶ δῶμέν τι διήγημα τοῖς εἰς ὕστερον, μέγα μὲν εἰς δόξαν ἡμῶν, μέγα δὲ είς ὠφέλειαν ψυχῆς· τδ δὲ αὐτὸ καὶ παίδευμα τοῖς πολλοῖς χρησιμώτατον, ὃτι κρείττων ἀσφαλείας κίνδυνος, καὶ συμφορὰ εὐημερίας αἱρετωτέραο εί γε πρὸ μὲν τῶν φόβων ἦμεν τοῦ κόσμου, μετὰ δὲ τοὺς φόβους τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγενήμεθα. Ἴσως σοι φορτικοὶ καὶ οὐ παραίνεσιν, ἀλλʼ ἐπίδειξιν νομίζεις τοὺς λόγους. Διὸ τούτων μὲν ἃλις· ἡμᾶς δὲ ἶσοι προθυμουμένους καὶ εὐχομένους μάλιστα μὲν γενέσθαι μέχρι σου, συνησθησομένους τῇ σωτηρίᾳ σου, καὶ περ). τούτων τελεώτερον διαλεξομένους. El δʼ οὓ, ἀλλʼ ὲνταῦθά σε δεξομένους ὡς τάχιστα, συνεορτάσαι τὰ χαριστήρια. ’
rainōmen; allʼ hoti diapepheugamen, eucharistēsōmen. Mēde alloi phanōmen tǭ Theǭ para ton kairon tōn kindynōn, kai alloi meta tous kindynous alla boulēthōmen eite endēmountes, eite ekdēmountes, eite idiōteuontes, eite ta koina prattontes (dei gar houtō legein, kai mē leipein), tǭ sōsanti katakolouthein, kai ginesthai tēs ekeinou moiras, mikra tōn mikrōn kai chamai erchomenōn phrontisantes. Kai dōmen ti diēgēma tois eis hysteron, mega men eis doxan hēmōn, mega de eis ōpheleian psychēs; td de auto kai paideuma tois pollois chrēsimōtaton, hoti kreittōn asphaleias kindynos, kai symphora euēmerias hairetōterao ei ge pro men tōn phobōn ēmen tou kosmou, meta de tous phobous tou Theou gegenēmetha. Isōs soi phortikoi kai ou parainesin, allʼ epideixin nomizeis tous logous. Dio toutōn men halis; hēmas de isoi prothymoumenous kai euchomenous malista men genesthai mechri sou, synēsthēsomenous tę̄ sōtērią sou, kai per). toutōn teleōteron dialexomenous. El dʼ hou, allʼ entautha se dexomenous hōs tachista, syneortasai ta charistēria. ’
… ; but let us give thanks that we have escaped. And let us not appear one kind of men to God in the time of dangers and another after the dangers; but let us resolve, whether at home or abroad, whether in private life or engaged in public affairs (for I must put it so and leave nothing out), to follow the One who saved us and to become of his portion, caring little for the little things that creep along the ground. And let us give those who come after us a story, great for our glory and great for the benefit of the soul; and the same will be a most useful lesson for the many, that danger is better than safety, and misfortune more to be chosen than prosperity, if before our terrors we belonged to the world, but after them have become God's. Perhaps you think my words burdensome, and not exhortation but display. So enough of this; but know that we are eager and pray above all to come to you, to share your joy in your safety and to talk of these things more fully; or if not, to welcome you here as quickly as possible to keep the thanksgiving feast together.
Chapter 57
57PG 37:57a–57d
xu. Ta ΑΥΤῼ. Ἔδει, καθάπερ τὸν χρυσὸν καὶτοὺς λίθους τῇ δψει γνωρίζομεν, οὕτω καὶ τοὺς καλοὺς καὶμὴ τῶν ς ἀνδρῶν αὐτόθεν διαγινώσκεσθαι, καὶ μὴ μακροτέρας δεῖσθαι δοκιμασίας. Οὐ γὰρ ἂν πολλῶν ἐδέησεν ἡμῖν λόγων ὑπὲρ τοῦ τιμιωτάτου υἱοῦ Ἀμφιλοχίου ’ πρεσβεύουσι πρὸς τὴν σὴν μεγαλόνοιαν. Θᾶττον ἂν ἦλπισα ’ἐν τι τῶν ἀπίστων καὶ παραδόξων, ἢ τοῦτον ἀγεννές τι πράξειν ἐπὶ χρήμασιν, ῆδιανοήσασθαι· τοσοῦτον αὑτῷ τὸ παρὰ πάντων συγκεχωρηκὸς ἐπὶ καλοκαγαθία, καὶ τὸ πρεσβυτέραν τῆς ἡλικίας ἔχειν τὴν φρόνησιν. Ἀλλὰ τί χρὴ παθεῖν; Οὖδὲν διαφεύγει τὸν φθόνον, ὁπότε καὶ τούτου τις μῶμος ἥψατο, ἀνδρὸς διʼ ἁπλότητα μᾶλλον, ἢ τρόπων κακίαν περιπεσόντος ἐγκλήμασιν. Ἀλλά σοι μὴ ἀνεκτὸν φανείτω περιϊδεῖν αὑτὸν ταῖς συκοφαντίαις παρασυρόμενον. Μὴ δέομαί σου τῆς ἱερᾶς καὶ μεγάλης ψυχῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν πατρίδα τίμησον, τῇ ἀρετῇ βοήθησον, καὶ ἡμᾶς αἰδέσθητι τοὺς παρὰ σοῦ καὶ διὰ σοῦ δοξασθέντας, καὶ ἀντὶ πάντων γενοῦ τῷ ἀνδρὶ, τῷ δύνασθαι τὸ θέλειν προσθεὶς, ἐπειδὴ πάντα τῆς σῆς ἀρετῆς οἶδα ἡττώμενα. K1". ΚΑΙΣΑΡΙῼ. Εἰ μεγάλα ἐστὶν ἃ αἰτοῦμεν, μηδὲν θαυμάσῃς, ἐπειδὴ καὶ παρὰ μεγάλου, καὶ συμμετρεῖσθαι δεῖ τῷ αἰτουμένῳ τὴν αἴτησιν. Ὁμοίως γὰρ ἄτοπον παρὰ μικροῦ μεγάλα αἰτεῖν, καὶ παρὰ μεγάλου μικρά. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἄκαιρον. τὸ δὲ μικρόλογον. Αὐτός σοι προσάγω διὰ τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ χειρὸς τὸν τιμιώταο τον υἱὸν ἡμῶν ’Δμφιλόχιον, ἄνδρα τοσοῦτον ἐπὶ καλοκαγαθία γνώριμον, καὶ παρὰ τὸ εἰκὸς τῆς ήλικιας, ὥστε ἂν αὐτὸς ἠγάπησα ὁ γέρων, καὶ ἱερεὺς, καὶ ὑμέτερος φίλος, οὕτως ὑπολαμβάνεσθαι. Εἰ δὲ φιλίας ἀνδρὸς ἡττηθεὶς, τὴν διαὸολὴν οὐχ ὑπείδετο, τί θαυμαστόν; Τῷ γὰρ μὴ πονηρὸς εἶναι, οὐδὲ ὑπείδετο τὴν πονηρίαν, λόγου μᾶλλον διόρθωσινῆ τρόπον προσήκειν αὑτῷ νομίσας. Οὕτω συμπονεῖν ἐδέξατο. Τί τοῦτο δεινὸν τοῖς εὐγνώμοσι;- Μὴ ε]
xu. Ta AUTǬ. Edei, kathaper ton chryson kaitous lithous tę̄ dpsei gnōrizomen, houtō kai tous kalous kaimē tōn s andrōn autothen diaginōskesthai, kai mē makroteras deisthai dokimasias. Ou gar an pollōn edeēsen hēmin logōn hyper tou timiōtatou huiou Amphilochiou ’ presbeuousi pros tēn sēn megalonoian. Thatton an ēlpisa ’en ti tōn apistōn kai paradoxōn, ē touton agennes ti praxein epi chrēmasin, ēdianoēsasthai; tosouton hautǭ to para pantōn synkechōrēkos epi kalokagathia, kai to presbyteran tēs hēlikias echein tēn phronēsin. Alla ti chrē pathein? Ouden diapheugei ton phthonon, hopote kai toutou tis mōmos hēpsato, andros diʼ haplotēta mallon, ē tropōn kakian peripesontos enklēmasin. Alla soi mē anekton phaneitō periïdein hauton tais sykophantiais parasyromenon. Mē deomai sou tēs hieras kai megalēs psychēs, alla kai tēn patrida timēson, tę̄ aretę̄ boēthēson, kai hēmas aidesthēti tous para sou kai dia sou doxasthentas, kai anti pantōn genou tǭ andri, tǭ dynasthai to thelein prostheis, epeidē panta tēs sēs aretēs oida hēttōmena. K1". KAISARIǬ. Ei megala estin ha aitoumen, mēden thaumasę̄s, epeidē kai para megalou, kai symmetreisthai dei tǭ aitoumenǭ tēn aitēsin. Homoiōs gar atopon para mikrou megala aitein, kai para megalou mikra. To men gar akairon. to de mikrologon. Autos soi prosagō dia tēs emautou cheiros ton timiōtao ton huion hēmōn ’Dmphilochion, andra tosouton epi kalokagathia gnōrimon, kai para to eikos tēs ēlikias, hōste an autos ēgapēsa ho gerōn, kai hiereus, kai hymeteros philos, houtōs hypolambanesthai. Ei de philias andros hēttētheis, tēn diaoolēn ouch hypeideto, ti thaumaston? Tǭ gar mē ponēros einai, oude hypeideto tēn ponērian, logou mallon diorthōsinē tropon prosēkein hautǭ nomisas. Houtō symponein edexato. Ti touto deinon tois eugnōmosi?- Mē e]
[Letter 22. To the same] We ought to be able, just as we recognize gold and precious stones by sight, to discern good and honourable men at once, without needing longer testing. Then we would not have needed many words pleading with your magnanimity for our most honoured son Amphilochius. I would sooner have expected one of the incredible and impossible things to happen than that he should do or even think anything ignoble for money; so fully has everyone granted him his nobility of character, and a prudence older than his years. But what is one to do? Nothing escapes envy, since some fault-finding has touched even this man, who fell into accusations through simplicity rather than wickedness of character. But do not think it tolerable to look on while he is swept away by slanders. No, I beg your holy and great soul; but honour your homeland too, come to the help of virtue, respect us who have been glorified by you and through you, and be everything to the man, adding the will to the power, since I know that everything yields to your virtue. [Letter 23. To Caesarius] If what we ask is great, do not be surprised, since we ask it of a great man, and the request must be measured to the one asked. For it is equally absurd to ask great things of a small man and small things of a great one: the one is untimely, the other petty. I myself bring to you with my own hand our most honoured son Amphilochius, a man so well known for nobility of character, beyond what is usual at his age, that I myself, an old man, a priest, and your friend, would be glad to be so regarded. And if, overcome by friendship for a man, he did not suspect the slander, what is surprising in that? Because he was not wicked, he did not suspect wickedness either, thinking it his business to correct the man's speech rather than his character; and so he agreed to share his work. What is so terrible in this to fair-minded people? Do not
Chapter 59
59PG 37:60a–60c
τοίνυν ἀνάσχῃ πλέον ἔχειν ἀρετῆς κακίαν, μηδὲ τὴν ἡμετέραν πολιὰν ἀτιμάσῃς · ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν μαρτυρίαν αἰδέσθὶμτι, καὶ τὸ φιλάνθρωπον ὑπόθες ταῖς παρʼ ἡμῶν εὐλογίαις, ὧν ἴσως τις παρὰ θεῷ λόγος, ᾧ παρεστήκαμεν. KA'. θΕΜΙΣΤΙῼ. Λόγοι τὸ κινδυνευόμενον ’ καὶ σὸς ὁ καιρὸς, εἴπερ - βασιλεὺς σὺ τῶν λόγων. Καὶ πρὸς γε, σο) φίλος πατρόθεν ὁ ἐμὸς Ἀμφιλόχιος. Προσθήσω δὲ, ὅτι καὶ τοιοῦτος, οἷος μήτε γένος πατέρων αἰσχύνειν, μήτε τὴν ἡμετέραν φιλίαν, εἰ μὴ φαῦλος ἐγὼ τῶν τοιοὺο των κριτής. Καὶ τὸ μέγιστον, ἀνδρὶ μάλιστα κατὰ σὲ φιλοσόφῳ, ὅτι μηδὲν ἀδικῶν ἔχει πράγματα. Ὃ, τῷ μὲν ἐστι κουφότατον, ἡμῖν δὲ αὖ βαρύτατον, εί περιορῶντες φαινοίμεθα. Ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν, ὃ μόνον δύναμαι, τοῦτο ποιῶ. Δύναμαι δὲ πρεσβεύειν πρὸς τοὺς εὖ ποιεῖν δυναμένους. Οὐ γὰρ ἄλλο γε οὐδὲν ἐμοὶ δυνατὸν οὕτως ἔχοντι, ὥσπερ νῦν ἔχω. Σὺ δὲ τῦν τοῦ σοῦ Πλάτωνος βεβαίωσον λόγον, μὴ πρότερον παύσασθαι τὰς πόλεις κακῶν εἰπόντος, πρὶν ἂν συνέλθῃ φιλοσοφίᾳ τὸ δύνασθαι. Ἱκανὸς γὰρ εἴ ἀμφότερα. Δὸς χεῖρα τῷ δεομένῳ, καὶ παραιη νέσας τὰ εἰκότα, καὶ …; Ὠς οὐκ ἐστιν ὅτι φιλοσοφήσαις ἄμεινον, ἢ νῦν τῷ δικαίῳ συναγωνισάμενος. Πρὸς τῷ καὶ ἡμᾶς εὖ ποιεῖν τοὺς σοὺς ἐπαινέτας, εἰ δὲ δίδως εἰπεῖν, καὶ φίλους. KE’. ΑΜΦΙΛΟΧΙῼ. Ἄρτους μὲν οὐκ ᾐτήσαμεν παρᾶ σοῦ, ὅτι μηδὲ
toinyn anaschę̄ pleon echein aretēs kakian, mēde tēn hēmeteran polian atimasę̄s ; alla kai tēn martyrian aidesthimti, kai to philanthrōpon hypothes tais parʼ hēmōn eulogiais, hōn isōs tis para theǭ logos, hǭ parestēkamen. KA'. thEMISTIǬ. Logoi to kindyneuomenon ’ kai sos ho kairos, eiper - basileus sy tōn logōn. Kai pros ge, so) philos patrothen ho emos Amphilochios. Prosthēsō de, hoti kai toioutos, hoios mēte genos paterōn aischynein, mēte tēn hēmeteran philian, ei mē phaulos egō tōn toiouo tōn kritēs. Kai to megiston, andri malista kata se philosophǭ, hoti mēden adikōn echei pragmata. Ho, tǭ men esti kouphotaton, hēmin de au barytaton, ei periorōntes phainoimetha. Egō men oun, ho monon dynamai, touto poiō. Dynamai de presbeuein pros tous eu poiein dynamenous. Ou gar allo ge ouden emoi dynaton houtōs echonti, hōsper nyn echō. Sy de tyn tou sou Platōnos bebaiōson logon, mē proteron pausasthai tas poleis kakōn eipontos, prin an synelthę̄ philosophią to dynasthai. Hikanos gar ei amphotera. Dos cheira tǭ deomenǭ, kai paraiē nesas ta eikota, kai …? Ōs ouk estin hoti philosophēsais ameinon, ē nyn tǭ dikaiǭ synagōnisamenos. Pros tǭ kai hēmas eu poiein tous sous epainetas, ei de didōs eipein, kai philous. KE’. AMPhILOChIǬ. Artous men ouk ę̄tēsamen para sou, hoti mēde
then allow vice to get the better of virtue, nor dishonour our grey hair; but respect our testimony too, and add kindness to the blessings we give, of which perhaps some account is kept before God, before whom we stand. [Letter 24. To Themistius] It is eloquence that is at stake, and the moment is yours, if indeed you are the king of eloquence. And besides, my Amphilochius is a friend of yours from his father's time. I will add that he is such a man as to disgrace neither his father's family nor our friendship, unless I am a poor judge of such things. And, what weighs most with a man as much a philosopher as you, he is in trouble though he has done no wrong. This is the lightest thing for him, but again the heaviest for us, if we should be seen to overlook it. I, then, do the one thing I can: I can intercede with those who are able to do good. For nothing else is possible for me in my present condition. But do you now confirm the saying of your Plato, who said that cities would not be rid of evils until power was joined to philosophy; for you are capable of both. Give a hand to him who asks, advising what is fitting and …; for there is no way you could play the philosopher better than by now contending on the side of justice; and besides, you will do good to us, your admirers, and, if you allow me to say it, your friends. [Letter 25. To Amphilochius] Bread we did not ask of you, since we would not ask
Chapter 61
61PG 37:61a–61d
ὕδωρ παρὰ τῶν Ὀστρακίνην οἰκούντων. Λάχανα δὲ εἱ αῐτοίημεν παρὰ. ἀνδρὸς Ὸζιζαλὲως, ὧν ἀφθονία μὲν παρʼ ὑμῖν, παρὰ δὲ ἡμῖν πολλὴ σπάνις, θαυμαστὸν οὐδὲν, οὐδὲ ἔξω τῆς συνηθείας. Καταξίιυσον οὖν λάχανα ἡμῖν ἀποστεῖλαι πλεῖστα καὶ κάλλιστα, ἣ ὅσα γε δυνατὸν (ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ μικρὰ μεγάλα τοῖς πένησιν), ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὸν μέγαν Βασίλειον δεξιούμεθα, οὗ μὴ βουληθῇς, ὥσπερ ἐπειράθης κεκορεσμένοι) φιλοσοφοῦντος, οὕτω ἡειραθῆναι πεινῶντος καὶ δυσχεραίνοντος. κςι. Ὠς μικρολόγως ἡμῖν ἥκει τὰ λάχανα παρʼ ὐμῶνὶ καὶ τί γὰρ ἄλλο, ἢ χρυσολάχανα; Καί τοι γε ὁ πᾶς πλοῦτος ὑμῖν κῆποι, καὶ ποταμοὶ, καὶ ἄλση, καὶ παράδεισοι, καὶ λαχανηφόρος ὑμῖν ὴ χώρα, ὡς χρυσοφόρος ἄλλοις, καὶ λειμώνια φύλλα νέμεσθε. '0 δὲ σῖτος ὑμῖν ἡ μυθικὴ μακαρία· καὶ ὁ ἄρτος, ὃ δὴ λέγεται, ἄρτος ἀγγέλων, οὕτως ἀσπαστός τε καὶ ἄπιστος. Ἦ τοίνυν μεταδίδοτε τούτων ἡμῖν ἀφθονώτερον, ἢ ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν ὰπειλήσομεν “ τὸν δὲ σῖτον ἐφέξομεν, καὶ εἰσόμεθα εἰ ὅντως δρόσῳ μόνῃ τρέφονται τέττιγες.
hydōr para tōn Ostrakinēn oikountōn. Lachana de hei aitoiēmen para. andros Ozizaleōs, hōn aphthonia men parʼ hymin, para de hēmin pollē spanis, thaumaston ouden, oude exō tēs synētheias. Kataxiiyson oun lachana hēmin aposteilai pleista kai kallista, hē hosa ge dynaton (epei kai ta mikra megala tois penēsin), epeidē kai ton megan Basileion dexioumetha, hou mē boulēthę̄s, hōsper epeirathēs kekoresmenoi) philosophountos, houtō hēeirathēnai peinōntos kai dyscherainontos. ksi. Ōs mikrologōs hēmin hēkei ta lachana parʼ ymōni kai ti gar allo, ē chrysolachana? Kai toi ge ho pas ploutos hymin kēpoi, kai potamoi, kai alsē, kai paradeisoi, kai lachanēphoros hymin ē chōra, hōs chrysophoros allois, kai leimōnia phylla nemesthe. '0 de sitos hymin hē mythikē makaria; kai ho artos, ho dē legetai, artos angelōn, houtōs aspastos te kai apistos. Ē toinyn metadidote toutōn hēmin aphthonōteron, ē allo men ouden apeilēsomen “ ton de siton ephexomen, kai eisometha ei hontōs drosǭ monę̄ trephontai tettiges.
water of those who live at Ostracine. But if we were to ask vegetables of a man of Ozizala, which you have in abundance while we have a great shortage, that is nothing surprising, nor out of the ordinary. Be so good, then, as to send us vegetables, very many and very fine, or as many as you can (since even small things are great to the poor), since we are about to entertain the great Basil; and you would not wish, having experienced him philosophizing on a full stomach, to experience him hungry and cross. [Letter 26. To the same] How stingily the vegetables have come to us from you! What else are they but golden vegetables? And yet your whole wealth is gardens and rivers and groves and parks, and your land bears vegetables as others' lands bear gold, and you graze on meadow leaves. But grain is for you the blessedness of myth, and bread, as the saying goes, the bread of angels, as welcome as it is unbelievable. Either, then, share these with us more generously, or we will threaten nothing else, but we will hold back our grain, and we will find out whether cicadas really live on dew alone.
Chapter 63
63PG 37:64a–64b
ταῖς Γραφαῖς εὐδοκιμοῦντι ξενισμῷ μετά λαχᾶνων καταξιώσατε. Ὁρᾷς οἷα τὰ ἡμέτερα, καὶ ὅπως κύκλος τῶν νῦν δὲ τῶν ἀνθούντων καὶ ἀπανθούντων, κα). οὕτε τοῦ εὖ πράττειν ἑστῶτος ἡμῖν, οὔτε τοῦ δυστυχεῖν, ὃ δὴ λέγουσιν, ἀλλά τάχιστα μετακινουμένου καὶ μεταπίπτοντος, ὡς αὔραις εἶναι μᾶλλον πιστεύειν, καὶ γράμμασι τοῖς καθʼ ὓδατος, ἢ ἀνθρώπων εὑ·ημερίᾳ. Τίνος ἓνεκεν; ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, ἵνα τὸ ὲν τούτοις ἄστατον καὶ ἀνώμαλον Θεωροῦντες, μᾶλλον τι προστρέχωμεν τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ τῷ μέλλοντι, καί τινα ποιώμεθα καὶ ἠ μῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιμέλειαν, βραχέα τῶν σκιῶν καὶ τῶν ὀνειράτων φροντίζοντες. Ἀλλά πόθεν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος οὐ γὰρ εἱκῆ ταῦτα φιλοσοφῶ, οὐδὲ διασκενῆς καλλωπίςομαι. Ἦν ποτε τῶν οὐκ ἀφανῶν καὶ ὁ σὸς Καισάριος, εἰ δὲ μὴ ὡς ἀδελφὸς ἀπατῶμαι, καὶτῶν λίαν ἐπιφανῶν, γνώριμος μὲν ἐπὶ παιδεύσει, καλοκαγαθία δὲ ὑπὲρ τοὺς πολλοὺς, λαμπρὸς δὲ φίλων περιουσίᾳ, ὧν πρῶτον ἐν πρώτοις σέ τε καὶ τὴν σὴν εὐγένειαν ὑπάρχειν αὐτῷ αὑτός τε ἐφρόνει, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἔπειθε. Τά μὲν δὴ παλαιά ταῦτα, καὶ τὰ πλείω παρά σεαυτοῦ προσθήσεις, τιμῶν αὑτὸν ἐπιτάφια· καὶ ὃ φύσει πάντες ἔχομεν ἄνθρωποι, μᾶλλον τι τῷ ἀπελθόντι χαριζόμενος. Τά δὲ νῦν (καὶ ὅπως μὴ παραδράμῃς ἀδακρυτὶ τὸν λόγον,ἥ δακρύσαις γε εἰς καλὸν καὶ χρήσιμον ὁ μὲν κεῖται νεκρὸς, ἄφιλος, ἕρημος, ἐλεούμενος, σμύρνης ὀλίγης ἠξιωμένος (εἴ γε καὶ τούτου), καὶ μικρῶν ἐνδυμάτων τῶν τελευταίων πολύ γε ὅτι καὶ τούτων ἐλεούμενος. Ἐπιπεπτὼκασι δὲ οἱ ἐχθροὶ, ῶς γε πυνθάτῆς
tais Graphais eudokimounti xenismǭ meta lachanōn kataxiōsate. Horąs hoia ta hēmetera, kai hopōs kyklos tōn nyn de tōn anthountōn kai apanthountōn, ka). houte tou eu prattein hestōtos hēmin, oute tou dystychein, ho dē legousin, alla tachista metakinoumenou kai metapiptontos, hōs aurais einai mallon pisteuein, kai grammasi tois kathʼ hydatos, ē anthrōpōn heu;ēmerią. Tinos heneken? emoi dokei, hina to en toutois astaton kai anōmalon Theōrountes, mallon ti prostrechōmen tǭ Theǭ, kai tǭ mellonti, kai tina poiōmetha kai ē mōn autōn epimeleian, brachea tōn skiōn kai tōn oneiratōn phrontizontes. Alla pothen hēmin ho logos ou gar heikē tauta philosophō, oude diaskenēs kallōpisomai. Ēn pote tōn ouk aphanōn kai ho sos Kaisarios, ei de mē hōs adelphos apatōmai, kaitōn lian epiphanōn, gnōrimos men epi paideusei, kalokagathia de hyper tous pollous, lampros de philōn periousią, hōn prōton en prōtois se te kai tēn sēn eugeneian hyparchein autǭ hautos te ephronei, kai hēmas epeithe. Ta men dē palaia tauta, kai ta pleiō para seautou prosthēseis, timōn hauton epitaphia; kai ho physei pantes echomen anthrōpoi, mallon ti tǭ apelthonti charizomenos. Ta de nyn (kai hopōs mē paradramę̄s adakryti ton logon,hē dakrysais ge eis kalon kai chrēsimon ho men keitai nekros, aphilos, herēmos, eleoumenos, smyrnēs oligēs ēxiōmenos (ei ge kai toutou), kai mikrōn endymatōn tōn teleutaiōn poly ge hoti kai toutōn eleoumenos. Epipeptōkasi de hoi echthroi, ōs ge pynthatēs
… honour him with the hospitality approved in the Scriptures, with vegetables. [Letter 29. To Sophronius] You see what our affairs are like, and how there is a cycle of things flourishing and fading; neither good fortune nor, as they say, ill fortune stays fixed for us, but it shifts and changes very quickly, so that one may trust the breezes, or letters written on water, rather than human prosperity. Why is this? It seems to me, so that, seeing the instability and unevenness in these things, we may run rather to God and to the future, and take some care of ourselves, caring little for shadows and dreams. But what prompts my words? For I am not philosophizing at random, nor decking myself out with rhetorical display. Your Caesarius too was once among the men of note, and, unless as a brother I am deceived, among the very distinguished: known for his learning, above most for nobility of character, brilliant in his wealth of friends, among whom he himself thought, and persuaded us, that you and your nobility held first place among the first. These things are of the past, and you will add more from your own knowledge, honouring him with funeral praises and, what all of us humans have by nature, granting something more to the departed. But now (and see that you do not run past this account without tears, or rather, may you weep to good and useful purpose): he lies dead, friendless, deserted, pitied, granted a little myrrh (if even that) and a few last garments; it is much that he is pitied even for these. And his enemies have fallen upon his estate, as I learn, …
Chapter 65
65PG 37:65a–65b
ἀναλγησίας, ὦ τῆς ὡμότητοςῐ Καὶ ὁ κωλύσων οὐδείς · ἀλλʼ ὃ γε φιλανθρωπότατος, τοῦτο χαρίζεται μόνον, ἀνακαλεῖται τοὺς νόμους · καὶ εἰ δεῖ συντόμως εἰπεῖν, δρᾶμα γεγόναμεν, οἰ ποτε νομισθέντες εὐδαίμονες. Ταῦτα μὴ ἀνεκτά φανήτω σοι· ἀλλά καὶ συνάλγησον, καὶ συναγανάκτησον, καὶ δὸς χάριν νεκρῷ Καισαρίῳ. Ναὶ πρὸς τῆς φιλίας αὐτῆς · ναὶ πρὸς τῶν σῶν φιλτάτων καὶ τῶν ὲλπέδων, ἃς ποίησον σεαυτῷ δεξιάς, πιστὸς τῷ ἀπελθόντι φανεὶς καὶ γνήσιοςο ἵνα καὶ τοῖς ζῶσι τοῦτο χαρίσῃ, καὶ ποιήσῃς αὐτοὺς εὐέλπιδας. Οἴει περὶ χρημάτων ημᾶς ἀλγεῖν; τὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης ἡμῖν ἀφορητότερον, εἰ δόξειε μόνος τῶν ἀπάντων Καισάριος μὴ ἐσχημὲν πρεσσεία τοιαύτη, καὶ παρά τοιούτων, ἐπειδή σοι καὶ τὸ καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἴσως ού πάρεργον. "A δὲ βοηθήσεις, καὶ διʼ ὧν, καὶ ὅπως, τά τε πράγματα ὑποθήσεται, καὶ ἡ σὴ διασκέψεται σύνεσις.
analgēsias, ō tēs hōmotētosi Kai ho kōlysōn oudeis ; allʼ ho ge philanthrōpotatos, touto charizetai monon, anakaleitai tous nomous ; kai ei dei syntomōs eipein, drama gegonamen, oi pote nomisthentes eudaimones. Tauta mē anekta phanētō soi; alla kai synalgēson, kai synaganaktēson, kai dos charin nekrǭ Kaisariǭ. Nai pros tēs philias autēs ; nai pros tōn sōn philtatōn kai tōn elpedōn, has poiēson seautǭ dexias, pistos tǭ apelthonti phaneis kai gnēsioso hina kai tois zōsi touto charisę̄, kai poiēsę̄s autous euelpidas. Oiei peri chrēmatōn ēmas algein? to tēs aischynēs hēmin aphorētoteron, ei doxeie monos tōn apantōn Kaisarios mē eschēmen presseia toiautē, kai para toioutōn, epeidē soi kai to kathʼ hēmas isōs ou parergon. "A de boēthēseis, kai diʼ hōn, kai hopōs, ta te pragmata hypothēsetai, kai hē sē diaskepsetai synesis.
… O the insensibility, O the cruelty! And there is no one to stop it; but even the most humane of them grants only this: he invokes the laws. In short, we have become a stage play, we who were once thought fortunate. Do not think this tolerable, but share our pain and our indignation, and grant a favour to the dead Caesarius. Yes, by friendship itself; yes, by those dearest to you and by your hopes, which you will make favourable for yourself by showing yourself faithful and true to the departed, so that you may grant this favour to the living too and make them hopeful. Do you think we are grieving over money? The shame is more unbearable to us, if Caesarius alone of all should seem to have gained nothing from such an intercession, and from such men; since perhaps our affairs are no side-issue for you either. How you will help, and through whom, and in what way, the facts will suggest and your understanding will consider.
Chapter 67
67PG 37:68a–68b
Διʼ. το "A μὲν ὲστί σοι λυπηρὰ, πάντως καὶ ἡμῖν. Κοινὰ γὰρ ποιούμεθα πάντα τὰ τῶν φίλων, εὖ τε καὶ ὡς ἑτέρως ἔχοντα, ὥσπερ δὴ καὶ φιλίας ὄρος ἐστί. Καίτοι περὶ τούτων εἴ τι δεῖ φιλοωφῆο σαι, καὶ τὰ εἰκότα διαλεχθῆναί σοι (ὥσπερ οὖν δὴ καὶ ό τῆς φιλίας ὑποτίθεται νόμος), οὐ βούλομαί σε, οὐδέ γε καλῶς ἔχειν ὖπολαμὸάνω, Φιλάγριον ὄντα, καὶ τὰ θεῖα διαφερόντως πεπαιδευμένον, ταυτὸν πάσχειν τοῖς πολλοῖς, οὐδὲ συγκαταπίπτειν τῷ σώματι, οὐδὲ ὡς ἀνήκεστον τὴν κακοπάθειαν ὀδύρεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ὲμφιλοσοφεῖν τῷ πάθει, καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν νῦν δὴ καὶ μάλιστα ὲκκαθαίρεσθαι, καὶ κρείττω φαίνεσθαι τῶν δεσμῶν, καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι τὴν νόσον παιδαγωγίαν πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον, τοῦτο δέ. ἐστι, περιφρονοῦντα τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὰ σωματικὰ, καὶ πᾶν τὸ ῥέον καὶ ταραχῶδες, καὶ ἀπολλύμενον, ὅλον τῆς ἄνω γενέσθαι μοίραςσ καὶ ζῇν ἀντὶ τοῦ παρόντος μέλλοντι, θανάτου μελέτην, τοῦτο ὃ φησι Πλάτων, τὸν τῇδε βίον ποιούμενον, καὶ λύοντα τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ εἴτε σώματος, εἴτε σήματος, κατʼ ἐκεῖνον εἰπεῖν, ὅση δύναμις. Ἂν ταῦτα φιλοσοφῇς, ὦ ἄριστε, καὶ οὕτως ἔχῃς, αὑτός τε ὠνήσῃ τὰ μέγιστα, κα) ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ σοὶ ῥᾴους ποιήσεις, καὶ πολλοὺς διδάξεις ἐμφιλοσοφεῖν τοῖς πάθεσι. Καὶ πρός γε, οὑ μικρὸν κερδανεῖς (εἴ τί σοι καὶ τούτου μέλει, τὸ
Diʼ. to "A men esti soi lypēra, pantōs kai hēmin. Koina gar poioumetha panta ta tōn philōn, eu te kai hōs heterōs echonta, hōsper dē kai philias oros esti. Kaitoi peri toutōn ei ti dei philoōphēo sai, kai ta eikota dialechthēnai soi (hōsper oun dē kai o tēs philias hypotithetai nomos), ou boulomai se, oude ge kalōs echein ypolamoanō, Philagrion onta, kai ta theia diapherontōs pepaideumenon, tauton paschein tois pollois, oude synkatapiptein tǭ sōmati, oude hōs anēkeston tēn kakopatheian odyresthai, allʼ emphilosophein tǭ pathei, kai tēn dianoian nyn dē kai malista ekkathairesthai, kai kreittō phainesthai tōn desmōn, kai hēgeisthai tēn noson paidagōgian pros to sympheron, touto de. esti, periphronounta to sōma kai ta sōmatika, kai pan to rheon kai tarachōdes, kai apollymenon, holon tēs anō genesthai moirass kai zę̄n anti tou parontos mellonti, thanatou meletēn, touto ho phēsi Platōn, ton tę̄de bion poioumenon, kai lyonta tēn psychēn tou eite sōmatos, eite sēmatos, katʼ ekeinon eipein, hosē dynamis. An tauta philosophę̄s, ō ariste, kai houtōs echę̄s, hautos te ōnēsę̄ ta megista, ka) hēmas epi soi rhąous poiēseis, kai pollous didaxeis emphilosophein tois pathesi. Kai pros ge, hou mikron kerdaneis (ei ti soi kai toutou melei, to
[Letter 30. To Philagrius] What grieves you surely grieves us too. For we hold all the affairs of friends in common, whether they go well or otherwise, as is indeed the very definition of friendship. And yet, if I must philosophize somewhat on these things and say to you what is fitting (as the law of friendship also suggests), I do not wish you, nor do I think it right, being Philagrius and exceptionally educated in divine things, to suffer the same as the many, or to collapse along with the body, or to lament your affliction as incurable; but rather to philosophize in your suffering, and now above all to cleanse your mind, to show yourself stronger than your bonds, and to consider your illness a schooling toward what is profitable, that is, despising the body and bodily things and all that flows and is turbulent and perishing, to belong wholly to the portion above, to live for the future instead of the present, making the life here a practice of death, as Plato says, and freeing the soul from the body (or the tomb, to speak as he does) as far as possible. If you philosophize in this way, my excellent friend, and are so disposed, you will yourself profit greatly, you will make us easier on your account, and you will teach many to philosophize in their sufferings. And besides, you will gain no small thing (if you care at all for this),
Chapter 69
69PG 37:69a–69b
ᾔτησας, τὸ μὲν εὗρον, καὶ ἔπεμψά σοι προθύμως, τὸ Δημοσθενικὸν λέγω ’ τὸ δὲ ἐζημιώθην · οὐκ ἔχω οἵου συ χρῄζεις, τὴν Ἰλιάδα. Μὴ γάρ μοι διαπιστήσῃς, ὅτι μόνον τούτων ἀπολαύειν νομίζω, καὶ μόνα κεκτῆσθαι καλῶς, ὧν ἂν αὐτὸς μετάσχοις, καὶ οἷς ἂν ὡς σεαυτοῦ χρήσαιο. AB'. Τῼ ΑΥΤῼ. Εὖ γε ὅτι φιλοσοφεῖς ὲν τοῖς πάθεσι, καὶ γίνῃ καὶ ῶσπερ ἐπὶ παντὶ βελτίστῳ κατεχρῶ τῷ σώματι, ἡνίκα ὑγιεινῶς εἶχες, οὕτω καὶ νῦν τούτῳ χρῶ καλῶς, ἐπειδὴ γε ἀσθενῶς εχεις, και ἀργεῖς οὐκ ἀργῶς, ἵνʼ οὕτως εἴπω. Φιλοσοφεῖς γάρ, καὶ ὃ φασι Διογένην εἰρηκέναι ποτὲ πυρέττοντα, καὶ διακαρτεροῦντα, τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς παρέχεις ὁρᾷν, ψυχῆς πάλην καὶ σώματος. Τοῦτο ἔπρεπε τῷ ἐμῷ Φιλαγρίῳ, μὴ μαλακίζεσθαι, μηδὲ κάμπτεσθαι πρὸς τά πάθη, ἀλλὰ περιφρονεῖν τὸν πηλὸν, καὶ τὸ μὲν σῶμα ὲᾷν πάσχειν τὰ ἑαυτοῦ, πάντως ἢ νῦν ῆ ὕστερον λυθησόμενον νόμῳ φύσεως (οἰχήσεται γάρ ἦ νόσῳ κάμνον, ἢ χρόνῳ) αὐτὴν δὲ ὑψοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν ἔχειν, καὶ μετὰ Θεοῦ τετάχθαι τοῖς λογισμοῖς, κάκεῖνο εἰδέναι, ὅτι τῶν ἀτόπων ἐστὶν, ἡμᾶς ἔξω ἀφιλοσόφους φαίνεσθαι, καὶ διαψεύδεσθαι τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν.
ę̄tēsas, to men heuron, kai epempsa soi prothymōs, to Dēmosthenikon legō ’ to de ezēmiōthēn ; ouk echō hoiou sy chrę̄zeis, tēn Iliada. Mē gar moi diapistēsę̄s, hoti monon toutōn apolauein nomizō, kai mona kektēsthai kalōs, hōn an autos metaschois, kai hois an hōs seautou chrēsaio. AB'. TǬ AUTǬ. Eu ge hoti philosopheis en tois pathesi, kai ginę̄ kai ōsper epi panti beltistǭ katechrō tǭ sōmati, hēnika hygieinōs eiches, houtō kai nyn toutǭ chrō kalōs, epeidē ge asthenōs echeis, kai argeis ouk argōs, hinʼ houtōs eipō. Philosopheis gar, kai ho phasi Diogenēn eirēkenai pote pyrettonta, kai diakarterounta, touto kai autos parecheis horąn, psychēs palēn kai sōmatos. Touto eprepe tǭ emǭ Philagriǭ, mē malakizesthai, mēde kamptesthai pros ta pathē, alla periphronein ton pēlon, kai to men sōma eąn paschein ta heautou, pantōs ē nyn ē hysteron lythēsomenon nomǭ physeōs (oichēsetai gar ē nosǭ kamnon, ē chronǭ) autēn de hypsou tēn psychēn echein, kai meta Theou tetachthai tois logismois, kakeino eidenai, hoti tōn atopōn estin, hēmas exō aphilosophous phainesthai, kai diapseudesthai tēn hyposchesin.
… you asked for: the one I found and sent you gladly, I mean the Demosthenes; the other I have lost, and I do not have the one you want, the Iliad. Do not distrust me; for I think I enjoy only those things, and possess well only those, in which you share and which you use as your own. [Letter 32. To the same] Well done that you are a philosopher in your sufferings, and that … ; and that, just as you used the body for every best thing when you were in health, so now too you use it well, since you are weak, and are idle not idly, if I may put it so. For you are a philosopher, and what they say Diogenes once said when he was in a fever and holding out against it, you too let us see: a wrestling of soul and body. This befitted my Philagrius: not to grow soft or bend before sufferings, but to despise the clay, and to let the body suffer what belongs to it, since it will certainly be dissolved by the law of nature now or later (for it will go, worn out either by disease or by time); but to keep the soul itself on high, ranked with God in its thoughts, and to know this too, that it is absurd for us to be found unphilosophical outside and to belie our profession.
Chapter 71
71PG 37:72a–72b
δυσγενὴς, ἢ φυγόπατρις, παρᾶ τοῦτο αὐτῷ τῆς εὐδαιμονίας κωλυομένης. Ἐπαινῶ δὲ τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Στοᾶς τὸ νεανικόν τε καὶ μεγαλόνουν, οἳ μηδὲν κωλύειν φασὶ πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν τὰ ἔξωθεν, ἀλλʼ εἶναι τὸν σπουδαῖον μακάριον, κᾶν ὁ Φαλάριδος ταῦρος ἔχῃ καιόμενον. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο θαυμάζω μὲν τούς παρʼ ἡμίν ὑπὲρ τοῦ καλοῦ κινδυνεύσαντας. ἢ συμφορὰν διο ενεγκόντας νεανικῶς· θαυμάζω δὲ καὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν τούς τούτοις παραπλησίους, οἷον τὸν Ἀνάξαρχον ἐκεῖνον, τὸν Ἐπίκτητοῃ τὸν Σωκράτην, ἵνα μὴ λέγω πολλούςʼ ὧν ὁ μὲν ἐν ὅλμῳ κοπτομένων αὐτοῦ τῶν χειρῶν, οὐτω τοῦ τυράννου κε·λεύοντος, πτίσσειν τὸν ’Λναξάρχου θύλακον διεκεn λεύετο τοῖς βασανισταῖς. Τί τοῦτο λέγων; τὸ μοχθηρὸν ἡμῶν,σαρκίον · ὼς Ἀναξάρχου γε οὐ πτισσομένου, τῆς φιλοσόφου ψυχῆς ὅπερ ἡμῖν ὁ ἐντὸς, καὶ ὁ ἐκτὸς ἄνθρωπος ὀνομάζεται. '0 δὲ τὸ σκέλος κατατεινόμενος καὶ στρεβλούμενος ἐφιλοσόφει ὥσπερ ὲν ἀλλοτρίῳ τῷ σώματι · καὶ θᾶττον κατεαγῆναι τὸ σκέλος, ἢ ὲπαισθάνεσθαι τῆς βίας εδοξε. Σωκράτης δὲ τὸν θάνατον ὐπὸ Ἀθηναίων κατακριθεὶς, καὶ οἰκῶν, ὡς οἶσθα, τὸ δεσμωτήριον, τέως μὲν, ὡς ὑπὲρ ἄλλου δεσμωτηρίου τοῦ σώματος τοῖς μαθηταῖς διελέγετο, καὶ φυγεῖν ἐξὸν, ἀπο ηξίωσεν ’ ἐπειδὴ δὲ προσηνέχθη τὸ κώνειον. δέχεται μάλα ἡδέως, ὥσπερ οὐκ ἐπ) θανάτῳ δεχόμενος, ἀλλὰ φιλοτησίας προπινόμενος.Προσέοηκα δʼ ἂν τούτοις καὶ ’1ὼῦ τὸν ήμέτε ρον, εί μή σεᾔδειν πόρρω τῶν ἐκείνου παθῶν, καὶ ὅντα σὺν Θεῷ, καί ἐσόμενον. Ταῦτά μοι δοκεῖς κατεπᾴδειν σεαυτοῦ, ὦθεία καὶ ἱερὰ κεφαλὴ, καὶ οὕτω σεαυτὸν ἰατρεύων, αὐιώς τε ἂν ῥᾴων γενέσθαι, καὶ ἡμᾶς εὐφραίνειν τούς σούς ἐπαινέτας καὶ ἐραστὰς, οὐδὲν ὐπὸ τῆς νόσου καμπτόμενος, οὐδὲν, ὃ φησιν ὁ θεῖος Δασιδ, ὑπὸ τῆς εἰρήνης τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν, καὶ τῆς κατὰ τὸν βίον τοῦτον εὐροίας αὐτῶν ἐγκοπτόμενος ’ ἀλλὰ καὶ καθαιρόμενος, εἰ θέμις ἐπὶ σοῦ τοῦτο εἰπεῖν καὶ ὐλην ἀρετῆς ποιούμενος τὴν ἀσθένειαν.
dysgenēs, ē phygopatris, para touto autǭ tēs eudaimonias kōlyomenēs. Epainō de tōn apo tēs Stoas to neanikon te kai megalonoun, hoi mēden kōlyein phasi pros eudaimonian ta exōthen, allʼ einai ton spoudaion makarion, kan ho Phalaridos tauros echę̄ kaiomenon. Kai dia touto thaumazō men tous parʼ hēmin hyper tou kalou kindyneusantas. ē symphoran dio enenkontas neanikōs; thaumazō de kai tōn exōthen tous toutois paraplēsious, hoion ton Anaxarchon ekeinon, ton Epiktētoę̄ ton Sōkratēn, hina mē legō pollousʼ hōn ho men en holmǭ koptomenōn autou tōn cheirōn, outō tou tyrannou ke;leuontos, ptissein ton ’Lnaxarchou thylakon dieken leueto tois basanistais. Ti touto legōn? to mochthēron hēmōn,sarkion ; ōs Anaxarchou ge ou ptissomenou, tēs philosophou psychēs hoper hēmin ho entos, kai ho ektos anthrōpos onomazetai. '0 de to skelos katateinomenos kai strebloumenos ephilosophei hōsper en allotriǭ tǭ sōmati ; kai thatton kateagēnai to skelos, ē epaisthanesthai tēs bias edoxe. Sōkratēs de ton thanaton ypo Athēnaiōn katakritheis, kai oikōn, hōs oistha, to desmōtērion, teōs men, hōs hyper allou desmōtēriou tou sōmatos tois mathētais dielegeto, kai phygein exon, apo ēxiōsen ’ epeidē de prosēnechthē to kōneion. dechetai mala hēdeōs, hōsper ouk ep) thanatǭ dechomenos, alla philotēsias propinomenos.Proseoēka dʼ an toutois kai ’1ōy ton ēmete ron, ei mē seę̄dein porrō tōn ekeinou pathōn, kai honta syn Theǭ, kai esomenon. Tauta moi dokeis katepądein seautou, ōtheia kai hiera kephalē, kai houtō seauton iatreuōn, auiōs te an rhąōn genesthai, kai hēmas euphrainein tous sous epainetas kai erastas, ouden ypo tēs nosou kamptomenos, ouden, ho phēsin ho theios Dasid, hypo tēs eirēnēs tōn hamartōlōn, kai tēs kata ton bion touton euroias autōn enkoptomenos ’ alla kai kathairomenos, ei themis epi sou touto eipein kai ylēn aretēs poioumenos tēn astheneian.
… low-born or an exile, his happiness being hindered on that account. But I praise the youthful spirit and greatness of mind of the men of the Stoa, who say that external things are no hindrance to happiness, but that the good man is blessed even if the bull of Phalaris holds him burning. And for this reason I admire those of our own who have run risks for what is good, or have borne misfortune nobly; and I admire too those outside who are like them, such as the famous Anaxarchus, Epictetus, and Socrates, not to name many. The first, while his hands were being pounded in a mortar at the tyrant's command, urged the torturers on: “Pound the bag of Anaxarchus.” Meaning what? Our wretched bit of flesh; as though Anaxarchus himself, the philosophic soul, were not being pounded, which is what we call the inner man, while the other is named the outer. The second, while his leg was being stretched and twisted, philosophized as though in someone else's body, and seemed to have his leg broken sooner than to feel the violence. And Socrates, condemned to death by the Athenians and dwelling, as you know, in the prison, for a while discussed with his disciples as though about another prison, the body, and though he could have escaped he would not; and when the hemlock was brought, he took it very gladly, as though he received it not for death but as a toast drunk in friendship. I would have added to these our own Job too, if I did not know that you are far from his sufferings, and are, and will be, with God. Sing these things as a charm over yourself, divine and holy head, and so, healing yourself, you would both be easier yourself and gladden us, your admirers and lovers, being in no way bent by the illness, and in no way, as the divine David says, cut short by the peace of sinners and their prosperity in this life; but rather being purified, if it is right to say this of you, and making your weakness material for virtue.
Chapter 73
73PG 37:73a–73d
λοκαλοῦντος τὸ μόνον σου κτῆμα, κα) φιλεργοῦντος ὲν τοιαύτῃ καταστάσει τοῦ σώματος. Καὶ θαυμαστὸν οὐδέν · ἐπειδὴ καὶ ῥᾷον ὲν τοῖς άλλοτρίοις ἢ τοῖς οἰκείοις φιλοσοφεῖν. Ἐγὼ δὲ εί μὲν ἐώρων σε πέρα τοῦ μέτρου τοῦτο ποιοῦντα, ἦ πλεονεκτικῶς ἦ βιαίως τῇ φιλοπονίᾳ προσκείμενον, κᾶν ἐμεμψάμην (εἰρήσεται γὰρ τάληθὲς), μηδὲν τὴν φ·λίαν ἢ παίδευσιν αἰδεσθείς. Εἰ δὲ φιλεργείς μὲν, οὐκ ἔξω δὲ τοῦ μέτρου, χρᾷ δὲ είς δέον οἷς φιλεργεῖς, πρῦσεστι δὲ καὶ τὸ πάθος. ἐνασχοο λοῦν τε ταῖς φροντίσι, καὶ πεῖθον ὡς ὑπὲρ τὸ σῶμά σοι τὰ τοῦ σώματος, οὐκ ἔχω πῶς μὴ τοῖς μεμφομένοις μέμψωμαι, σὲ τῆς αἰτίας ἐλευθερῶν. Καὶ πρός γε τοῦτο ἐμαυτὸν πείθω, ὅτι μήτε λογίσασθαι περὶ πραγμάτων σοῦ τις ἀμείνων, ᾧ γε καὶπρὸς τὰ ἑαυτῶν ἅπαντες χρῶνται διδασκάλῳ καὶ παραινέτῃ ὁμοίως ἰδίᾳ καὶ δημοσίᾳ, μήτε ψυχῆς φροντίσαι φιλοσοφώτερος. El δὲ καὶ τῷ σώματι τὴν ὑγείαν φυλάσσειν ἢ ἐπανάγειν μόνης ἰατρικῆς, τίς οὓτω τολμηρὸς καὶ ἀπαίδευτος, ὥστε σοι περὶτούτων νομοθετεῖν; Τοὺς μὲν οὖν πολλοὺς ἔα χαίρειν, καὶ εἶναι κολοιοὺς πτῆσιν ἀετῶν δοκιμάζονταςʼ αὐτὸς δὲ σεαυτῷ χρῶ συμβούλῳ, καὶ τῷ Θεῷ, περί τε τοῦ πάθους, καὶτῶν ὅσα περὶ τὸ πάθος. κα) οὐχ ἁμαρ-δήσεις τοῦ δέοντος.
lokalountos to monon sou ktēma, ka) philergountos en toiautę̄ katastasei tou sōmatos. Kai thaumaston ouden ; epeidē kai rhąon en tois allotriois ē tois oikeiois philosophein. Egō de ei men eōrōn se pera tou metrou touto poiounta, ē pleonektikōs ē biaiōs tę̄ philoponią proskeimenon, kan emempsamēn (eirēsetai gar talēthes), mēden tēn ph;lian ē paideusin aidestheis. Ei de philergeis men, ouk exō de tou metrou, chrą de eis deon hois philergeis, prysesti de kai to pathos. enaschoo loun te tais phrontisi, kai peithon hōs hyper to sōma soi ta tou sōmatos, ouk echō pōs mē tois memphomenois mempsōmai, se tēs aitias eleutherōn. Kai pros ge touto emauton peithō, hoti mēte logisasthai peri pragmatōn sou tis ameinōn, hǭ ge kaipros ta heautōn hapantes chrōntai didaskalǭ kai parainetę̄ homoiōs idią kai dēmosią, mēte psychēs phrontisai philosophōteros. El de kai tǭ sōmati tēn hygeian phylassein ē epanagein monēs iatrikēs, tis houtō tolmēros kai apaideutos, hōste soi peritoutōn nomothetein? Tous men oun pollous ea chairein, kai einai koloious ptēsin aetōn dokimazontasʼ autos de seautǭ chrō symboulǭ, kai tǭ Theǭ, peri te tou pathous, kaitōn hosa peri to pathos. ka) ouch hamar-dēseis tou deontos.
[A further letter to Philagrius; its opening is lost] … taking good care of your only possession, and working hard in such a condition of body. And this is no wonder, since it is easier to be a philosopher in other people's affairs than in one's own. If I saw you doing this beyond measure, or devoting yourself to your labours greedily or violently, I would even have blamed you (the truth shall be told), without respect for our friendship or your learning. But if you love work, yet not beyond measure, and use what you work for as you should, and there is also your illness, which occupies you with cares and persuades you that what concerns the body is for the body's sake, I do not see how I can avoid blaming those who blame you, and acquitting you of the charge. And besides, I persuade myself of this: that no one could reason better about practical affairs than you, whom everyone uses as teacher and adviser in their own affairs alike, in private and in public, nor take care of the soul more like a philosopher. And if keeping health in the body, or restoring it, belongs to medicine alone, who is so bold and uneducated as to lay down laws for you about these things? So let the many go their way, jackdaws passing judgment on the flight of eagles; but take yourself as your counsellor, and God, about your illness and all that concerns it, and you will not miss what is needful.
Chapter 75
75PG 37:76a
ιέμνημαι τῆς σῆς συνουσίας, ἀλλήλοις εγενόμεβα πρώην ὲν Ματάζῃ τῇ ἐμῇ (ἐμὰ γὰρ ὦ κα) ὑπολαμβάνω τὰ σὰ), καὶ τῆς φιλοσοφίας, τηνικαῦτα ἐφιλοσοφησας, ἦς φρίττω καί νῦν …νημένος ἔτι. Ἐγὼ μὲν ὲξηγούμην σοιτὸν ψαλμὸν (σὺ γὶιρ ὲκέλευες,καὶ ἀντιλέγειν οὐκ ἦν), Δαβιδ ἰλιγγιᾷ καὶ ἀσχάλλει πρὸς τοὺς κακοὺς ηνοῦντας. Εἶτα πέμπων τοὺς λογισμοὺς εἰς ἐκεῖσε δικαιωτήρια, καὶ τὴν ἀποκειμένην βίοις ἀντίδοσιν, οὓτω τῆς ταραχῆς ἵσταται, καὶ … , λυποῦν θεραπεύεται. Καὶ, ὡς οἷόν τε ἦν, εἷλκον τὴν ἐξήγησιν πρὸς τὸ πὰοος, ὲκ τῶν ἡμετέρων, ἐκ τῶν ἔξωθεν ταῦτα φιλοσοφῶν, ὡς ἀνδρὶ πεπαιδευμένῳ καὶ τοσούτῳ διαλεγόμενος, καὶ ἅμα τοῦ Πνεύο ματος οὓτω φέροντος, καὶ τοῦ ἀλγεῖν παραθήγοντος · ἐν γὰρ τοῦ πάσχειν εὑρετικώτερον. Καὶ ἐτρεχά πως ὁ λόγος· σὺ δὲ μεταξὺ τοῦ λόγου διαναστὰς, ὥσπερ ἐξ ὕσπληγγος. καὶτὰς χεῖρας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνατείνας, πρός τε ἀνατολὰς οἷον βλέπων (οὐ γὰρ τὸ βλέπειν εἶχες … Εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὣ Πάτερ, ὲᾶῦας, ποιητὰ τῶν σῶν ἀνθρώπων, καί παιδευτὰ, ὅτι καὶ ἄκοντας εὖ ποιεῖς, καὶ τῷ ἐκτὸς καθαίρεις τὸν ἐντὸς ἄνθρωπον, καὶ διὰ ν ἐναντίων διεξάγεις ἡμᾶς πρὸς τὸ μακάριον τέ- ;, οἷς αὐτὸς ἐπίστασαι λόγοις. Καὶ τί ἂν λέγοιμι ντα, οἷς προεφιλοσόφεις ἡμῶν καὶ συνεφιλοσὸις, ὥσπερ τῇ νόσῳ χαίρωνς καὶ εἶχες μαθητὴν ν διδάσκαλον. Ἀλλὰ πρὸς τι τούτων ὲμνήσθηνς εϊνο πᾶσι διὰ σοῦ βοῶν καὶ κηρύσσων, ὅτι θρηνηδι μᾶλλον ἡμῖν οὶ κακοὶ τῆς ἔνδον νόσου, ἥπερ είνοις ἡμεῖς τῆς ἐκτὸς, ἂν οὓτως ἔχωμεν- ὅτι κρείττων εὐημερίας ἀχαλινώτου νόσος φιλὸσοιρος.
iemnēmai tēs sēs synousias, allēlois egenomeba prōēn en Matazę̄ tę̄ emę̄ (ema gar ō ka) hypolambanō ta sa), kai tēs philosophias, tēnikauta ephilosophēsas, ēs phrittō kai nyn …nēmenos eti. Egō men exēgoumēn soiton psalmon (sy giir ekeleues,kai antilegein ouk ēn), Dabid ilingią kai aschallei pros tous kakous ēnountas. Eita pempōn tous logismous eis ekeise dikaiōtēria, kai tēn apokeimenēn biois antidosin, houtō tēs tarachēs histatai, kai … , lypoun therapeuetai. Kai, hōs hoion te ēn, heilkon tēn exēgēsin pros to paoos, ek tōn hēmeterōn, ek tōn exōthen tauta philosophōn, hōs andri pepaideumenǭ kai tosoutǭ dialegomenos, kai hama tou Pneuo matos houtō pherontos, kai tou algein parathēgontos ; en gar tou paschein heuretikōteron. Kai etrecha pōs ho logos; sy de metaxy tou logou dianastas, hōsper ex hysplēngos. kaitas cheiras eis ton ouranon anateinas, pros te anatolas hoion blepōn (ou gar to blepein eiches … Eucharistō soi hō Pater, eauas, poiēta tōn sōn anthrōpōn, kai paideuta, hoti kai akontas eu poieis, kai tǭ ektos kathaireis ton entos anthrōpon, kai dia n enantiōn diexageis hēmas pros to makarion te- ?, hois autos epistasai logois. Kai ti an legoimi nta, hois proephilosopheis hēmōn kai synephilosois, hōsper tę̄ nosǭ chairōns kai eiches mathētēn n didaskalon. Alla pros ti toutōn emnēsthēns eïno pasi dia sou boōn kai kēryssōn, hoti thrēnēdi mallon hēmin oi kakoi tēs endon nosou, hēper einois hēmeis tēs ektos, an houtōs echōmen- hoti kreittōn euēmerias achalinōtou nosos philosoiros.
[A further letter to Philagrius; heading lost] I remember your company, when we were together lately at my Mataza (for I regard what is yours as mine too), and the philosophy you then practised, at which I still shudder … still moved. I was expounding to you the psalm (for you asked me, and there was no refusing) in which David grows dizzy and frets at the wicked who prosper. Then, sending his thoughts to the courts of judgment there and the recompense laid up for each life, he is stayed from his trouble in this way, and … what grieves him is healed. And as far as I could I drew the exposition toward your suffering, philosophizing on these things from our own writers and from those outside, as one speaking with an educated man and so great a one, while the Spirit at the same time led me so, and the pain sharpened me; for suffering makes one more inventive. And my words were running on somehow; but you rose up in the middle of them, as if from the starting line, and stretching out your hands to heaven and turning as if to look toward the east (for you did not have the power of sight …), said: “I thank you, Father, … maker and educator of your human beings, that you do us good even against our will, and through the outer man you purify the inner, and lead us through contraries to the blessed end, by reasons you yourself know.” And what should I say of all the words in which you philosophized before us and with us, as though rejoicing in the illness, so that the disciple became the teacher? But to what end have I recalled these things? To cry and proclaim this to all through you: that the wicked are more to be lamented by us for their inner disease than we by them for our outer one, if we are so disposed; that a philosophic illness is better than unbridled prosperity.
Chapter 77
77PG 37:77a–77d
Πρότερον μὲν αὐτὸς ἔγραφόν σοι τοὺς παρακλη τικοὺς εἰς τὸ πάθος ' προεπεπτώκεις γάρ, … δέ μοι δοκεῖς αὐτὸς ἂν ἡμᾶς παρακαλέ… μικροῦ τὰ ἴσα κακοπαθοῦντας. Ἔδει γὰρ ἡμᾶς …λους ὄντας, μηδὲ ταῦτα χωρίζεσθαι.Μᾶλλον … ἤδη παρακέκληκας, οἷς καρτερεῖς, τὸ καρτερεῖνε Ἀλγῶ τῇ νόσῳ, καὶ χαίρωο ούχ ὅτι ἀλγῶ, ἀλλ τοῦ καρτερεῖν … ὅτι τοῦ καρτερεῖν τοῖς ἄλλοις εἰμὶ διδάσέαλ … Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὸ μὴμπάσχειν οὐκ ἔχω, τοῦτό γε … πάσχειν παρακερδίιίνω. τὸ φέρειν καὶ τὸ εὐχα … στείν, ὥσπερ ὲν τοῖς εὐθύμοις, οὕτω δὴ ν τοῖς ἀλγεινοῖς· ἐπειδὴ πείθομαι μηδὲν ἄλογον εἴ … παρὰ τῷ λόγῳ τῶν ἡμετέρων, κᾶν ἡμῖν οὔ… φαίνηται. ν Μητέρα τιμᾷν, τῶν ὁσίων. Μήτηρ δὲ ἄλλη μὲι … ἄλλου· κοινὴ δὲ πάντων, πατρίς. Ταύτην … μὲν πάσῃ σου τῇ τοῦ βίου λαμπρότητιʼ ’τιμίήτέείς καὶ νῦν, ἡμᾶς αἰδεσθεὶς, ὑπὲρ ὧν πρεσβεύομεν. Ἠ πρεσβεία δὲ τίς; Τὸν λογιώτατον τῶν κατʼ αὐτὴν Εὐδόξων τὸν ῥήτορα πάντως γινώσκεις. Τούτου πα ἵνʼ … ἶνʼ εἴπω συντόμως, ἄλλος … καὶ βίῳ, καὶ λόγ νῦν … νῦν σοι πρόσεισι διʼ ἡμῶν. Ἴνʼ οὖν ὀνομαστότει … σεαυτὸν καταστήσῃς, γε.νοῦ τῷ ἀνδρὶ δεξιὸς, ὲν … ἂν δέηται τῆς σῆς προστασίας. Αὶσχρὺν γὰρ, κου ὂντα σε τῆς πατρίδος προστάτην, καὶ πολλοὺς … πεποιηκότα, προσθήσω δὲ, ὅτι καὶ ποιήσοντα, … πρὸ πάντων τιμῆσαι τὸν ἄριστον ὲν λόγοις, … λόγους, οὓς, εὶ μή τι ἄλλο, κατὰ τοῦτο αἰδείσ… δίκαιον, ὅτι τῶν σῶν καλῶν εἰσιν ἐπαινέται. …
Proteron men autos egraphon soi tous paraklē tikous eis to pathos ' proepeptōkeis gar, … de moi dokeis autos an hēmas parakale… mikrou ta isa kakopathountas. Edei gar hēmas …lous ontas, mēde tauta chōrizesthai.Mallon … ēdē parakeklēkas, hois kartereis, to kartereine Algō tę̄ nosǭ, kai chairōo ouch hoti algō, all tou karterein … hoti tou karterein tois allois eimi didaseal … Epeidē gar to mēmpaschein ouk echō, touto ge … paschein parakerdiiinō. to pherein kai to eucha … stein, hōsper en tois euthymois, houtō dē n tois algeinois; epeidē peithomai mēden alogon ei … para tǭ logǭ tōn hēmeterōn, kan hēmin ou… phainētai. n Mētera timąn, tōn hosiōn. Mētēr de allē mei … allou; koinē de pantōn, patris. Tautēn … men pasę̄ sou tę̄ tou biou lamprotētiʼ ’timiēteeis kai nyn, hēmas aidestheis, hyper hōn presbeuomen. Ē presbeia de tis? Ton logiōtaton tōn katʼ autēn Eudoxōn ton rhētora pantōs ginōskeis. Toutou pa hinʼ … inʼ eipō syntomōs, allos … kai biǭ, kai log nyn … nyn soi proseisi diʼ hēmōn. Inʼ oun onomastotei … seauton katastēsę̄s, ge.nou tǭ andri dexios, en … an deētai tēs sēs prostasias. Aischryn gar, kou onta se tēs patridos prostatēn, kai pollous … pepoiēkota, prosthēsō de, hoti kai poiēsonta, … pro pantōn timēsai ton ariston en logois, … logous, hous, ei mē ti allo, kata touto aideis… dikaion, hoti tōn sōn kalōn eisin epainetai. …
[A further letter to Philagrius] Before, I myself used to write you words of encouragement in your suffering, for you had fallen ill first …; but now you seem to me to be the one who should encourage us, who suffer almost the same evils. For we, being …, ought not to be separated even in this. … rather you have already encouraged us by your endurance. I am pained by the illness, and I rejoice; not because I am pained, but … because I am a teacher of endurance to others. For since I cannot avoid suffering, this at least I gain from suffering: to bear it and to give thanks, in painful things just as in cheerful ones, since I am convinced that nothing of ours is without reason before the Word, even if it seems so to us. [Letter 37] To honour a mother is a religious duty. One's own mother is … ; but the common mother of all is the fatherland. This you honour … in all the splendour of your life; honour it now too, out of respect for us, in the matter for which we intercede. And what is the intercession? The most learned of those in it, Eudoxius the rhetor, you surely know. His son, to speak briefly, another … in life and in eloquence … now comes to you through us. So that you may make yourself more renowned …, be favourable to the man in whatever he needs of your patronage. For it is shameful, when you are the patron of the fatherland and have made many … (I will add, and will make), not above all to honour the best in eloquence … eloquence, which, if for nothing else, it is just to respect for this: that they are the praisers of your fine deeds. …
Chapter 79
79PG 37:80a–80d
All'. ΘεΜιΣτιο. Σπαρτιάτας ή λόγχη γνωρίζει, ὦμος τους Πελοπίδας, λόγοι τὸν μέγαν Θεμίστιον. Κᾶν γὰρ ἐν πᾶσι πάντων κρατῇς, τοῦτο τῶν σῶν οἶδα ἐπισημότατον. Τοῦτο καὶ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ἡμᾶς συνῆψεν ἀλλήλοις (εί δή τι τὸ καθʼ ἡμᾶς ὲν λόγοις), καὶ θαρῤεἶν νῦν ἀνέπεισεν. Ei δὲ μάθοις τὸν ἄνδρα ὑπὲρ οὗ πρεσβεύομεν, τάχα καὶ ἀποδέξῃ τοῦ θάρσους ἡμεῖς. Εύδοξίου τοῦ πάνυ παῖδά σοι τοῦτον προσάγω, τὸν ἀξιολογώτατον υἱὸν ήμῶν βίῳ μὲν καὶ λόγῳ, οἷον αὐτὸς εὑρήσεις. τὰν λίθον ποτὶ τὰν σπάρταν ὡς ή … δέ σου στάθμη δικαιοτέρα ;) ήμῖν δὲ είς τὰ μάλιστα. φίλον, οὐχ ἦττον διά τὴν ἀρετὴν, ἢ τὴν πατρικὴν … Ὠς οὖν ἡμᾶς εὖ ποιήσων ὅ τι ἂν τὸν ἄνδρα ιργετήσῃς, καὶ λόγους τιμήσων τοὺς σοὺς, ἁγααὑτὸν-θείς τὰ ἔμπροσθεν θέλησον. Δεῖται γὰρ πὸ λόγων γνωρισθῆναι, καὶ βίον ἑαυτῷ πορίσθαι τὸν ἐκ λόγων. ’Ὀντινα δὲ τοῦτον, καὶ πῶς, αὐτὸς παραστήσει· δοκιμάσει δὲ ὴ σὴ λογιότης καὶ σύνεσις.
All'. TheMiStio. Spartiatas ē lonchē gnōrizei, ōmos tous Pelopidas, logoi ton megan Themistion. Kan gar en pasi pantōn kratę̄s, touto tōn sōn oida episēmotaton. Touto kai apʼ archēs hēmas synēpsen allēlois (ei dē ti to kathʼ hēmas en logois), kai tharrein nyn anepeisen. Ei de mathois ton andra hyper hou presbeuomen, tacha kai apodexę̄ tou tharsous hēmeis. Eudoxiou tou pany paida soi touton prosagō, ton axiologōtaton huion ēmōn biǭ men kai logǭ, hoion autos heurēseis. tan lithon poti tan spartan hōs ē … de sou stathmē dikaiotera ?) ēmin de eis ta malista. philon, ouch ētton dia tēn aretēn, ē tēn patrikēn … Ōs oun hēmas eu poiēsōn ho ti an ton andra irgetēsę̄s, kai logous timēsōn tous sous, hagaauton-theis ta emprosthen thelēson. Deitai gar po logōn gnōristhēnai, kai bion heautǭ poristhai ton ek logōn. ’Ontina de touton, kai pōs, autos parastēsei; dokimasei de ē sē logiotēs kai synesis.
[Letter 38. To Themistius] Spartans are known by the spear, the Pelopids by the shoulder, the great Themistius by eloquence. For though you surpass everyone in everything, I know this to be the most distinguished of your qualities. This it was that joined us to one another from the beginning (if indeed we count for anything in eloquence), and that has now persuaded us to be bold. And if you come to know the man for whom we intercede, perhaps you will even approve of our boldness. I present to you this son of the excellent Eudoxius, our most worthy son …, in life and in eloquence such as you will find for yourself (“the stone to the line,” as … ; but your rule is more just), and most dear to us, no less for his virtue than for his father's friendship. As one, then, who will do us good in whatever good you do the man, and will honour your own eloquence, … be willing to … what lies before him. For he needs to be made known by eloquence, and to provide himself a living from eloquence. Who he is and how, he will show you himself; your learning and understanding will judge.
Chapter 81
81PG 37:81a–81d
τῆς ὕψος ἐσλέψαμεν. Ἡμεῖς δὲ, εί μέν τι καὶ κατʼ ἀρετὴν ἐφάνημεν ὄντες αὐτῷ, αὐτὸς ἂν εἰδείη τὸ δʼ οὖν κάλλιπον ὦν ἔχομεν ἀντεπιδεικνύμεθα, τῷ φίλῳ φίλους ὧν σὲ πρῶτον εἶναι καὶ γνήσιον τιθέμενοι, τοιοῦτον αὐτῷ φανῆναι βουλόμεθα, οἷον ἦ τε κοινὴ πατρὶς ἁπαιτεῖ, καὶ ὁ ὴμέτερος βούλεται πόθος καὶ λόγος, ἀντὶ πάντων αὐτῷ τὴν σὴν κηδεμονίαν ὑποσχόμενος. M'. ΜΕΓΑΔῼ ΒΑΣΙΛΕΙῼ.
tēs hypsos eslepsamen. Hēmeis de, ei men ti kai katʼ aretēn ephanēmen ontes autǭ, autos an eideiē to dʼ oun kallipon ōn echomen antepideiknymetha, tǭ philǭ philous hōn se prōton einai kai gnēsion tithemenoi, toiouton autǭ phanēnai boulometha, hoion ē te koinē patris hapaitei, kai ho ēmeteros bouletai pothos kai logos, anti pantōn autǭ tēn sēn kēdemonian hyposchomenos. M'. MEGADǬ BASILEIǬ.
… we looked up to the height of … . As for us, whether we have shown ourselves to him to have anything by way of virtue, he himself would know; but at any rate we show him in return the finest of what we have, giving our friend friends, of whom we count you the first and most genuine; and we wish you to appear to him such as both our common fatherland demands and our longing and our word would have it, for I promised him your care in return for everything. [Letter 40. To Basil the Great]
Chapter 83
83PG 37:84a–84d
πηρεάζουσιο δεύτερον δὲ, εἰ μὴ τʼ αὐτὰ σοί τε καὶ ἡμῖν πρέπειν ὑπολαμβάνεις, οἷς καὶ βίος, καὶ λόγος, καὶ τά πάντα κοινὰ, οὕτως ἐκ Θεοῦ τὰ πρῶτα ωναρμοσθεῖσι· τρίτον (ἔστω γάρ καὶ τοῦτο εἰπεῖν), εί τῶν εύλαδεστέρων ἐνόμισας τὰς τοιαύτας εἶναι προβολάς, ἀλλὰ μὴ τῶν δυνατωτέρων, καὶ τοῖς πλήθεσιν οίκειοτέρων. Ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν διὰ ταῦτα, πρύμναν ἐκρουσάμην, καί ἀναδύομαι. Σοὶ δέ εί δοκεί καὶ αὐτῷ, τοῦτο δεδόχθω, φυγεῖν τοὺς ἐν μέσῳ θορύβους, καὶ τὰς πονηρὰς ὑπονοίας. Τὴν δὲ σὴν εὐλάβειαν τηνικαῦτα ὄψομαι, ἡνίκα ἂν τά τεν πράγματα καταστῇ, καὶ καιρὸς ᾖ, καὶ ὀνειδίσω γε πλείονα καὶ βαρύτερα. MA'. ΠΡΟΣ ΤΟΥΣ ΕΝ ΚΑΙΣΑΡΕΙᾼ. Εἰμὶ μὲν ποιμὴν ὀλίγος, καὶ ποιμνίου μικροῦ προεστηκὼς, καὶ πολλοστὸς ἐν ὑπηρέταις τοῦ Πνεύματος. Ἥ χάρις δὲ ού στενὴ, οὐδὲ τόποις περιγραπτός. Διά τοῦτο δεδόσθω καὶ τοῖς μικροῖς παῤῥησία, ἄλλως τε καὶ περὶ κοινῶν καὶ τηλικούτων ὄντος τοῦ λόγου, καὶ μετὰ τοσαύτης βουλευομένοις τῆς πολιᾶς, ἢ τυχὸν ἔχει τι καὶτῶν πολ-ι. λῶν συνετώτερον. Ού περὶ μικρῶν, οὐδὲ τῶν τυχόντων βουλεύεσθε, ἀλλʼ ὧν ἢ εὖ ἢ κακῶς ἐχόντων, ἀνάγκη καὶ τὸ κοινὸν ἢ ἐκείνως ἢ οὕτως ἐχειν. Περὶ γὰρ Ἐκκλησίας ἡμῖν ὀ λόγος, ὑπὲρ ἧς Χριστὸς ἀπέθανε, καὶ τοῦ ταύτην Θεῷ παραστήσοντος καὶ προσάξοντος. Λύχνος μὲν γάρ τοῦ σώματός ἐστιῶ ὀφθαλμὸς, ὼς ἠκούσαμεν, οὐ μόνον οὗτος ὀ σωματικῶς ὀρῶν καὶ ὁρώμενος, ἀλλὰ καὶ πνευματικῶς θεωρῶν καὶ θεωρούμενος. Λύχνος δὲ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἐπίσκοπος, ὃ δῆλον ὑμῖν, κᾶν αὐτοὶ μὴ γράφωμεν. Ἀνάγκη τοίνυν, ῶσπερ ἐκείνου καθαρῶς μὲν ἔχοντος ὀρθῶς ἄγεσθαι καὶτὸ σῶο μα. μὴ καθαροῦ δέ τυγχάνοντος, οὐκ ὀρθῶς· οὕτω δὴ καὶ τῷ προστάτῃ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, ὁποτέρως ἂν ἔχῃ, πάντως ἢ συνδιακινδυνεύειν, ἢ συνδιασώζεσθαι. Πάσιης μὲν οὖν Ἐκκλησίας φροντιστέον, ὡς
pēreazousio deuteron de, ei mē tʼ auta soi te kai hēmin prepein hypolambaneis, hois kai bios, kai logos, kai ta panta koina, houtōs ek Theou ta prōta ōnarmostheisi; triton (estō gar kai touto eipein), ei tōn euladesterōn enomisas tas toiautas einai probolas, alla mē tōn dynatōterōn, kai tois plēthesin oikeioterōn. Egō men oun dia tauta, prymnan ekrousamēn, kai anadyomai. Soi de ei dokei kai autǭ, touto dedochthō, phygein tous en mesǭ thorybous, kai tas ponēras hyponoias. Tēn de sēn eulabeian tēnikauta opsomai, hēnika an ta ten pragmata katastę̄, kai kairos ę̄, kai oneidisō ge pleiona kai barytera. MA'. PROS TOUS EN KAISAREIĄ. Eimi men poimēn oligos, kai poimniou mikrou proestēkōs, kai pollostos en hypēretais tou Pneumatos. Hē charis de ou stenē, oude topois perigraptos. Dia touto dedosthō kai tois mikrois parrhēsia, allōs te kai peri koinōn kai tēlikoutōn ontos tou logou, kai meta tosautēs bouleuomenois tēs polias, ē tychon echei ti kaitōn pol-i. lōn synetōteron. Ou peri mikrōn, oude tōn tychontōn bouleuesthe, allʼ hōn ē eu ē kakōs echontōn, anankē kai to koinon ē ekeinōs ē houtōs echein. Peri gar Ekklēsias hēmin o logos, hyper hēs Christos apethane, kai tou tautēn Theǭ parastēsontos kai prosaxontos. Lychnos men gar tou sōmatos estiō ophthalmos, ōs ēkousamen, ou monon houtos o sōmatikōs orōn kai horōmenos, alla kai pneumatikōs theōrōn kai theōroumenos. Lychnos de tēs Ekklēsias episkopos, ho dēlon hymin, kan autoi mē graphōmen. Anankē toinyn, ōsper ekeinou katharōs men echontos orthōs agesthai kaito sōo ma. mē katharou de tynchanontos, ouk orthōs; houtō dē kai tǭ prostatę̄ tēs Ekklēsias, hopoterōs an echę̄, pantōs ē syndiakindyneuein, ē syndiasōzesthai. Pasiēs men oun Ekklēsias phrontisteon, hōs
… insult; second, that you do not think that the same things befit you and us, who share life and studies and everything, having been joined together by God in this way from the first; third (for let this too be said), whether you considered that such appointments belong to the more devout rather than to the more powerful and those more popular with the crowds. For these reasons I have backed water and am drawing back. And if it seems good to you too, let this be resolved: to flee the turmoil in the midst of things and evil suspicions. I shall see your Reverence when affairs are settled and the time is right, and I shall reproach you with more and heavier things. [Letter 41. To the people of Caesarea] I am a little shepherd, set over a small flock, and the least among the servants of the Spirit. But grace is not narrow, nor bounded by places. Therefore let freedom of speech be granted to the small too, especially since the matter concerns things common and so great, and since you are deliberating with such grey hairs, which perhaps have something wiser than the many. You are deliberating about nothing small or ordinary, but about a matter on whose being well or ill the common good too must stand well or ill. For our discussion concerns the Church, for which Christ died, and the one who is to present and bring her to God. “The lamp of the body is the eye,” as we have heard, not only this eye that sees and is seen bodily, but the one that contemplates and is contemplated spiritually. And the lamp of the Church is the bishop, as is clear to you even if we do not write it. Necessarily, then, just as when that eye is clear the body too is guided rightly, and when it is not clear, not rightly; so too with the head of the Church: however he is, the Church must either share his danger or share his safety. Care must be taken of every Church, as
Chapter 85
85PG 37:85a–85c
Χριστοῦ σώματος, μάλιστα δὲ τῆς ὑμετέρας ἢ μὴτ-ηρ σχεδὸν ἁπάντων τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν ἦν τε ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, καὶ νῦν ἐστι, καὶ νομίζεται, καὶ πρὸς ἣν τὸ κοινδν βλέπει, ὡς κέντρῳ κύκλος περιγραφόμενος, οῦ μόνον διὰ τὴν ὀρθοδοξίαν ἄνωθεν πᾶσι κεκηρυγμένην, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ὲκ Θεοῦ δεδομένην αὐτῇ προδήλως χάριν τῆς ὁμονοίας. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν κεκλήκατε μὲν καὶ ἡμᾶς είς τὴν περὶ τούτου διάσκεψιν, ποιοῦντες ὀρθῶς καὶ κανονικῶς, κρατούμεθα δὲ γήρᾳ καὶ ἀρρωστίᾳ, εί μὲν καὶ αὐτοὶ παρείημεν, τοῦ Πνεῦματος ἐπιρρώσαντος (οὐδὲν γάρ ἄπιστον τοῖς πιστοῖς), τοῦτο τῷ παντὶ βέλτιον, καὶ ἡμῖν ἥδιον, ἵνα καὶ ὑμῖν τι συνεισενέγκωμεν, καὶ αὐτοὶ τῆς εὐλογίας μετάσχωμεν · εἰ δὲ τῆς ἀσθενείας νικώσης ἀπολειφθείην, ὅσα γε ἀποῦσι δυνατὸν, συνεισφέρομεν. Πείθομαι μὲν καὶ ἄλλους εἶναι τῆς προστασίας ἀξίους παρʼ ὑμῖν, καὶ ὡς ὲκ πόλεως τοσαύτης, καὶ οὕτω, καὶ ὑπὸ τοιούτων ἠγμένης ἄνωθεν · ἑνὸς δὲ οὐδένα δύναμαι προτιμῆσαι τῶν παρʼ ὑμῖν τιμωμένων τοῦ θεοφιλεστάτου υἱοῦ ἡμῶν Βασιλείου πρεσβυτέρου (λέγω δὲ ὡς ὑπὸ Θεῷ μάρτυρι), άνδρός καὶ βίῳ καὶ λόγῳ κεκαθαρμένου, καὶ μόνου τῶν πάντων, ἢ ὄτι μάλιστα, κατʼ ἀμφότερα δυναμένου στῆναι πρὸς τὸν νῦν καιρὸν, καὶ τὴν κατἔχουσαν τῶν αἱρετικῶν γλωσσαλγίαν. Ταῦτα καὶ ἱερατικοῖς γράφω, καὶ μοναστικοίς, κα). τοῖς ὲκ τοῦ ἀξιωματικοῦ καὶ βουλευτικοῦ τάγματος, καὶ τοῦ δήμου παντός. El μὲν οὖν τοῦτο συνδόξειε, καὶ ἡ ψῆφος ἡμῶν κρατοίη, οὕτως ὑγιῶς τε κα) ὀρθῶς ἔχουσα, ὡς μετὰ Θεοῦ ψηφιζομένη, καὶ πάρειμι πνευματικῶς καὶ παρέσομαι, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ἐπιβέβληκα τὴν χεῖρα ἤδη, καὶ θαρρῶ τῷ Πνεῦματι. El δὲ ἄλλο τι, καὶ μὴ τοῦτο συνδόξειε, καὶ κατὰ φρατρίας καὶ συγγενείας τὰ τοιαῦτα κρίνοιτο, καὶ ἡ ὀχλώδης χεὶρ πάλιν παρασύροι τὸ ἀκριβὲς, πράττοιτε καθʼ ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς τὸ ἀρέσκον, ἡμεῖς δὲ συ σταλησὸμεοα.
Christou sōmatos, malista de tēs hymeteras ē mēt-ēr schedon hapantōn tōn Ekklēsiōn ēn te apʼ archēs, kai nyn esti, kai nomizetai, kai pros hēn to koindn blepei, hōs kentrǭ kyklos perigraphomenos, ou monon dia tēn orthodoxian anōthen pasi kekērygmenēn, alla kai tēn ek Theou dedomenēn autę̄ prodēlōs charin tēs homonoias. Epeidē toinyn keklēkate men kai hēmas eis tēn peri toutou diaskepsin, poiountes orthōs kai kanonikōs, kratoumetha de gērą kai arrōstią, ei men kai autoi pareiēmen, tou Pneumatos epirrōsantos (ouden gar apiston tois pistois), touto tǭ panti beltion, kai hēmin hēdion, hina kai hymin ti syneisenenkōmen, kai autoi tēs eulogias metaschōmen ; ei de tēs astheneias nikōsēs apoleiphtheiēn, hosa ge apousi dynaton, syneispheromen. Peithomai men kai allous einai tēs prostasias axious parʼ hymin, kai hōs ek poleōs tosautēs, kai houtō, kai hypo toioutōn ēgmenēs anōthen ; henos de oudena dynamai protimēsai tōn parʼ hymin timōmenōn tou theophilestatou huiou hēmōn Basileiou presbyterou (legō de hōs hypo Theǭ martyri), andros kai biǭ kai logǭ kekatharmenou, kai monou tōn pantōn, ē oti malista, katʼ amphotera dynamenou stēnai pros ton nyn kairon, kai tēn katechousan tōn hairetikōn glōssalgian. Tauta kai hieratikois graphō, kai monastikois, ka). tois ek tou axiōmatikou kai bouleutikou tagmatos, kai tou dēmou pantos. El men oun touto syndoxeie, kai hē psēphos hēmōn kratoiē, houtōs hygiōs te ka) orthōs echousa, hōs meta Theou psēphizomenē, kai pareimi pneumatikōs kai paresomai, mallon de kai epibeblēka tēn cheira ēdē, kai tharrō tǭ Pneumati. El de allo ti, kai mē touto syndoxeie, kai kata phratrias kai syngeneias ta toiauta krinoito, kai hē ochlōdēs cheir palin parasyroi to akribes, prattoite kathʼ hymas autous to areskon, hēmeis de sy stalēsomeoa.
the body of Christ, but most of all of yours, which from the beginning was, and now is, and is considered, the mother of almost all the Churches, and to which the whole looks, as a circle drawn about its centre, not only because of its orthodoxy, proclaimed to all from of old, but also because of the grace of concord plainly given to it by God. Since, then, you have invited us too to the deliberation on this matter, acting rightly and according to the canons, but we are held back by old age and sickness: if we could be present ourselves, the Spirit giving us strength (for nothing is incredible to the faithful), that would be best of all and most pleasing to us, so that we might contribute something to you and ourselves share in the blessing; but if I am left behind, my weakness prevailing, we contribute what the absent can. I am persuaded that there are others among you worthy of the presidency, as is natural in so great a city, so governed, and by such men from of old; but I cannot prefer anyone of those honoured among you to one man, our most God-beloved son Basil the presbyter (I say it as before God as witness), a man purified in life and word, and alone of all, or more than any, able on both counts to stand against the present times and the prevailing loquacity of the heretics. I write this to the priestly order and the monastic, and to those of the dignified and the council order, and to the whole people. If, then, this is agreed, and our vote prevails, being so sound and right, since it is cast with God, I am present in spirit and shall be present; or rather, I have already laid my hand on him, and I take courage in the Spirit. But if something else is decided and not this, and such things are judged by factions and kinships, and the hand of the mob again sweeps away exactness, do what pleases you among yourselves; we shall keep to ourselves.
Chapter 87
87PG 37:88a–88d
MB'. ειιιειιοηο ΣΑΜοΣΑτΕΩΝ. Τίς δώσει μοι πτέρυγας ὡσεί περιστερᾶς; ήπῶς άνακαινισθῇ μου τὸ γῆρας, ὥστε με δυνηθῆναι διαβῆναι πρὸς τὴν ὑμετέραν ἀγάπην, καὶ τόν τε πόθον, δν ἔχω ἐφʼ ύμῖν, ἀναπαῦσαι, καὶ τά λυπηρὰ τῆς ψυχῆς διηγήσασθαι, καὶ διʼ ὑμῶν εὑρέσθαι τινὰ παραμυθίαν τῶν θλίψεωνς Ἐπὶ γὰρ τῇ κοιμήσει τοῦ μα· καρίου Εὑσεβίου τοῦ ἐπισκόπου φόβος ἡμᾶς κατέλαδεν οὗ μικρὸς. μήποτε οί ποτε ἐφεδρεύοντες τῇ Ἑκκλησίτιι τῆς μητροπόλεως ἡμῶν, καὶ βουλόμενοι αὐτὴν αίρετικῶν ζιζανίων πληρῶσαι, καιροῦ νῦν λαβόμενοι, τὴν πολλῷ καμάτῳ κατασπαρεῖσαν ὲν ταῖς ψυχαῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων εὐσέβειαν ταῖς παρʼ ἑαυτῶν πονηραῖς διδασκαλίαις ὲκριζὼσωσι, καὶ ταύτης τὴν ἑνότητα κατατέμωσιν, ὅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ πολλῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν πεποιήκασιν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ γράμιτα πρὸς ίήμᾶς ἀφίκετο τοῦ κλήρου, παρακαλοῦντα μή παροφθῆναί ὲν καιρῷ τοιούτῳ, περιβλεψάμενος ὲν κύκλῳ ἐμνήσθην τῆς ὑμετέρας ἀγάπης, καὶ τῆς ὀρθῆς πίστεως, καὶ τοῦ ζήλου ὃν ἔχετε άεὶ, ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τούτου ἕνεκεν ἀπέστειλα τὸν ἀγαπητὸν Εὐστάθιον τὸν συνδιάκονον παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὴν σεμνοπρέπειαν, καὶ δυσωπῆσαι, πᾶσι τοῖς ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν καμάτοις καὶ τὸν παρόντα ἐπιθεῖναι, κάμοῦ τε τὸ γῆρας τῇ συντυχίᾳ ἀναπαῦσαι, καὶ τῇ ὀρθῇ Ἐκκλησία τὴν περιβόητον εὐσέβειαν διορθώσασθαι, δόντα αὐτῇ μεθʼ ήμῶν (εί ἄρα καταξιωθείημεν συναντιλαόἐσθαι ὑμῖν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἔργον) ποιμένα κατὰ τὸ βούλημα τοῦ Κυρίου, δυνάμενον διευθῦναι τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ. Ξχομεν γάρ πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ἄνδρα, ὃν οὐδὲ αὖ· ἀγνοεῖτε· οὗ εί καταξιωθείημεν ἐπιτυχεῖν, οἴδα ὅτι μεγάλην παρρησίαν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν κτησόμεθα,
MB'. eiiieiioēo SAMoSAtEŌN. Tis dōsei moi pterygas hōsei peristeras? ēpōs anakainisthę̄ mou to gēras, hōste me dynēthēnai diabēnai pros tēn hymeteran agapēn, kai ton te pothon, dn echō ephʼ ymin, anapausai, kai ta lypēra tēs psychēs diēgēsasthai, kai diʼ hymōn heuresthai tina paramythian tōn thlipseōns Epi gar tę̄ koimēsei tou ma; kariou Heusebiou tou episkopou phobos hēmas kateladen hou mikros. mēpote oi pote ephedreuontes tę̄ Hekklēsitii tēs mētropoleōs hēmōn, kai boulomenoi autēn airetikōn zizaniōn plērōsai, kairou nyn labomenoi, tēn pollǭ kamatǭ kataspareisan en tais psychais tōn anthrōpōn eusebeian tais parʼ heautōn ponērais didaskaliais ekrizōsōsi, kai tautēs tēn henotēta katatemōsin, hoper kai epi pollōn Ekklēsiōn pepoiēkasin. Epeidē de kai gramita pros iēmas aphiketo tou klērou, parakalounta mē parophthēnai en kairǭ toioutǭ, periblepsamenos en kyklǭ emnēsthēn tēs hymeteras agapēs, kai tēs orthēs pisteōs, kai tou zēlou hon echete aei, hyper tōn Ekklēsiōn tou Theou kai toutou heneken apesteila ton agapēton Eustathion ton syndiakonon parakalesai hymōn tēn semnoprepeian, kai dysōpēsai, pasi tois hyper tōn Ekklēsiōn kamatois kai ton paronta epitheinai, kamou te to gēras tę̄ syntychią anapausai, kai tę̄ orthę̄ Ekklēsia tēn periboēton eusebeian diorthōsasthai, donta autę̄ methʼ ēmōn (ei ara kataxiōtheiēmen synantilaoesthai hymin tou agathou ergon) poimena kata to boulēma tou Kyriou, dynamenon dieuthynai ton laon autou. Xchomen gar pro ophthalmōn andra, hon oude au; agnoeite; hou ei kataxiōtheiēmen epitychein, oida hoti megalēn parrēsian pros ton Theon ktēsometha,
[Letter 42. To Eusebius, bishop of Samosata] Who will give me wings like a dove? Or how might my old age be renewed, so that I could cross over to your love, and satisfy the longing I have for you, and tell the griefs of my soul, and through you find some consolation for my afflictions? For at the falling asleep of the blessed bishop Eusebius no small fear seized us, lest those who once lay in wait for the Church of our metropolis, wishing to fill it with heretical tares, should now seize their opportunity and uproot by their own wicked teachings the piety sown with much labour in the souls of men, and cut its unity in pieces, as they have done in many Churches. And since a letter from the clergy also reached us, urging us not to overlook them at such a time, looking round about me I remembered your love, your right faith, and the zeal you always have for the Churches of God; and for this reason I have sent our beloved fellow minister Eustathius to beseech your Dignity and to entreat you to add the present labour to all your labours for the Churches, to refresh my old age by meeting me, and to set right for the orthodox Church its renowned piety, giving it with us (if indeed we are counted worthy to share with you in the good work) a shepherd according to the will of the Lord, able to guide his people. For we have before our eyes a man whom you yourselves also know; if we are counted worthy to obtain him, I know that we shall gain great boldness with God,
Chapter 89
89PG 37:89a–89b
σίαν καταθησόμεθα. Ἀλλὰ παρακαλῶ καὶ πάλιν καὶ πολλάκις πάντα ὖκνον ἀποθεμένους ἀπαντῆσαι, καί προλαβεῖν τὰ ὲκ τοῦ χειμῶνος δυσχερῆ. ΜΓ. ΤΟΙΣ ΕΠΙΣΚΟΠΟΙΣ. Ὠς ἡδεῖς ὑμεῖς καὶ φιλάνθρωποι, καὶ περιττοὶ τὴν ἀγάπην( Κεκλήκατε ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τὴν μητρόπολιν, ὡς οἶμαι, περὶ ἐπισκόπου τι βουλευσόμενοι. Τοῦτο γὰρ ὑμῶν αἰσθάνομαι, οἶ γε μήτε ὅτι παρεῖναι δεῖ, μήτε ἐφʼ ᾦ, μήτε ὅτε, προαγορεύσαντες, ἀθρόως ὅτι έξῶρμησθε, δεδηλώκατε, ὡς ού τιμᾷν ἐγνωκότες, ἢ κοινωνοὺς ἔχειν ἐσπουδακότες, ἀλλὰ τὸ παρεῖναι ἀποσπουδάζοντες, ἵνα μηδὲ ἄκουσιν ἡμῖν περιπέσητε. Τὸ μὲν οὖν ὑμέτερον τοιοῦτον, καὶ οἴσομεν ὑβριζόμενον τὸ δὲ ἡμέτερον, ὅπως ἔχει, παραστήσομεν. ’Ἄλλοι μὲν ἄλλους δηλαδὴ προβαλοῦνται, κατὰ τοὺς ἑαυτῶν ἔκαστοι τρόπους ἢ πόρους, ὅπερ ὲν τοῖς τοιούτοις φιλεῖ συμβαίνειν. Ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐδένα προτιμῆσαι δυνάμεθα, οὐδὲ γὰρ ὅσιον, τοῦ τιμιωτάτου υἱοῦ ήμῶν Βασιλείαν τοῦ συμπρεσβυτὲρου. Τίνα γὰρ, ὧν ταμεν, εὑρίσκομεν ἢ βίῳ δοκιμώτερον,ἢ λόγῳ δυνατώτερον, καὶ πανταχόθεν εἰς ἀρετῆς καλλος ἐξησκημένον ; Ei δὲ ὴ ἀσθένεια πρόφασις, ού γὰρ ἀθλητὴν προσαλεῖσθε, ἀλλὰ διδάσκαλον. Κια) ἅμα που τοῦτο δυνατὸν τοῦ τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς, ἄν περ ὦσι τοιοὖτοι, ρωννύντος καὶ ὑπερείδοντος.Ἃν ταύτην δέχησθε τήν ψῆφον, καὶ παρεσόμεθα, καὶ συλληψόμεθα, ἢ πνευματικῶς, ἢ σωματικῶς. Ei δὲ ἐπὶ ῥητοῖς ή ὸῶς, καὶ κρατεῖν μέλλοιεν αἰ στάσεις παρὰ τὸ δι-
sian katathēsometha. Alla parakalō kai palin kai pollakis panta yknon apothemenous apantēsai, kai prolabein ta ek tou cheimōnos dyscherē. MG. TOIS EPISKOPOIS. Ōs hēdeis hymeis kai philanthrōpoi, kai perittoi tēn agapēn( Keklēkate hēmas epi tēn mētropolin, hōs oimai, peri episkopou ti bouleusomenoi. Touto gar hymōn aisthanomai, oi ge mēte hoti pareinai dei, mēte ephʼ ǭ, mēte hote, proagoreusantes, athroōs hoti exōrmēsthe, dedēlōkate, hōs ou timąn egnōkotes, ē koinōnous echein espoudakotes, alla to pareinai apospoudazontes, hina mēde akousin hēmin peripesēte. To men oun hymeteron toiouton, kai oisomen hybrizomenon to de hēmeteron, hopōs echei, parastēsomen. ’Alloi men allous dēladē probalountai, kata tous heautōn ekastoi tropous ē porous, hoper en tois toioutois philei symbainein. Hēmeis de oudena protimēsai dynametha, oude gar hosion, tou timiōtatou huiou ēmōn Basileian tou sympresbyterou. Tina gar, hōn tamen, heuriskomen ē biǭ dokimōteron,ē logǭ dynatōteron, kai pantachothen eis aretēs kallos exēskēmenon ? Ei de ē astheneia prophasis, ou gar athlētēn prosaleisthe, alla didaskalon. Kia) hama pou touto dynaton tou tous astheneis, an per ōsi toioutoi, rōnnyntos kai hypereidontos.Han tautēn dechēsthe tēn psēphon, kai paresometha, kai syllēpsometha, ē pneumatikōs, ē sōmatikōs. Ei de epi rhētois ē oōs, kai kratein melloien ai staseis para to di-
… we shall lay up … . But I beg you again and many times to lay aside all hesitation and come, and to forestall the difficulties of winter. [Letter 43. To the bishops] How pleasant and kind you are, and how overflowing in love! You have summoned us to the metropolis, I suppose to deliberate about a bishop. For that is what I gather from you, who, without announcing beforehand that we must be present, or for what, or when, have suddenly made it known that you have set out, as men who have decided not to honour us, nor are eager to have us as partners, but are eager that we should not be present, so that you may not run into us even against your will. Your part, then, is such, and we will bear the insult; but ours, how it stands, we will set out. Others, no doubt, will put forward others, each according to his own character or interest, as tends to happen in such matters. But we cannot prefer anyone (nor would it be holy) to our most honoured son Basil, our fellow presbyter. For whom of those we know do we find either more approved in life, or more powerful in word, or trained on every side for the beauty of virtue? And if his weakness is an excuse, you are not calling in an athlete but a teacher. And besides, this too is possible through the One who strengthens and upholds the weak, if indeed they are such. If you accept this vote, we will both be present and help, either in spirit or in body. But if you proceed on terms fixed beforehand, and factions are going to prevail against what is right,
Chapter 91
91PG 37:92a–92d
χαίρομεν παρεωραμένοι. ’Υμέτερον ἔστω ὡ '. ΕΥΣΕΒΙῼ ΕΠΙΣΚΟῙῙῼ ΣΑΜΟΣΔΤΕΩΝ. κόθεν ἄρξομαι τῶν σῶν ἐγκωμίων; καὶ τί προσiw σε κυρίως ἂν ὀνομάσαιμις στύλον καὶ ἑδραίιτῆς Ἐκκλησίας, ἢ φωστῆρα ἐν κόσμῳ, τὰ αύτά Ἀποστόλῳ φθεγγόμενος, ἦ στέφανον καυχήσεως τωζομένῳ μέρει Χριστιανῶνς ἢ Θεοῦ δῶρον, ἦ παῑος ἔρεισμα ἢ κανόνα πίστεως, ἢ πρεσβευτὴν θείας, ἢ ὁμοῦ πάντα καὶ πλείω τούτων; καὶ ὑπερβολὴν τῶν ἐπαίνων τοῖς ὁρωμένοις πιστὼσο- . Τίς ὑετὸς οὕτως ὥριμος ἦλθε διψώσῃ γῇ ; sv ἐκ πέτρας ὕδωρ τοῖς ἐν ἐρήμῳ πλημμυροῦν; ι. τοιοῦτον ἄρτον ἀγγέλων ἔφαγεν ἄνθρωπος; τι- Ἰησοῦς, ὀ Κύριος ὁ κοινὸς, τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μααῖς οὕτως ἐν καιρῷ βαπτιζομένοις ἐπέστη, ἵνα τὸ πέλαγος ἡμερώσῃ, καὶ τοὺς κινδυνεύοντας ›ισώσηται, οἶος σὺ κάμνουσιν ἡμῖν καὶ ἀνιωμές, καὶ οἷον ἤδη ναυαγοῦσιν ἐφάνης ; Τί δεῖ τὰ μᾶλλων λέγειν, ὅστις εὐθυμίας καὶ ἡδονῆς ψυχὰς οδὸξων ἐνέπλησας, καὶ ὅσων ἀπόγνωσιν Ἀλλʼ ή μήτηρ ἡμῶν ὴ Ἐκκλησία, τὴν Καισάιν λέγω, νῦν ὅντως ἀποδύεται τὰ ἐνδύματα τχηρεύσεως ἐπὶ τῇ σῇ θέᾳ, στολὴν εὐφροrm; ἀναλαμβάνει, καὶ λαμπρυνθήσεται μᾶλ- , ἐπειδὰν ποιμένος τύχοι ἑαυτῆς τε καὶ τῶν σειληφότων, καὶ τῶν ὑμετέρων χειρῶν ἀξίου. γὰρ ἡμέτερα καὶ αὐτὸς ὁρᾷς οἷα, καὶ ὅσον ἐθαυο
chairomen pareōramenoi. ’Ymeteron estō hō '. EUSEBIǬ EPISKOIIǬ SAMOSDTEŌN. kothen arxomai tōn sōn enkōmiōn? kai ti prosiw se kyriōs an onomasaimis stylon kai hedraiitēs Ekklēsias, ē phōstēra en kosmǭ, ta auta Apostolǭ phthengomenos, ē stephanon kauchēseōs tōzomenǭ merei Christianōns ē Theou dōron, ē paios ereisma ē kanona pisteōs, ē presbeutēn theias, ē homou panta kai pleiō toutōn? kai hyperbolēn tōn epainōn tois horōmenois pistōso- . Tis hyetos houtōs hōrimos ēlthe dipsōsę̄ gę̄ ? sv ek petras hydōr tois en erēmǭ plēmmyroun? i. toiouton arton angelōn ephagen anthrōpos? ti- Iēsous, o Kyrios ho koinos, tois heautou maais houtōs en kairǭ baptizomenois epestē, hina to pelagos hēmerōsę̄, kai tous kindyneuontas ›isōsētai, oios sy kamnousin hēmin kai aniōmes, kai hoion ēdē nauagousin ephanēs ? Ti dei ta mallōn legein, hostis euthymias kai hēdonēs psychas odoxōn eneplēsas, kai hosōn apognōsin Allʼ ē mētēr hēmōn ē Ekklēsia, tēn Kaisain legō, nyn hontōs apodyetai ta endymata tchēreuseōs epi tę̄ sę̄ theą, stolēn euphrorm? analambanei, kai lamprynthēsetai mal- , epeidan poimenos tychoi heautēs te kai tōn seilēphotōn, kai tōn hymeterōn cheirōn axiou. gar hēmetera kai autos horąs hoia, kai hoson ethauo
… we are glad to be overlooked. Let the work be yours … [Letter 44. To Eusebius, bishop of Samosata] Where shall I begin your praises? And by what name might I properly call you? Pillar and ground of the Church, or light in the world, using the same words as the Apostle, or crown of boasting for the part of Christians that is being saved, or gift of God, or support of the fatherland, or rule of faith, or ambassador of the divine …, or all these together and more than these, confirming the excess of praise by what is seen? What rain ever came so timely to a thirsty land? What water from a rock so overflowing for those in the desert? … did man eat such bread of angels? … did Jesus, our common Lord, come so timely to his disciples when they were being swamped, to calm the sea and save those in danger, as you appeared to us when we were weary and distressed and already, as it were, shipwrecked? Why must I speak of the rest: with what cheer and pleasure you filled souls, and how many … despair? But our mother the Church, I mean that of Caesarea, now truly puts off the garments of widowhood at the sight of you, and takes up the robe of gladness, and she will shine still more when she obtains a shepherd worthy of herself and of those who held her before, and of your hands. Our own affairs you see for yourself, what they are like, and what wonders … .
Chapter 93
93PG 37:93a–93d
μαςούργησεν ὁ σὸς ζῆλος, καὶ ἱδρὼς, καὶ ὴ κατὰη Θεδν παρρησία. Γῆρας ἀνακαινίζεται, καὶ apζωπὶα νικᾶται, καὶ πηδῶσιν οῑ ἐπὶ κλίνης, καὶ ἁσθενοῦντες περιζωννύονται δύναμιν. Τούτοις εἰκάζω καὶ τὰ ἡμέτερα κατὰ νοῦν ὲκβἡσεσθαι. Τὸν μὲν ὠν πατέρα ἔχεις ἀνθʼ ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ ἀνθʼ ἡμῶν, τέλος παντὶ τῷ βίῳ καὶ τῇ σεμνῇ πολιᾷ καλὸν ἐπιθήσοντα, τὶν νῦν ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἀγῶνα. Καὶδεξόμεθα τοῦτον, εὖ οἶδα, εὐχαῖς ὑμετέραις ὲρᾁδμενὲστερόν τε καὶ νεανικώτερον, αἷς πάντα δεῖ θαρροῦντα πιστεύειν. El δὲ κάν τῇ φροντίδι καταλύσειεν, οὐ ζημία τοιαύτης καὶ ἐπὶ τοιούτοις τυχεῖν τελευτῆς. Ἐμοὶ δὲ, παρακαλῶ, συγγνώμην ἔχετε, ει μικρὸν ταῖς τῶν πονηρῶν γλώσσαις ὑποχωρήσας, μικρδν ὕστερον ὑμῖν κα). προσδράμοιμι, καὶ περιπτυξαίμην, καὶ ὅσα παρεῖται νῦν, διʼ ἐμαυτοῦ προαθειην, τῆς εὐφημίας. ME'. ΒΑΣΙΛΕΙῼ. Ἐπειδὴ σε τεθέντα ἐπὶ τὸν ὑψηλὸν Θρόνον ἔγνων, καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα ἐνίκησε, τὸν λύχνον ἐπὶ ξῇς …, οὐδὲ τὸ πρὶν ἀμυδρῶς λάμποντα, ἥσθην μὲν, ὁμολογῶ. Ti δὲ οὐκ ἔμελλον, τὺ … τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ὁρῶν κακῶς ἕχον, καὶ τοιαῦτης χρῇζον χειραγωγὶας; Προσέδραμον δὲ οὐκ εὐθὺς, οὐδὲ πῳσδραμηῦμιιιι μηδέ γε τοῦτο αὐτὸς ἀπαιτήσας. Πρῶτον μὲν, ἵνα σοι τὸ σεμνὸν φυλάξω, καὶ μὴ συνάγειν δόξῃς τοὺς σπουδαστὰς, τινος ἀπειροκαλίας καὶ Θερμότητος, ὼς ἂν φαῖεν οἱ ὲνδιασάλλοντες. Δεύτερον δὲ, ἵνα ἐμαυτῷ πραγματεύσωμαι τὸ σταθερόν τε καὶ ἀνεπίφθονον. Πότε οὖν ἥξεις, τυχὸν ἐρεῖς, καὶ μέχρι τινος …; Ἕως ἂν ὃ τε Θεὸς κελεύσῃ, καί παρέλθωσιν αι σκιαὶ τῶν νῦν ἐπιτιθεμένων καί βίσωνᾶπων, Οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἀνοέξουσιν οἱ λεπροὶ, σαφῶς οἶδα, τῷ Δαβὶδ τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ. ἀποκλείοντες.
masourgēsen ho sos zēlos, kai hidrōs, kai ē kataē Thedn parrēsia. Gēras anakainizetai, kai apzōpia nikatai, kai pēdōsin oi epi klinēs, kai hasthenountes perizōnnyontai dynamin. Toutois eikazō kai ta hēmetera kata noun ekbēsesthai. Ton men ōn patera echeis anthʼ heautou, kai anthʼ hēmōn, telos panti tǭ biǭ kai tę̄ semnę̄ polią kalon epithēsonta, tin nyn hyper tēs Ekklēsias agōna. Kaidexometha touton, eu oida, euchais hymeterais erądmenesteron te kai neanikōteron, hais panta dei tharrounta pisteuein. El de kan tę̄ phrontidi katalyseien, ou zēmia toiautēs kai epi toioutois tychein teleutēs. Emoi de, parakalō, syngnōmēn echete, ei mikron tais tōn ponērōn glōssais hypochōrēsas, mikrdn hysteron hymin ka). prosdramoimi, kai periptyxaimēn, kai hosa pareitai nyn, diʼ emautou proatheiēn, tēs euphēmias. ME'. BASILEIǬ. Epeidē se tethenta epi ton hypsēlon Thronon egnōn, kai to Pneuma enikēse, ton lychnon epi xę̄s …, oude to prin amydrōs lamponta, hēsthēn men, homologō. Ti de ouk emellon, ty … tēs Ekklēsias horōn kakōs hechon, kai toiautēs chrę̄zon cheiragōgias? Prosedramon de ouk euthys, oude pǭsdramēumiiii mēde ge touto autos apaitēsas. Prōton men, hina soi to semnon phylaxō, kai mē synagein doxę̄s tous spoudastas, tinos apeirokalias kai Thermotētos, ōs an phaien hoi endiasallontes. Deuteron de, hina emautǭ pragmateusōmai to statheron te kai anepiphthonon. Pote oun hēxeis, tychon ereis, kai mechri tinos …? Heōs an ho te Theos keleusę̄, kai parelthōsin ai skiai tōn nyn epitithemenōn kai bisōnapōn, Ou gar epi pleion anoexousin hoi leproi, saphōs oida, tǭ Dabid tēn Ierousalēm. apokleiontes.
… what wonders your zeal has worked, and your sweat, and your boldness of speech before God! Old age is renewed, sickness is conquered, those who were in bed leap up, and the weak are girded with power. From this I guess that our affairs too will turn out as we wish. You have my father in place of himself and of us, about to set a fine end to his whole life and his venerable grey hairs: the present contest for the Church. And we shall receive him back, I well know, stronger and more youthful through your prayers, to which one must confidently entrust everything. And if he should even end his life in this anxiety, it is no loss to meet such an end, and for such a cause. But forgive me, I beg you, if I give way a little to the tongues of the wicked, and run to you a little later, and embrace you, and render in person what is now left out of your praises. [Letter 45. To Basil] When I learned that you had been set on the lofty throne, and that the Spirit had prevailed in setting the lamp on its stand …, a lamp that did not shine dimly even before, I was glad, I confess. And why should I not be, seeing the state of the Church in a bad way and in need of such guidance? But I did not run to you at once, nor will I run …; nor indeed should you ask this yourself. First, to preserve your dignity, so that you may not seem to be gathering your partisans out of some want of taste and hot-headedness, as those who like to make trouble would say; second, to secure for myself steadiness and freedom from envy. “When, then, will you come,” you will perhaps say, “and how long …?” Until God bids, and the shadows of those who now attack and … pass away. For the lepers will not hold out much longer, I know clearly, in shutting David out of Jerusalem.
Chapter 95
95PG 37:96a–96d
Μετʼ. Ta ΑΥΤῼ.“ Ῑῶς ὲπιφυλλὶς ἡμῖν τὰ σὰ, ῶ θεία καὶ ἱερὰ κεφαλή; ποῖόν σε ἔπος φύγεν ἕρκος ὀδόντων; ἢ πῶς τοῦτο εἰπεῖν ἐθάρσησας; ἵνα τι καὶ αὐτὸς θαρῥήσω μικρόν. Πῶςῆ διάνοια ὥρμησεν, ἢ μέλαν ἐγραψεν, ἢ χάρτης …; ὦ λόγοι, καὶ Ἀθῆναι, καὶ ἀρεταὶ, καὶ λόγων ἱδρῶτεςί Μικροῦ γάρ με καὶ τραγῳδὸν, οἷς γράφεις, ποιεῖς. Πότερον ἡμᾶς ἀγνοεῖς, ἢ σεαυτὸν, ὁ τῆς οἰκουμένης ὀφθαλμὸς, ἡ μεγάλη φωνὴ καὶ σάλπιγξ, τὸ τῶν λόγων βασίλειονς Μικρὰ Γ ρηγορεῳ τὰ σάς Τί οὖν τις ἄλλο θαυμάσειε τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἰ μὴ σὲ Γρηγόριος; ’Ἑν μὲν ἔαρ ἐν αις, εἷς δὲ ἣλιος ἐν ἁστράσιν, εἷς δὲ περιέχων αντα οὐρανὸς, μία δὲ κατὰ πάντων φωνὴ ἡ σὴ, τερ τι ἐγὼ ἱκανὸς τὰ τοιαῦτα κρίνειν, μηδὲ ἀπατᾷ τὸ φίλτρον, ὅπερ οὐκ οἴομαι. Εἰ μὲν ὅτι μὴ πρὸς ῐαν θαυμάζομεν, τοῦτο ἐγκαλεῖς, ἐγκαλει καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθ ρώποις· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄλλος τις ἀξίως ὲθαύ μασεν. ἢ θαυμάσεται, ὅτι μὴ σὺ, καὶ ἡ σὴ μεγαλοφωνία. εἴπερ οἷόν τε ἦν ἑαυτὸν ἐπαινεῖν, καὶ τοῦτο εἶχεν ἡμῖν ὁ τῶν λόγων νόμος. Εἰ δὲ τὸ καταφρονεῖν ἐγκαλούμεθα, τί μὴ μανίαν πρότερον; Ἀλλʼ ὅτι φιλοσοὖμεν ἀγανακτεῖς; δὸς εἰπεῖν, τοῦτο μόνον καὶ ›ν λόγων τῶν σῶν ὑψηλότερον. Πυνθάνομαί σε ταράττεσθαι παρὰ τῆς νέας καινομίας, καὶ πράγματα ἔχειν ἀπό τινος σοφιστικῆς κρατούντων καὶ συνήθους περιεργίας· καὶ ,υμαστὸν οὐδέν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἠγνόουν τὸν φθόνον, καὶ ὅτι πολλοὶ τῶν περὶ σὲ τὰ ἑαυτῶν διὰ σοῦ θερα…,
Metʼ. Ta AUTǬ.“ Iōs epiphyllis hēmin ta sa, ō theia kai hiera kephalē? poion se epos phygen herkos odontōn? ē pōs touto eipein etharsēsas? hina ti kai autos tharrhēsō mikron. Pōsē dianoia hōrmēsen, ē melan egrapsen, ē chartēs …? ō logoi, kai Athēnai, kai aretai, kai logōn hidrōtesi Mikrou gar me kai tragǭdon, hois grapheis, poieis. Poteron hēmas agnoeis, ē seauton, ho tēs oikoumenēs ophthalmos, hē megalē phōnē kai salpinx, to tōn logōn basileions Mikra G rēgoreǭ ta sas Ti oun tis allo thaumaseie tōn epi tēs gēs, ei mē se Grēgorios? ’Hen men ear en ais, heis de hēlios en hastrasin, heis de periechōn anta ouranos, mia de kata pantōn phōnē hē sē, ter ti egō hikanos ta toiauta krinein, mēde apatą to philtron, hoper ouk oiomai. Ei men hoti mē pros ian thaumazomen, touto enkaleis, enkalei kai pasin anth rōpois; oude gar allos tis axiōs ethau masen. ē thaumasetai, hoti mē sy, kai hē sē megalophōnia. eiper hoion te ēn heauton epainein, kai touto eichen hēmin ho tōn logōn nomos. Ei de to kataphronein enkaloumetha, ti mē manian proteron? Allʼ hoti philosoumen aganakteis? dos eipein, touto monon kai ›n logōn tōn sōn hypsēloteron. Pynthanomai se tarattesthai para tēs neas kainomias, kai pragmata echein apo tinos sophistikēs kratountōn kai synēthous periergias; kai ,ymaston ouden. Oude gar ēgnooun ton phthonon, kai hoti polloi tōn peri se ta heautōn dia sou thera…,
[Letter 46. To the same] How can your affairs be mere gleanings to us, O divine and sacred head? “What word has escaped the barrier of your teeth?” Or how did you dare to say it? (Let me too be a little daring.) How did your mind start, or your ink write, or your paper … ? O letters, and Athens, and virtues, and sweat over letters! You almost make me a tragedian with what you write. Do you not know us, or yourself, you eye of the world, great voice and trumpet, palace of eloquence? Are your affairs small to Gregory? What else on earth could anyone admire, if Gregory does not admire you? There is one spring among the seasons, one sun among the stars, one heaven enclosing all things, and one voice above all, yours, if indeed I am fit to judge such things and my affection does not deceive me, which I do not think it does. If you charge us with not admiring you as you deserve, charge all mankind too; for no one else has admired you worthily or will, except you yourself and your own grand voice, if it were possible to praise oneself and the law of eloquence allowed us this. But if we are charged with despising you, why not first with madness? Or are you vexed that we live as philosophers? Grant me to say it: this alone is higher even than your words. [Letter 47. To the same] I hear that you are troubled by the new innovation, and have trouble from some sophistical … of those in power and their usual meddling; and that is no wonder. For I was not unaware of envy, and that many of those around you, serving their own interests through you
Chapter 97
97PG 37:97a–97d
καὶ τὸν σπινθῆρα τῆς μικροψυχίας ἀνάπτοντές εἰσιν. Ἐκεῖνο μὲν οὖν οὐ δέδοικα, μή τι πάθης ἀφιλόσοφον ὲν τοῖς λυπηροῖς, καὶ σεαυιιῦ καὶ ἡμῶν ἀνάξιον. Ἀλλʼ ἠγοῦμαι νῦν δὴ καὶ μάλιστα γνωρισθήσεσοαι τὸν ἐμὸν Βασίλειον, ἣν ὲν παντὶ τῷ χρόνῳ συνελέξω φιλοσοφίαν, διαδειχθήσεσβαι, καὶ ὑπερτχήσειν τὰς ἐπηρείας, ὥσπερ ὑψηλῷ κύματι, καί μενεῖν ἄσειστον, ἄλλων ταρασσομένων. Εἰ δὲ δοκεῖ, καὶ αὐτὸς παρέσομαι, τυχὸν μιν καὶ γνώμης τινὸς κοινωνήσων (εἴπερ ὕδατοςδεῖται Θάλασσα, καὶ σὺ τοῦ συμβουλεύοντος)· πάντως δὲ, ὼφεληθησόμενος, καὶ φιλοσοφήσων τὸ σννυῦρίζεσθαι. MH’. To ΑΥΤῼ
kai ton spinthēra tēs mikropsychias anaptontes eisin. Ekeino men oun ou dedoika, mē ti pathēs aphilosophon en tois lypērois, kai seauiiy kai hēmōn anaxion. Allʼ ēgoumai nyn dē kai malista gnōristhēsesoai ton emon Basileion, hēn en panti tǭ chronǭ synelexō philosophian, diadeichthēsesbai, kai hypertchēsein tas epēreias, hōsper hypsēlǭ kymati, kai menein aseiston, allōn tarassomenōn. Ei de dokei, kai autos paresomai, tychon min kai gnōmēs tinos koinōnēsōn (eiper hydatosdeitai Thalassa, kai sy tou symbouleuontos); pantōs de, ōphelēthēsomenos, kai philosophēsōn to snnyyrizesthai. MH’. To AUTǬ
and are kindling the spark of small-mindedness. That I do not fear, that you should suffer anything unphilosophical in your troubles, unworthy of yourself and of us. Rather I think that now above all my Basil will be known, and the philosophy you have gathered all your life will be displayed, and you will rise above the insults as above a high wave, and remain unshaken while others are troubled. If it seems good, I will come myself, perhaps to share some counsel (if the sea needs water, and you a counsellor), but certainly to be benefited, and to learn the philosophy of being insulted together with you. [Letter 48. To the same]
Chapter 99
99PG 37:99a–99d
MH'. τᾳ,ατο. Οΰ παύσῃ βλασφημῶν ἡμᾶς, ὡς ἀπαιδεύτους, καὶ σκαιοὺς, καὶ ἀφιλούς, καὶ οὐδὲ ζῇν ἀξίους. ὅτι συνιέναι τετολμήκαμεν ἃ …; οὐ γὰρ ἄλλο τε οὐδὲν ἀδικοῦμεν, αὐτὸς ἂν εἴποις· ούδέ τι σύνισμεν αὐτοῖς ἡμῖν ἢ μικρὸνῆ μεῖζον περὶ σὲ κακοῖς γεγονόσι, μηδὲ συγγνοῐημενο πλὴν τοῦτο μόνον ἔγνωμεν ἠπατημένοι, ὀψὲ μὲν ἄγαν, ἔγνωμεν δέ· καὶ τὸν θρόνον αἰτιώμεθα, ὡς … σε, ἡμῶν … ποιήσαντα· καὶ κάμνομεν τὰ σὰ ἐκκαλούμεῗ νοὶ, καὶ ἀπολογούμενοι πρὸς τοὺς σαφῶς εἰδότας καὶ τὰ πριῖιτα ἡ μῶν, καὶ τὰ νῦν. Τοῦτο γὰρ ὧν πάσχομεν γελοιότατον, ἦ ὲλεεινότατον, τοὺς αὐτοὺς ο κεῖσθαι καὶ ἐγκαλεῖσθαι, ὅπερ νῦν ἡμῖν συμβέ- 6ηκεν. Ἐγκαλοῦσι δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι μὲν ἄλλο τι, ὃ τι ἕκαστος βούληται, κατὰ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ τρόπον, ἢ τδ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ὀργῆς· οἱ φιλανθρωπότατοιι … καὶ περιρρόνησιν, καὶ τὸ παρερρίιροαι τιμά μετὰ τὴν χρείαν, ὥσπερ τῶν σκευῶν τὰ,ἀτιμότατα, καὶ »τοῦ μηδενὸς ἄξια, ἢ, τῶν ἔρεισμάτων ταῦτα, ὑπὲρ ὧν αἱ ὼᾷιξδες, ἃ μετὰ τὴν πῆξιν ὑφαιρεῖται καὶ διαπτύεται. Τούτους μὲν οὖν χαίρειν ἐάσομεν, καὶ λέγειν ὅ τι ἂν λέγωσιν· οὐδεὶς ἐφέξει ξλὼσσης αὐτονομίαν. Καὶ σύ μοι τὸν μισθὸν κατὰ· ὅαλε τὰς μακαρίας καὶ κενὰς ἐλπίδας, ἃς κατὰ τῶν
MH'. tą,ato. Oÿ pausę̄ blasphēmōn hēmas, hōs apaideutous, kai skaious, kai aphilous, kai oude zę̄n axious. hoti synienai tetolmēkamen ha …? ou gar allo te ouden adikoumen, autos an eipois; oude ti synismen autois hēmin ē mikronē meizon peri se kakois gegonosi, mēde syngnoiēmeno plēn touto monon egnōmen ēpatēmenoi, opse men agan, egnōmen de; kai ton thronon aitiōmetha, hōs … se, hēmōn … poiēsanta; kai kamnomen ta sa ekkaloumeï noi, kai apologoumenoi pros tous saphōs eidotas kai ta priiita hē mōn, kai ta nyn. Touto gar hōn paschomen geloiotaton, ē eleeinotaton, tous autous o keisthai kai enkaleisthai, hoper nyn hēmin symbe- 6ēken. Enkalousi de kai alloi men allo ti, ho ti hekastos boulētai, kata ton heautou tropon, ē td hyper hēmōn orgēs; hoi philanthrōpotatoii … kai perirronēsin, kai to parerriiroai tima meta tēn chreian, hōsper tōn skeuōn ta,atimotata, kai »tou mēdenos axia, ē, tōn ereismatōn tauta, hyper hōn hai ōąixdes, ha meta tēn pēxin hyphaireitai kai diaptyetai. Toutous men oun chairein easomen, kai legein ho ti an legōsin; oudeis ephexei xlōssēs autonomian. Kai sy moi ton misthon kata; hoale tas makarias kai kenas elpidas, has kata tōn
[Letter 48. To the same] Will you not stop reviling us as uneducated, boorish, unfriendly, and not even worthy to live, because we have dared to understand … ? You yourself would say that we do you no other wrong; nor are we conscious of any evil, small or great, done to you by us, nor may we ever be; except this alone: we have recognized that we were deceived, very late indeed, but we have recognized it; and we blame your throne, for making you suddenly … above us; and we are weary of answering for your doings and defending ourselves to those who clearly know both our former state and our present one. For of all we suffer this is the most ridiculous, or the most pitiable: that the same people are wronged and accused, as has now happened to us. Others accuse us of one thing and others of another, whatever each pleases, according to his own character, or the measure of his anger on our behalf. The kindest blame your … and contempt, and the casting aside after use, as of the most worthless vessels and those of no account, or of the props under arches, which are removed and spurned once the arch is set. Let them go their way, then, and say what they will; no one will check the licence of the tongue. And as for you, pay me my wages: those blessed and empty hopes which you devised against those who
Chapter 101
101PG 37:102a–102d
βλασφημούντων ἐξεῦρες, ὡς διὰ τιμὴν ὑβρίζων τοὺς κούφους ἡμᾶς, καὶ προγείρους πρὸς τὰ τοιαῦτα. Ἐγὼ δὲ τὸ ἐμὸν, ῶς εχω, δηλώσω, καί μοι μηδὲν ὀργισθῇς. Ἐρῶ καὶ παρʼ αὐτὰ τοῦ πάθευς ἀπεφθεγξάμην, οὐ τοσοῦτον ἢ τῷ θυμῷ ζέσας, ἢ τῷ γεγονότι καταπλαγεὶς, ὥστε κλαπῆναι τοὺς λογισμοὺς, καὶ ἀγνοεῖν ειπερ ἔλεγον. Οὔτε ὅπλα κτήσομαι, οὔτε τά τακτικά μαθήσομαι, ἀ μὴ πρότερον ἔμαθον, ἡνίκα καιρὸς εἶναι μᾶλλον ἐδόκει, πάντων ὁπλιζομένων καὶ μαινομένων (οἶσθα τὰ τῶν ἀσθενῶν ἀρρωστήματα ), οὔτε τὸν ’Δρήιον ’Ᾱνθιμον ὑποστήσομαι, καίπερ ἄωρον ὄντα πολεμιστὴν, ψιλός τε ὢν καὶ ἀπόλεμος, καὶ πρὸς τὰ τραύματα ἑπιτηδειότερος. Ἀλλʼ ἐκείνῳ μὲν αὐτὸς πολέμει, εί τοῦτό σοι φίλον (καὶ γάρ τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς πολλάκις αί χρεῖαι ποιοῦσι πολεμιστὰς),ἢ ζήτει τοὺς πολεμήσοντας, ὅτʼ ἀν σου τῶν ἡμιόνων λαμβάνηται, τὰ στενά τηρῶν, καὶ ῶσπερ ὁ ’Δμαλὴκ ἐκεῖνος, εἵργων, τὸν Ἰσραήλ. Ἡμῖν δὲ ἀντὶ πάντων δοῦναι τὴν ἡσυχίαν. Τί γάρ δεῖ μάχεσθαι περὶ γαλαθηνῶν καὶ ὀρνίθων, καὶ τοῦτο ἀλλοτρίων, ὡς δῆτα περὶ ψυχῶν καὶ κανόνων; Τί δὲ τῶν λαμπρῶν Σασίμων ἀποστερεῖν τὴν μητρόπολιν, ἢγυμνοῦν καὶ ἀνακαλύπτειν τὸ τῆς γνώμης ἀπόρρητον, συγκρύπτειν δέον ; Ἀλλά σὺ μὲν ἀνδρίζου, καὶ κραταιοῦ, καὶιπάντα ἒλκε πρὸς τὴν σεαυτοῦ δόξαν, ῶσπερ οί ποταμοὶ τοὺς χειαμάρῤους, μήτε φιλίαν, μήτε συνήθειαν τοῦ καλοῦ προτιμῶν, καὶ τῆς εὐσεβείας, μήτε τοῦ ποῖός τις εῖναι δόξεις ἐκ τοῦ ταῦτα ποιεῖν φροντίζων, ἀλλʼ ἑνὸς ῶν τοῦ πνεύματος. Ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦτο μόνον κερδανοῦο μεν τῆς σῆς-φιλίας, τὸ μὴ πιστεύειν φίλοις, μήτε τοῦ Θεοῦ ποιεῖσθαί τι προτιμότερον.
blasphēmountōn exeures, hōs dia timēn hybrizōn tous kouphous hēmas, kai progeirous pros ta toiauta. Egō de to emon, ōs echō, dēlōsō, kai moi mēden orgisthę̄s. Erō kai parʼ auta tou patheus apephthenxamēn, ou tosouton ē tǭ thymǭ zesas, ē tǭ gegonoti kataplageis, hōste klapēnai tous logismous, kai agnoein eiper elegon. Oute hopla ktēsomai, oute ta taktika mathēsomai, a mē proteron emathon, hēnika kairos einai mallon edokei, pantōn hoplizomenōn kai mainomenōn (oistha ta tōn asthenōn arrōstēmata ), oute ton ’Drēion ’Anthimon hypostēsomai, kaiper aōron onta polemistēn, psilos te ōn kai apolemos, kai pros ta traumata hepitēdeioteros. Allʼ ekeinǭ men autos polemei, ei touto soi philon (kai gar tous astheneis pollakis ai chreiai poiousi polemistas),ē zētei tous polemēsontas, hotʼ an sou tōn hēmionōn lambanētai, ta stena tērōn, kai ōsper ho ’Dmalēk ekeinos, heirgōn, ton Israēl. Hēmin de anti pantōn dounai tēn hēsychian. Ti gar dei machesthai peri galathēnōn kai ornithōn, kai touto allotriōn, hōs dēta peri psychōn kai kanonōn? Ti de tōn lamprōn Sasimōn aposterein tēn mētropolin, ēgymnoun kai anakalyptein to tēs gnōmēs aporrēton, synkryptein deon ? Alla sy men andrizou, kai krataiou, kaiipanta elke pros tēn seautou doxan, ōsper oi potamoi tous cheiamarrous, mēte philian, mēte synētheian tou kalou protimōn, kai tēs eusebeias, mēte tou poios tis einai doxeis ek tou tauta poiein phrontizōn, allʼ henos ōn tou pneumatos. Hēmeis de touto monon kerdanouo men tēs sēs-philias, to mē pisteuein philois, mēte tou Theou poieisthai ti protimoteron.
reproach you, as if you were insulting us for the sake of honour, light-headed as we are and quick at such things. But I will make known my position as it is; and do not be angry with me at all. I will say what I uttered at the very moment I was hurt, not so much boiling with anger or stunned by what had happened as to have my reasoning stolen away and not know what I was saying. I will not take up arms, nor learn tactics, which I did not learn before, when it seemed more the time for it, when everyone was arming and raving (you know the ailments of the weak); nor will I stand up to the warlike Anthimus, though he is a warrior out of season, since I am unarmed and unwarlike and better suited to receiving wounds. Fight him yourself, if you like (for needs often make even the weak warriors), or look for men to fight when he seizes your mules, guarding the narrows and, like that Amalek, barring the way to Israel. But to us give quiet in place of everything. Why must one fight about sucking-pigs and fowls, and those belonging to others, as though about souls and canons? And why rob the metropolis of splendid Sasima, or strip and uncover the secret of your intention, which I ought to help keep hidden? But you, play the man and be strong, and draw everything to your own glory, as rivers draw the torrents, preferring neither friendship nor intimacy to the good and to piety, and not caring what sort of man you will be thought for doing this, but being of the Spirit alone. As for us, we shall gain only this from your friendship: not to trust friends, and to hold nothing more precious than God.
Chapter 103
103PG 37:103a–103d
Ἐγκαλεῖς ἡμῖν ἀργίαν καὶ ρᾳθυμίαν, ὅτι μὴ τὰ σὰ Σὰσιμα κατειλήφαμεν, μηδὲ ὲπισκοπικῶς κινούμεθα, μηδὲ, ὥσπερ κυσὶ βρῶμα ριφὲν ὲν μέσῳ, κατʼ ἀλλήλων ὑμᾶς ὁπλίζομεν. Ἐμοὶ δὲ μεγίστη πρᾶξίς ἐστιν ἡ ἀπραξία. Καὶ ἵνα εἰδῇς τι τῶν ἐμῶν καλῶν, τοσοῦτον τῇ ἀπραγμοσύνῃ φιλοτιμοῦμαι, ὥστε οἴεσθαι καὶ νόμος εἶναι πᾶσι τῆς περὶ τοῦτο μεγαλοψυχίας. Καὶ ὡς εί πάντες ἡμᾶς ἐμιμοῦντο, οὐδὲ ἄν ἦν πράγματα ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις, οὐδʼ ἂν ή πίστις παρεσύρετο, τῶν ἰδίων ἑκάστῳ φιλονεικιιῖιν ὅπλον τυγχάνουσα, Νι. Ta ΔΥἹᾨ. ὀς θερμὸν καὶ πωλικὸν ὲν τοϊς γράμμασιί Καὶ θαυμαστὸν οὐδὲν, ἄρτι σε δόξης γενόμενον ἡμῖν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι βούλεσθαι, ἥντινα δόξαν εὑρίσκῃς, ἵνʼ οὕτωςʼ σεαυτὸν μᾶλλον σεμνὸν ποιῇς, ὥσπερ τῶν γραφέων oi τὰς ὥρας γράφοντες. Ἐμοὶ δὲ τὸ μὲν πάντα ἐκδιηγεῖσθαι τὰ τῶν ἐπισκόπων, καὶ τὰ τῆς ἐπιπολῆς, ἐφʼᾖ σὺ δυσχεραίνεις, ὅθεν τε ἠρξάμεθα, καὶ ὅπου προέβημεν, καὶ εἰς δ κατελήξαμεν, μακρότερονῆ κατʼ ἐπιστολὴν εἶναι φαίνεται, καὶ οὐκ ἀπολογίας μᾶλλον ἔργον ἢ ἱστορίας. Ὡς δὲ συντόμως δηλῶσαι, ἧκεν ἡμῖν ὁ γενναιότατος ’Δνθιμος μετὰ τινων ἐπισκόπων, είτε ὡς τὸν πατέρα ἐπισκεψόμενος τὸν ἐμὸν (καὶ τοῦτο γὰρ ἔδοξεν), εἴτε σπουδάσων ἅπερ ἐσπούδασε. Πολλὴν δὲ καὶπερὶ πολλῶν πεῖραν καθεὶς, τῶν παροικῶν, τῶν Σασίμων λιμνέόν, ἡμετέρας χειροτονίας, χαρισάμενος,. atlτήσας, ἀπειλήσας, δικαιολογησάμενος, ψέξας, ἐγκω-
Enkaleis hēmin argian kai rąthymian, hoti mē ta sa Sasima kateilēphamen, mēde episkopikōs kinoumetha, mēde, hōsper kysi brōma riphen en mesǭ, katʼ allēlōn hymas hoplizomen. Emoi de megistē praxis estin hē apraxia. Kai hina eidę̄s ti tōn emōn kalōn, tosouton tę̄ apragmosynę̄ philotimoumai, hōste oiesthai kai nomos einai pasi tēs peri touto megalopsychias. Kai hōs ei pantes hēmas emimounto, oude an ēn pragmata tais Ekklēsiais, oudʼ an ē pistis paresyreto, tōn idiōn hekastǭ philoneikiiiin hoplon tynchanousa, Ni. Ta DUIǬ. os thermon kai pōlikon en toïs grammasii Kai thaumaston ouden, arti se doxēs genomenon hēmin epideiknysthai boulesthai, hēntina doxan heuriskę̄s, hinʼ houtōsʼ seauton mallon semnon poię̄s, hōsper tōn grapheōn oi tas hōras graphontes. Emoi de to men panta ekdiēgeisthai ta tōn episkopōn, kai ta tēs epipolēs, ephʼę̄ sy dyscheraineis, hothen te ērxametha, kai hopou proebēmen, kai eis d katelēxamen, makroteronē katʼ epistolēn einai phainetai, kai ouk apologias mallon ergon ē historias. Hōs de syntomōs dēlōsai, hēken hēmin ho gennaiotatos ’Dnthimos meta tinōn episkopōn, eite hōs ton patera episkepsomenos ton emon (kai touto gar edoxen), eite spoudasōn haper espoudase. Pollēn de kaiperi pollōn peiran katheis, tōn paroikōn, tōn Sasimōn limneon, hēmeteras cheirotonias, charisamenos,. atltēsas, apeilēsas, dikaiologēsamenos, psexas, enkō-
[Letter 49. To the same] You accuse us of idleness and sloth, because we have not taken possession of your Sasima, nor act like a bishop, nor arm you against one another like dogs over a morsel thrown into their midst. For me the greatest activity is inactivity. And so that you may know one of my merits, I take such pride in staying out of affairs that I think it might even be a law for all, in magnanimity of this kind. And if all imitated us, there would be no troubles for the Churches, nor would the faith be dragged about, becoming each man's weapon in his private quarrels. [Letter 50. To the same] How hot and coltish you are in your letters! And it is no wonder that, having just come into glory, you want to show us what glory you find, so as to make yourself the more august, like painters who paint the Seasons. As for me, to narrate in full all the affairs of the bishops and of the letter at which you are annoyed, where we began, how far we went, and where we ended, seems too long for a letter, and the work of history rather than of defence. To put it briefly: the most noble Anthimus came to us with some bishops, either to visit my father (for that too was given out) or to press for what he did press for. After making many attempts on many matters, about the parishes, the marshes of Sasima, our ordination, granting favours, asking, threatening, pleading, blaming, praising,
Chapter 105
105PG 37:106a
, μιάσας, κύκλους ἐαυτῷ περιγράψας, ὡς δέον πρὸς αὐτὸν μόνον δρᾷν ἡμᾶς, καὶ τὴν νέαν μητρόπολιν μείζονα οὖσαν ο Τί περιγράφεις, ἐφην, τὴν ἡμετέραν πόλιν,ἡμῶν ποιουμένων καὶ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, ὡς δντως Ἐκκλησιῶν μητέρα καὶ ἀνωθεν; Τέλος, ἀπῆλθεν ἄπρακτος, πολλὰ. περιπνεύσα·, καὶ Βασι… ἡμῖν, ὼς Φιλιππισμδν, ἐγκαλέσας. Μὴ τοῦτο ἀδικεῖν σοι δοκοῦμεν; Οὐκ οἶμαι. Σκόπει δὲ καὶ τὸ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς, ὅπως ἔσχε παρά τῶν ὑβριστῶν ἡμῶν, Κλῆσιν συνοδικὴν ἐτύπωσαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς. Ἐμοῦ δὲ ἀντιλέγοντος, καὶ ὓβριν τὸ πρᾶγμα. φάσκοντος, ἀλλά τό γε δεύτερον ἠξίουν, διʼ ἐμοῦ παρακληθῆναι ὑμᾶς περὶ τούτων βουλευσομένους. Τοῦτο ὑπέστην, ἵνα μὴ τὸ πρότερον γένηται, τὸ πᾶν ἐφʼ ὑμῖν ποιούμενος, εί βούλεσθε συναγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς, καὶ ὅπου, καὶ πηνίκα· ὅπερ τιμῶντος ἦν, οὐχ ὑβρίζοντος. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὺδέ τοῦτο ἀδικοῦμεν, είπὲ τὸ λειπόμενον. Ei παρʼ ἐμοῦ τοῦτο δεῖ μαθεῖν ὑμᾶς, αὐτὴν ὑμῖν ἀναγνώσομαι τὴν ’Λνθίμου ἐπιστολὴν, ἢν, ὅτε κατέσχε λίμνας, ἡμῶν ἀπαγορευόντων καὶ ἀπειλούντων, ἐπέσταλκε πρὸς ἡμᾶς, καὶ ὑῦρίζων, καὶ ὀνειδίζων, καὶ ὥσπερ ἐπινίκιόν τινα καθʼ ἡμῶν ᾄδων ὡς ἡττημένων. Καὶ τίνα ἔχει λόγον, ἐκείνῳ μέν προσκρούειν διʼ ὑμᾶς, ὑμῖν δέ ἀπαρέσκειν, ὡς ἐκείνῳ χαριζομένους; Ταῦτα δὲ ἔδει πρότερον μαθεῖν, ὧ θαυμάσιε, καὶ μηδέ τότε ὑβρίζειν, εί μή τι ἄλλο, ὡς πρεσβυτέρους. Εἰ … ἐπιδεικτικῶς ἒχεις καὶ φιλοτίμως, καὶ ἐξ ὑπερδεξίων ἡμῖν διαλέγῃ, ὼς μητροπολίτης μικροπολίταις, ἦ καὶ ἀπόλισιν, ἐστι καὶ ἡμῖν ὁφρὺς ἢν ἀνθέξοἶ μεν. Ῥᾷστον γὰρ τοῦτο παντὶ, καὶ ἴσως εὐλοστέον,
, miasas, kyklous eautǭ perigrapsas, hōs deon pros auton monon drąn hēmas, kai tēn nean mētropolin meizona ousan o Ti perigrapheis, ephēn, tēn hēmeteran polin,hēmōn poioumenōn kai tēn Ekklēsian, hōs dntōs Ekklēsiōn mētera kai anōthen? Telos, apēlthen apraktos, polla. peripneusa;, kai Basi… hēmin, ōs Philippismdn, enkalesas. Mē touto adikein soi dokoumen? Ouk oimai. Skopei de kai to tēs epistolēs, hopōs esche para tōn hybristōn hēmōn, Klēsin synodikēn etypōsan pros hēmas. Emou de antilegontos, kai hybrin to pragma. phaskontos, alla to ge deuteron ēxioun, diʼ emou paraklēthēnai hymas peri toutōn bouleusomenous. Touto hypestēn, hina mē to proteron genētai, to pan ephʼ hymin poioumenos, ei boulesthe synagagein autous, kai hopou, kai pēnika; hoper timōntos ēn, ouch hybrizontos. Epeidē de oude touto adikoumen, eipe to leipomenon. Ei parʼ emou touto dei mathein hymas, autēn hymin anagnōsomai tēn ’Lnthimou epistolēn, ēn, hote katesche limnas, hēmōn apagoreuontōn kai apeilountōn, epestalke pros hēmas, kai hyyrizōn, kai oneidizōn, kai hōsper epinikion tina kathʼ hēmōn ądōn hōs hēttēmenōn. Kai tina echei logon, ekeinǭ men proskrouein diʼ hymas, hymin de apareskein, hōs ekeinǭ charizomenous? Tauta de edei proteron mathein, hō thaumasie, kai mēde tote hybrizein, ei mē ti allo, hōs presbyterous. Ei … epideiktikōs echeis kai philotimōs, kai ex hyperdexiōn hēmin dialegę̄, ōs mētropolitēs mikropolitais, ē kai apolisin, esti kai hēmin hophrys ēn anthexoi men. Rhąston gar touto panti, kai isōs eulosteon,
… drawing circles around himself, as though we must look to him alone, and to the new metropolis as the greater … . “Why do you draw a line round our city,” I said, “when we regard our Church too as truly the mother of Churches, and from of old?” In the end he went away without success, after much huffing and puffing, and accusing us of “Basilism,” as men were once accused of “Philippism.” Do we seem to you to be wronging you in this? I do not think so. Consider also the matter of the letter, how it came from us, your “insulters.” They drew up a synodal summons to us. When I objected and called the thing an insult, they asked at least for the second course, that you be invited through me to deliberate on these matters. This I accepted, so that the first might not happen, leaving everything to you, whether you wished to assemble them, and where, and when: the act of one who honours you, not of one who insults you. Since we do no wrong in this either, tell me what is left. If you must learn it from me, I will read you Anthimus's own letter, which he sent us when he seized the marshes in spite of our forbidding and threatening, insulting and reproaching us, and as it were singing a song of victory over us as defeated. And what sense is there in clashing with him for your sake, and displeasing you as though we were doing him favours? You should have learned this first, my admirable friend, and not insulted us even then, if for nothing else, as your elders. If you … behave ostentatiously and ambitiously, and talk down to us from above, as a metropolitan to petty citizens, or even to men without a city, we too have a brow to raise against you. For this is the easiest thing for anyone, and perhaps the more reasonable,
Chapter 107
107PG 37:108a–108d
ὅσα καὶ ταῖς πορφύραις ἐν τοῖς ὑφάσμασι. Τροπὰς δὲ παραδεξόμεθα μὲν, ὀλίγας δὲ. καὶ ταύτας οὐκ ἀναισχύντους. Ἀντίθετα, καὶ πάρισα, καὶ ίσόκωλα σοφισταῖς ἀπορρίψομεν· εί δέ που καὶ παραλάβωμεν, ὡς καταπαίςοντες μᾶλλον τοῦτο ποιήσομεν, ἢ σπουδάζοντες. Πέρας τοῦ λόγου, ὅπερ τῶν … τινος ἥκουσα περὶ τοῦ ἀετοῦ λέγοντος, ἡνίκα ἐκρίνοντο περὶ βασιλείας oi. ὄρνιθες, καὶ ἄλλοι ἄλλως ἧκον ἑαυτοὺς κοσμήσαντες, ὅτι ἐκείνου κάλλιπον ἦν τὸ μὴ οἴεσθαι καλὸν εἶναι. Τοῦτο κάν ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς μάλιστα τηρητέον τὸ ἀκαλλώπιστον, καὶ ὅτι ἐγγυτάτω τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν. Τοσαῦτα σοι περὶ ἐπιστολῶν, ὡς διʼ ἐπιπολῆς παρῆμεν ° καὶταῦτα ἴσως οὐ πρὸς ἡμῶν, οἷς τὰ μείζω σπουδάζεται· τᾶλλα ο δὲ αὐτός τε φιλοπονήσας, εὐμαθὴς ὢν, καὶ σί περὶ ταῦτα κομψοὶ διδάξουσινξ
hosa kai tais porphyrais en tois hyphasmasi. Tropas de paradexometha men, oligas de. kai tautas ouk anaischyntous. Antitheta, kai parisa, kai isokōla sophistais aporripsomen; ei de pou kai paralabōmen, hōs katapaisontes mallon touto poiēsomen, ē spoudazontes. Peras tou logou, hoper tōn … tinos hēkousa peri tou aetou legontos, hēnika ekrinonto peri basileias oi. ornithes, kai alloi allōs hēkon heautous kosmēsantes, hoti ekeinou kallipon ēn to mē oiesthai kalon einai. Touto kan tais epistolais malista tērēteon to akallōpiston, kai hoti engytatō tou kata physin. Tosauta soi peri epistolōn, hōs diʼ epipolēs parēmen ° kaitauta isōs ou pros hēmōn, hois ta meizō spoudazetai; talla o de autos te philoponēsas, eumathēs ōn, kai si peri tauta kompsoi didaxousinx
… as much as the purple in woven cloth. Figures of speech we will admit, but few, and those not shameless. Antitheses, balanced clauses and equal members we will leave to the sophists; and if we ever use them, we will do so in play rather than in earnest. To end what I have to say, I will repeat what I heard one of the … say about the eagle: when the birds were contending for the kingship and came adorned in various ways, the eagle's finest adornment was not to think himself beautiful. This above all must be kept in letters: lack of adornment, and keeping as close as possible to what is natural. So much for you about letters, as we went over it in passing; and perhaps these things are not for us, who are busy with greater things; the rest you will learn by your own diligence, being quick to learn, and those clever at these matters will teach you.
Chapter 109
109PG 37:109a–109d
ἓήξιίν ἀντιδοίης, αὐτὸ τε τὸ γράφειν, καὶ τὴν ἐξ …, ὧν γράφομεν ὠφέλειαν. Τούτου γὰρ ἀμείνω μισθὸν οὖτε αἰτεῖν, οὔτε ἀπαιτεῖν ἔχομεν, ἢ τοῖς αἰτοῦσι λυσιτελέστερον, ἢ τῷ παρέχοντι πρεπωδέστερον. Ἀεὶ προτιμήσας ἐμαυτοῦ τὸν μέγαν Βασίλειον, εἰ κάκείνῳ τούναντίον ἐδόκει, καὶ νῦν προτιμῶ, ηὖχ ἧττον διὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἢ τὴν φιλίαν. Διὰ τοῦτο προθεὶς τὰς ἐκείνου ἐπιστολὰς, τὰς ἐμὰς ὑποτίθημι. Καὶ γὰρ ἐπιθυμῶ πανταχοῦ συνεζεῦχθαι ἡμᾶς ἀλλήλοις, καὶ ἅμα τύπον παρέχων τοῖς ἄλλοις μετρξου καὶ τῆς ὑφέσεως.
heēxiin antidoiēs, auto te to graphein, kai tēn ex …, hōn graphomen ōpheleian. Toutou gar ameinō misthon oute aitein, oute apaitein echomen, ē tois aitousi lysitelesteron, ē tǭ parechonti prepōdesteron. Aei protimēsas emautou ton megan Basileion, ei kakeinǭ tounantion edokei, kai nyn protimō, ēuch hētton dia tēn alētheian, ē tēn philian. Dia touto protheis tas ekeinou epistolas, tas emas hypotithēmi. Kai gar epithymō pantachou synezeuchthai hēmas allēlois, kai hama typon parechōn tois allois metrxou kai tēs hypheseōs.
… that you might give in return the writing itself and the benefit from what we write. For we can neither ask nor demand a better reward than this, one more profitable to those who ask or more fitting to the one who gives. [Letter 53. To Nicobulus] Having always preferred the great Basil to myself, even if he thought the opposite, I prefer him now too, no less for truth's sake than for friendship's. Therefore I put his letters first and place mine after them. For I desire that we be joined to one another everywhere, and at the same time to give others an example of moderation and modesty.
Chapter 111
111PG 37:112a–112d
ΗΞ γνησιωτέρους ἡμῶν εὑρίσκοντες, οὐδὲ ’μᾶλλον τὰ ὑμέτερα κοινουμένους· εί καὶ μήπω, μήτε συνήθεια πολλὴ. μήτε πεῖρα τοῦτο ἐδίδαξε. Περὶ δὲ τῶν λυπηρῶν, τί χρὴ γράφειν, ἦ ὅτι βούλομαι τῆς ἄκρας φιλοσοφίας καιρὸν τοῦτον νομίσαντας. ἐγκαρτερεῖν τοῖς πάθεσι, καὶ οὕτως ἀγωνίζεσθαι πρὸς τοὺς λυποῦντας, ἐπειδὴ γε ἄλλως οὔτε δυνατὸν, NZ'. ΑΥΊᾙ. Τὸ παριππεῦσαν ἔτος, κρυμὸς γέγονετῇ πατρίδι βαρὺς, καὶτὰς βλεφαρίδας τῶν ἀμπέλων τὰς ἠδη πρὸς ὠδίνας λυομένας ἀνέκοψεν· αἱ δὲ ἀπομείνασαι στεῖραι, αὐχμηρὰς καὶ ἀὸρὸχους τὰς φιάλας ἡμῶν ἐξειργάσαντο ο τί δή ποτʼ οὗν σοι τὴν τῶν φυτῶν ἀκαρπίαν ὲκτραγῳδῆσαι προήχθημενς Ἵνα γένῃ ἡμῖν, κατὰ τὸν Σολομῶντα, καὶ αύτὴ ἄμπελος κυπρίζουσα, καὶ κατάκαρπος κληματίς ο ού βότρυν ὲξανοήσασα, ἀλλὰ τῶν βοτρύων ἐκθλίψασα τοῖς διψῶσι τὴν δρόσον. Τίνες δέ εἰσιν οἱ διψῶντες; Οἱ τὸν περίς βολον τῆς συνόδου τειχίζοντες. Τούτους ὀρεινῷ μεθύσματι ποτίζειν ούκ ἔχων ἐγὼ, ἐπὶ τὴν πολυστάφυλόν σου κεχώρηκα δεξιάν ἵνʼ ἡμῖν ἐκ ποταμίας τους σοὺς κελεύσῃς ὲπιρῤεὖσαι κρουνούς. Τοῦτο γὰρ τάχος ποιήσασα, πολλῶν μὲν στόματα ξηρᾶ θεραπεύσεις, εὐφρανεῖς δὲ πρῶτον ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα καὶ τὸν Ἀττικιστὴν ἐπαίτην ὲμέ.
ĒX gnēsiōterous hēmōn heuriskontes, oude ’mallon ta hymetera koinoumenous; ei kai mēpō, mēte synētheia pollē. mēte peira touto edidaxe. Peri de tōn lypērōn, ti chrē graphein, ē hoti boulomai tēs akras philosophias kairon touton nomisantas. enkarterein tois pathesi, kai houtōs agōnizesthai pros tous lypountas, epeidē ge allōs oute dynaton, NZ'. AUIĘ̄. To parippeusan etos, krymos gegonetę̄ patridi barys, kaitas blepharidas tōn ampelōn tas ēdē pros ōdinas lyomenas anekopsen; hai de apomeinasai steirai, auchmēras kai aorochous tas phialas hēmōn exeirgasanto o ti dē potʼ houn soi tēn tōn phytōn akarpian ektragǭdēsai proēchthēmens Hina genę̄ hēmin, kata ton Solomōnta, kai autē ampelos kyprizousa, kai katakarpos klēmatis o ou botryn exanoēsasa, alla tōn botryōn ekthlipsasa tois dipsōsi tēn droson. Tines de eisin hoi dipsōntes? Hoi ton peris bolon tēs synodou teichizontes. Toutous oreinǭ methysmati potizein ouk echōn egō, epi tēn polystaphylon sou kechōrēka dexian hinʼ hēmin ek potamias tous sous keleusę̄s epirreusai krounous. Touto gar tachos poiēsasa, pollōn men stomata xēra therapeuseis, euphraneis de prōton hōs eni malista kai ton Attikistēn epaitēn eme.
… finding none more genuine than us, nor more ready to share your concerns, even if not yet much intimacy or experience has taught you this. About your troubles, what should I write, except that I want you to regard this as a time for the highest philosophy, and to endure in your sufferings, and so to contend against those who grieve you, since it is not possible otherwise … [Letter 57. To the same] The year that has galloped past brought a heavy frost on our homeland, and nipped the buds of the vines that were already opening toward birth; and those that were left barren have made our cups dry and unwatered. Why, then, have I been led to make a tragedy to you about the barrenness of plants? So that you may become for us, as Solomon says, yourself a vine in bloom and a fruitful branch, not one that has … a cluster, but one that has pressed out the dew of the clusters for the thirsty. And who are the thirsty? Those who are building the wall round the enclosure of the church. Since I have no mountain wine to give them to drink, I have come to your right hand, rich in grapes, so that you may command your streams to flow over to us from your river country. If you do this quickly, you will heal the dry mouths of many, and you will gladden first of all, as much as possible, me too, the Atticizing beggar.
Chapter 113
113PG 37:113a–113d
Ἐγώ σε καὶ βίου καθηγητὴν, καὶ δογμάτων διεάτκαὶον, καὶ πᾶν ὅ τι ἂν είποι τις τῶν καλῶν, ἐθέμην τε ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, καὶ νῦν τίθεμαι· καὶ εί τις ἄλλος ἐπαινέτης τῶν σῶν, ἢ μετʼ ἐμοῦ πάντως,ἢ μετʼ ἐμέ. Τοσοῦτον ἦττημαί σου τῆς εὐλαβείας, καὶ οὕτω καθαρῶς είμ.”ί σὸςῐ Καὶ θαυμαστὸν οὐδέν. Οὗ γὰρ πλείων ἠ συνουσία, πλείων καὶὴ πεῖρα ο οὗ ὴ πεῖρα δαψιλεστέρα, καὶ ὴ μαρτυρία τελεωτέρα. Καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο μοι τοῦ ζῇν δερελος, ἡ σὴ φιλία καὶ … . Ἥκω μὲν οὕτω περὶ τούτων, καὶ ἱχοιμι. Ἀ δὲ νῦν γράφω, γράφω μὲν οὐχ ἑκὼν, γρὰτω δὲ ὅμως. Καί μοι μηδὲν ἀχθεσθῇς ’ἢ λίαν αὐτὸς ἀχθεσθησο μαι, εί μὴ κατʼ εὔνοιαν ταῦτα λέγειν τε καὶ γράσειν πρὸς σὲ πιστευοίμην. Πολλοὶ κατεγνώκασιν ἡμῶν, ὡς περὶ τὴν πίστιν οὐκ ἰσχυρῶν, ὅσοι κοινοωιοῦσι τὰ ἡμέτερα καλῶς ποιοῦντες. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἀσέβειαν ἐγκαλοῦσι φανερῶς, οἱ δὲ δειλίαν· καὶ ἀσέβειαν μὲν, οἱ μηδὲ ὑγιῶς λέγειν πιστεύοντεςο δειλίαν δὲ, οἱ τὴν ὑποστολὴν αἰτιώμενοι. Καὶ τὰ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων τί χρὴ καὶ λέγειν ;Ὃ δʼ οὖν νεωστὶ συνέβη, τοῦτό σοι διηγήσομαι- Συμπότιον ἦν, καὶ τοῦ συμποσίου μετεῖχον οὐκ ὀλίγοι τῶν ἐπιφανῶν καὶ ἡμῖν φίλων, ἐν δὲ τούτοις καὶ ἀνήρ τις τῶν εὐλαβείας ὖνομα καὶ σχῆμα περικειμένων. Οὔπω πότος ἦν, καὶ λόγος ἦν περὶ ἡμῶν, ὅπερ ὲν τοῖς συμποσίοις φιλεῖ συμβαίνειν, ἀντʼ ἄλλου τινὸς ὲπεισοδίου προτιθεμένωνο πάντων δὲ τὰ σὰ θαυμαζόντων, καὶ προστιθέντων ἡμᾶς ὡς τὰ ἶσα φιλοσοφοῦντας, καὶ τὴν φιλίαν λεγόντων καὶτὰς Ἀθήνας, καὶ τὴν ὲν ἅπασι σύμπνοιαν καὶ ὁμόνοιαν, δεινὸν τὸ πρᾶγμα ποιεῖται ὁ δῆθεν φιλόσοφος. Καὶ τί τοῦτο, φησιν, ὧ οὗτοι, μάλα τι νεανικὸν ἐκβοήσας · ὡς λίαν ὑμεῖς ψευδεῖς τε καὶ, κόλακες! Τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ὲπαινείσθωσαν oi ἄνδρες, εἰ δοκεῖ · οὐδὲ αὐτὸς ἀντιλέγω. Τὸ μέγιστον δὲ οὐ δίδωμι, τὴν ὀρθοδοξίαν μάτην μὲν ἐπαινεῖται Βατίλειος, μάτην δὲ Γρηγόριος, ὁ μὲν προδιδοὺς
Egō se kai biou kathēgētēn, kai dogmatōn dieatkaion, kai pan ho ti an eipoi tis tōn kalōn, ethemēn te apʼ archēs, kai nyn tithemai; kai ei tis allos epainetēs tōn sōn, ē metʼ emou pantōs,ē metʼ eme. Tosouton ēttēmai sou tēs eulabeias, kai houtō katharōs eim.”i sosi Kai thaumaston ouden. Hou gar pleiōn ē synousia, pleiōn kaiē peira o hou ē peira dapsilestera, kai ē martyria teleōtera. Kai ei ti allo moi tou zę̄n derelos, hē sē philia kai … . Hēkō men houtō peri toutōn, kai hichoimi. A de nyn graphō, graphō men ouch hekōn, gratō de homōs. Kai moi mēden achthesthę̄s ’ē lian autos achthesthēso mai, ei mē katʼ eunoian tauta legein te kai grasein pros se pisteuoimēn. Polloi kategnōkasin hēmōn, hōs peri tēn pistin ouk ischyrōn, hosoi koinoōiousi ta hēmetera kalōs poiountes. Kai hoi men asebeian enkalousi phanerōs, hoi de deilian; kai asebeian men, hoi mēde hygiōs legein pisteuonteso deilian de, hoi tēn hypostolēn aitiōmenoi. Kai ta men tōn allōn ti chrē kai legein ?Ho dʼ oun neōsti synebē, touto soi diēgēsomai- Sympotion ēn, kai tou symposiou meteichon ouk oligoi tōn epiphanōn kai hēmin philōn, en de toutois kai anēr tis tōn eulabeias ynoma kai schēma perikeimenōn. Oupō potos ēn, kai logos ēn peri hēmōn, hoper en tois symposiois philei symbainein, antʼ allou tinos epeisodiou protithemenōno pantōn de ta sa thaumazontōn, kai prostithentōn hēmas hōs ta isa philosophountas, kai tēn philian legontōn kaitas Athēnas, kai tēn en hapasi sympnoian kai homonoian, deinon to pragma poieitai ho dēthen philosophos. Kai ti touto, phēsin, hō houtoi, mala ti neanikon ekboēsas ; hōs lian hymeis pseudeis te kai, kolakes! Ta men alla epaineisthōsan oi andres, ei dokei ; oude autos antilegō. To megiston de ou didōmi, tēn orthodoxian matēn men epaineitai Batileios, matēn de Grēgorios, ho men prodidous
[Letter 58. To Basil] I took you as guide of my life and teacher of doctrine, and everything good one might name, from the beginning, and I take you so now; and if anyone else praises your qualities, he is surely either with me or after me. So far am I overcome by your Reverence, and so wholly am I yours. And no wonder: where intimacy is greater, experience is greater too; and where experience is fuller, testimony is more complete. And if anything else in life is profitable to me, it is your friendship and … . So I stand concerning these things, and may I continue so. What I write now I write not willingly, yet I write it. And do not be at all vexed with me, or I shall be very vexed myself, if I am not believed to say and write these things to you out of goodwill. Many have condemned us as not firm about the faith, all those, that is, who rightly regard our affairs as one. Some charge us openly with impiety, others with cowardice: with impiety, those who believe we do not even speak soundly; with cowardice, those who blame our reserve. And why should I repeat what others say? But I will tell you what happened recently. There was a drinking party, and among those at it were not a few distinguished men who were our friends, and among them a man of those who wear the name and garb of piety. The drinking had not yet begun, and the talk was about us, as tends to happen at parties, put forward in place of some other entertainment; and when all were admiring your qualities and adding us as philosophizing alike, and speaking of our friendship, and Athens, and our agreement and concord in everything, our would-be philosopher took it ill. “What is this, gentlemen?” he said, crying out very vehemently. “How false you are, and flatterers! Let the men be praised for other things, if you like; I do not dispute it myself. But the greatest thing I do not grant: orthodoxy. In vain is Basil praised, in vain Gregory: the one betraying
Chapter 115
115PG 37:116a–116d
τὴν πίστιν οἷς διαλέγεται, ό δὲ συμπροδιδοὺς οἷς ἀνέχεται. Πόθεν τοῦτο, ἔφην, ὦ μάταιε σὺ, καὶ νέε Δαθὰν καὶ Ἀβειρὼν τὴν άπόνοιαν; πόθεν ἡμῖν ἧκειςδοο γματιστής ; Πῶς σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς τηλικούτων κριτήν; Ἐκ τῆς κατʼ Εὐψυχίοο τοῦ μάρτυρος, ἔφη, συνὁδου νῦν ἥκω (καὶ γὰρ εἶχεν οὕτως), κάκεῖσε ἕλκουσα τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλείοο θεολογοῦντος τὰ μὲν Πατρδς καὶ Υδοῦ ἄριστά τε καὶ τελεώτατα, καὶ ὼς οὐκ ἄν τις ἄλλος ῥᾳδίως εἴποι, τὸ Πνεῦμα δὲ παρασύροντος (καὶ προσετίθει τινὰ εἰκασίαν, ὥσπερ τῶν ποταμῶν οἱ τὰς μὲν πέτρας παρατρέχοντες, τὴν δὲ ψάμμον κοιλαίνοντες). Ἢ τί δή ποτε, ὧ θαυμάσιε, σὺ μὲν, ἔφη πρὸς ἐμὲ βλέπων, ἤδη φανερῶς τὸ Πνεῦμα Θεολογεῖς (καί τινος ἀπεμνημόνευσε τῶν ἐμῶν,ὡς ὲν συνόδῳ πολυανθρώπῳ θεολογήσαντας, εἶτα ἐπειπόντος τῷ Πνεύματι τοῦτο δὴ τὸ πριβἁητον, τὸ, Μέχρι τίνος ύπὸ τῷ μοδίῳ τὸν λύχνον κρύψομενςς ό δὲ ὑποφαίνει μὲν ἀμυδρῶς, καὶ οἷον σκιαγραφεΐ ’τὸν λόγον, οὐ παρρησιάζεται δὲ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, πσλιτιιιώτερον ἢ εὐσεβέστερον τὴν ἀκοὴν ἐπικλύζων, καὶ τῇ, δυνάμει.τοῦ λόγον τὴν διπλόην περικαλύπτων. Ὅτι ἐγὼ μὲν, ἔφην, ἐν παραβύστῳ κείμενος, καὶ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀγνοούμενος, καὶ μηδὲ ὃ. λέγοιμι, μηδὲ ὅτι λέγοιμι σχεδὸν γινωσκόμενος, ἀκινδύνως φιλοσοφῶ, Τοῦ δὲ πλείων ό λόγος, ὡς περιφαο νεστὲρου κα) παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ παρὰ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας. Καὶ δημοσίᾳ πᾶν τὸ λεγόμενον. πολύς τε περὶ αὑτὸν ὁ πόλεμος, ζητούντων λαβέσθαι τῶν αἱρετικῶν γυμνῆς τῆς φωνῆς καὶ αὑτοῦ Βασιλεεου, ἕνʼ ὁ μὲν ἐξωσθῇ τῆς Ἐκκλησὲας, ὁ μόνος σχεδὸν ὑπολειπόμενος τῆς ἀληθείας σπινθὴρ καὶ ἠ ζωτικὴ δύναμις, τῶν κύκλῳ πάντων κατειλημμένωνο ῥιζωθῇ δὲ τὸ κακὸν ὲν τῇ πόλει, καὶ ὥσπερ ἀπό τινος όρμητηρίου τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ταύτης, πᾶσαν κατάδράμῃ τὴν οἰκουμένην. Βέλτιον οὖν οίκονομηθῆναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, μικρὰν εἰξάντων ἡμῶν, ὥσπερ νέφει τινι, τῷ καιρῷ, ἢ καταλυθῆναι τῷ φανερῷ τοῦ κηρύγματος. Ἡμῖν μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲν βλάβος καὶ ἀπʼ ἄλλων λέξεων τοῦτο συναγουσῶν, Θεὸν τὸ Πνεῦμα γινώσκειν (οὐ γὰρ ὲν ἧχῳ μᾶλλον, ἢ διανοίᾳ κεῖσθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν)“ τῇ
tēn pistin hois dialegetai, o de symprodidous hois anechetai. Pothen touto, ephēn, ō mataie sy, kai nee Dathan kai Abeirōn tēn aponoian? pothen hēmin hēkeisdoo gmatistēs ? Pōs seauton poieis tēlikoutōn kritēn? Ek tēs katʼ Eupsychioo tou martyros, ephē, synodou nyn hēkō (kai gar eichen houtōs), kakeise helkousa tou megalou Basileioo theologountos ta men Patrds kai Ydou arista te kai teleōtata, kai ōs ouk an tis allos rhądiōs eipoi, to Pneuma de parasyrontos (kai prosetithei tina eikasian, hōsper tōn potamōn hoi tas men petras paratrechontes, tēn de psammon koilainontes). Ē ti dē pote, hō thaumasie, sy men, ephē pros eme blepōn, ēdē phanerōs to Pneuma Theologeis (kai tinos apemnēmoneuse tōn emōn,hōs en synodǭ polyanthrōpǭ theologēsantas, eita epeipontos tǭ Pneumati touto dē to pribaēton, to, Mechri tinos ypo tǭ modiǭ ton lychnon krypsomenss o de hypophainei men amydrōs, kai hoion skiagrapheï ’ton logon, ou parrēsiazetai de tēn alētheian, pslitiiiōteron ē eusebesteron tēn akoēn epiklyzōn, kai tę̄, dynamei.tou logon tēn diploēn perikalyptōn. Hoti egō men, ephēn, en parabystǭ keimenos, kai tois pollois agnooumenos, kai mēde ho. legoimi, mēde hoti legoimi schedon ginōskomenos, akindynōs philosophō, Tou de pleiōn o logos, hōs periphao nesterou ka) parʼ heautou, kai para tēs Ekklēsias. Kai dēmosią pan to legomenon. polys te peri hauton ho polemos, zētountōn labesthai tōn hairetikōn gymnēs tēs phōnēs kai hautou Basileeou, henʼ ho men exōsthę̄ tēs Ekklēseas, ho monos schedon hypoleipomenos tēs alētheias spinthēr kai ē zōtikē dynamis, tōn kyklǭ pantōn kateilēmmenōno rhizōthę̄ de to kakon en tę̄ polei, kai hōsper apo tinos ormētēriou tēs Ekklēsias tautēs, pasan katadramę̄ tēn oikoumenēn. Beltion oun oikonomēthēnai tēn alētheian, mikran eixantōn hēmōn, hōsper nephei tini, tǭ kairǭ, ē katalythēnai tǭ phanerǭ tou kērygmatos. Hēmin men gar ouden blabos kai apʼ allōn lexeōn touto synagousōn, Theon to Pneuma ginōskein (ou gar en hēchǭ mallon, ē dianoią keisthai tēn alētheian)“ tę̄
the faith by what he says, the other a fellow betrayer by putting up with it.” “Where does this come from,” I said, “you foolish man, new Dathan and Abiram in your madness? From where have you come to us as a dogmatist? How do you make yourself judge of such great matters?” “I have just come,” he said, “from the festival of the martyr Eupsychius” (and so it was), “and there I heard the great Basil speaking of God, most excellently and perfectly about the Father and the Son, as no one else could easily speak, but slurring over the Spirit” (and he added a comparison, like rivers that run past the rocks but hollow out the sand). “And why is it, my admirable friend,” he said, looking at me, “that you already openly call the Spirit God” (and he recalled something of mine, when I had spoken about God at a crowded synod and then had added, of the Spirit, that well-known saying: How long shall we hide the lamp under the bushel?), “while he hints obscurely and as it were sketches the doctrine in outline, but does not speak the truth freely, flooding our hearing with policy rather than piety, and covering his duplicity with the power of his speech?” “Because I,” I said, “lying in a corner, unknown to most, and hardly known to say anything or what I say, can be a philosopher without danger. But his word carries more weight, since he is more conspicuous both in himself and through his Church. Everything he says is public, and great is the war around him, as the heretics seek to catch a bare word from Basil himself, so that he may be driven out of the Church, he who is almost the only spark of truth left and its life-giving power, everything around having been taken; and so that the evil may take root in the city and, from this Church as from a base, overrun the whole world. It is better, then, that the truth be managed by economy, while we yield a little to the times as to a cloud, than that it be destroyed by openness of proclamation. For it does us no harm to know the Spirit as God from other expressions that lead to this (for the truth lies in the meaning rather than in the sound);
Chapter 117
117PG 37:117a–117d
Ἐκκλησίαις δὲ μεγάλην ζημίαν τδ διʼ ἐνὸς … διωχθῆναι τὴν ἀληθειαν., Οὐκ ἐδέξαντο τὴν οἰκονομίαν ὡς ἕωλον καὶ παίζουσαν … οί παρόντεςο ἀλλά καὶ κατεβόων ἡμῶν, ὡς τὴν δειλίαν μᾶλλον, ἦ τὸν λόγον οίκονομούντων. Πολῦ τάρ εἶναι βέλτιον, τὸ ἡμέτερον φυλάττειν διὰ τῆς ἀληθείας, ἢ τοῦτό γι ἀχρειοῦν, καὶ μὴ προσλαμβάνειν τὸ ἀλλότριον, διὰ τῆς δῆθεν οξκονομίας. Τά μὲν οὖν καθʼ ἕκαστον, ὧν τε εἷπον, ὧν τε ηκουσα, καὶ ὡς ἠγανάκτησα πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιτείνοντας πέρα τοῦ μετρίου σχεδὸν καὶ τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ συνηθείας, μακρὸν ἀν εῐη νῦν ἐκδιηγείσθαι, καὶ εσως οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον. Τέλος δὲτοῦ λόγου, τοὺς μὲν οὓτως ἀπεπεμψάμην. Σὺ δὲ δίδαξον ἡμᾶς, ὦ θεία καὶ ίερά κεφαλὴ, μέχρι τίνος προῖτέον ἡμῖν τῆς τοῦ Πνεύματος θεολογίας, καὶ τίσι χρηστέον φωναῖς, καὶ μέχρι τίνος οίκονομητέον, ἶνʼ ἔχωμεν ταῦτα πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιλέγοντας. Ἐγὼ γὰρ εί δεοίμην νῦν τοῦτο μανθάνειν, ὁ πάντων μάλιστα σέ τι καὶ τὰ σά γινώσκων, καὶ πολλάκις περὶτούτων πληροφορίαν καὶ δεδωκὼς καὶ δεξάμενος, πάντων ἂν είην ἀμαθέστατός τε καὶ ἀθλιώτατος.
Ekklēsiais de megalēn zēmian td diʼ enos … diōchthēnai tēn alētheian., Ouk edexanto tēn oikonomian hōs heōlon kai paizousan … oi paronteso alla kai kateboōn hēmōn, hōs tēn deilian mallon, ē ton logon oikonomountōn. Poly tar einai beltion, to hēmeteron phylattein dia tēs alētheias, ē touto gi achreioun, kai mē proslambanein to allotrion, dia tēs dēthen oxkonomias. Ta men oun kathʼ hekaston, hōn te heipon, hōn te ēkousa, kai hōs ēganaktēsa pros tous antiteinontas pera tou metriou schedon kai tēs emautou synētheias, makron an eiē nyn ekdiēgeisthai, kai esōs ouk anankaion. Telos detou logou, tous men houtōs apepempsamēn. Sy de didaxon hēmas, ō theia kai iera kephalē, mechri tinos proiteon hēmin tēs tou Pneumatos theologias, kai tisi chrēsteon phōnais, kai mechri tinos oikonomēteon, inʼ echōmen tauta pros tous antilegontas. Egō gar ei deoimēn nyn touto manthanein, ho pantōn malista se ti kai ta sa ginōskōn, kai pollakis peritoutōn plērophorian kai dedōkōs kai dexamenos, pantōn an eiēn amathestatos te kai athliōtatos.
but to the Churches a great loss, if the truth were driven out through one man.” Those present would not accept this economy, as stale and a mockery; they even shouted us down, as men who managed their cowardice rather than the doctrine. It was much better, they said, to guard our own people by the truth than to make them useless by this so-called economy and fail to win over the others either. The details, what I said and what I heard, and how I grew angry with my opponents almost beyond measure and beyond my usual way, would take long to narrate now, and are perhaps unnecessary. In the end, I sent them off in this way. But do you teach us, O divine and sacred head, how far we should go in speaking of the Spirit as God, what expressions we should use, and how far we should use economy, so that we may have these things ready against those who contradict us. For if I, who more than anyone know you and your views, and have often given and received assurance on these matters, needed to learn this now, I would be of all men the most ignorant and the most wretched.
Chapter 119
119PG 37:120a–120d
παρεσόμενον, καὶ συναγωνιουμενον, καὶ τὰ δυνατὸ υνεισοισοντα. Τίς γὰρ ἂν ἀναδύσεται; τίς δι οὐ αρῥήσει ὑπὸ σοὶ, καὶ μετὰ σοῦ, περὶτῆς ἀληθείας ἐγων καὶ ἀγωνιζόμενος i Τοῦ πληρωθῆναὲ σοι ἐπίταγμα. τὸ μιν τι ἔστιν ἡμῖνʼ τὸ δέ τι, καῖ οἶμαι τὺ πλέον, τῇ σῇ ὤλασεία. Ἐφʼ ἡμῖν μὲν, τὸτῆς ὁρμῆς καὶ τῆς προὶομιας· οὔτε γὰρ ἀλλπὲ ποτε τὴν σὴν … ὲφῦγομεν, ἀλλ) ἀεὶ ταύτην διώκομεν, καὶ νῦν ταύτην πλέον ποθοῦμεν. Ἐπὶ δι τῇ σῇ ὁσιότητι, τὸ διῳθωθῆναι τὰ ἡμέτερα. Προσιδρεῦομιν γὰρ τῇ κυρίᾳ. τῇ μητρὶ, πολὺν ἢδη καμούσῃ χρόνον ιε ιρρωστῖας. Καὶ el μὴ μέλλοιμεν ἀμφιβόλως αὐτὴν καταλείψειν, οὐ ζημιωθησόμιθα, εὖ ἴσθι, τὴν παρουσίαν. Μόνον ταῖς εὐχαῖς, τῇ μὲν πρὸς τὴν ὑγείαν, ἡμέν δὲ πρὸς τὴν ὁδὸν ἑπικούρησον.
paresomenon, kai synagōnioumenon, kai ta dynato yneisoisonta. Tis gar an anadysetai? tis di ou arrhēsei hypo soi, kai meta sou, peritēs alētheias egōn kai agōnizomenos i Tou plērōthēnae soi epitagma. to min ti estin hēminʼ to de ti, kai oimai ty pleon, tę̄ sę̄ ōlaseia. Ephʼ hēmin men, totēs hormēs kai tēs proiomias; oute gar allpe pote tēn sēn … ephygomen, all) aei tautēn diōkomen, kai nyn tautēn pleon pothoumen. Epi di tę̄ sę̄ hosiotēti, to diǭthōthēnai ta hēmetera. Prosidreuomin gar tę̄ kyrią. tę̄ mētri, polyn ēdē kamousę̄ chronon ie irrōstias. Kai el mē melloimen amphibolōs autēn kataleipsein, ou zēmiōthēsomitha, eu isthi, tēn parousian. Monon tais euchais, tę̄ men pros tēn hygeian, hēmen de pros tēn hodon hepikourēson.
… to be present, to contend at your side, and to contribute what I can. For who would hang back? Who would not take courage under you and with you, speaking and contending for the truth? [Letter 60. To the same] That your command be fulfilled depends partly on us, and partly, and I think the greater part, on your Reverence. On us depends the eagerness and readiness; for we have never fled your company, but always pursue it, and now long for it the more. On your Holiness depends setting our affairs right. For we are sitting by our lady mother, who has now been suffering a long time from sickness. If we were not likely to leave her in a doubtful state, be sure we would not miss being with you. Only help with your prayers: her toward health, and us toward the journey.
Chapter 121
121PG 37:121a–121d
ιίαν φιλοτίμως τε καὶ προθύμως, πληρώσατε τῇ κατοιχομένῃ τὴν βούλησιν, ἥν παρεῖναί τε ύμῖν νομίσαντες, καὶ όρᾷν τὰ γινόμενα, διὰ τῆς ἐπιδόσεως ἀναπαύσατε, ἴνα μὴ τὰ χρήματα μόνον ἔχητε παρʼ αὐτῆς, ἀλλά καὶ τὴν στηρίςουσαν οίκους τέκνων μητρὸς εὐλογίαν πορίσησθεο τοῦτο ἐνθυμηθέντες, ὃτι βελτίων μικρά μερὶς μετὰ δικαιοσύνης, κατά τδ γεγραμμένον, ἢ πλατυτέρα μετά μικρολογίας (ἴνα μὴ λέγω τι βλάσφημον), καὶ ὅτι πολλοὶ καὶ ὅλων οἴκων ἐκποιουμένων είς ἐκκλησίας ἠνέσχοντο, oi δέ καὶ παρʼ ἑαυτῶν πᾶσαν προήκαντο τὴν περιουσίαν, καὶ τὴν καλλίστην ἐπραγματεύσαντο πραγματείαν, γενέσθαι διὰ τὸν ἐκεῖ πλοῦτον πένητες.Μὴ τοίνυν σπείρητε φειδομένως, ῖνα πλουσίως θερίσητε, ἀλλʼ ἀγαθὸν κλῆρον καὶ ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς, καὶ τοῖς φιλτάτοις ὐμῶν τοῦτον χαρίσασθε, μηδὲν ύφεὶόντες τῶν γεγραμμένων, ἀλλά πάντα μεθʼ ἡδονῆς καὶ φαιδρότητος ἐπιδόντες ἡμῖν, ἢ ἀποδόντες ὠς οἰκεῖα τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὡς τοῦτο μόνον κερδανοῦντες,’ὅ τι ἄν ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν ὐμῶν ἀναλὼσητε. Τί γὰρ δεῖ θησαυρίζειν λῃσταῖς καὶ κλέπταις, καὶ καιρῶν μεταβολαῖς, ἄλλοτε είς ἄλλους μετατιθέντων καί ῥιπιζόντων τὴν ἄστατον εὐπορίαν, ἀλλά μὴ είς τὰς ἀσφαλεῖς ἀποθήκας ἀποτίθεσθαι, καὶ τῶν ἐπιβουλευόντων ἰσχυροτέρας Τὸ μὲν οὖν εὐτελὲς περὶ ἄλλα καὶ ἄλλοις δείξατε (κα) γὰρ εὔχομαι δυνατοὺς ὑμᾶς εἶναι μετά χρηστότητος), ἡμῖν δέ ἀγωνίσασθε τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα, ὅστις νικήσει τὸν ἄλλον εὐλαβείᾳ, καὶ ταῖς ὀφειλομέναις εὐλογίαις ἐκ Θεοῦ τοῖς εὐγνώμοσι. Πείσατε οὖν ἡμᾶς ὅτι χριστιανίζετε γνησίως. ’μᾶλλον δὲ ἀπὸ … οὕτως εὐσεβοῦς καὶ δικαίας, ἐντεῦθεν καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὁμονοήσατεο ὡς ἂν ὑμεῖς τε ἀλλήλοις, καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑμῖν ἐπευφραινοίμεθα, τά τε ἀλλα καὶ δεξιὸν ὑπόδειγμα γενομένοις πάσῃ τῇ Ἐκκληο σία. τῆς περὶ ταῦτα εὐγνωμοσύνης.
iian philotimōs te kai prothymōs, plērōsate tę̄ katoichomenę̄ tēn boulēsin, hēn pareinai te ymin nomisantes, kai orąn ta ginomena, dia tēs epidoseōs anapausate, ina mē ta chrēmata monon echēte parʼ autēs, alla kai tēn stērisousan oikous teknōn mētros eulogian porisēstheo touto enthymēthentes, hoti beltiōn mikra meris meta dikaiosynēs, kata td gegrammenon, ē platytera meta mikrologias (ina mē legō ti blasphēmon), kai hoti polloi kai holōn oikōn ekpoioumenōn eis ekklēsias ēneschonto, oi de kai parʼ heautōn pasan proēkanto tēn periousian, kai tēn kallistēn epragmateusanto pragmateian, genesthai dia ton ekei plouton penētes.Mē toinyn speirēte pheidomenōs, ina plousiōs therisēte, allʼ agathon klēron kai hymin autois, kai tois philtatois ymōn touton charisasthe, mēden ypheiontes tōn gegrammenōn, alla panta methʼ hēdonēs kai phaidrotētos epidontes hēmin, ē apodontes ōs oikeia ta tou Theou, hōs touto monon kerdanountes,’ho ti an hyper tōn psychōn ymōn analōsēte. Ti gar dei thēsaurizein lę̄stais kai kleptais, kai kairōn metabolais, allote eis allous metatithentōn kai rhipizontōn tēn astaton euporian, alla mē eis tas asphaleis apothēkas apotithesthai, kai tōn epibouleuontōn ischyroteras To men oun euteles peri alla kai allois deixate (ka) gar euchomai dynatous hymas einai meta chrēstotētos), hēmin de agōnisasthe ton kalon agōna, hostis nikēsei ton allon eulabeią, kai tais opheilomenais eulogiais ek Theou tois eugnōmosi. Peisate oun hēmas hoti christianizete gnēsiōs. ’mallon de apo … houtōs eusebous kai dikaias, enteuthen kai peri tōn allōn homonoēsateo hōs an hymeis te allēlois, kai hēmeis hymin epeuphrainoimetha, ta te alla kai dexion hypodeigma genomenois pasę̄ tę̄ Ekklēo sia. tēs peri tauta eugnōmosynēs.
… generously and eagerly; fulfil the wish of the departed woman, and, thinking of her as present with you and seeing what is done, give her rest by your giving, so that you may not only have the money from her, but may also obtain a mother's blessing, which establishes the houses of children; bearing this in mind, that a small portion with righteousness is better, as it is written, than a larger one with stinginess (not to say something blasphemous), and that many have even put up with whole houses being given over to churches, while others gave away all their property of their own accord and made the finest of bargains, becoming poor for the sake of the riches there. Do not, then, sow sparingly, so that you may reap abundantly; but grant this good inheritance to yourselves and to those dearest to you, holding back nothing of what was written, but giving us everything with pleasure and cheerfulness, or rather paying back God's things as his own, as men who will gain only this: whatever you spend for your souls. For why must one lay up treasure for robbers and thieves and the changes of fortune, which move unstable wealth now to some and now to others and toss it about, and not store it in secure storehouses, stronger than those who plot against it? Show thrift in other matters and toward others (for I pray that you may be powerful, with kindness), but for us contend the good contest, as to who will surpass the other in reverence and in the blessings owed by God to the fair-minded. Convince us, then, that you are genuine Christians. Or rather, beginning from … so pious and just, from this agree about other things too, so that you may rejoice in one another and we in you, as men who have become, among other things, a fine example to the whole Church of fair-mindedness in these matters.
Chapter 123
123PG 37:124a–124c
ΛΜΦΙΛΟΧΙῼ. υύ βάρβαρον τὸ ὲπίταγμα τῆς ἀμιμήτου σου καί λοκάγαθίας, ἀλλʼ Ἑλληνικὸν, μᾶλλον δὲ. Χριστιανικόν. '0 δὲ ’Ᾱρμένιος, ἐφʼ ᾧ πάνυ φιλοτιμῇ, βάρβαρος ἄντικρυς, καὶ πόρρωθεν τῆς ἡμετέρας φιν _ λοτι μίας. ΞΓ. ᾹΜΦΙΛΟΧΙῼ. Ἀλγεῖςς ἐγὼ δὲ τρυφῶ δηλονότι. Δακρὺεις; ἐγὼ δὲ, ὼς ὁρᾷς, πανηγυρίζω, καὶ τοῖς παροῦσι καλλωπίζομαι. ’Ἡ σὲ μὲν υίὸς λυπεῖ διʼ ἀρετὴν ἁρπαζόμενος, καὶ τιμώμενος, καὶ δεινὸν εί μὴ παρέσται σοι καὶ γηρωκομήσει, καὶ τὰ εἰκότα θεραπεύσει κατᾶ τὸ σύνηθες; ἐμὲ δὲ οὐκ ἀνιᾷ πατὴρ τὴν τελευταίαν ἐκδημίαν ἀφʼ ἡμῶν ἐκδημήσας, ὲξ ἦς οὐκ· ἐτι πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀναλύσει, οὐδὲ παρʼ ἡμῶν ὀφθήσεται. Εἶτα ἡμεῖς μὲν, οὐδὲν ἐγκαλοῦμεν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὀφειλοο μένην ἀπαιτοῦμεν παραμυθίαν, είδότες ὅτι τὰ ἴδια κακὰ καιρὸν οὐ δίδωσι τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις σχολάζειν· οὐδὶ γὰρ οὓτω τίς ἐστι φιλικὸς κα) φιλόσοφος, ὥστε ὑπεράνω τῶν παθῶν εῖναι, καὶ παρακαλεῖν ἄλλον, αὐτὸς δεόμεο νος παρακλήσεως. Σὺ δὲ τῇ πληγῇ πληγὴν ἐπιβάλλεις, αἰτιώμενος ἡμᾶς, ὡς πυνθάνομαι, καὶ νομίζων ἀμελεῖσθαιί τὸν σδν υἱὸν, ἡμέτερον δὲ ἀδελςέδνι ἢ καὶ προδεδόσθαι παρʼ ἡμῶν, ὃ βαρύτερον · ἀλλά μὴ τῆς ζημίας ἡμᾶς ὲπαισθάνεσθαι, ἢν ὲζημίωνται πάντες μὲν καὶ φίλοι δια) συγγενεῖς, ἐγὼ δὲ πάντων μᾶλλον, ὁ καὶτὰς ἐλπίδας τῆς ζωῆς ὲν ἐκείνῳ Θέμενος. καὶ μόνον μὲν ἔρεισμα, μόνον δὲ σύμβουλον ἀγαθὸν, μόνον δὲ κοινωνὸν εὐσεβείας ὑπολαμβάνων. Καίτοι τίσι τοῦτο είκάζειςς Εἰ μὲν τοῖς
LMPhILOChIǬ. yy barbaron to epitagma tēs amimētou sou kai lokagathias, allʼ Hellēnikon, mallon de. Christianikon. '0 de ’Armenios, ephʼ hǭ pany philotimę̄, barbaros antikrys, kai porrōthen tēs hēmeteras phin _ loti mias. XG. AMPhILOChIǬ. Algeiss egō de tryphō dēlonoti. Dakryeis? egō de, ōs horąs, panēgyrizō, kai tois parousi kallōpizomai. ’Hē se men uios lypei diʼ aretēn harpazomenos, kai timōmenos, kai deinon ei mē parestai soi kai gērōkomēsei, kai ta eikota therapeusei kata to synēthes? eme de ouk anią patēr tēn teleutaian ekdēmian aphʼ hēmōn ekdēmēsas, ex ēs ouk; eti pros hēmas analysei, oude parʼ hēmōn ophthēsetai. Eita hēmeis men, ouden enkaloumen, oude tēn opheiloo menēn apaitoumen paramythian, eidotes hoti ta idia kaka kairon ou didōsi tois allotriois scholazein; oudi gar houtō tis esti philikos ka) philosophos, hōste hyperanō tōn pathōn einai, kai parakalein allon, autos deomeo nos paraklēseōs. Sy de tę̄ plēgę̄ plēgēn epiballeis, aitiōmenos hēmas, hōs pynthanomai, kai nomizōn ameleisthaii ton sdn huion, hēmeteron de adelsedni ē kai prodedosthai parʼ hēmōn, ho baryteron ; alla mē tēs zēmias hēmas epaisthanesthai, ēn ezēmiōntai pantes men kai philoi dia) syngeneis, egō de pantōn mallon, ho kaitas elpidas tēs zōēs en ekeinǭ Themenos. kai monon men ereisma, monon de symboulon agathon, monon de koinōnon eusebeias hypolambanōn. Kaitoi tisi touto eikazeiss Ei men tois
[Letter 62. To Amphilochius] Not barbarous is the command of your inimitable nobility, but Greek, or rather Christian. But the Armenian, for whom you are so zealous, is plainly a barbarian, and far from our sense of honour. [Letter 63. To Amphilochius] You are grieved; I, obviously, am living in luxury! You weep; I, as you see, am keeping festival and priding myself on my present state! Does a son grieve you, carried off for his virtue and honoured, and is it terrible if he will not be with you to care for your old age and tend you as is fitting and customary; while a father does not distress me, who has made his last departure from us, from which he will never return to us nor be seen by us? Yet we accuse no one, nor demand the consolation owed us, knowing that one's own troubles leave no leisure for those of others; for no one is so friendly and so philosophical as to be above his sufferings and to comfort another while needing comfort himself. But you add blow to blow, blaming us, as I hear, and thinking that your son, our brother, has been neglected, or even, what is heavier, betrayed by us; and that we do not feel the loss which all, friends and kinsmen, have suffered, and I more than all, who placed in him the hopes of my life and regarded him as my only support, my only good counsellor, my only partner in piety. And yet to which occasion do you refer this? If to the first,
Chapter 125
125PG 37:125a–125d
πρώτοις, ἐνθυμήθητι.ὅτι καὶ διέβην, μέχρις ὑμῶν ἐξεπίτηδες, τῇ φήμῃ τεταραγμένος, καὶ κοινωνῆσαι γνώμης ὑμῖν πρόθυμος ἐγενόμην, ἡνίκα καιρὸς ἦν ἔτι περὶ τούτων βουλεύεσθαι· καὶ πάντα μᾶλλον ἢ ταύτην ἡμῖν ἐκοινωνήσατε, εἴτε ὑπὲ τῆς αὐτῆς ἀπορίας, εἴτʼ οὐκ οἷδʼ ὅ τι βουληθέντες. Ei δὲ τοῖς τελευταίοις, μάλιστα μὲν οὐκ εἴα τὸ πά- Θος πάλιν ὑμῖν ἐντυχεῖν, καὶ ἡ τῷ πατρὶ χρεωστουμὲνη τιμὴ καὶ ὁσία, ἧς οὐδὲν ἐδυνάμην ποιήσασθαι προτιμότερον, καὶταῦτα ὑπογυὶου τοῦ πάθους ὄντος, ἡνίκα οὐκ ἀσεβὲς μόνον, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ὅλως εὐπρεπὲς, ἔξω τοῦ καιροῦ φιλοσοφεῖν, καὶ ὑπὲρ τὸ ἀνθρώπινονο ἔπειτα καὶ προκατειλῆφθαι ὑπὸ τῶν πραγμάτων ἐνομίσαμεν, πέρας ἤδη τῶν κατʼ αὑτὸν ἐχόντων, ὁποῖον ἐδόκει τῷ ἄγοντι τὰ ἡμέτερα. Ταῦτα μὲν δὴ τοιαῦτα. Νῦν δὲ καὶ τὴν λύπην ἄνες ἡμῖν πάντων οὖσαν ἀλογωτάτην, ὡς ἐμαυτὸν πείθωο καὶ εἰ τί σοι πλέον δοκεῖ, παράστησον, ἵνα μὴ καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ μέρει καὶ σεαυτὸν λυπῇς, καὶ πρᾶγμα πάσχῃς σφόδρα τῆς σῆς εὐγενείας ἀνάξιον, ἀντʼ ἄλλων ἡμᾶς αἰτιώμενος, τοὺς οὐδὲν ἀδικοῦντας, ἀλλʼ εἰ δεῖ τʼ ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, τὰ ἴσα τυραννηθέντας ὑπὸ τῶν κοινῶν φίλων, καὶ οὒς μόνους εὐεργέτας ἐνόμιζες. ειν. ΕΠΙΣΚΟΠῼ ΣΑΜΟΣΑΤΕΩΝ.
prōtois, enthymēthēti.hoti kai diebēn, mechris hymōn exepitēdes, tę̄ phēmę̄ tetaragmenos, kai koinōnēsai gnōmēs hymin prothymos egenomēn, hēnika kairos ēn eti peri toutōn bouleuesthai; kai panta mallon ē tautēn hēmin ekoinōnēsate, eite hype tēs autēs aporias, eitʼ ouk hoidʼ ho ti boulēthentes. Ei de tois teleutaiois, malista men ouk eia to pa- Thos palin hymin entychein, kai hē tǭ patri chreōstoumenē timē kai hosia, hēs ouden edynamēn poiēsasthai protimoteron, kaitauta hypoguiou tou pathous ontos, hēnika ouk asebes monon, allʼ oude holōs euprepes, exō tou kairou philosophein, kai hyper to anthrōpinono epeita kai prokateilēphthai hypo tōn pragmatōn enomisamen, peras ēdē tōn katʼ hauton echontōn, hopoion edokei tǭ agonti ta hēmetera. Tauta men dē toiauta. Nyn de kai tēn lypēn anes hēmin pantōn ousan alogōtatēn, hōs emauton peithōo kai ei ti soi pleon dokei, parastēson, hina mē kai hēmas en tǭ merei kai seauton lypę̄s, kai pragma paschę̄s sphodra tēs sēs eugeneias anaxion, antʼ allōn hēmas aitiōmenos, tous ouden adikountas, allʼ ei dei tʼ alēthes eipein, ta isa tyrannēthentas hypo tōn koinōn philōn, kai ous monous euergetas enomizes. ein. EPISKOPǬ SAMOSATEŌN.
consider that I even crossed over to you on purpose, troubled by the report, and was eager to share counsel with you while there was still time to deliberate about this; and you shared everything with us rather than this, whether from the same perplexity or wishing I know not what. If to the last, above all my grief did not allow me to meet you again, together with the honour and duty owed to my father, which I could not have held anything above, and that while the blow was still fresh, when it is not only impious, but not at all seemly, to play the philosopher out of season and beyond what is human. Then too we thought that things had been settled beforehand by events, and had already reached their end, such as seemed good to the One who guides our affairs. So much for that. But now relax your grief toward us, the most unreasonable of all, as I persuade myself; and if you think there is anything more, bring it forward, so that you may not grieve us in turn and yourself as well, and suffer something quite unworthy of your nobility, blaming us instead of others, us who do no wrong but, to tell the truth, have been equally tyrannized over by our common friends, whom alone you regarded as benefactors. [Letter 64. To Eusebius, bishop of Samosata]
Chapter 127
127PG 37:127a–127d
δυσχερείαις τῶν πειρασμῶν διεφάνης καὶ τῶι διωκόντων γέγονας ὑψηλότερος, τῷ γενναίως μεταστῆναι τῆς ἐνεγκούσης. Καὶ ἄλλοι μὲν τὺ πα τρῷον ἔδαφος ἔχουσιν, ἡμεῖς δὲ τὴν ἄνω πόλιν ἄλλοι τὸν ἡμέτερον ἴσως θρόνον, ἡμεῖς δὲ τὸν Χριστόν. Ὢ τῆς πραγματείαςὶ οἴων ὑπεριδόντες, οἷα κεκομίσμεθαί Διήλθομεν διὰ πυρὸς καὶ ὕδατος, πιστεύω δὲ ὅτι καὶ ὲξελευσόμεθα είς ἀναψυχήν. Ού γάρ είς τέλος ἐγκαταλείψει ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς, οὐδὲ περιόψεται τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον δεδιωγμένον, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ὀδυνῶν ἡμῶν, αἱ παρακλήσεις αὑτοῦ εύφρανοῦσιν ἡμᾶς. Τοῦτο μὲν οὖν καὶ πιστεύομεν καὶ εὐχόμεθα. Σὺ δὲ, παρακαλῶ, ύπερεύχου τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν. Καὶ ὁσάκις ἂν ἐμπίπτῃ καιρὸς, καὶ εὐλογεῖν ἡμᾶς διὰ γραμμάτων μὴ κατόκνει, καὶ εύθυμοτέρους ποιεῖν, τά κατὰ σαυτὸν δηλῶν, ὃ ποιῆσαι καὶ νῦν κατηξίωσας.
dyschereiais tōn peirasmōn diephanēs kai tōi diōkontōn gegonas hypsēloteros, tǭ gennaiōs metastēnai tēs enenkousēs. Kai alloi men ty pa trǭon edaphos echousin, hēmeis de tēn anō polin alloi ton hēmeteron isōs thronon, hēmeis de ton Christon. Ō tēs pragmateiasi oiōn hyperidontes, hoia kekomismethai Diēlthomen dia pyros kai hydatos, pisteuō de hoti kai exeleusometha eis anapsychēn. Ou gar eis telos enkataleipsei hēmas ho Theos, oude periopsetai ton orthon logon dediōgmenon, alla kata to plēthos tōn odynōn hēmōn, hai paraklēseis hautou euphranousin hēmas. Touto men oun kai pisteuomen kai euchometha. Sy de, parakalō, ypereuchou tēs tapeinōseōs hēmōn. Kai hosakis an empiptę̄ kairos, kai eulogein hēmas dia grammatōn mē katoknei, kai euthymoterous poiein, ta kata sauton dēlōn, ho poiēsai kai nyn katēxiōsas.
… you have been shown forth in the difficulties of trials, and have risen higher than your persecutors by nobly leaving the land that bore you. Others have our ancestral soil, but we the city above; others perhaps our throne, but we Christ. O what a bargain! What we have despised, and what we have received! We have gone through fire and water, but I believe that we shall also come out into refreshment. For God will not abandon us to the end, nor overlook right doctrine persecuted; but according to the multitude of our pains his consolations will gladden us. This, then, we both believe and pray. But do you, I beg, pray for our lowliness. And as often as an occasion offers, do not hesitate to bless us by letters and make us more cheerful by telling us of your affairs, as you have now been so good as to do.
Chapter 131
131PG 37:132a–132d
μεν μὴ κάμνειν σε μεμνημένον ἡμῶν. Οὐ γὰρ ὼφέο λεια ἡμῖν μόνον τῶν σῶν καταξιοῢσθαι γραμμάτων. ἀλλὰ καὶ καύχημα πρὸς τοὺς πολλοὺς, καὶ καλλιδπισμα, ὅτι λόγος ἡμῶν ἐστι παρʼ ἀνδρὶ τοσούτῳ τὴν ἀρετὴν, καὶ τοσαύτην ἔχοντι πρὸς Θεὸν οἰκειότητα, ὥστε καὶ ἄλλους οἰκειοῦν δύνασθαι καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ὑποδείγματι. εῖν. ιοΥΑιΑΝᾳ.· Ἐμοὶ πρὸς σὲ φιλίας μὲν πολλὰ δίκαια, κα) εί μή τι ἄλλο, οἱ λόγοι, ὧν οὐδὲν τοῖς πολλοῖς αξδεσιμώτερον, οὐδὲ οἰκειότερον· ἀπεχθείας δὲ ὑπόθεσις οὐδεο μία, οὔτε ἐστὶ, μήτε γένοιτο. ’Δ γὰρ πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν Νικόβουλον, ἢ παρὰ Νικοβούλου λελύο πησαι, οὐκ ἐμὰ μᾶλλον, ἢ τὰ ἐν Ἰνδοῖς πραττόμενα · ὅσον ἐπὶ τὸ μὴ συναρέσκεσθαι μηδεν) τῶν γει γενημένων. Μὴ τοίνυν ἐμοὶ ταῦτα λογίσῃ, μηδὲ διὰ τοῦτο χεῖρόν τι βουλεύσῃ περὶ σεαυτοῦ ’ ἀλλʼ ἣν ὑπέσχου τοῖς πτωχοῖς φιλανθρωπίαν, ταύτην ἑπιτελῆ ποίησον. Καὶ μέν τοι καὶτοὺς περὶ ἐμὲ κληριο κοὺς, ὅσους παρῃτησάμην, τῆς ἀπογραφῆς ἐλευθέρωσον, ἐκεῖνο ἐνθυμηθεὶς, ὅτι λίαν τῶν ἀτόπων ἐστὶν, ἄλλους μὲν καὶ οὐσίαν ὅλην καθιεροῦν τῷ Θεῷ, σὲ δὲ μηδὲ προῖκα βούλεσθαι εἶναι χρηστόν καὶ ἄλλαις μὲν πόλεσι πάντας τοὺς περὶ τὸ βῆμα δοθῆναι, ἡμῖν δὲ μηδὲ τοὺς συνόντας καὶ θεραπεύοντας, καὶ ταῦτα παρʼ ὑμῶν τῶν οἰκειοτάτων, οὓς τυχὸν ούκ αίσχυνοῦμεν. Ταῦτα ὲπισταλῆναί σοι παρʼ ἡμῶν καλῶς εἶχε. Συντυχεῖν δὲ οὐκ ἐξεγένετο, ἐπειδή με ἡ νόσος ἐξώρμησε πρὸς τά Τύανα θεραπείας τευξόμενον, ἕως καιρός. Καὶ συγγίνωσκε. ’Δντὶ δὲ ἡμῶν ἔχεις Θεὸν παρόντα, καὶ βοηθοῦντα τοῖς πένησι, τὸν πολὺ τῆς παρουσίας ἡμῶν αἱδεσιμώτερον.
men mē kamnein se memnēmenon hēmōn. Ou gar ōpheo leia hēmin monon tōn sōn kataxioÿsthai grammatōn. alla kai kauchēma pros tous pollous, kai kallidpisma, hoti logos hēmōn esti parʼ andri tosoutǭ tēn aretēn, kai tosautēn echonti pros Theon oikeiotēta, hōste kai allous oikeioun dynasthai kai logǭ kai hypodeigmati. ein. ioUAiANą.; Emoi pros se philias men polla dikaia, ka) ei mē ti allo, hoi logoi, hōn ouden tois pollois axdesimōteron, oude oikeioteron; apechtheias de hypothesis oudeo mia, oute esti, mēte genoito. ’D gar pros ton adelphon Nikoboulon, ē para Nikoboulou lelyo pēsai, ouk ema mallon, ē ta en Indois prattomena ; hoson epi to mē synareskesthai mēden) tōn gei genēmenōn. Mē toinyn emoi tauta logisę̄, mēde dia touto cheiron ti bouleusę̄ peri seautou ’ allʼ hēn hypeschou tois ptōchois philanthrōpian, tautēn hepitelē poiēson. Kai men toi kaitous peri eme klērio kous, hosous parę̄tēsamēn, tēs apographēs eleutherōson, ekeino enthymētheis, hoti lian tōn atopōn estin, allous men kai ousian holēn kathieroun tǭ Theǭ, se de mēde proika boulesthai einai chrēston kai allais men polesi pantas tous peri to bēma dothēnai, hēmin de mēde tous synontas kai therapeuontas, kai tauta parʼ hymōn tōn oikeiotatōn, hous tychon ouk aischynoumen. Tauta epistalēnai soi parʼ hēmōn kalōs eiche. Syntychein de ouk exegeneto, epeidē me hē nosos exōrmēse pros ta Tyana therapeias teuxomenon, heōs kairos. Kai synginōske. ’Dnti de hēmōn echeis Theon paronta, kai boēthounta tois penēsi, ton poly tēs parousias hēmōn haidesimōteron.
… that you do not weary of remembering us. For it is not only a benefit to us to be thought worthy of your letters, but also a boast before the many and an ornament, that we are held in account by a man so great in virtue and so close to God that he can bring others close to him too, by word and by example. [Letter 67. To Julian] I have many claims to your friendship, and, if nothing else, our studies, than which nothing is more venerable or closer to most people; but of enmity there is no ground at all, nor is there, nor may there be. For what has given you offence in your dealings with your brother Nicobulus, or from Nicobulus, is no more mine than what is done in India, as far as approving any of what has happened is concerned. Do not, then, reckon these things against me, nor on this account take worse counsel for yourself; but carry out the kindness you promised the poor. And free from the register the clergy around me whom I asked to be excused, bearing in mind that it is very absurd that others should consecrate their whole property to God, while you will not even be good at no cost to yourself; and that other cities should be granted all who serve at the altar, while we are not granted even those who live with us and serve us, and that by you, our closest friends, whom we would perhaps not disgrace. It was right that this should be written to you by us. It was not possible to meet you, since illness drove me off to Tyana for treatment while there was time. Forgive me. In place of us you have God present, helping the poor, who is far more to be revered than our presence.
Chapter 133
133PG 37:133a–133d
Ἐκάλεσας ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τὴν μονὴν. καλῶς γε ποιῶν, ὡς κοινωνοὺς τοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἐπανίσωσιν σκέμματος· καὶ γάρ ἐστιν οὐ μικρᾶς τὺ πρᾶγμα φροντίδος. Ἐγὼ δὲ, εί μὲν ὑγιαίνων ἐτύγχανον, σφόδρα ἂν ἀπήντησα προθύμως ο καὶ ἥξω δὲ, ὅταν οἷόν τεῇ, Θεοῦ θέλοντος. Νῦν δὲ διὰ γραμμάτων πληρῶ τὰ τῆς παρουσίας. Οἶδά σε καὶ γονέων ’ὄντα ἱερῶν, καὶ τῷ θείῳ φόβῳ συνηυξημένον ἄνω- . θεν. Ἀ οὖν ἐπίστασαι συμφέρειν σοι, καὶ πρὸς εὖ· δοξξαν, καὶ πρὸς ἀσφάλειαν ψυχῆς, ταῦτα δηλονότι ποιήσεις, κᾶν ἡμεῖς αὐτοὶ μὴ γράφωμεν. Εί δέ τι καὶ ἡμᾶς συνεισενεγκεῖν δεῖ, τοῦτο γνωρίζοο μεν, ὅτι ἀντʼ ἄλλης τινὸς πολιτείας, ἢν εἰσφέρουσι τῷ θεῷ Χριστιαναῖ ψυχαὶ, τοῦτό σοι πρόκειται νῦψ καὶ μεγάλα σεαυτῷ Θησαυρίσεις τοῦ κοινοῦ φροντίσας, καὶ εἴ τι πρὸ τούτου διετέθη κακῶς, καὶ τοῦτο ὲπανορθωσάμενος. Ἓν δὲ καὶ μέγιστον εἰς ἀσφάλειαν (ὃ καὶ πρῶτόν σοι φυλακτέον), συνεργοὺς λαβεῖν, οὓς καὶ συνέσει καὶ τρόπῳ διαφέρειν τῶν ἄλλων γινώσκεις. Τί γὰρ ὄφελος κυβερνή την εἶναι χρηστὸν, πονηροῖς χρώμενον ἑρέταις;
Ekalesas hēmas epi tēn monēn. kalōs ge poiōn, hōs koinōnous tou kata tēn epanisōsin skemmatos; kai gar estin ou mikras ty pragma phrontidos. Egō de, ei men hygiainōn etynchanon, sphodra an apēntēsa prothymōs o kai hēxō de, hotan hoion teę̄, Theou thelontos. Nyn de dia grammatōn plērō ta tēs parousias. Oida se kai goneōn ’onta hierōn, kai tǭ theiǭ phobǭ synēuxēmenon anō- . then. A oun epistasai sympherein soi, kai pros eu; doxxan, kai pros asphaleian psychēs, tauta dēlonoti poiēseis, kan hēmeis autoi mē graphōmen. Ei de ti kai hēmas syneisenenkein dei, touto gnōrizoo men, hoti antʼ allēs tinos politeias, ēn eispherousi tǭ theǭ Christianai psychai, touto soi prokeitai nyps kai megala seautǭ Thēsauriseis tou koinou phrontisas, kai ei ti pro toutou dietethē kakōs, kai touto epanorthōsamenos. Hen de kai megiston eis asphaleian (ho kai prōton soi phylakteon), synergous labein, hous kai synesei kai tropǭ diapherein tōn allōn ginōskeis. Ti gar ophelos kybernē tēn einai chrēston, ponērois chrōmenon heretais?
[Letter 68. To the same] You have invited us to the lodging, and rightly, as partners in the deliberation on the equalization of taxes; for the matter calls for no small care. If I were in health, I would have come very eagerly; and I will come when it is possible, God willing. For now I make up for my presence by letter. I know that you come of holy parents and have been raised from the first in the fear of God. What you know to be profitable to you, for good repute and for the safety of the soul, you will plainly do, even if we do not write. But if we too must contribute something, we make this known: that, in place of any other way of life that Christian souls offer to God, this is now set before you; and you will lay up great treasure for yourself by caring for the common good, and by setting right anything that was badly arranged before. One thing, and the greatest for safety (which you must guard first of all): take as fellow workers those whom you know to excel others in understanding and character. For what use is it to be a good helmsman with bad rowers?
Chapter 135
135PG 37:136a–136b
Τί τοῦτο; Εὐτρόπιος ὁ μέγας ὲν ἡμετέροις; καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀπολαύομεν. '0 δὲ Τάνταλος ἐκεῖνος τι ποτʼ ἄλλο, ἢ τοῦτο ἦν, ἐν μέσαις πηγαῖς δίψει τηκόμενοςς σὺ μὲν οὖν ποθεῖς τὴν ἡμετέραν συντυχίαν, ὡς γράτεις καὶ καλῶς ποιεῖς. Ἔδει γὰρ ὄντα σε ὅπερ εἶ, μὴ περιφρονεῖν τοὺς φίλους, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁδοῦ πάρεργον εὖ ποιεῖν ἡμᾶς, καὶ ταῦτα τιμᾷν μετὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν, ἃ καὶ ἄρχων τιμᾷν ἠξίους. Ἐμὲ δὲ πῶς οἴει διακεῖσθαι, καὶ τίνα ἔχειν ψυχὴν, ποθοῦντα μὲν οὐχ ἦττον, εἰ μὴ καὶ μᾶλλον, ὼς τὺ εἰκὸς (τὸ γὰρ αἰδεσιμώτερον, ποθεινότερονβς Τῇ δὲ ἀρρωστίᾳ πεπεδημέο νῳ, σύ μοι γενοῦ τὸ Αἰγύπτιον φάρμακον, εἴτε λόγος τοῦτο ἦν, εἴτε τι ἕτερον, ᾧ φαρμακεύει τὰς ψυχὰς Ὄμηρος ὲν ταῖς λύπαις. Γ ενὴσῃ δὲ πῶςς Πρῶτον μὲν, συγγινώσκων ἕτοιμον γὰρ τὸ χρηστὸν εἰς συγγνώμην. Ἔπειτα παιδεύων ἡμᾶς, ἐξ ὧν ἂν ἐπιστέλλῃς. Ἐπεὶ καὶ ἄρχοντά σε τῆς ἀρετῆς μᾶλλον ἦ τῆξ ἐξουσίας θαυμάζειν εἴχομεν.
Ti touto? Eutropios ho megas en hēmeterois? kai hēmeis akouomen, allʼ ouk apolauomen. '0 de Tantalos ekeinos ti potʼ allo, ē touto ēn, en mesais pēgais dipsei tēkomenoss sy men oun potheis tēn hēmeteran syntychian, hōs grateis kai kalōs poieis. Edei gar onta se hoper ei, mē periphronein tous philous, alla kai hodou parergon eu poiein hēmas, kai tauta timąn meta tēn archēn, ha kai archōn timąn ēxious. Eme de pōs oiei diakeisthai, kai tina echein psychēn, pothounta men ouch ētton, ei mē kai mallon, ōs ty eikos (to gar aidesimōteron, potheinoteronbs Tę̄ de arrōstią pepedēmeo nǭ, sy moi genou to Aigyption pharmakon, eite logos touto ēn, eite ti heteron, hǭ pharmakeuei tas psychas Omēros en tais lypais. G enēsę̄ de pōss Prōton men, synginōskōn hetoimon gar to chrēston eis syngnōmēn. Epeita paideuōn hēmas, ex hōn an epistellę̄s. Epei kai archonta se tēs aretēs mallon ē tēx exousias thaumazein eichomen.
[Letter to Eutropius] What is this? Eutropius the great is in our country, and we hear of him but do not enjoy him. What else was the famous Tantalus but this, wasting with thirst in the midst of springs? You long to meet us, as you write, and you do well. For being what you are, you ought not to despise your friends, but to do us good even on your way, and to honour after your term of office what you thought worthy of honour while you were in office. But how do you think I feel, and what spirit do you think I have, longing for you no less, if not more, as is natural (for what is more to be revered is more longed for), but fettered by illness? Become for me the Egyptian drug, whether that was a word or something else, with which Homer drugs souls in their griefs. How will you become it? First, by forgiving; for goodness is ready to forgive. Then, by instructing us with whatever you write. Since we had reason to admire you as a governor more for your virtue than for your power.
Chapter 137
137PG 37:137a–137d
ἀγαθοὺς τῶν γραφέων μιμούμενος, οἳ τῷ παρ ραδεικνύναι, πολλὰ, τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐκπαιδβιῖουσι. Τοῦτο οὖν νῦν πεποίηκας εὗ ποιῶν. Καὶ τοῦ λοιποῦ χαρίσασθαι μὴ κατόκνει, κᾶν σε ὑψηλὸν αὖθις οἱ θρόνοι φέρωσιν (οἴσουσι γὰρ τὴν ἀρχὴν, οὗ τὴν ἀρετήνʼ οὐδὲ γὰρ ἔχεις ὃ τι ὑψωθῇς κατὰ ταύτην, ἥκων πρὸς τὸ ἀκρότατον ). Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ κοινὰ πράττων, μὴ ἀμέλει τῶν φίλων κατὰ τοὺς Ὁμηρικοὺς νεανίας, ὲν μέσῳ πολέμῳ τὰ φιλικὰ σπουδάζοντας. Ἐπειδὴ καὶ τούτῳ ποικίλλει τὴν ποίησιν ὁ σὸς Ὅμηρος.
agathous tōn grapheōn mimoumenos, hoi tǭ par radeiknynai, polla, tous mathētas ekpaidbiiousi. Touto oun nyn pepoiēkas heu poiōn. Kai tou loipou charisasthai mē katoknei, kan se hypsēlon authis hoi thronoi pherōsin (oisousi gar tēn archēn, hou tēn aretēnʼ oude gar echeis ho ti hypsōthę̄s kata tautēn, hēkōn pros to akrotaton ). Alla kai ta koina prattōn, mē amelei tōn philōn kata tous Homērikous neanias, en mesǭ polemǭ ta philika spoudazontas. Epeidē kai toutǭ poikillei tēn poiēsin ho sos Homēros.
… imitating the good painters, who train their pupils by showing them many things. This, then, you have now done, and done well. And in future do not hesitate to do us this favour, even if thrones carry you on high again (they will carry your office, not your virtue; for in virtue you have nothing to be raised by, having reached the very top). Even while managing public affairs, do not neglect your friends, like the young men in Homer who attend to the duties of friendship in the midst of war; for your Homer too adorns his poetry with this.
Chapter 139
139PG 37:140a–140d
ρὦ, καὶ ταῖς ὑμετέραις εὐχαῖς, ὅτι πάντα και τὰ νοῦν ύμῖν ὲκόήσεται, καὶ ἡ καταιγὶς εἰς αὖ· ραν λυθήσεται, καὶ τοῦτον ύμῖν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς ὀρθοδοξίας δώσει μισθὸν, τδ τοὺς ὲπηρεάζοντας ὑπερἐχειν. Μάλιστα μὲν οὖν ἴδοιμεν ὑμᾶς ὲν τάχει, καὶ ἀπολαύοιμεν, ὼς εὐχόμεθα. El δὲ χρονίξοιτε, τῶν πραγμάτων οὕτως ἑχόντων, γράμμασι γοῦν εὐφραίνειν ἡμᾶς μὴ ἀπαξιοῦτε δηλοῦσι τὰ ὑμέ· τερα, καὶ προσεύχεσθαι τὰ συνήθη ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν. Ἐρῤωμένους- ὑμᾶς, καὶτοῖς πᾶσιν εύούμους ὁ ἁγαοδς Θεὸς χαρίσηται, τῆς Ἐκκλησίας τὸ κοινὸν ἔρεισμα. oe. ΒΙΤΛΛΙΔΝῼ υύ συνεχῶςʼὁμιλοῦμὲν σοι. Τὸ δὲ αἴτιον, ὅτι πολλοὶ περὶ σὲ, καὶ οἷς ἥκιστα χαίρομεν. ει δὲ ἀνακαθάροις σεαυτὸν τῶν πολλῶν, καὶ σύνοικον ἔχοις τὴν ἀρετὴν, ὕψει καὶ χωλῶν δρόμον, ὡς ἢ παροιμία. Τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ὑπισχνούμεθα σύν θεῷ, καὶ πράξομεν.
rō, kai tais hymeterais euchais, hoti panta kai ta noun ymin ekoēsetai, kai hē kataigis eis au; ran lythēsetai, kai touton ymin ho Theos tēs orthodoxias dōsei misthon, td tous epēreazontas hyperechein. Malista men oun idoimen hymas en tachei, kai apolauoimen, ōs euchometha. El de chronixoite, tōn pragmatōn houtōs hechontōn, grammasi goun euphrainein hēmas mē apaxioute dēlousi ta hyme; tera, kai proseuchesthai ta synēthē hyper hēmōn. Errōmenous- hymas, kaitois pasin euoumous ho hagaods Theos charisētai, tēs Ekklēsias to koinon ereisma. oe. BITLLIDNǬ yy synechōsʼhomiloumen soi. To de aition, hoti polloi peri se, kai hois hēkista chairomen. ei de anakatharois seauton tōn pollōn, kai synoikon echois tēn aretēn, hypsei kai chōlōn dromon, hōs ē paroimia. Touto gar kai hypischnoumetha syn theǭ, kai praxomen.
… and in your prayers, that everything will turn out for you as you wish, and the storm will be stilled into a breeze, and God will give you this reward for your orthodoxy: to rise above those who abuse you. Above all, may we see you soon and enjoy your company, as we pray. But if you are delayed, things being as they are, do not disdain at least to gladden us by letters telling us of your affairs, and to pray for us as usual. May the good God grant you health and cheer in all things, you the common support of the Church. [Letter 75. To Vitalian] We do not converse with you often. The reason is that there are many around you, and those in whom we least rejoice. But if you would clear yourself of the many and have virtue as your housemate, you will see even the lame run, as the proverb says. This we promise, with God, and will do.
Chapter 141
141PG 37:141a–141d
ἔχουσι. Σὺ δέ μοι δοκεῖς πολλῶν ὅντων καὶ φίλων καὶ λόγων τῶν εις παράκλησιν, ὐπʼ οὐδενὸς ἂν οὕτω παρακληθῆναι, ὼς ὑπὸ σεαυτοῦ καὶ τῆς ἐκείνου μνήμηςο οἶ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσι γεγόνατε φιλοσοφίας ὑπόδειγμα, καὶ οἷόν τις στάθμη πνευματικὴ τῆς τε ὲν τοῖς χρηστοῖς εὐταξίας, καὶ τῆς ᾲὲν τοῖς ἀνιαροῖς καρτερίας. Ἐπειδὴ δύο ταῦτα οἶδε φιλοσοφία, εὐπραξίαν τε διαθέσθαι μετρίως, καὶ συμφορὰν εὐσχημόνως. Ταῦτα παρʼ ήμῶν πρὸς τὴν σὴν τιμιότητα. Ἐμὲ δὲ τίς παραμυθήσεται χρόνος, ἦ λόγος, τδν ταῦτα γράφοντα, πλὴν τῆς σῆς συνο θυσίας καὶ ὁμιλίας, ἢν ἀντὶ πάντων ἡμῖν ό μακάριος καταλέλοιπεν, ἴνα έν σο). τὰ ἐκείνου καθορῶντες, ὥσπερ ὲν ἐσόπτρῳ καλῷ τε καὶ διαυγεῖ, κάκεῖνον ἔχειν νομίζωμεν;
echousi. Sy de moi dokeis pollōn hontōn kai philōn kai logōn tōn eis paraklēsin, ypʼ oudenos an houtō paraklēthēnai, ōs hypo seautou kai tēs ekeinou mnēmēso oi kai tois allois pasi gegonate philosophias hypodeigma, kai hoion tis stathmē pneumatikē tēs te en tois chrēstois eutaxias, kai tēs ąen tois aniarois karterias. Epeidē dyo tauta oide philosophia, eupraxian te diathesthai metriōs, kai symphoran euschēmonōs. Tauta parʼ ēmōn pros tēn sēn timiotēta. Eme de tis paramythēsetai chronos, ē logos, tdn tauta graphonta, plēn tēs sēs syno thysias kai homilias, ēn anti pantōn hēmin o makarios kataleloipen, ina en so). ta ekeinou kathorōntes, hōsper en esoptrǭ kalǭ te kai diaugei, kakeinon echein nomizōmen?
… have. But you, it seems to me, though there are many friends and many words of consolation, could be consoled by none so well as by yourself and by his memory; for the two of you have become for all others an example of philosophy, and a kind of spiritual rule, both of good order in prosperity and of endurance in sorrow. For philosophy knows these two things: to bear good fortune with moderation and misfortune with dignity. This is what we have to say to your Honour. But as for me who write this, what time or what word will console me, except your company and conversation, which the blessed one has left us in place of everything, so that, seeing his features in you as in a fine, clear mirror, we may think that we have him too?
Chapter 143
143PG 37:144a–144d
των ὲκ τῆς τραχύτητος καὶ τὸν ἔλεον. Ἀλλʼ ἴσως μακροθυμεῖν ἄμεινον, καὶ πολλοῖς ἐξ ὧν πάσχομεν διδόναι μακροθυμίας ὑπόδειγμα. Οὐ γὰρ οὕτως ὁ λόγος πείθει τοὺςιπολλοὺς, ὼς ἡ πρᾶξις, ᾖ σιωπῶσα παραίνεσις. ’Μέγα νομίζομεν εἶναι τὸ δίκας παρὰ τῶν ἠδικηκότων λαβεῖνʼ μέγα φημὶ (καὶ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο χρήσιμον είς τὴν τῶν ἄλλων διόρθωσιν), ἀλλὰ πολλῷ τούτου μεῖζον καὶ θεῖκώτερον, τὺ καρτερεῖν πάσχοντας. Ἐκεῖνο ’μὲν γὰρ τήν κακίαν ὲπιστομίξει, τοῦτο δὲ χρηστοὺς εἶναι πείθευ ὃ τοῦ μὴ κακοὺς εἶναι, πολὺ κρεῖττόν ἐστι καὶ τελεώτερον. Μεγάληνήμῖν νομίσωμεν προκεῖσθαι πραγματείαν φιλανθρωπίας, καὶ συγχωρήσωμεν τὰ είς ἡμᾶς, ῐνα καὶ,αὐτοὶ τύχωμεν τῆς συγχωρήσεως καὶ προεισενέγκωμεν χρηστότητα τῇ χρηστότητι. Ζηλωτὴς ήκουσε Φινεὲς, ὅτι τὴν Μαδιανῖτιν. πόρνῳ συνεξεκέντησε, καὶ ἐξεῖλεν δνειδοξ ἒξ υίῶν Ἰσραήλ· ἀλλʼ ἐπῃνέθη πλέον, ὅτι τοῦ λᾷοῦ προσ-ηὐξατο πταίσαντος. Στῶμεν οὖν καὶ λήμεῖς, καὶ ὲξιλασὼμεθα, καὶ κοπασάτω ·ή θραῦσιςί κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον ο καὶ λογισθήτω τοῦτο ἡμῖν είς ’δικαιοσύνην. Ἐπῃνέθη καὶ Μωσῆς, ὅτι τὸν Αίγύπτιον ἀνεῖλε, τῷ Ἰσραηλίτῃ περιαλγήσας ° ἀλλʼ ἐθαυμάσθη πλέον, ὅτι Μαριὰμ τὴν ἀδελφὴν διὰ τὸ γογγῦσαι λεπρωθεῖσαν, διὰ τῆς εὐχῆς- ἐθεράπευσε. Σκόπει καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Ἀπειλοῦυται Νινευῖται καταστροφὴν, ἀλλὰ δάκρυσιν ἐξωνοῦνται τήν ἁμαρ τίαν. Μανασσῆς ὲν βασιὶεῦσι παρανομώτατος, ἀλλʼ ὲν τοῖς σωθεῖσι διὰ θρῆνον περιφανέστατος. Τί σε διαθώ, Ἐρριιῒμ, παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ …; Ὅσης ὀργῆς ὁ λόγος1 καὶ ὑπερασπισμὺς. ἐπάγεται. Τί τῆς φιλανθρωπίας ταχύτερον; Πῦρ Σοδομιτικὸν αίτοῢσιν oi ’μαθηταὶ κατὰ τῶν ἀγόντωνλ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὁ δὲ ἀπαξιοῖ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν. Τέμνει Μάλχου τὸ ὠτίον Πέτρος, ἑνὸς τῶν ὐὸριστῶν, Ἰησοῦς δὲ ἀποκαθίστησι. Τί δὲ ὁ ἐρωτήσας, εἰ ἑπτάκις τῷ ἀδελφῷ συγχωρητέον πταίσαντις οὐ μικρολογίαν καταγινώσκεταις τῷ γὰρ ἑπτάκις, τὸ ἑβδομηκον-
tōn ek tēs trachytētos kai ton eleon. Allʼ isōs makrothymein ameinon, kai pollois ex hōn paschomen didonai makrothymias hypodeigma. Ou gar houtōs ho logos peithei tousipollous, ōs hē praxis, ę̄ siōpōsa parainesis. ’Mega nomizomen einai to dikas para tōn ēdikēkotōn labeinʼ mega phēmi (kai gar kai touto chrēsimon eis tēn tōn allōn diorthōsin), alla pollǭ toutou meizon kai theikōteron, ty karterein paschontas. Ekeino ’men gar tēn kakian epistomixei, touto de chrēstous einai peitheu ho tou mē kakous einai, poly kreitton esti kai teleōteron. Megalēnēmin nomisōmen prokeisthai pragmateian philanthrōpias, kai synchōrēsōmen ta eis hēmas, ina kai,autoi tychōmen tēs synchōrēseōs kai proeisenenkōmen chrēstotēta tę̄ chrēstotēti. Zēlōtēs ēkouse Phinees, hoti tēn Madianitin. pornǭ synexekentēse, kai exeilen dneidox ex uiōn Israēl; allʼ epę̄nethē pleon, hoti tou ląou pros-ēuxato ptaisantos. Stōmen oun kai lēmeis, kai exilasōmetha, kai kopasatō ;ē thrausisi kata to gegrammenon o kai logisthētō touto hēmin eis ’dikaiosynēn. Epę̄nethē kai Mōsēs, hoti ton Aigyption aneile, tǭ Israēlitę̄ perialgēsas ° allʼ ethaumasthē pleon, hoti Mariam tēn adelphēn dia to gongysai leprōtheisan, dia tēs euchēs- etherapeuse. Skopei kai ta hexēs. Apeilouytai Nineuitai katastrophēn, alla dakrysin exōnountai tēn hamar tian. Manassēs en basiieusi paranomōtatos, allʼ en tois sōtheisi dia thrēnon periphanestatos. Ti se diathō, Erriiïm, para tou Theou …? Hosēs orgēs ho logos1 kai hyperaspismys. epagetai. Ti tēs philanthrōpias tachyteron? Pyr Sodomitikon aitoÿsin oi ’mathētai kata tōn agontōnl ton Iēsoun, ho de apaxioi tēn ekdikēsin. Temnei Malchou to ōtion Petros, henos tōn yoristōn, Iēsous de apokathistēsi. Ti de ho erōtēsas, ei heptakis tǭ adelphǭ synchōrēteon ptaisantis ou mikrologian kataginōsketais tǭ gar heptakis, to hebdomēkon-
… the mercy too, from the harshness. But perhaps it is better to be long-suffering, and to give many an example of long-suffering from what we suffer. For words do not persuade the many as action does, which is silent exhortation. We think it a great thing to obtain justice from those who have wronged us; great, I say (for this too is useful for the correction of others); but much greater and more godlike than this is to endure when we suffer. For the one muzzles wickedness, but the other persuades men to be good, which is much better and more perfect than not being wicked. Let us consider that a great task of kindness lies before us, and let us forgive what was done against us, so that we too may obtain forgiveness, and let us bring kindness beforehand in return for kindness. Phinehas was called zealous because he ran the Midianite woman through together with the fornicator and took away reproach from the sons of Israel; but he was praised more because he prayed for the people when they had fallen. Let us too stand and make atonement, and let the plague be stayed, as it is written; and let this be reckoned to us as righteousness. Moses too was praised because he killed the Egyptian, grieving for the Israelite; but he was admired more because by his prayer he healed his sister Miriam when she was struck with leprosy for murmuring. Consider also what follows. The Ninevites are threatened with destruction, but they buy off their sin with tears. Manasseh was the most lawless of kings, but by his lament became the most famous of the saved. “What shall I do with you, Ephraim?” says God. How much wrath is in the word! And yet protection is added. What is swifter than kindness? The disciples ask for the fire of Sodom against those who would not receive Jesus, but he refuses the vengeance. Peter cuts off the ear of Malchus, one of those who were insulting him, but Jesus restores it. And what of the one who asked whether a brother who sins should be forgiven seven times? Is he not condemned for pettiness? For to the seven times, seventy
Chapter 145
145PG 37:145a–145b
ςάιις ἑπτὰ προστίθεται. Τί δὲ ό χρεωφειλέτης ὲν τοῖς Εὐαγγελίοις, ό μὴ συγχωρήσας ἃ συγκεχώρηο; οῦ πικρότερον διὰ τοῦτο είσπράττεται; τί δὲ ἠ τύπωσις τῆς εύχῆς; ούκ ἀφέσει βούλεται τὴν ἄφεσιν πραγματεύεσθαις Τοσαῦτα ἔχοντες ὑποδείγματα, μιμησώμεθα Θεοῦ φιλανθρωπίαν, καὶ μὴ βουληθῶμεν ἀφʼ ἡμῶν μαθεῖν αὐτῶν, ὅσον κακὸν ἁμαρτίας ἀντίδοσις. Ὁρᾷς ἀκολουθίαν χρηστότητος. Νομοθετεῖ πρῶτον, εἶτα διακελεύεται, ὑπισχνεῖται, ἀπειλεῖ, ὀνειδίζει, ἀνατείνεται, κατέχει ἀπειλεῖ πάλιν · ὅταν ἐκβιασθῇ, πληγὴν ἐπάγει, καὶ ταύτην κατὰ μικρὸν, χώραν ὑπανοίγων ταῖς διορθώσεσι. Μὴ τοίνυν μηδὲ πλήξωμεν ἀθρόως (οὐ γὰρ ἀσφαλὲς ), ἀλλὰ τῷ φόβῳ σιηρονίσαντες, τῇ φιλανθρωπίᾳ νικήσωμεν, καὶ λάβωμεν ὑποχρέους εὐλαβείας τῷ συνειδότι· πλέον, ἦ“ τῇ ὀργῇ βασανίσαντες. Μὴ ξηράνωμεν συκῆν ἔτι καρποφορεῖν δυναμένην, μὴ ὼς ἀχρήστου καταγνῶμεν, καὶ καταργούσης τὸν τόπον, ἢν θεραπεύσει τυχὸν τεχνίτου γεωργοῦ προστασία καὶ ὲπιμέλεια Μηδὲ τοσοῦτον ἔργον καὶ περιβόητον διʼ ἐπα ήρειαν ἴσως τοῦ πονηροῦ καὶ φθόνον, οὕτως ἔψ βραχεῖ καταλύσωμεν, ἀλλὰ βουληθῶμεν φιλάνθρωποι φανῆναι μᾶλλον ἐντελεῖς, καὶ φιλόπτωχοι πλέον, ἢφιλοδίκαιογ μηδὲ“τῶν ύπεκκαιόντων ἡμᾶς εἰς τοῦτο πλέον, ἢ τῶν κατεχόντων ἀνεχώμεθα · καῖʼ τὸ αἰσχρὸν, εἰ μή τι ἄλλο, ἐνθυμηθέντες, εί δόξαιμεν πρὸς πτωχοὺς ἀγωνίζεσθαι, οἳ τοῦτο μέγα πλεονεκτοῦσι, τὸ, κᾶν ἀδικῶσι, ἐλεεῖσθαι διὰ τὴν συμφοράν. Νῦν οἴου πάντας μέν σοι προσπίπτειν πτωχούς τε· καὶ πτωχοτρόφους, πάντας δὲ μοναστάς καὶ παρθένους ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἱκετεύοντας. Δὸς τοῖς πᾶσιν ’ἀντι τούτων τὴν χάριν (ἐπειδὴ καὶ συνετρίβησαν ἱκανῶς, ὡς δῆλον ἐξ ὧν ἡμῶν ἐδεήθησαν), καὶ πρὸ πάντων ἡμῖν τοῖς ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν πρεσβεύουσιν. Οὓς εῐ σοι δεινὸν εἶναι φαίνεται τὸ παρʼ αὐτῶν ἀτιμασθῆναι, πολλῷ φανείτω δεινότερον τό σοι παραινοῦντας ταῦτα μῆάκουσθῆναι. Τῷ δὲ καλῷ Παύλῳ συγχωρήισειεν ὅ Θεδς, διʼ είς ἡμᾶς ἐξύβρισεν..
saiis hepta prostithetai. Ti de o chreōpheiletēs en tois Euangeliois, o mē synchōrēsas ha synkechōrēo? ou pikroteron dia touto eisprattetai? ti de ē typōsis tēs euchēs? ouk aphesei bouletai tēn aphesin pragmateuesthais Tosauta echontes hypodeigmata, mimēsōmetha Theou philanthrōpian, kai mē boulēthōmen aphʼ hēmōn mathein autōn, hoson kakon hamartias antidosis. Horąs akolouthian chrēstotētos. Nomothetei prōton, eita diakeleuetai, hypischneitai, apeilei, oneidizei, anateinetai, katechei apeilei palin ; hotan ekbiasthę̄, plēgēn epagei, kai tautēn kata mikron, chōran hypanoigōn tais diorthōsesi. Mē toinyn mēde plēxōmen athroōs (ou gar asphales ), alla tǭ phobǭ siēronisantes, tę̄ philanthrōpią nikēsōmen, kai labōmen hypochreous eulabeias tǭ syneidoti; pleon, ē“ tę̄ orgę̄ basanisantes. Mē xēranōmen sykēn eti karpophorein dynamenēn, mē ōs achrēstou katagnōmen, kai katargousēs ton topon, ēn therapeusei tychon technitou geōrgou prostasia kai epimeleia Mēde tosouton ergon kai periboēton diʼ epa ēreian isōs tou ponērou kai phthonon, houtōs eps brachei katalysōmen, alla boulēthōmen philanthrōpoi phanēnai mallon enteleis, kai philoptōchoi pleon, ēphilodikaiog mēde“tōn ypekkaiontōn hēmas eis touto pleon, ē tōn katechontōn anechōmetha ; kaiʼ to aischron, ei mē ti allo, enthymēthentes, ei doxaimen pros ptōchous agōnizesthai, hoi touto mega pleonektousi, to, kan adikōsi, eleeisthai dia tēn symphoran. Nyn oiou pantas men soi prospiptein ptōchous te; kai ptōchotrophous, pantas de monastas kai parthenous hyper autōn hiketeuontas. Dos tois pasin ’anti toutōn tēn charin (epeidē kai synetribēsan hikanōs, hōs dēlon ex hōn hēmōn edeēthēsan), kai pro pantōn hēmin tois hyper autōn presbeuousin. Hous ei soi deinon einai phainetai to parʼ autōn atimasthēnai, pollǭ phaneitō deinoteron to soi parainountas tauta mēakousthēnai. Tǭ de kalǭ Paulǭ synchōrēiseien ho Theds, diʼ eis hēmas exybrisen..
times seven are added. And what of the debtor in the Gospels, who did not forgive what he had been forgiven: is he not made to pay more bitterly for it? And what of the form of the prayer: does it not wish us to obtain forgiveness by forgiving? Having so many examples, let us imitate God's kindness, and not wish to learn from our own case how great an evil is the requital of sin. You see the order of goodness. He first gives a law, then commands, promises, threatens, reproaches, raises his hand, holds back, threatens again; when he is forced, he brings a blow, and that little by little, opening room for amendment. Let us not, then, strike all at once (for it is not safe), but bringing them to their senses by fear, let us conquer by kindness, and keep them bound to reverence by their conscience rather than tormented by our wrath. Let us not wither a fig tree that can still bear fruit, nor condemn it as useless and cumbering the ground, when the care and attention of a skilled farmer may perhaps heal it. Nor let us so quickly destroy so great and famous a work because of an attack, perhaps, of the evil one and his envy; but let us wish rather to appear perfect in kindness, and lovers of the poor more than lovers of strict justice; and let us not listen to those who inflame us to this more than to those who restrain us, considering, if nothing else, the shame, if we should seem to be fighting against the poor, who have this great advantage, that even when they do wrong they are pitied for their misfortune. Imagine now that all the poor and those who feed the poor are falling at your feet, and all the monks and virgins supplicating for them. Grant the favour to them all in return for this (since they have been crushed enough, as is clear from what they begged of us), and above all to us who intercede for them. If it seems terrible to you to be dishonoured by them, let it seem much more terrible that we who advise you thus should not be heard. And may God forgive the good Paul for the insults he committed against us.
Chapter 147
147PG 37:148a–148d
Οἴδαμεν ὅτι χαλεπόν ἐστι, προσφάτου τῆς ἀδικίας , καὶ τοῦ θυμοῦ ζέοντος ἔτι, παραδεχθῆναι τοὺς λογισμούς. Τυφλῦν γὰρ ὁ θυμὸς καὶ ἡ λύπη, καὶ μάλιστα ὅταν τὸ δικαίως ἀγανακτεῖν παρῇ. Ὅμως ἐπειδὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ τῶν συνηδικημένων ἐσμὲν καὶ συνυβρισμένων, καὶ οὐχ ἦττον ἀγανακτοόνο των, διὰ τοῦτό ἐσμεν δίκαιοι καὶ συμβουλεύοντες μὴ ἀτιμασθῆναι. Δεινὰ πεπόνθαμεν εἰ δὲ βούλει, πρόσθες οἷα μηδεὶς ἄλλος ἀνθ ρώπων. ’Δλλὰ μὴ διὰ τουτο καὶ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀδικήσωμεν, μηδὲ τοσοῦτον εὐσέβειαν μισήσωμεν, ὅσον ἡμῖν οὐ συμφέρει. Μέγα ἐστὶ γυνὴ, καὶ τίμιον θυγάτηρ· ἀλλʼ οὔπω ψυχῆς τιμιώτερον. Ἐνθυμήθητι ὅτι νεωστὶ μὲν τῆς χάριτος ὴξιὼθης. καὶ τῷ λουτρῷ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ὲκαθάροης κίνδυνος δὲ οὐχ ὸ τυχὼν, αἵματι μολῦναι τὴν δωρεὰν, καὶ πάλιν ἄλλης δεηθῆναι καθάρσεως. Μὴ τοίνυν ὲπιβουλεύσωμεν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς, μηδὲ τὴν παρρησίαν τὴν πρὸς Θεὸν ἀποβάλωμεν, πικροὶ τοῖς ἠδικηκόσι φανέντες, καὶ ὑπὲρ τὸ μέτρον ἀγανακτοῦντες. Ἀφῶμεν τῷ Θεῷ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, καὶ τοῖς ἐκεῖθεν κολαστηρίοις ο ἡμεῖς δὲ φιλάνθρωπον κτησώε μεθα τὸν κριτὴν, αὐτοὶ φανέντες φιλάνθρωποι, καὶ συγχωρήσωμεν, ἴνα ωγχωρηθῶμεν. Καὶ μή σε ἀπα· τάτω μάταιος λογισμὸς, ὄτι τὸ δικαίως ἐπεξελθεῖν ἀνεύθυνον, καὶ τὸ παραδοῦναι τοῖς νόμοις τὸν παραο νομήσαντα. Εἰσὶ νόμοι Ῥωμαίων, εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ ἡμέτεροι. Ἀλλʼ οι μὲν ἄμετροι, καὶ πικροὶ, καὶ μέχρις αἵματος προϊόντες ο ἡμῖν δὲ χρηστοὶ καὶ φιλάνθρωποι, καὶ μὴ συγχωροῦντές τι τῷ θυμῷ χρῆσθαι κατὰ τῶν ἀδικούντων. Τούτοις ἐμμείνωμεν, τούτοις ἀκολουθήσωμεν · ἵνα μικρὰ χαρισάμενοι (μισ κρὰ γὰρ ἡ ἐνταῦθα ζωὴ καὶ τοῦ μηδενὸς ἀξία), μεγάλα παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀντιλάβωμεν, τὴν παρʼ αὑτοῦ φιλανθρωπίαν, καὶ τὰς ἐκεῖθεν ἐλπίδας.
Oidamen hoti chalepon esti, prosphatou tēs adikias , kai tou thymou zeontos eti, paradechthēnai tous logismous. Typhlyn gar ho thymos kai hē lypē, kai malista hotan to dikaiōs aganaktein parę̄. Homōs epeidē kai autoi tōn synēdikēmenōn esmen kai synybrismenōn, kai ouch ētton aganaktoono tōn, dia touto esmen dikaioi kai symbouleuontes mē atimasthēnai. Deina peponthamen ei de boulei, prosthes hoia mēdeis allos anth rōpōn. ’Dlla mē dia touto kai hēmas autous adikēsōmen, mēde tosouton eusebeian misēsōmen, hoson hēmin ou sympherei. Mega esti gynē, kai timion thygatēr; allʼ oupō psychēs timiōteron. Enthymēthēti hoti neōsti men tēs charitos ēxiōthēs. kai tǭ loutrǭ tōn hamartiōn ekatharoēs kindynos de ouch o tychōn, haimati molynai tēn dōrean, kai palin allēs deēthēnai katharseōs. Mē toinyn epibouleusōmen hēmin autois, mēde tēn parrēsian tēn pros Theon apobalōmen, pikroi tois ēdikēkosi phanentes, kai hyper to metron aganaktountes. Aphōmen tǭ Theǭ ton anthrōpon, kai tois ekeithen kolastēriois o hēmeis de philanthrōpon ktēsōe metha ton kritēn, autoi phanentes philanthrōpoi, kai synchōrēsōmen, ina ōnchōrēthōmen. Kai mē se apa; tatō mataios logismos, oti to dikaiōs epexelthein aneuthynon, kai to paradounai tois nomois ton parao nomēsanta. Eisi nomoi Rhōmaiōn, eisi de kai hēmeteroi. Allʼ oi men ametroi, kai pikroi, kai mechris haimatos proïontes o hēmin de chrēstoi kai philanthrōpoi, kai mē synchōrountes ti tǭ thymǭ chrēsthai kata tōn adikountōn. Toutois emmeinōmen, toutois akolouthēsōmen ; hina mikra charisamenoi (mis kra gar hē entautha zōē kai tou mēdenos axia), megala para tou Theou antilabōmen, tēn parʼ hautou philanthrōpian, kai tas ekeithen elpidas.
[Letter 78. To Theotecnus] We know that it is hard, while the injustice is fresh and the anger still boiling, to accept reasoning. For anger and grief blind us, especially when there is ground for just indignation. Yet since we too are among those wronged and insulted with you, and are no less indignant, we have the right also to advise you against dishonour. We have suffered terrible things; add, if you like, such as no other man has. But let us not on this account wrong ourselves too, nor hate piety more than is good for us. A wife is a great thing, and a daughter precious; but not more precious than the soul. Remember that you were lately counted worthy of grace and cleansed by the washing of sins; and the danger is no ordinary one, of staining the gift with blood and needing another cleansing. Let us not, then, plot against ourselves, nor throw away our freedom of speech before God by showing ourselves bitter to those who wronged us and indignant beyond measure. Let us leave the man to God and to the punishments there; and let us make the Judge kind to us by showing ourselves kind, and let us forgive, so that we may be forgiven. And let no vain reasoning deceive you, that to prosecute justly and to hand over the lawbreaker to the laws incurs no guilt. There are laws of the Romans, and there are ours too. But theirs are immoderate and harsh, going as far as blood; ours are kind and humane, and do not allow us to give rein to anger against those who wrong us. Let us abide by these, and follow these, so that by granting small things (for life here is small and worth nothing) we may receive great things from God in return: his kindness and the hopes of the world to come.
Chapter 149
149PG 37:149a–149d
Ἐπαινείς τὸν ἅγιον καὶ κοινὸν ἡμῶν πατέρα, τὸ τῆς πίστεως ἔρεισμα, τὸν τῆς ἀληθείαςκαο νάνα. καὶ χαρακτῆρα τῆς εὐσεβείας, τὴν πλήρη φρονήσεως πολιὰν, τὸν ζωῆς ἀνθρωπίνης καὶ ἀρετῆς μέτρα νικήσαντα, τὸνυπιστὺν Θεράποντα, κα) μέγαν ἁρχιερὲα, τον Θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων μεσίτην, τὸ Πνεύματος καταγώγιον· τοῦτο μὲν ὀρθῶς ποιεῖς ἐπεὶ καὶ πᾶς λόγος ἐλάττων ἐστὶ τῆς ἁγίας ἐκείνης μαααρίας ψυχῆς, εί μή με ἀπατᾷ τὸ φίλτρον, ἦ καὶ τὸ πάθος τῷ πόθῳ κιρνάμενον. Ἐκεῖνο δέ λίαν τεθαύμακα, πῶς ἐπαινεῖς μὲν ὡς ἅγιον, καὶ μέχρι τούτου τὰ εἰκότα τιμᾷς, τὸ δὲ ἔργον αὺτοῦ καταλύεινέπιχειρείς, ὥσπερ. τῶν ἁναγίων, καὶ μάλιστα ὕβρεως ὄντων ἀξίων, τῶν εικῆ ζησάντων καὶ μεταστάντων. El μὲν γὰρ ὡς ἀνδραπόδου μεταποιῇ ίδίου τοῦ συμποιμένος. τὸ μικρὸν τοῦτο κέρδος διώκεις, οὐκ ἔχω πῶς ἐπαινέσω, ἴνα μετρίως εἴπω, καὶ σφόδρα τοῦτο τῆς σῆς μεγαλαιιυχίας ἀνάξιον. Πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἄτοπον, χρυσῷ μὲν καὶ ἀργύρῳ τιμᾷν τὸ Θεῑον, καὶ τοῖς περιττοῖς τῆς κτήσεως, ἔνθα καὶ πλεῖον τοῦ πρὸς εὐσέβειαν ἴσως τὺ κατʼ ἐπίδειξιν, ἱερεῖ δὲ ὅλως βούλεσθαι ζημιοῦν Ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ ἁποσυλᾷν τῶν ἀναθημάτων τὸ ἁγιώτατον;. ' Ei δὲ ὅτι κατʼ ἐξουσίαν τοῦτο πεποιήκαμεν, ἀλλʼ οὑχὶ τὴν σὴν εὐγένειαν ὑπεμνήσαμεν, οὐδὲ τῇ φιλοτιμία καιρὸν ἐδώκαμεν, δυσχεραίνεις, λέγοις μνᾶν τι δίκαιον, καὶτὸ πάθος ἀνθρώπινονʼ [σοι 6ὲ, μείζονος ἐπιδόσεως εἷναί σοι. νῦν, … τότε.
Epaineis ton hagion kai koinon hēmōn patera, to tēs pisteōs ereisma, ton tēs alētheiaskao nana. kai charaktēra tēs eusebeias, tēn plērē phronēseōs polian, ton zōēs anthrōpinēs kai aretēs metra nikēsanta, tonypistyn Theraponta, ka) megan harchierea, ton Theou kai anthrōpōn mesitēn, to Pneumatos katagōgion; touto men orthōs poieis epei kai pas logos elattōn esti tēs hagias ekeinēs maaarias psychēs, ei mē me apatą to philtron, ē kai to pathos tǭ pothǭ kirnamenon. Ekeino de lian tethaumaka, pōs epaineis men hōs hagion, kai mechri toutou ta eikota timąs, to de ergon autou katalyeinepicheireis, hōsper. tōn hanagiōn, kai malista hybreōs ontōn axiōn, tōn eikē zēsantōn kai metastantōn. El men gar hōs andrapodou metapoię̄ idiou tou sympoimenos. to mikron touto kerdos diōkeis, ouk echō pōs epainesō, ina metriōs eipō, kai sphodra touto tēs sēs megalaiiychias anaxion. Pōs gar ouk atopon, chrysǭ men kai argyrǭ timąn to Theion, kai tois perittois tēs ktēseōs, entha kai pleion tou pros eusebeian isōs ty katʼ epideixin, hierei de holōs boulesthai zēmioun Ekklēsian, kai haposyląn tōn anathēmatōn to hagiōtaton?. ' Ei de hoti katʼ exousian touto pepoiēkamen, allʼ houchi tēn sēn eugeneian hypemnēsamen, oude tę̄ philotimia kairon edōkamen, dyscheraineis, legois mnan ti dikaion, kaito pathos anthrōpinonʼ [soi 6e, meizonos epidoseōs heinai soi. nyn, … tote.
[Letter 79. To Simplicia] You praise our holy and common father, the support of the faith, the rule of truth and stamp of piety, the grey hair full of wisdom, the man who surpassed the measures of human life and virtue, the faithful servant and great high priest, the mediator between God and men, the dwelling-place of the Spirit; in this you do rightly, since every word falls short of that holy and blessed soul, unless my affection deceives me, or my grief mingled with longing. But this I wonder at very much: how you praise him as holy and so far honour him fittingly, and yet try to undo his work, as though it were that of the unholy, of those who most deserve insult, who lived and died at random. For if you are claiming his fellow shepherd as a slave of your own, or are pursuing this little gain, I cannot see how I can praise it, to put it mildly, and it is quite unworthy of your magnanimity. For how is it not absurd to honour the Divine with gold and silver and the superfluities of property, where display perhaps counts for more than piety, but to wish to deprive the Church of a priest altogether, and to rob it of the holiest of its offerings? But if you are vexed because we did this by our own authority, and did not remind your nobility or give your generosity room to act, you would be saying something just, and the feeling is human; but know that the gift is greater for you now than it would have been then, at that
Chapter 151
151PG 37:152a–152d
καιρῷ, ὅσῳ τοῦ αὐτὴν ιπιδοῦναι τδ λαβοῦσι συγχωρῆσαι φιλοτιμότερον. Κάκείνως μὲν, τῷ Θεῷ μόνον ἐδόκεις χαρίζεσθαι· οὕτω δὲ καὶ ήμῐν τοῖς ἐκείνου θεραπευταῖς, καὶ τὸ όνομα αὑτοῦ βαστάζεινίιξιωμένοις. Μὴ τοίνυν μήτε ἐκείνῳ χαλέπαινε, μήτε ἡμῖν. Ὀ μὲν γὰρ τετυράννηται, οὐκ ἠδίκηκενο ἡμεῖς δὲ τί θαυμαστὸν, εί τῇ σῇ χρηστότητι θαρροῦντες, ἐπὶ τοῦτο προεληλύθαμεν, καὶ ἀμα τῇ κοινῇ τοῦ παντὸς χωρίου ψήφῳ πιρ στεύσαντεςς ἠν εί μὲν πρὸς χάριν ἐποιήσαντό τινες ἢ κακούργως, αὐτοὶ ἂν είδοῖεν, καὶ τῷ Θεῷ λόγον ὑπέχοιεν. Οὐ γὰρ ἡμέτερον τοῦτο είδὲναι, οὐδὲ ταῖς πάντων ἐμβατεύειν γνώμαις. Ἦμᾶς δὲ, πῶς παρώσασθαι ῥᾴδιον ἦν, ἢ πῶς τοσαῦτα δάκρυα παριδεῖν, ἢ τοῦ χωρίου τὴν ἐρημίαν· ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον καὶ ἀθεραπεύτου, καὶ ἀποιμάντου, καὶ τὴν πνευματικην ἐπιστασίαν οὐκ ἔχοντοςς Ἐκεῖνο δέ οσοι καὶ πρὸ πάντων δῆλον, ὅτι οί τότε μὲν συντιθέμενοι, νῦν δέ ἀρνούμενοι, πρᾶγμα ποιοὖσιν οὔτε εὐσεβὲς, οὔτε ἐλεύθερον. Καὶ πολλῷ βελ τίους ἂν ἦσαν, τότε ἀντιλέγοντες, ἢ νῦν κολακεύονο τες, καὶ τὰ ἑαυτῶν καταλύοντες, καὶ ἀνθρώπους μᾶλλον ἢ Θεὸν φοβούμενοι. Οὓς πάλιν ἐρεῖν οίου διὰ τὴν εὐκολίαν, ὅτι φόβῳ τῷ πρὸς σέ μετέστησαν, καὶ πολλῷ γε ἀληθέστερον · ἐπειδὴ δεῖ πταίειν μὲν αὐτοὺς ἀεὶ, θηρᾶσθαι δέ ψευδεῖς καὶ σεσοφισμέ νας ἀπολογίας. El δέ σοι ταῦτα μὲν ὀρθῶς δοκεῖ λέγεσθαι, οἰκονομίας δὲ ἀπαιτεῖτε λόγον (ἐπεὶ καὶ τοῦτο ἀκούω, οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς γράμμασιν ἐνεκάλεσας), δικαίως τοῦτον ἀπαιτείσθω καὶ φιλανθρώπωςʼ καὶ οὐδὲν μεμψόμεθα · οὐδὲ γὰρ ἡμῖν ἀρέσκει ζημιοῦσθαι δεσποτῶν ἐπιείκειαν. Τί λοιπὸν; ὡς ἀναξίου τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἴσως ἐπιλαμβάνεσθαι, καὶ διά τοῦτο ἐπισκήπτειν τῇ καταστάσει.
kairǭ, hosǭ tou autēn ipidounai td labousi synchōrēsai philotimoteron. Kakeinōs men, tǭ Theǭ monon edokeis charizesthai; houtō de kai ēmin tois ekeinou therapeutais, kai to onoma hautou bastazeiniixiōmenois. Mē toinyn mēte ekeinǭ chalepaine, mēte hēmin. O men gar tetyrannētai, ouk ēdikēkeno hēmeis de ti thaumaston, ei tę̄ sę̄ chrēstotēti tharrountes, epi touto proelēlythamen, kai ama tę̄ koinę̄ tou pantos chōriou psēphǭ pir steusantess ēn ei men pros charin epoiēsanto tines ē kakourgōs, autoi an eidoien, kai tǭ Theǭ logon hypechoien. Ou gar hēmeteron touto eidenai, oude tais pantōn embateuein gnōmais. Ēmas de, pōs parōsasthai rhądion ēn, ē pōs tosauta dakrya paridein, ē tou chōriou tēn erēmian; epi tosouton kai atherapeutou, kai apoimantou, kai tēn pneumatikēn epistasian ouk echontoss Ekeino de osoi kai pro pantōn dēlon, hoti oi tote men syntithemenoi, nyn de arnoumenoi, pragma poiousin oute eusebes, oute eleutheron. Kai pollǭ bel tious an ēsan, tote antilegontes, ē nyn kolakeuono tes, kai ta heautōn katalyontes, kai anthrōpous mallon ē Theon phoboumenoi. Hous palin erein oiou dia tēn eukolian, hoti phobǭ tǭ pros se metestēsan, kai pollǭ ge alēthesteron ; epeidē dei ptaiein men autous aei, thērasthai de pseudeis kai sesophisme nas apologias. El de soi tauta men orthōs dokei legesthai, oikonomias de apaiteite logon (epei kai touto akouō, ou gar en tois grammasin enekalesas), dikaiōs touton apaiteisthō kai philanthrōpōsʼ kai ouden mempsometha ; oude gar hēmin areskei zēmiousthai despotōn epieikeian. Ti loipon? hōs anaxiou tou andros isōs epilambanesthai, kai dia touto episkēptein tę̄ katastasei.
time, by as much as it is more generous to pardon those who took than to give oneself. In that way you would have seemed to grant a favour to God alone; but in this way you grant it to us too, his servants, who have been counted worthy to bear his name. Do not, then, be angry either with him or with us. For he has been compelled by force, not done wrong; and as for us, what is surprising if, trusting in your kindness, we went so far, trusting also the common vote of the whole district? Whether some gave it to win favour or with evil intent, they themselves would know, and they will answer to God. It is not ours to know this, or to pry into everyone's mind. But how was it easy for us to repel them, or to overlook so many tears, or the desolation of the district, so long without care, without a shepherd, without spiritual oversight? And this should be clear to you before all: that those who agreed then and deny it now are doing a thing neither pious nor honourable. They would have been much better speaking against it then than flattering now, undoing their own acts, and fearing men rather than God. Imagine them saying again, in their fickleness, that they changed out of fear of you; and that much more truly, since they must always go wrong and hunt for false and sophistical excuses. If you think this rightly said, but you demand a settlement (for I hear this too, though you made no charge in your letter), let it be demanded justly and humanely, and we will find no fault; for we too do not like masters' fair claims to suffer loss. What is left? Perhaps to lay hold of the man as unworthy, and on this ground to attack the appointment.
Chapter 153
153PG 37:153a–153d
Τοῦτο γάρ πως καὶ ἐγκαλεῖν εὐπρεπέστερον.,0 δέ μοι πρὸς τοῦτο λόγος, ἁπλοῦς καὶ ῥᾴδιος. Ἦ μείς οὐδʼ ἄλλον τινὰ τῶν ὲν αίτίαις ἀφίεμεν ἅνεξὲταστον, οὐδʼ ἃν πάνυ τῶν φίλων ᾖ, καὶτῶν εὖ γεγονότων (οὐδὲν γὰρ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοῦ κανόνος αἱδεσιμὼτερον), οὐδὲ τοῦτον ἀφήσομεν. Ἀλλʼ εῐ τις ἔχοι τι κατηγορεῖν, εί μὲν βούλει, παρούσης σου καὶ συνὸικαζούσης εί δὲ μὴ, καὶ ἀπούσης, ἐφʼ ήμῶν ὲξετασθεὶς, εί μὲν ἀθῶος εὑρίσκοιτο, κᾶνῇ δοῦλος, ἀποφευγέτω. Ἐπειδὴ καὶ δούλων καὶ δεσποτῶν ὁ αὐτὸς πατῆρ καὶ Θεὸς, καὶ οὐ ταῖς ἀξίαις τὸ δίκαιον διορίζεται. El δὲ ἁλίσκοιτο, τηνικαῦτα ὑπὸ τῆς ιδίας ἁμαρτίας κατακριθήσεται. Καὶ οὕτως οὔτε ὸ κανὼν ὑβρισθήσεται, οὔτε δ ἀπελθὼν ἁτιμασθήσεται (τὸ γὰρ καθʼ ἡμᾶς ίσως καὶ παροπτέον, ὡς … ). και αὐτὴ φεύξῂ πονηρὰν teνοιαν, ὡς διὰ τὸ ἀλλοτρίως ἔχειν πρὸς ἡμᾶς, καὶ τὴν ὑγιῆ πίστιν, ταῦτα τεχνάζουσα σοφιστικῶς, ἀλλʼ οὐκ εὐγενῶςο καὶ ὑπʼ ἄλλου μὲν κινουμένη, είς ἄλλο δὲ ἁποσκήπτουσα. ‘0 συμβουλεύω σοι μὴ παθεῖν, ὡς οὔτε ὅσιον, οὔτε εύπρεπέςʼ μηδὲ τοὺς ήμετέρους νόμους ἀτιμάσασαν, ἐπὶ τοὺς ἔξωθεν κατα- - φεύγειν, μηδὲ προσφιλονεικεῖν ἡμῖν, ἀλλὰ συγγινώαο σκειν, εί τι ἁπλούστερον πεποιήκαμεν διὰ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς χάριτος, καὶ δέξασθαι νικηθῆναι μᾶλλον καλῶς, ἢ νικῆσαι κακῶς, τῷ ἀντιβῆναι τῷ Πνεύματι.
Touto gar pōs kai enkalein euprepesteron.,0 de moi pros touto logos, haplous kai rhądios. Ē meis oudʼ allon tina tōn en aitiais aphiemen hanexetaston, oudʼ han pany tōn philōn ę̄, kaitōn eu gegonotōn (ouden gar tou Theou, kai tou kanonos haidesimōteron), oude touton aphēsomen. Allʼ ei tis echoi ti katēgorein, ei men boulei, parousēs sou kai synoikazousēs ei de mē, kai apousēs, ephʼ ēmōn exetastheis, ei men athōos heuriskoito, kanę̄ doulos, apopheugetō. Epeidē kai doulōn kai despotōn ho autos patēr kai Theos, kai ou tais axiais to dikaion diorizetai. El de haliskoito, tēnikauta hypo tēs idias hamartias katakrithēsetai. Kai houtōs oute o kanōn hybristhēsetai, oute d apelthōn hatimasthēsetai (to gar kathʼ hēmas isōs kai paropteon, hōs … ). kai autē pheuxę̄ ponēran tenoian, hōs dia to allotriōs echein pros hēmas, kai tēn hygiē pistin, tauta technazousa sophistikōs, allʼ ouk eugenōso kai hypʼ allou men kinoumenē, eis allo de haposkēptousa. ‘0 symbouleuō soi mē pathein, hōs oute hosion, oute euprepesʼ mēde tous ēmeterous nomous atimasasan, epi tous exōthen kata- - pheugein, mēde prosphiloneikein hēmin, alla synginōao skein, ei ti haplousteron pepoiēkamen dia tēn eleutherian tēs charitos, kai dexasthai nikēthēnai mallon kalōs, ē nikēsai kakōs, tǭ antibēnai tǭ Pneumati.
For this is a somewhat more seemly way of making a charge. My answer to this is simple and easy. Just as we leave no one else under accusation unexamined, not even if he is one of our close friends and well-born (for nothing is more to be revered than God and the canon), so we will not let this man go either. But if anyone has any charge to bring, let him be examined before us, in your presence and with you sitting in judgment with us, if you wish, or otherwise in your absence; and if he is found innocent, let him be acquitted, even if he is a slave; since slaves and masters have the same Father and God, and justice is not defined by rank. But if he is convicted, then he will be condemned by his own sin. In this way neither will the canon be insulted nor the departed be dishonoured (our own part may perhaps be overlooked, as of no account); and you yourself will escape an evil suspicion: that because you are estranged from us and from the sound faith you are contriving this sophistically and not nobly, moved by one thing but striking at another. This I advise you not to incur, as neither holy nor seemly; nor, dishonouring our laws, to take refuge in those outside, nor to keep quarrelling with us, but to forgive us if we acted too simply out of the freedom of grace, and to accept being nobly defeated rather than winning badly by opposing the Spirit.
Chapter 155
155PG 37:156a–156d
ΠΝ. ΓΡΗΓΟΡΙῼ ΝΥΣΣΗΣ. Δυσχεραῐνεις τῇ περιόδῳ, καὶ ἁστατεῖν σεαυτῷ φαίνῃ, καθάπερ τῶν ξύλωννᾶ καθʼ ὑδάτων φέρεται. Μηδαμῶς, ὦ Θαυμάσιε, μὴ οὕτως ἔχε. Τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἀκούσιος φορὰ, σοῦ δὲ κατὰ Θεὸν ἡ περίοδος, καὶ πάγων τὸ τοὺς πολλοὺς εὖ ποιεῖν, κᾶν εἰ μὴ τόπῳ πεπήγοις. Εἰ μὴ καὶ τδν ἥλιον αἰτιῷτο τις, ὅτι περιτρέχει σπείρων τὴν ἀκτῖνα, καῖ πάντα ζωογονῶν ὅσα ἐπέρχεται ο καὶτῶν ἀστέρων τοὺς ἀπλανεῖς ἐπαινῶν, κακίζῃ, τοὺς πλάνητας, ὧν καὶ τδ πλάνον ἐναρμόνιονδ
PN. GRĒGORIǬ NYSSĒS. Dyscheraineis tę̄ periodǭ, kai hastatein seautǭ phainę̄, kathaper tōn xylōnna kathʼ hydatōn pheretai. Mēdamōs, ō Thaumasie, mē houtōs eche. Tōn men gar akousios phora, sou de kata Theon hē periodos, kai pagōn to tous pollous eu poiein, kan ei mē topǭ pepēgois. Ei mē kai tdn hēlion aitiǭto tis, hoti peritrechei speirōn tēn aktina, kai panta zōogonōn hosa eperchetai o kaitōn asterōn tous aplaneis epainōn, kakizę̄, tous planētas, hōn kai td planon enarmoniond
[Letter 81. To Gregory of Nyssa] You are distressed at your travels, and you seem to yourself unstable, like pieces of wood carried along on the waters. By no means, my admirable friend; do not feel like this. Their motion is involuntary, but your going about is according to God, and doing good to many is your stability, even if you are not fixed in one place. Unless one would also blame the sun because it runs round sowing its rays and giving life to everything it passes over; and, praising the fixed stars, find fault with the planets, whose very wandering is harmonious.
Chapter 157
157PG 37:157a–157d
τὸ καὶ γνωρίσαι διʼ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῖν, ὅτι τοῦτο ποιεῖς. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ τῷ δικαίῳ χαρίζῃ, τὸ δὲ ἡμῖν. Ἀλλʼ ὅπως μὴ ἁποκάμνῃς ἡμῖν καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἑξῆς εὖ ποιῶν · ἀεὶ δέ τι φαίνοιο τῇ σπουδῇ προστιθεὶς, ῖνα σε καὶ πλέον θαυμάζωμεν. Ὀ δὲ υίὸς Εὐφήμιος, οὖπω … ὲλπίζεται δὲ, καὶ οἶμαί σοι μὴ πολλοῦ πόνου δεήσειν, ει παραγίνοιτο. Φουρντουνάτος, ὁ τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἐγχειρίζων σοι, καὶ οἰκεῖός ἐστιν ἡμέτερος ’ εἰδὲ δεῖ προσθήκης τινὸς, καὶ διάκονος τῶν ἐπαινουμένων. Ταῦτα ἔδει σε μαθεῖν παρʼ ἡμῶν. ’τᾶλλα δὲ οἷδʼ ὅτι παρὰ σεαυτοῦ προσθήσεις, τὺ οἰκείως ὁρᾷν τὸν ἄνδρα καὶ κηδεμονικῶς, ἐν οἷς ἄν δέηται τῆς σῆς εὐλαειίας. Ὠς ὃ τι ἂν τοῦτον εὖ ποιήσῃς, εὐεργετήσων ει ἡμᾶς.
to kai gnōrisai diʼ epistolēs hēmin, hoti touto poieis. To men gar tǭ dikaiǭ charizę̄, to de hēmin. Allʼ hopōs mē hapokamnę̄s hēmin kai pros to hexēs eu poiōn ; aei de ti phainoio tę̄ spoudę̄ prostitheis, ina se kai pleon thaumazōmen. O de uios Euphēmios, oupō … elpizetai de, kai oimai soi mē pollou ponou deēsein, ei paraginoito. Phourntounatos, ho tēn epistolēn encheirizōn soi, kai oikeios estin hēmeteros ’ eide dei prosthēkēs tinos, kai diakonos tōn epainoumenōn. Tauta edei se mathein parʼ hēmōn. ’talla de hoidʼ hoti para seautou prosthēseis, ty oikeiōs horąn ton andra kai kēdemonikōs, en hois an deētai tēs sēs eulaeiias. Ōs ho ti an touton eu poiēsę̄s, euergetēsōn ei hēmas.
… and also to let us know by letter that you are doing this. For the one is a favour to justice, the other to us. But see that you do not grow weary of doing us good in future too; and may you always be seen to add something to your zeal, so that we may admire you even more. As for our son Euphemius, he is not yet …, but it is hoped, and I think he will not need much effort from you, if he comes. Fortunatus, who hands you this letter, is … our relative too, and, if I must add something, a deacon of those who are well spoken of. This you had to learn from us. The rest I know you will add of yourself: to regard the man as one of your own and with care, in whatever he needs of your Reverence. Whatever good you do him, you will be doing us a kindness.
Chapter 159
159PG 37:160a–160d
οὖν, εί μὲν βούλει μεταμφιασάμενος, ἶνʼ ἀμφότερα ἡμῖν ὡς κάλλιστα ἔχῃ, καὶ τδ σοῦ τυχεῖν, καὶ τὸ τοῦ δόγματος μὴ διαμαρτεῖν. Εἰ δὲ μὴ, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς χλανίδος πάντως. Κᾶν τις ἡμᾶς διώκῃ παρανομίας, ἄχρι τούτου γε ῥητορεύωμεν, ὅτι τῶν ἐπιτελούντων εἷ τὴν εὐχὴν, οὐ τῶν καλουμένων. Ἐὰν δὲ τοῦτό τις ἐξ ἡμῶν μὴ προσδέξηται, τί πρὸς ἐκεῖνο ἐρεῖς ὼς ὀρφανὸν καλοῦμεν σε. Οὕτω μὲν δὴ καὶ τυραννήσας, ἐπειδὴ σὸς ὁ καιρός» Τρίτον δὲ · ὃ καὶ μέγιστοντ ἔξεστί σοι καῖ ὧς ἐπʼ εὐχὴν ἡμᾶς καλοῦντι, μετασχεῖν τῆς εὐχῆς. Σὲ μὲν οὖν οὕτως είσδεξόμεθα ρητορεύοντες. Ὑπὲρ δὲ τῆς ἀδελφῆς ἡμᾶς οὐδεϊς εὐσυνεῖ παραγενομένης,, ἀλλʼ ὲκ τοῦ- ἐναντίου κάκείνην καὶ ἡμᾶς, εί μὴ, παρατῶ νοιτο. Ὥστε ήί μὲν αὐτόκλητος ἡκέτω* σὺ δι παρακέκλησο καὶ ἁπάντησον, es μέν τοιὴμῖν οαρῥήσας. τδ δε τῇ εὐχῇ, ἴνα καὶ φαιδροτέραν. ποιήσῃς ἡμῖν τὴν πανήγυριν ἐπειδή σοι σὺν Θεῷ ἱκανῶς τὰ περὶ τὴν γαστέρα ᾠκονόμηται, μᾶλλον δὲ δρφανικῶς, καὶ ἵνʼ οὕτως είπω, λίαν εὑκπκῶς καὶ γενναίως.
oun, ei men boulei metamphiasamenos, inʼ amphotera hēmin hōs kallista echę̄, kai td sou tychein, kai to tou dogmatos mē diamartein. Ei de mē, kai apo tēs chlanidos pantōs. Kan tis hēmas diōkę̄ paranomias, achri toutou ge rhētoreuōmen, hoti tōn epitelountōn hei tēn euchēn, ou tōn kaloumenōn. Ean de touto tis ex hēmōn mē prosdexētai, ti pros ekeino ereis ōs orphanon kaloumen se. Houtō men dē kai tyrannēsas, epeidē sos ho kairos» Triton de ; ho kai megistont exesti soi kai hōs epʼ euchēn hēmas kalounti, metaschein tēs euchēs. Se men oun houtōs eisdexometha rētoreuontes. Hyper de tēs adelphēs hēmas oudeïs eusynei paragenomenēs,, allʼ ek tou- enantiou kakeinēn kai hēmas, ei mē, paratō noito. Hōste ēi men autoklētos hēketō* sy di parakeklēso kai hapantēson, es men toiēmin oarrhēsas. td de tę̄ euchę̄, ina kai phaidroteran. poiēsę̄s hēmin tēn panēgyrin epeidē soi syn Theǭ hikanōs ta peri tēn gastera ǭkonomētai, mallon de drphanikōs, kai hinʼ houtōs eipō, lian heukpkōs kai gennaiōs.
… then, if you wish, changing your dress, so that both may go as well as possible for us: having you, and not failing of our principle. If not, then at any rate even in your fine cloak. And if anyone prosecutes us for breaking the rule, let us plead at least this far: that you are among those who perform the prayer, not among those invited. But if one of us does not accept this, what will you say to that? That we invite you as an orphan. In this way, then, even playing the tyrant, since the occasion is yours. Third, and greatest: you may, as one who invites us to prayer, share in the prayer. So we will receive you, pleading in this way. As for your sister, no one of us … if she came, but on the contrary would excuse both her and us if she did not. So let her come unbidden; but you are invited, and come, trusting partly in us and partly in the prayer, so that you may make our festival brighter, since by God's grace your belly has been well enough managed, or rather in an orphan's fashion and, if I may put it so, very … and nobly.
Chapter 161
161PG 37:161a–161d
ἦν, τὸ διΞι γραμμάτων ὁμιλεῖν ἡμᾶς ἀλλήλοις, τοῦτο δποίησας μὲν αὐτὸς εὖ ποιῶν, ποιοῦμεν δὲ καὶ ἡμεῖς. Οὐ μικρά ἡμῖν εστιν οὐδὲ μικροῦ λόγου περὶ ῶν ἑπιστέλλειςο ὅθεν ούδὲ αὐτοὶ παρέργως ούδὶ jaθύμως ταῦτα διασκεψάμενοι, ἀλλὰ κα) λίαν ἐπιμελῶς ἐπὶ τὴν κρίσιν ταύτην προεληλύθαμεν. Κεκμήκαμεν ἀγωνιζόμενοι πρὸς τδν φθόνον, καὶ τοὺς ἱεροὺς ἐπισκόπους τὴν κοινὴν ὁμόνοιαν διαλύοντας, καὶ τῶν ἰδίων φιλονεικιῶν τὸ τῆς πίστεως πάρεργον ποιουμένους. Διά τοῦτο ἔγνωμεν πρύμναν κρούσασθαι,τοῦ λόγου, καὶ είς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς συστα· λῆναι, ῶσπερ τὸν ναυτῖλόν φασιν ῖχθξιν, ὅταν χειμῶνος αἰσθάνηται, καὶτοὺς μὶν ἄλλους δρᾷν πόρρωθεν βαλλομένους καὶ βάλλοντας. αὐτοὶ δὲ πρὸς τὰ ἐκεῖσε μετασκευάζεσθαι. Εἰ δὲ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν καταλιπεῖν ἐπικίνδυνον, ὼς γράφεις, ποίανς εἰ μὲν τὴν ἡμετέραν, κάγὼ φημι, καὶ ὀρθῶς λέγετε· εί δὲ τὴν μηδὲν προσήκουσαν, μηδʼ επικηρυχθεῖσαν ἡμῖν, ἀνεύθυνοι. Ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἐπεμελήθημεν χρόνον τινὰ, τούτῳ κρατούμεθα; πολλοὶ καὶ ἄλλοι κρατηθεῖεν ἀν, ὅσοι ξένων ἐπεμελήθησαν. Καὶ τάχα τὸ μὲν καμεῖν ἔμμισθον, τὺ δὲ ἀπειπεῖν οὐχ ὑπεύθυνον. Μηδὲν οὖν δείσῃς περὶ ἡμῶν τούτου γε ἕνεκενο ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνο μᾶλλον, μή τι βλαπτώμεθα.
ēn, to diXi grammatōn homilein hēmas allēlois, touto dpoiēsas men autos eu poiōn, poioumen de kai hēmeis. Ou mikra hēmin estin oude mikrou logou peri ōn hepistelleiso hothen oude autoi parergōs oudi jathymōs tauta diaskepsamenoi, alla ka) lian epimelōs epi tēn krisin tautēn proelēlythamen. Kekmēkamen agōnizomenoi pros tdn phthonon, kai tous hierous episkopous tēn koinēn homonoian dialyontas, kai tōn idiōn philoneikiōn to tēs pisteōs parergon poioumenous. Dia touto egnōmen prymnan krousasthai,tou logou, kai eis hēmas autous systa; lēnai, ōsper ton nautilon phasin ichthxin, hotan cheimōnos aisthanētai, kaitous min allous drąn porrōthen ballomenous kai ballontas. autoi de pros ta ekeise metaskeuazesthai. Ei de tēn Ekklēsian katalipein epikindynon, ōs grapheis, poians ei men tēn hēmeteran, kagō phēmi, kai orthōs legete; ei de tēn mēden prosēkousan, mēdʼ epikērychtheisan hēmin, aneuthynoi. Allʼ hoti epemelēthēmen chronon tina, toutǭ kratoumetha? polloi kai alloi kratētheien an, hosoi xenōn epemelēthēsan. Kai tacha to men kamein emmisthon, ty de apeipein ouch hypeuthynon. Mēden oun deisę̄s peri hēmōn toutou ge henekeno allʼ ekeino mallon, mē ti blaptōmetha.
… that we should converse with one another by letter; this you yourself have done, and done well, and we are doing it too. The matters you write about are not small to us, nor of small account; and so we too, having considered them not in passing nor carelessly but very carefully, have come to this decision. We are weary of contending against envy and against the holy bishops who dissolve the common concord and make the faith a side-issue of their private quarrels. Therefore we have decided to back water, as the saying goes, and to draw into ourselves, as they say the nautilus does when it senses a storm, and to watch others from afar striking and being struck, while we ourselves make ready for the things there. And if it is dangerous to leave the Church, as you write, which Church? If ours, I say so too, and you are right; but if one that does not belong to us at all, nor was proclaimed for us, we are not accountable. But because we took care of it for some time, are we bound by this? Many others too would be bound, who have taken care of churches not their own. And perhaps the labour earns a reward, while giving it up is not liable to account. So fear nothing about us on this score; but rather fear this, lest we be harmed.
Chapter 163
163PG 37:164a–164d
μετασχεῖν ἠγοῦμαι, καὶ τῆς ἄλλης εὐημερίας. Κοινώνει δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς, ὡς δεῖ, τῶν ἐνταῦθα φροντίδων καὶ περιστάσεων τοῖς σοῖς ἀποδήμοιςο καὶ μὴ μόνος τὸ χρηστὸν ἀπολαβὼν ἔχε, τοῦτο δὴ τὸ τῶν τραγῳ- Βῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν πόνων ὲν μέρει συναντιλαμῶ νου τῷ φίλῳο ἵνα καθόλου δίκαιος ᾗς, δικαίως καὶ ίσως διαιτῶν φιλίᾳ καὶ φίλοις. Καί σοι παραμένοι τὸ εὐπραγεῖν χρονιώτερον, ὡς καὶ εὖ δράσῃς πλεῖον, μᾶλλον δὲ ὰναφαίρετόν σοι προσείη καὶ ἀΐδιον, μετὰ τὴν ἐντεῦθεν εὐημερίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκεῖ διάβασιν. ne. ιιοΑοΝιΑΣ. Αἰδοῦμαι σου τῆς κλήσεως τὸ φιλόπονον. ,Αἰσχυνοίμην δʼ ἂν ἐμαυτὸν πλέον, μὴ τʼ ἀληθῆ γράφων. Δέδοικα μὴ πέρας ἡμῖν ἔχῃ τὰ πράγματαʼ οὕτως αίσχύνομαι τὴν ἐμὴν πολιὰν, καὶ τὴν κοινὴν τράπεζαν, καὶ τοὺς εκ νεότητος πόνους, ἔλαττον παρʼ ὑμῖν ἔχων καὶ τῶν κακίστων, καὶ ὑφʼ ὧν ἥκιστα ἂν ᾠήθην ἀτιμαζόμενος.
metaschein ēgoumai, kai tēs allēs euēmerias. Koinōnei de kai autos, hōs dei, tōn entautha phrontidōn kai peristaseōn tois sois apodēmoiso kai mē monos to chrēston apolabōn eche, touto dē to tōn tragǭ- Bōn, alla kai tōn ponōn en merei synantilamō nou tǭ philǭo hina katholou dikaios hę̄s, dikaiōs kai isōs diaitōn philią kai philois. Kai soi paramenoi to eupragein chroniōteron, hōs kai eu drasę̄s pleion, mallon de anaphaireton soi proseiē kai aïdion, meta tēn enteuthen euēmerian epi tēn ekei diabasin. ne. iioAoNiAS. Aidoumai sou tēs klēseōs to philoponon. ,Aischynoimēn dʼ an emauton pleon, mē tʼ alēthē graphōn. Dedoika mē peras hēmin echę̄ ta pragmataʼ houtōs aischynomai tēn emēn polian, kai tēn koinēn trapezan, kai tous ek neotētos ponous, elatton parʼ hymin echōn kai tōn kakistōn, kai hyphʼ hōn hēkista an ǭēthēn atimazomenos.
… I think, to share also in the rest of your prosperity. And do you yourself share, as you should, in the cares and difficulties here with your friends who are away; and do not keep the good to yourself alone, as the tragedians' saying goes, but help your friend in his labours in turn, so that you may be just in every way, dealing justly and equally with friendship and with friends. And may your good fortune stay with you a long time, so that you may do more good; or rather, may it be yours inalienably and eternally, when after prosperity here you cross over to the life there. [Letter to Bosporius, bishop of Colonia] I respect the diligence of your summons. But I would be more ashamed of myself if I did not write the truth. I fear our affairs are at an end; so ashamed am I of my grey hair, our common table, and our labours from youth, now that I count for less with you than the worst of men, and am dishonoured by those from whom I would least have expected it.
Chapter 165
165PG 37:165a–165b
σορεν. ΙἘστι δὲ καὶ τοῦτο επιεικῶς συμφορᾶς ἐλάττωσις. ιμιν. ΝΕΚΤΑΡΙῼ μΑιτΧιεηιξκοηῼ ΚΩΝΣΤΛΝΤΙ- Τὸ μὲν καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἔχει, ὡς ἔχει· ἄνευ πολέμου καὶ πραγμάτων καθήμεθα, σιωπῆς ἀκίνδυνον γέρας ἀντί πάντων τιμήσαντες. Καί τι καὶ ὠνάμεθα τῆς ἡσυχίας, ἐλέῳ Θεοῦ ίκανῶς τῆς άρῤωστίας ἀνενεγκόντες. Σὺ δὲ κατευοδοῦ …, ὡς ὁ θεῖος Δαὸίδ φησι· καί σοι συνδιέποι τὴν ίερωσύνην ὁ τιμήσας Θεὸς, πάσης ἐπηρείας ὑψηλοτέραν ταύτην χαριζόμενος. Ἵνα δὲ τοῦ θαρρεῖν ἀλλήλοις ἁπὶδειξιν δῶμεν, καὶ μή τι πάσχωμεν ἀνθρώπινον Θεῷ παριστάμενοι, ἐγὼ μὲν ταῦτα πρεσβεύω πρὸς οὲ, σὺ δέ. μοι προθύμως ἐπίνευσον. Τοῦ γνησιωτάτου ἡμῶν Παγκρατίου κηδόμεθα, πολλῶν ἕνεκεν ἀναγκαίως τοῦτο ποιοῦντες. Τοῦτον καὶ προσίεσθαι θέληο σον εὐμενῶς, καὶ συστῆσαι τῶν φίλων τοῖς σπουδαιοτέροις, ὥστε τοῦ σκοποῦ τυχεῖν. '0 δὲ σκοπὸς, στρατείᾳ τινὶ τὴν ἀπραγμοσύνην λαβεῖν· ἐπεὶ μηδὲ εἷς βίος ἀνεπηρέαστος τοῖς πονηροῖς,,ὃ καὶ αὐτὸς γινώσκεις.
soren. IEsti de kai touto epieikōs symphoras elattōsis. imin. NEKTARIǬ mAitChieēixkoēǬ KŌNSTLNTI- To men kathʼ hēmas echei, hōs echei; aneu polemou kai pragmatōn kathēmetha, siōpēs akindynon geras anti pantōn timēsantes. Kai ti kai ōnametha tēs hēsychias, eleǭ Theou ikanōs tēs arrōstias anenenkontes. Sy de kateuodou …, hōs ho theios Daoid phēsi; kai soi syndiepoi tēn ierōsynēn ho timēsas Theos, pasēs epēreias hypsēloteran tautēn charizomenos. Hina de tou tharrein allēlois hapideixin dōmen, kai mē ti paschōmen anthrōpinon Theǭ paristamenoi, egō men tauta presbeuō pros oe, sy de. moi prothymōs epineuson. Tou gnēsiōtatou hēmōn Pankratiou kēdometha, pollōn heneken anankaiōs touto poiountes. Touton kai prosiesthai thelēo son eumenōs, kai systēsai tōn philōn tois spoudaioterois, hōste tou skopou tychein. '0 de skopos, strateią tini tēn apragmosynēn labein; epei mēde heis bios anepēreastos tois ponērois,,ho kai autos ginōskeis.
… . This too is a fair lessening of misfortune. [Letter 91. To Nectarius, archbishop of Constantinople] Our affairs are as they are: we sit without war or trouble, valuing above everything the riskless prize of silence. And we have gained something from our quiet, having by God's mercy fairly recovered from our illness. Prosper …, as the divine David says; and may God, who has honoured you, help you administer the priesthood, granting it to be above all abuse. And so that we may give proof of our confidence in one another, and suffer nothing merely human as we stand before God, I make this request of you; and do you readily nod assent. We are concerned for our most genuine Pancratius, of necessity, for many reasons. Be willing to receive him kindly, and to commend him to the more serious of your friends, so that he may attain his aim. His aim is to obtain freedom from public burdens through some military service; since not a single way of life is free from the abuse of the wicked, as you yourself know.
Chapter 167
167PG 37:168a–168d
δειξιν, τὸ τοιαῦτα καὶπερὶ τοιούτων ἐπιτάσσειν ἡμῖνʼ ἃ κᾶν ἄλλοις Θαρῤὦμεν γράφειν, ἀλλὰ τό γε ὑπὸ σο). κριτῇ κινδυνεύειν οὐκ ἀσφαλές. Πειρασόμεθα δʼ ὅμως μὴ ἀντιλέγειν κελεύοντι. μιν. ΥΠΔΡΧῼ. Ἔχει τι δεξιὸν ἡμῖν ἡ ἀναχώρησις, τδ ἄπραγμον καὶ ἡσύχιονο ἀλλʼ οὔπω τοσοῦτον, ὅσον σκαιὸν, τδ τῆς ὑμετέρας χωρίζειν φιλίας καὶ συνουσίας, τοσούτου πράγματος. Ἄλλοι τῆς σῆς τελειότητος ἀπολαύουσιν ο ἡμῖν δὲ μέγα κᾶν εί τοῦτο ἔχοιμεν, σκιὰν ὁμιλίάς τὴν ὲν τοῖςʼ πράγμασιν. σε ὀψόμεθα πάλιν; ἆρα περιπτυξόμεθα τδ ἡμέτερον σεμνολόγημα ; καὶ τοῦτο δοθήσεται τῷ τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν λειψάνῳς Εἰ μὲν δοθείη, πᾶσα τῷ Θεῷ χάριςʼ εί δὲ μὴ, τεθνήκαμεν ἤδη τῷ πλείστῳ μέρει. Σὺ δὲ μέμνησο τοῦ σοῦ Γρηγορίου, καὶ διηγοῦ τὰ ἡμέτερα. cu. ΔΜΑΖΟΝΙῼ. ’Δν τις ἔρηταί σε τῶν κοινῶν φίλων (πολλοὺς ριος; πράττει δὲ τί; Θαρῤὦν εἰπὲ. ὅτι ἐφʼ ἡσυχίας φιλοσοφεῖ, τοσαῦτα τῶν ἀδικούντων φροντίζων. ὅσα τῶν οὐδὲ ei γεγόνασι γινωσκομένων ο οὕτως ἐστὶν ἀήττητος. Ἂν δέ σε πάλιν ὁ αὐτὸς ὲπανέρηταιο Πῶς δὲ τὴν διάζευξιν φέρει τῶν φίλωνς μηκέτι θαρρῶν είποις ὅτι φιλοσοφεῖ, ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν ἀγεννῶς ἔχει. Ἀλλου μὲν γὰρ ἄλλος ἥττων ἐστὶν, ἡμεῖς δὲ φιλίας καὶ φίλων. Τούτων εἷς ἐστι καὶ ἑ θαυμάσιος Ἀμαζόνιος. Τάχα ἂν ἑνὶ μόνῳ Θεραπεύσαις ἡμᾶς, καὶ ῥᾴους ἐπὶ σοὶ ποιήσαις. εί μνημονεύοις ἡμῶν, καὶ ὅτι τοῦτο ποιεῖς, τοῖς γράμμασιν. ιεʼ. ΛΕΟΝΤΙῼ. Ὢ τῆς δεξιᾶς νόσου, καὶ τῆς τῶν ὲχ6ρῶν ἐπηι
deixin, to toiauta kaiperi toioutōn epitassein hēminʼ ha kan allois Tharrōmen graphein, alla to ge hypo so). kritę̄ kindyneuein ouk asphales. Peirasometha dʼ homōs mē antilegein keleuonti. min. YPDRChǬ. Echei ti dexion hēmin hē anachōrēsis, td apragmon kai hēsychiono allʼ oupō tosouton, hoson skaion, td tēs hymeteras chōrizein philias kai synousias, tosoutou pragmatos. Alloi tēs sēs teleiotētos apolauousin o hēmin de mega kan ei touto echoimen, skian homilias tēn en toisʼ pragmasin. se opsometha palin? ara periptyxometha td hēmeteron semnologēma ? kai touto dothēsetai tǭ tēs zōēs hēmōn leipsanǭs Ei men dotheiē, pasa tǭ Theǭ charisʼ ei de mē, tethnēkamen ēdē tǭ pleistǭ merei. Sy de memnēso tou sou Grēgoriou, kai diēgou ta hēmetera. cu. DMAZONIǬ. ’Dn tis erētai se tōn koinōn philōn (pollous rios? prattei de ti? Tharrōn eipe. hoti ephʼ hēsychias philosophei, tosauta tōn adikountōn phrontizōn. hosa tōn oude ei gegonasi ginōskomenōn o houtōs estin aēttētos. An de se palin ho autos epanerētaio Pōs de tēn diazeuxin pherei tōn philōns mēketi tharrōn eipois hoti philosophei, alla kai lian agennōs echei. Allou men gar allos hēttōn estin, hēmeis de philias kai philōn. Toutōn heis esti kai he thaumasios Amazonios. Tacha an heni monǭ Therapeusais hēmas, kai rhąous epi soi poiēsais. ei mnēmoneuois hēmōn, kai hoti touto poieis, tois grammasin. ieʼ. LEONTIǬ. Ō tēs dexias nosou, kai tēs tōn ech6rōn epēi
… proof, to give us such orders about such matters. We would dare to write such things even to others, but to run risks with you as judge is not safe. Still, we will try not to refuse your command. [Letter 93. To Sophronius, the prefect] Our retirement has something good for us, its freedom from affairs and its quiet; but not so much as there is harm in being separated from your friendship and company, so great a good. Others enjoy your perfection; for us it would be much even to have this: the shadow of conversation that letters give. Shall we see you again? Shall we embrace our pride? Will this be granted to the remnant of our life? If it is granted, all thanks to God; if not, we are already dead for the greater part. But remember your Gregory, and tell of our affairs. [Letter 94. To Amazonius] If any of our common friends (and we have many) asks you, “Where is Gregory? What is he doing?”, say boldly that he lives as a philosopher in quiet, caring as much for those who wrong him as for those not even known to have been born: so unconquerable is he. But if the same man asks you again, “And how does he bear separation from his friends?”, do not boldly say any longer that he is a philosopher, but that he takes it very ignobly. For one man is weak in one thing and another in another; we are weak toward friendship and friends. Of these the admirable Amazonius is one. Perhaps you could heal us with one thing alone and make us easier on your account: if you remember us, and show by letters that you do so. [Letter 95. To Leontius] O happy sickness, and abuse of my enemies,
Chapter 169
169PG 37:169a
ρείας. διʼ ἣν ἡμεῖς ἐλεύθεροι γεγόναμεν ἔξω τοῦ Σοδομιτικοῦ πυρὸς καὶ τῆς ὲπισκοπικῆς ἐκλύσεως . Ὑμῖν δὲ πῶς ἔχει τὰ πρὸς τὸν Θεόν; ταῦτα ἐχέτω καλῶς· τʼ ἄλλα δʼ ὅπως ἂν ἔχῃ, χαίρειν ἐάσωμεν. Μικρὸν ἔτι, καὶ ὄψομαι τοὺς ἐμοὺς ὑβριστὰς, ἡνίκα ἂν πυρὶ κρίνηται τὰ ἡμέτερα. Προσαγορεὺομεν ὑμᾶς. καὶ διʼ ὑμῶν τοὺς κοινοὺς φίλους. Μέμνησθέ μου τῶν λιθασμῶν. ςοαειιιε. ῐῐολὺν ἑζημιὼμεθα λρὸνον, οὐκ ἐχούσης τὸν πρῶτον ὲν ἀνδράσι τῆς πρώτης ὲν πόλεσιν. Ἔδει γὰρ, οἶμαι, χεθῆναι τὸ ἀγαθὸν, κα) κοινὸν γενέσθαι τὸ πάντων ὄφελος, ὡς ἂν σπείρης τὴν εὐνομίαν ἐξ ὓψους, καθάπερ τὰ σπέρματα οί τὰς τροφὰς ήμερώσαντες, ὡς γοῦν τοῖς μύθοις δοκεῖ καὶ τοῖς πλάσμασιν. Ἐμοὶ δὲ καὶ πλεῖον ἀλγεῖν περίεστιν, ὅτι τοσοῦτον ἀπολαύσας μόνον, ὅσα καὶ ἀστραπῆς ὀλίγα τὴν ὄψιν περιλαμπούσης, ἔπειτα ἡττήθην τοῦ φθόνου καὶ εἰς ἐμαυτὸν συνεστάλην, ἄλλοις τοῦ κράτους τῆς Ἐκκλησίας παραχωρήσας, καὶ τῆς εὐπρεπεστέρας σκηνῆς (ἵνʼ οὕτως εἴπω, διὰ τοὺς παίζοντας εὐκόλως τὰ παιδείας ἄξια ). Σὺ δὲ, ὦ πάντων ἄριστε, τὴν αὑτὴν σῶζε πρὸς ἡμᾶς διάθεσιν, ἥτις κατὰ τὴν μαγνῆτιν πρὸς ἑαυτὴν ἕλκει τὰ σιδήρια. ιλν. ΗΡΑΚΛΕΙΑΝῼ. Ἀεὶ σὺ παρʼ ἡμῖν ὁ καλὸς Ἡρακλειανὸς, καὶ λέγων τι παιδεύσεως, καὶ ἀκούων · καὶ Κωνσταντινοὺπολις ’μεθʼ ἡμῶν ἡ καλὴ διʼ ὑμᾶς, εί καὶ πρόσκαιρος, οὕτω τοῦ φθόνου Θελήσαντος. Εἰ δὲ καὶ παρὰ σοὶ Γρηγόριος, ἄμεινον ἂν ἀμφοτέροις ἕχοι.
reias. diʼ hēn hēmeis eleutheroi gegonamen exō tou Sodomitikou pyros kai tēs episkopikēs eklyseōs . Hymin de pōs echei ta pros ton Theon? tauta echetō kalōs; tʼ alla dʼ hopōs an echę̄, chairein easōmen. Mikron eti, kai opsomai tous emous hybristas, hēnika an pyri krinētai ta hēmetera. Prosagoreuomen hymas. kai diʼ hymōn tous koinous philous. Memnēsthe mou tōn lithasmōn. soaeiiie. iiolyn hezēmiōmetha lronon, ouk echousēs ton prōton en andrasi tēs prōtēs en polesin. Edei gar, oimai, chethēnai to agathon, ka) koinon genesthai to pantōn ophelos, hōs an speirēs tēn eunomian ex hypsous, kathaper ta spermata oi tas trophas ēmerōsantes, hōs goun tois mythois dokei kai tois plasmasin. Emoi de kai pleion algein periestin, hoti tosouton apolausas monon, hosa kai astrapēs oliga tēn opsin perilampousēs, epeita hēttēthēn tou phthonou kai eis emauton synestalēn, allois tou kratous tēs Ekklēsias parachōrēsas, kai tēs euprepesteras skēnēs (hinʼ houtōs eipō, dia tous paizontas eukolōs ta paideias axia ). Sy de, ō pantōn ariste, tēn hautēn sōze pros hēmas diathesin, hētis kata tēn magnētin pros heautēn helkei ta sidēria. iln. ĒRAKLEIANǬ. Aei sy parʼ hēmin ho kalos Hērakleianos, kai legōn ti paideuseōs, kai akouōn ; kai Kōnstantinoupolis ’methʼ hēmōn hē kalē diʼ hymas, ei kai proskairos, houtō tou phthonou Thelēsantos. Ei de kai para soi Grēgorios, ameinon an amphoterois hechoi.
… through which we have been set free, out of the fire of Sodom and the slackness of the bishops. How are your affairs with God? Let these be well; the rest, however they are, let us bid farewell. A little while yet, and I shall see those who insulted me, when our affairs are judged by fire. We greet you, and through you our common friends. Remember my stonings. [Letter 96. To Sophronius] We have suffered loss for a long time, while the first of cities did not have the first of men. For the good had to be poured out, I think, and the benefit of all to become common, so that you might sow good order from on high, as those who tamed our food sowed seeds, so at least the myths and fictions hold. But for me there is still more pain, that having enjoyed you only as much as a lightning flash briefly lights up the sight, I was then overcome by envy and withdrew into myself, yielding to others the government of the Church and the more seemly stage (if I may put it so, because of those who lightly mock what deserves instruction). But you, best of all men, keep the same disposition toward us, which, like the magnet, draws iron to itself. [Letter 97. To Heracleianus] You are always with us, good Heracleianus, both saying something learned and listening; and fair Constantinople is with us because of you, even if only for a time, since envy so willed. And if Gregory too were with you, it would be better for both of us.
Chapter 171
171PG 37:172a–172d
Δηλώσεις τοῦτο διʼ ἐπιστολῶν, ἃς Επιστελεῖς ἡμῖνʼ ὃ μόνον ἐνδέχεται. ιιῐὶν. ΠΡΟΣ ΠΟΛΙἸῈΥΟΜΕΝΟΥΣ. Ὑμεῖς μοι δοκεῖτε. μηδʼ ἃν τῆς Διογένους πήρας* εί καθʼ ὑμᾶς ἦν, ἀποσχέσθαι τοῦ Σινωπέως, ἀλλὰ κάκείνῳ τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιβαλεῖν, τέχνην ἐπικαλοῦντες αὐτῷ, τὸν τρίβωνα, καὶ τὴν βακτηρίαν, καὶ αὐτὸ τδ κεκτῆσθαι μηδὲν ὲιι φιλοσοφίας, ἄλλοτε δὲ ἄλλῃ Θὺρᾳ προσφοιτᾷν είκῆ διαζῶντα καὶ ὅθεν ἔτυχεν· ὁπότε καὶ τῷ ἁδελφῷ Θεοτέκνῳ ζημίαν ἐπιβαλεῖν ἐπιχειρεῖτε τὴν ἐκ τῶν τεχνῶν. Τί πρῶτον, ἢ τί μέγιστον εἴπω τῶν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ δικαίων ; ὡς διάκονός ἐστιν, ἢ ὡς ἄπορος, ἢ ὼς ξένος, καὶ ἄλλοις μᾶλλον ἡμῶν προσήκων, ἢ ὅτι τὸν βίον αἰδέσιμος, καὶ τῶν μαρτύρων ἱερεὺς καὶ πάροικος; Ἰστε δὲ ὅτι καὶ ξενοτροφεῖ παρὰ δύναμιν. Καὶ τοῦτο ἴσως ἀδικεῖ μόνον, ὅτι μόνος τῶν αὐτόθι βιάζεται εἶναι χρηστός. Τούτων ὃ τι μὲν μέγιστόν ἐστιν, αὐτοὶ κρίνατε. Τῷ δὲ ἁνθρώπῳ διὰ πάντα συγχωρήσατε, μὴ δόξητε μικρὰ τὸ κοινὸν ὠφελοῦντες, μεγάλα ζημιοῦσθαι αὐτοί, γυμνὸν, ὃ δὴ λέγεται, μὴ ἀμφιεννύντες, ἀλλʼ ἀποδύοντες.. ιιθυ. ΟΜΟΦΡΟΝΙῼ Πυνθάνομαί σε ἀναχωρητικῶς ἔχειν, καὶ γένοιο ἡμῖν Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς. ἤ καὶ Ἠλίας ὁ τοῦ Καρμήλου· καὶ τοῦτο μόνον ἀδικήσαιεν ἡμᾶς οἱ μισοῦντες. τὸ πρὸς Θεδν συναγαγεῖν καὶ δοῦναι γνησίως τοῖς ἄνω, πραγμάτων καὶ θορύβων ἀπαλλαγέντας ο ἵνʼ ἄκοντες γοῦν εὖ ποιῶσιν ἡμᾶς ἐπεὶ μὴ ἑκόντες δύνανται.
Dēlōseis touto diʼ epistolōn, has Episteleis hēminʼ ho monon endechetai. iiiin. PROS POLIIEUOMENOUS. Hymeis moi dokeite. mēdʼ han tēs Diogenous pēras* ei kathʼ hymas ēn, aposchesthai tou Sinōpeōs, alla kakeinǭ tas cheiras epibalein, technēn epikalountes autǭ, ton tribōna, kai tēn baktērian, kai auto td kektēsthai mēden eii philosophias, allote de allę̄ Thyrą prosphoitąn eikē diazōnta kai hothen etychen; hopote kai tǭ hadelphǭ Theoteknǭ zēmian epibalein epicheireite tēn ek tōn technōn. Ti prōton, ē ti megiston eipō tōn hyper autou dikaiōn ? hōs diakonos estin, ē hōs aporos, ē ōs xenos, kai allois mallon hēmōn prosēkōn, ē hoti ton bion aidesimos, kai tōn martyrōn hiereus kai paroikos? Iste de hoti kai xenotrophei para dynamin. Kai touto isōs adikei monon, hoti monos tōn autothi biazetai einai chrēstos. Toutōn ho ti men megiston estin, autoi krinate. Tǭ de hanthrōpǭ dia panta synchōrēsate, mē doxēte mikra to koinon ōphelountes, megala zēmiousthai autoi, gymnon, ho dē legetai, mē amphiennyntes, allʼ apodyontes.. iithy. OMOPhRONIǬ Pynthanomai se anachōrētikōs echein, kai genoio hēmin Iōannēs ho Baptistēs. ē kai Ēlias ho tou Karmēlou; kai touto monon adikēsaien hēmas hoi misountes. to pros Thedn synagagein kai dounai gnēsiōs tois anō, pragmatōn kai thorybōn apallagentas o hinʼ akontes goun eu poiōsin hēmas epei mē hekontes dynantai.
You will show this by the letters you send us, which is all that is possible. [Letter 98. To the town councillors] You seem to me, if it were up to you, not even to keep your hands off the wallet of Diogenes of Sinope, but to lay hands on him too, charging him with practising a trade: his cloak and his staff and the very owning of nothing for philosophy's sake, and going now to one door and now to another, living at random and from whatever came to hand; since you are trying to impose on our brother Theotecnus the tax on trades. What should I name first, or as greatest, of the just claims on his behalf? That he is a deacon, or that he is poor, or that he is a stranger and belongs to others rather than to us, or that he is venerable in his life, a minister and neighbour of the martyrs? You know too that he entertains strangers beyond his means. And perhaps this is his only wrong, that he alone of those there forces himself to be good. Which of these is greatest, judge for yourselves. But excuse the man on account of them all, lest you seem to benefit the community a little while doing yourselves great harm, not clothing the naked, as the saying goes, but stripping him. [Letter 99. To Homophronius] I hear that you are living as a recluse, and may you become for us John the Baptist, or Elijah of Carmel; and may those who hate us do us only this wrong: to gather us to God and to give ourselves genuinely to the things above, freed from affairs and tumults, so that they may do us good unwillingly at least, since they cannot do it willingly.
Chapter 173
173PG 37:173a–173d
ιν. ΓΙΓΑΝΤΙῼ. Ἦσθην τῇ κλήσει, ὑπερήσθην οἷς γράφεις, οὐχ ὅτι ἐπαινούμεθα (μικρὸν γὰρ), ἀλλʼ ὅτι φρονεῖς ὀρθῶς· καὶ δεσμός σοι τῆς πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀγάπης ή τῶν αὐτῶν ἐλπὶς, κα) ἡ γνησία τῆς Τριάδος προσκύνησις, ἢν φθεγγόμεθα μᾶλλον ἢ ἀναπνέομεν, καὶ μετὰ κινδύνων, καὶ ἀκινδύνως τὰ μὲν ἄλλα διδόντες τοῖς καιροῖς, ὡς ἂν βούλωνται, περιφέο ρειν, τοῦτο δὲ ἀκίνητον ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἔχοντες, τὸν μόνον ἄφθονον θησαυρὸν, καὶ ὅντως ἡμέτερον ο ὠς ἔγωγε, ὅταν τʼ ἄλλα ἐνθυμηθῶ, καὶ ὅσαι θλίψεις αἶ μὲν περιέσχον ἡμᾶς, αἳ δὲ περιέχουσι, καὶ τὴν ἀνωμαλίαν τῶν ἄνω καὶ κάτω στροβούντων ἡμᾶς κακῶν, καὶ τὸν πόλεμον ὃν πολεμούμεθα ὑπὸ πάντων, οὐδὲν ἀδικοῦντες, πρὸς τοῦτο δὲ ἀποβλέψω μόνον, ὅτι κήρυξ γενέσθαι τῆς ἀληθείας κατηξιώθην, παρερριμμένης τε καὶ ἁπεπ-τυσμὲνης ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ διδασκαλίας ὑγιαινούσης, καὶ ἀβάτῳ, καὶ ἀνύδρῳ. κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένονο μικρὸν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι λύω πᾶσαν ἀδημονίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπερήδομαι, ὡς μειζόνων ἦ κατʼ ἐμαυτὸν ἠξιωμένος. Πρὸς οὖν τί ταῦτα γράφωξ ἶνʼ ἐκεῖνο δηλώσω, ὅτι μόνη μοι βεβαία φιλία καὶ οἰκείωσις πρὸς τοὺς οὕτως ἔχοντας. Τῶν δὲ οὕτως ἐχόντων τίς ἂν ἑκὼν ἀπολείποιτο εὖ φρονῶν; τίς δὲ μείζων ἑορτὴ τοῦ τοιούτοις συνεορτὰζειν; Εἰ δὲ ὴ ἀρρωστία, καὶ ὁ χειμὼν ἐμποδίζει τὴν προθυμίαν, οἴσω μὲν αὐτὸς τὴν ζημίαν· συγγινώσκετε δὲ ὑμεῖς, καὶ καιρὸν ἄλλον συντυχίας ἡμῖν ὲπεύχεσθε.
in. GIGANTIǬ. Ēsthēn tę̄ klēsei, hyperēsthēn hois grapheis, ouch hoti epainoumetha (mikron gar), allʼ hoti phroneis orthōs; kai desmos soi tēs pros hēmas agapēs ē tōn autōn elpis, ka) hē gnēsia tēs Triados proskynēsis, ēn phthengometha mallon ē anapneomen, kai meta kindynōn, kai akindynōs ta men alla didontes tois kairois, hōs an boulōntai, peripheo rein, touto de akinēton en tais psychais echontes, ton monon aphthonon thēsauron, kai hontōs hēmeteron o ōs egōge, hotan tʼ alla enthymēthō, kai hosai thlipseis ai men perieschon hēmas, hai de periechousi, kai tēn anōmalian tōn anō kai katō strobountōn hēmas kakōn, kai ton polemon hon polemoumetha hypo pantōn, ouden adikountes, pros touto de apoblepsō monon, hoti kēryx genesthai tēs alētheias katēxiōthēn, parerrimmenēs te kai hapep-tysmenēs en tę̄ erēmǭ didaskalias hygiainousēs, kai abatǭ, kai anydrǭ. kata to gegrammenono mikron eipein, hoti lyō pasan adēmonian, alla kai hyperēdomai, hōs meizonōn ē katʼ emauton ēxiōmenos. Pros oun ti tauta graphōx inʼ ekeino dēlōsō, hoti monē moi bebaia philia kai oikeiōsis pros tous houtōs echontas. Tōn de houtōs echontōn tis an hekōn apoleipoito eu phronōn? tis de meizōn heortē tou toioutois syneortazein? Ei de ē arrōstia, kai ho cheimōn empodizei tēn prothymian, oisō men autos tēn zēmian; synginōskete de hymeis, kai kairon allon syntychias hēmin epeuchesthe.
[Letter 100. To Gigantius] I was glad of the invitation, and more than glad of what you write, not because we are praised (that is a small thing), but because you think rightly; and the bond of your love for us is the hope of the same things and the genuine worship of the Trinity, which we utter more than we breathe, in danger and out of danger, giving other things to the times to carry about as they will, but holding this unmoved in our souls, the only treasure that is free from envy and truly ours. As for me, when I consider other things, how many afflictions have surrounded us and surround us still, and the unevenness of the evils that whirl us up and down, and the war waged against us by all though we do no wrong, and look only to this, that I was counted worthy to become a herald of the truth when sound teaching had been cast aside and spat upon in a desert land, trackless and waterless, as it is written: it is too little to say that I am freed from all distress; I even rejoice exceedingly, as one counted worthy of greater things than I deserve. To what end do I write this? To show that the only firm friendship and intimacy for me is with those who are so disposed. And who in his right mind would willingly be absent from those so disposed? What feast is greater than to keep the feast with such men? But if sickness and the winter hinder my eagerness, I will bear the loss myself; but do you forgive me, and pray for another occasion for us to meet.
Chapter 175
175PG 37:176a–176d
PA'. ΠΡΟΣ ΚΛΗΔΟΝΙΟΝ ΠΡΕΣΒΥΤΕΡΟΝ ΚΑΤΑ ΑΠΟΛΛΙΝΑΡΙΟ Υ Τῷ τιμιωτάτῳ καὶ Θεοφιλεστάτῳ ἀδελφῷ συμπρεσῦυτέρῳ Κληδονίῳ Γρηγόριος ὲν Κυρίῳ χαίρειν. Βουλόμεθα μαθεῖν, τίς ή καινοτομία περὶ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, ἵνʼ ἐξῇ παντὶ βουλομένῳ καὶ παραπορευομένῳ, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον, διασπᾷν τὴν ποίμνην καλῶς ἠγμένην, καὶ συλαγωγεῖν κλοπιμαίοις ἐφόδοις, μᾶλλον δὲ ληστρικοῖς καὶ παραλόγοις διδάγμασιν. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ εἶχόν τι καταγινώσκειν ἡμῶν περὶ τὴν πίστιν οἱ νῦν ἐπελθόντες, οὐδʼ οὕτω μὲν χωρὶς ὑπομνήσεως ἡμῶν ἔδει τὰ τοιαῦτα τολμᾷν. Πείσαι γὰρ ἐχρῆν ἦ πεισθῆναι θελῆσαι πρότερον (εῐπερ τις καὶ ἡμῶν λόγος, ὼς τὸν Θεὸνοφο- 6ουμένων καὶ κοπιασάντων ὑπὲρ τοῦ λόγου, καὶ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ὠφελησάντων), καὶ τότε, εἴπερ ἄρα, καινοτομεῖν, πλὴν καὶ ἀπολογία τις ἦν ἴσως τοῖς ὑβρισταῖς. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ ἐγγράφως καὶ ἀγράφως, καὶ ἐνταῦθα καὶ πορρωτέρω, καὶ μετὰ κννδιὶνων καὶ ἀκινδύνως, ἡ πίστις ή-μῶν κεκήρυκται, πῶς οἱ μὲν ἐγχειροῦσι τοῖς τοιούτοις, οἱ δὲ ἡσυχάζουσι ; Καὶ οὐχὶ τοῦτό πω δεινὸν, καίπερ ὃν δεινὸν, εί τὴν ἑαυτῶν κακοδοξίαν ἄνθρωποι ταῖς ἁκεραιοτέραις ψυχαῖς διὰ τῶν κακουργοτέρων ἐναποτί- Θενται, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ ἡμῶν καταψεύδονται, ὠς ὁμοδόξων καὶ ὁμοφρόνων, τῷ χαλκῷ τὸ δέλεαρ περιβάλλοντες, καὶ διὰ τοῦ προσχήματος τούτου τδ ἑαυτῶν θέλημα κακῶς ἐκπληροῦντες, καὶ τὴν ἁπλότητα ἡμῶν, ἐξ ἦς ἀδελφικῶς αὐτοὺς ἑωρῶμεν, καὶ
PA'. PROS KLĒDONION PRESBYTERON KATA APOLLINARIO Y Tǭ timiōtatǭ kai Theophilestatǭ adelphǭ sympresyyterǭ Klēdoniǭ Grēgorios en Kyriǭ chairein. Boulometha mathein, tis ē kainotomia peri tēn Ekklēsian, hinʼ exę̄ panti boulomenǭ kai paraporeuomenǭ, kata to gegrammenon, diaspąn tēn poimnēn kalōs ēgmenēn, kai sylagōgein klopimaiois ephodois, mallon de lēstrikois kai paralogois didagmasin. Ei men gar eichon ti kataginōskein hēmōn peri tēn pistin hoi nyn epelthontes, oudʼ houtō men chōris hypomnēseōs hēmōn edei ta toiauta tolmąn. Peisai gar echrēn ē peisthēnai thelēsai proteron (eiper tis kai hēmōn logos, ōs ton Theonopho- 6oumenōn kai kopiasantōn hyper tou logou, kai tēn Ekklēsian ōphelēsantōn), kai tote, eiper ara, kainotomein, plēn kai apologia tis ēn isōs tois hybristais. Epeidē de kai engraphōs kai agraphōs, kai entautha kai porrōterō, kai meta knndiinōn kai akindynōs, hē pistis ē-mōn kekēryktai, pōs hoi men encheirousi tois toioutois, hoi de hēsychazousi ? Kai ouchi touto pō deinon, kaiper hon deinon, ei tēn heautōn kakodoxian anthrōpoi tais hakeraioterais psychais dia tōn kakourgoterōn enapoti- Thentai, allʼ hoti kai hēmōn katapseudontai, ōs homodoxōn kai homophronōn, tǭ chalkǭ to delear periballontes, kai dia tou proschēmatos toutou td heautōn thelēma kakōs ekplērountes, kai tēn haplotēta hēmōn, ex ēs adelphikōs autous heōrōmen, kai
[Letter 101. To Cledonius the presbyter, against Apollinarius] To the most honoured and most God-beloved brother and fellow presbyter Cledonius, Gregory sends greeting in the Lord. We wish to learn what this innovation in the Church is, which allows anyone who wishes, and every passer-by, as it is written, to tear apart the flock that has been well led, and to plunder it by thievish assaults, or rather by robbers' and senseless teachings. For if those who have now come in had anything to condemn in us concerning the faith, not even then should they have dared such things without consulting us. They ought first to have persuaded us, or been willing to be persuaded (if we count for anything, as men who fear God, who have laboured for the word and have benefited the Church), and then, if at all, to innovate; and then perhaps there would have been some excuse for the offenders. But since our faith has been proclaimed in writing and without writing, here and further away, in danger and out of danger, how is it that some attempt such things, while others keep quiet? And this is not yet the terrible thing, though it is terrible, that men lodge their own false doctrine in simpler souls through the agency of more mischievous ones; but that they also lie about us, as though we shared their opinion and mind, putting the bait round the hook, and through this pretence wickedly fulfilling their own will, and making our simplicity, in which we looked upon them as brothers and
Chapter 177
177PG 37:177a–177b
οὐκ ἀλλοτρίως, κακίας ἐφόδιον ποιησάμενον οὐ μόνον δὲ. ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς δυτικῆς συνόδου δεδέχθαι φασὶν, ὡς πυνθάνομαι, ὑφʼ ἧς τὺ πρότερονῆσαν κατακριθέντες, ὡς πᾶσιν εὔδηλον. Εἰ μὲν οὖν ἐδέχθησαν ἢ νῦν ἢ πρότερον οἱ τὰ ’Δπολλιναρίου φρονοῦντες, τοῦτο δειξάτωσαν, καὶ ἡμεῖς στέρξομεν. Δῆλον γὰρ, ὃτι τῷ ὀρθῷ λόγῳ συνθέμενοι· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐνδέχεται ἄλλως, ei τούτου τετυχήκασι. Δείξουσι δὲ πάντως, ἢ διὰ τόμον συνοδικοῦ, ἢ διʼ ἐπιστολῶν κοινωνικῶν ° οὗτος γὰρ τῶν συνόδων ὁ νόμος. Εἰ δὲ λόγος τοῦτό ἐστι καὶ ἀναπλαςμὸς, εὐπρεπείας ἕνεκεν αὐτοῖς καὶ πιθανότητος τῆς πρὸς τοὺς πολλοὺς εὑρημένος διὰ τὺ τῶν προσώπων ἀξιόπιστον, δίδαξον αὐτοὺς ἠρεμεῖν, καὶ …. Τῇ γὰρ σῇ πολιτείᾳ καὶ ὀρθοδοξὶᾳ τοῦτο πρέπειν ὑπολα μὸἀνομεγ. Μὴ ὰπατάτωταν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, μηδὲ ἀπατάσθωσαν, ἄνθρωπον ἄνουν δεχόμενοι τὸν κυριακὸν, ὡς αὐτοὶ λέγουσι, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν καὶ Θεόν. οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸν ἄνθρωπον χωρίζομεν τῆς θεότητος, ἀλλʼ ’ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν δογματίζομεν, πρότερον μὲν οὐκ ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ Θεὸν καὶ Υἱδν μόνον προαιεὢνιον, ἀμιγῆ σώματος, καὶ τῶν ὅσα σώματος, ἐπὶ τέλει δι καὶ ἄνθρωπον, προσληφθέντα ὑπὲρ τῆς σω τζρίας τῆς ἡμετέρας, παθητὸν σαρκὶ, ἅπαθῆ θεότητι, περιγραπτὸν σώματι, ἁπερίγραπτον πνεύματι, τὸν αὑτὸν ἐπίγειον καὶ οὐράνιον, ὁρώμενον καὶ νοούμενον. χωρητδν καὶ ἀχὼρητον, ἵνʼ ὅλῳ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ αὖτῷ καὶ θεῷ ὅλος ἇνο ρωπος ἀναπλασθῇ πεσὼν ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. Εἰ τις οὐ θεοτόκον τὴν ἁγίαν Μαρίαν ὐπολαμβάνει, χωρὶς ἐστὶ τῆς θεότητος. Εἴ τις ὡς διὰ αωλῆνος τῆς Παρθένου δραμεῖν, ἀλλὰ μὴ ὲν αὐτῇ διαπεπλάσθαι λέγοι θεῖκῶς ἅμα καὶ ἀνθρωπικῶς· … μὲν, ὅτι χωρὶς ἀνδρός· ἀνθρωπικῶς δὲ, ὅτι νόμῳ κυήσεως, ὁμοίως ἄθεος. Εἰ τις διαπεπλάσθαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον, εἷθʼ ὕποδεδυκέναι
ouk allotriōs, kakias ephodion poiēsamenon ou monon de. allʼ hoti kai hypo tēs dytikēs synodou dedechthai phasin, hōs pynthanomai, hyphʼ hēs ty proteronēsan katakrithentes, hōs pasin eudēlon. Ei men oun edechthēsan ē nyn ē proteron hoi ta ’Dpollinariou phronountes, touto deixatōsan, kai hēmeis sterxomen. Dēlon gar, hoti tǭ orthǭ logǭ synthemenoi; oude gar endechetai allōs, ei toutou tetychēkasi. Deixousi de pantōs, ē dia tomon synodikou, ē diʼ epistolōn koinōnikōn ° houtos gar tōn synodōn ho nomos. Ei de logos touto esti kai anaplasmos, euprepeias heneken autois kai pithanotētos tēs pros tous pollous heurēmenos dia ty tōn prosōpōn axiopiston, didaxon autous ēremein, kai …. Tę̄ gar sę̄ politeią kai orthodoxią touto prepein hypola moanomeg. Mē apatatōtan hoi anthrōpoi, mēde apatasthōsan, anthrōpon anoun dechomenoi ton kyriakon, hōs autoi legousi, mallon de ton Kyrion hēmōn kai Theon. oude gar ton anthrōpon chōrizomen tēs theotētos, allʼ ’hena kai ton auton dogmatizomen, proteron men ouk anthrōpon, alla Theon kai Huidn monon proaieōnion, amigē sōmatos, kai tōn hosa sōmatos, epi telei di kai anthrōpon, proslēphthenta hyper tēs sō tzrias tēs hēmeteras, pathēton sarki, hapathē theotēti, perigrapton sōmati, haperigrapton pneumati, ton hauton epigeion kai ouranion, horōmenon kai nooumenon. chōrētdn kai achōrēton, hinʼ holǭ anthrōpǭ tǭ autǭ kai theǭ holos hano rōpos anaplasthę̄ pesōn hypo tēn hamartian. Ei tis ou theotokon tēn hagian Marian ypolambanei, chōris esti tēs theotētos. Ei tis hōs dia aōlēnos tēs Parthenou dramein, alla mē en autę̄ diapeplasthai legoi theikōs hama kai anthrōpikōs; … men, hoti chōris andros; anthrōpikōs de, hoti nomǭ kyēseōs, homoiōs atheos. Ei tis diapeplasthai ton anthrōpon, heithʼ hypodedykenai
not as strangers, a provision for wickedness. And not only this, but, as I hear, they also say that they have been received by the Western synod, by which they had formerly been condemned, as is well known to all. If, then, those who hold the views of Apollinarius have been received, either now or formerly, let them prove it, and we will be content. For it is clear that they have assented to the right doctrine, since it is not possible otherwise for them to have obtained this. And they will certainly prove it, either by a synodal tome or by letters of communion; for this is the custom of synods. But if this is mere talk and invention, devised for show and for credibility with the many because of the trustworthiness of the persons named, teach them to keep quiet, and …; for we think this befits your way of life and your orthodoxy. Let not the men deceive, nor be deceived, accepting the “Lord's man,” as they themselves call him, or rather our Lord and God, as without a mind. For we do not separate the man from the Godhead, but we teach as dogma one and the same, who formerly was not man but God and the only Son before the ages, unmixed with body and with all that belongs to body, but at the end also man, assumed for our salvation; passible in flesh, impassible in Godhead; circumscribed in body, uncircumscribed in spirit; the same earthly and heavenly, seen and known by the mind, contained and uncontained; so that by one and the same, whole man and God, the whole man who had fallen under sin might be refashioned. If anyone does not regard holy Mary as Theotokos, he is cut off from the Godhead. If anyone says that he passed through the Virgin as through a channel, but was not formed in her divinely and humanly at once (divinely, because without a man; humanly, because by the law of gestation), he is likewise godless. If anyone says that the man was formed and that God afterwards slipped into him,
Chapter 179
179PG 37:180a–180b
λέγοι Θεὸν, κατάκριτος. Οὐ γὰρ γέννησις θεοῦ τοῦτό ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ φυγὴ γεννήσεως. Εἴ τις εἰσάγει δύο Υἱοὺς, ἕνα μὲν τὸν ὲκ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς, δεύτερον δὲ τὸν ἐκ τῆς μητρὸς, ἀλλʼ οὐχ). ἕνα καὶτὸν αὐτὸν, καὶ τῆς υἱοθεσίας ἐκπέσοι τῆς ἐπηγγελμένης τοῖς ὀρθῶς πιστεύουσι. Φύσεις μὲν γὰρ δύο θεὸς καὶ ἄνθρωπος, ἐπεὶ κα) ψυχὴ καὶ σῶμα* υἱοὶ δὲ οὐ δύο, οὐδὲ Θεοί. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα δύο ἄνθρωποι,καὶ οὕτως ὁ Παῦλος τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς προσηγόρευσε. Καὶ εἰ δεῖ συντόμως εἰπεῖν, ἄλλο μὲν καὶ ἄλλο τὰ ἐξ ὧν ὁ Σωτὴρ (εἴπερ μὴ ταυτὸν τὸ ἀόρατον τῷ ὁρατῷ, καὶ τὸ ἄχρονον τῷ ὑπὸ χρόνον), οὐκ ἄλλος δὲ καὶ ἄλλος· μὴ γένοιτο. Τά γὰρ ἀμφότερα ἓν τῇ συγκράσει, Θεοῦ μὲν ἑνανθρωπήσαντος, ἀνθρώπου δὲ θεωθέντος, ἢ ὅπως ἄν τις ὀνομάσειε. Λέγω δὲ ἄλλο κα). ἄλλο, ἔμπαλιν ἢ ἐπὶ. τῆς Τριάὲος ἔχει. Ἐκεῖ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλος ἄλλος, ἴνα μὴ τὰς ὑποστάσεις συγχέωμεν· οὒκ ἄλλο δὲ καὶ ἄλλο, ἓν γὰρ τὰ τρία καὶ ταυτὸν τῇ θεότητι. Εἴ τις, ὡς ὲν προφήτῃ. λέγοι κατὰ χάριν ἐνηργηκέναι, ἀλλὰ μὴ κατʼ οὐσίαν συνῆφθαι τε κα) συνἅπτεσθαι, εἴη κενὸς τῆς κρείττονος ἐνεργείας, μᾶλλον δὲ πλήρης τῆς ἐναντίας. Εἴ τις μὴ προσκυνεῖ τδν ἐσταυρωμένον, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω, καὶ τετάχθω μετὰ τῶν …. Εἴ τις ὲξ ἔργων τετελειωμένον, ἦ μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα, ἢ μετὰ τὴν ὲκ νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν υἱοθεσίας ἠξιῶσθαι λέγοι, καοάπερ οὒς Ἕλληνες παρεγγράπτους εἰσάγουσιν, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Τδ
legoi Theon, katakritos. Ou gar gennēsis theou touto estin, alla phygē gennēseōs. Ei tis eisagei dyo Huious, hena men ton ek Theou kai Patros, deuteron de ton ek tēs mētros, allʼ ouch). hena kaiton auton, kai tēs huiothesias ekpesoi tēs epēngelmenēs tois orthōs pisteuousi. Physeis men gar dyo theos kai anthrōpos, epei ka) psychē kai sōma* huioi de ou dyo, oude Theoi. Oude gar entautha dyo anthrōpoi,kai houtōs ho Paulos to entos tou anthrōpou, kai to ektos prosēgoreuse. Kai ei dei syntomōs eipein, allo men kai allo ta ex hōn ho Sōtēr (eiper mē tauton to aoraton tǭ horatǭ, kai to achronon tǭ hypo chronon), ouk allos de kai allos; mē genoito. Ta gar amphotera hen tę̄ synkrasei, Theou men henanthrōpēsantos, anthrōpou de theōthentos, ē hopōs an tis onomaseie. Legō de allo ka). allo, empalin ē epi. tēs Triaeos echei. Ekei men gar allos allos, ina mē tas hypostaseis syncheōmen; ouk allo de kai allo, hen gar ta tria kai tauton tę̄ theotēti. Ei tis, hōs en prophētę̄. legoi kata charin enērgēkenai, alla mē katʼ ousian synēphthai te ka) synaptesthai, eiē kenos tēs kreittonos energeias, mallon de plērēs tēs enantias. Ei tis mē proskynei tdn estaurōmenon, anathema estō, kai tetachthō meta tōn …. Ei tis ex ergōn teteleiōmenon, ē meta to baptisma, ē meta tēn ek nekrōn anastasin huiothesias ēxiōsthai legoi, kaoaper ous Hellēnes parengraptous eisagousin, anathema estō. Td
let him be condemned. For this is not a birth of God but an escape from birth. If anyone introduces two Sons, one from God the Father and a second from the mother, and not one and the same, may he also fall from the adoption promised to those who believe rightly. For there are two natures, God and man, since there are also soul and body; but not two Sons, nor two Gods. For neither are there here two men, even though Paul spoke in this way of the inner man and the outer. And to speak briefly: the elements of which the Saviour is made are one thing and another (if indeed the invisible is not the same as the visible, nor the timeless as what is under time), but he is not one person and another; God forbid! For both are one by the blending, God having become man and man having been made god, or however one might name it. I say “one thing and another,” the reverse of the case in the Trinity. For there it is one person and another, so that we do not confuse the hypostases; but not one thing and another, for the three are one and the same in Godhead. If anyone says that he worked in him by grace, as in a prophet, but was not and is not joined to him according to essence, may he be empty of the higher working, or rather full of the opposite. If anyone does not worship the Crucified, let him be anathema and be ranked with the … . If anyone says that he was made perfect by works, or that after the baptism, or after the resurrection from the dead, he was counted worthy of adoption, like those whom the Greeks bring in as enrolled among the gods, let him be anathema. For
Chapter 181
181PG 37:181a–181d
γάρ ἠργμένον, ἢ προκόπτον, ἢ τελειούμενον, ού θεὸς. κᾶν διὰ τὴν κατά μικρὸν ἀνάδειξιν οὕτω λέγηται. Εἴ τις ἀποτεθεῖσθαι νῦν τὴν ἁγίαν σάρκα λέγοι, καὶ γυμνὴν εἶναι τὴν θεότητα τοῦ σώματος, ἀλλὰ μὴ μετά τού προσλήμματος καὶ εἶναι, καὶ ἥξειν, μὴ ἴδοι τὴν δόξαν τῆς παρουσίας αύτού. Ποῦ γὰρ τδ σῶμα νῦν, εί μὴ μετά τοῦ προσλαβόντος; ού γὰρ δὴ κατά τοὺς Μανιχαίων λήρους τῷ ἡλίῳ ὲναποτέθειται, ἴνα τιμηθῇ διὰ τῆς ἀτιμίαςο ἢ είς τὸν ἀέρα ὲχὲὓη καὶ διελύθη ὼς φωνῆς φύσις, καὶ ὀδμῆς ῥύσις, καὶ ἀστραπῆς δρόμος ούχ ἱσταμένης. Ποῦ δὲ καὶ τὸ ψηλαφηθῆναι αὐτὸν μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, ἢ ὀφθήσεσθαί ποτε ύπδ τῶν ἐκκεντησάντων; θεότης γὰρ καθʼ ἑαυτὴν ἀόρατος. Ἀλλʼ ἣξει μὲν μετά τοῦ σώματος, ὡς ὲμδς λὸγος, τοιοῦτος δὲ οἷος ὤφθη τοῖς μαθηταῖς ὲν τῷ ὄρει, ἢ παρεδείχθη, ύπερνικὼσης τὸ σαρκίον τῆς θεότητος. ’Ὠσπερ δὲ ταῦτα λὲγομεν ἀποσκευαζόμενοι τὴν ὑπόνοιαν, οὕτω … γράφομεν διορθούμενοι τὴν καινοτομίαν.
gar ērgmenon, ē prokopton, ē teleioumenon, ou theos. kan dia tēn kata mikron anadeixin houtō legētai. Ei tis apotetheisthai nyn tēn hagian sarka legoi, kai gymnēn einai tēn theotēta tou sōmatos, alla mē meta tou proslēmmatos kai einai, kai hēxein, mē idoi tēn doxan tēs parousias autou. Pou gar td sōma nyn, ei mē meta tou proslabontos? ou gar dē kata tous Manichaiōn lērous tǭ hēliǭ enapotetheitai, ina timēthę̄ dia tēs atimiaso ē eis ton aera echeuē kai dielythē ōs phōnēs physis, kai odmēs rhysis, kai astrapēs dromos ouch histamenēs. Pou de kai to psēlaphēthēnai auton meta tēn anastasin, ē ophthēsesthai pote ypd tōn ekkentēsantōn? theotēs gar kathʼ heautēn aoratos. Allʼ hēxei men meta tou sōmatos, hōs emds logos, toioutos de hoios ōphthē tois mathētais en tǭ orei, ē paredeichthē, ypernikōsēs to sarkion tēs theotētos. ’Ōsper de tauta legomen aposkeuazomenoi tēn hyponoian, houtō … graphomen diorthoumenoi tēn kainotomian.
what has a beginning, or makes progress, or is being perfected, is not God, even if he is spoken of in this way because of his gradual manifestation. If anyone says that he has now put off the holy flesh, and that the Godhead is bare of the body, and not that he both is and will come with what he assumed, may he not see the glory of his coming. For where is the body now, if not with him who assumed it? For it has not, according to the drivel of the Manichees, been laid up in the sun, to be honoured through dishonour; nor poured out into the air and dissolved, like the nature of a voice, the flow of an odour, or the course of lightning that does not stand still. And how then could he be touched after the resurrection, or one day be seen by those who pierced him? For Godhead by itself is invisible. But he will come with the body, as my doctrine holds, but such as he was seen by the disciples on the mountain, or as he was shown, the Godhead overpowering the flesh. And as we say these things to remove suspicion, so we write the following to correct the innovation. …
Chapter 183
183PG 37:184a–184d
τοῦτο καὶ σώζεται. Εἱ.ἦμιους ἔπταισεν ὁ Ἀδὰμ, ἣμισυ και) τὸ προσειλημμένον καὶ τὸ σωζόμενον. Εἰ δὲ ὃλος, ὅλῳ τῷ γεννηθέντι ἥνωται, καὶ ὅλως σώζεται. Μὴ τοίνυν βασκαινέτωσαν ἡμῖν τῆς παντελοῦς σωτηρίας, μηδὲ ὁστᾶ μόνον, καὶ νεῦρα καὶ ζωγραφίαν ἀνθρώπου τῷ Σωτῆρι περιτιθέτωσαν. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἄψυχος ὁ ἄνθρωπος. τοῦτο κα) Ἀρειανοὶ λέγουσιν, ἶνʼ ἐπὶ τὴν θεότητα τὸ πάθος ἐνέγκωσιν, ὼς τοῦ κινοῦντος τὸ σῶμα, τούτου κα) πασχοντος. Εἰ δὲ ἔμψυχος, ει μὲν οὐ νοερὸς, πῶς καὶ ἀνθρωπος; οὐ γὰρ ἄνουν ζῶον ὁ ἄνθρωπος. Καὶ ἀνάγκη τὸ σχῆμα μὲν ἀνθρώπειον εἶναι καὶ τὴν σκηνὴν, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν ἵππου τινὸς, ἢ βοὸς, ἢ ἀλλου τῶν ἀνοήτων. Τοῦτο γοῦν ἔσται κα) τὸ σωζόμενον· καὶ διεψεύσθην ἐγὼ παρά τῆς ἀληθείας. ἄλλου τιμηθέντος, ἀλλος με· γαλαυχούμενος. Εἰ δὲ νοερὺς, ἀλλʼ οῦκάνους ὁ ἀνθρωο πος, παυσάσθωσαν ὅντως ἀνοηταίνοντες. Ἀλλʼ ἤρκει, φησιν, ἡ θεότης ἀντὶ τοῦ νοῦ. Τί οὖν πρὸς ἐμὲ τοῦτο; Θεότης γὰρ μετά σαρκὸς μόνης οῦκ ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ψυχῆς μόνης, οὐδὲ ἀμφοτέρων χωρὶς τοῦ νοῦ, ὁ καὶ μᾶλλον ἄνθρωπος. Τήρει οὖν τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὅλον, καὶ μίξον τὴν θεότητα, ἵνα με τελέως εὐεργετῇς. Ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐχώρει, φησὶ, δύο τέλεια. Οὐδὲ γὰρ, εἰπερ σωματικῶς σκοπεῖς. Ἀγγεῖον γὰρ μεδιμναῖον οὐ χωρήσει διμέδιμνον, οὐδὲ σώματος ἑνὸς τόπος δύο ἧ πλείω σώματαʼ εἰ δὲ ῶς νοητά καὶ ἀσώματα, σκόπει ὅτι καὶ ψυχὴν, κα). λόγον, καὶ νοῦν, καὶ Πνεῦμα ἆγιον ὁ αὐτὸς ὲχώρησα, καὶ πρὸ ἐμοῦ τὸν Πατέρα. καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν, καὶ τὸ ἀγιον Πνεῦμα, ὁ κόσμος οὗτος, τὺ ἐξ ὁρατῶν λέγω καὶ ἀοράτων σύστημα. Τοιαύτη γὰρ ή τῶν νοητῶν φύσις, ἀσωμάτως καὶ ἀμερίστως, καὶ ἀλλήλοις, καὶ σώμασι μίγνυσθαι. Ἐπεὶ κα) φωναὶ πλειους ἀκοῇ μιᾷ χωρηταὶ, καὶ ὄψεις πολλῶν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ὁρατοῖς, καὶ ὁσφραντυῖς ὄσφρησις, οὔτε τῶν αἰσθήσεων στενοχωρουμένων ὑπʼ ἀλλήλων, ἢ ἐκθλιβομένων, οὔτε τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐλαττουμένων τῷ πλήθει τῆς ἀντιλήψεως.
touto kai sōzetai. Hei.ēmious eptaisen ho Adam, hēmisy kai) to proseilēmmenon kai to sōzomenon. Ei de holos, holǭ tǭ gennēthenti hēnōtai, kai holōs sōzetai. Mē toinyn baskainetōsan hēmin tēs pantelous sōtērias, mēde hosta monon, kai neura kai zōgraphian anthrōpou tǭ Sōtēri peritithetōsan. Ei men gar apsychos ho anthrōpos. touto ka) Areianoi legousin, inʼ epi tēn theotēta to pathos enenkōsin, ōs tou kinountos to sōma, toutou ka) paschontos. Ei de empsychos, ei men ou noeros, pōs kai anthrōpos? ou gar anoun zōon ho anthrōpos. Kai anankē to schēma men anthrōpeion einai kai tēn skēnēn, tēn de psychēn hippou tinos, ē boos, ē allou tōn anoētōn. Touto goun estai ka) to sōzomenon; kai diepseusthēn egō para tēs alētheias. allou timēthentos, allos me; galauchoumenos. Ei de noerys, allʼ oukanous ho anthrōo pos, pausasthōsan hontōs anoētainontes. Allʼ ērkei, phēsin, hē theotēs anti tou nou. Ti oun pros eme touto? Theotēs gar meta sarkos monēs ouk anthrōpos, allʼ oude psychēs monēs, oude amphoterōn chōris tou nou, ho kai mallon anthrōpos. Tērei oun ton anthrōpon holon, kai mixon tēn theotēta, hina me teleōs euergetę̄s. Allʼ ouk echōrei, phēsi, dyo teleia. Oude gar, eiper sōmatikōs skopeis. Angeion gar medimnaion ou chōrēsei dimedimnon, oude sōmatos henos topos dyo hē pleiō sōmataʼ ei de ōs noēta kai asōmata, skopei hoti kai psychēn, ka). logon, kai noun, kai Pneuma agion ho autos echōrēsa, kai pro emou ton Patera. kai ton Huion, kai to agion Pneuma, ho kosmos houtos, ty ex horatōn legō kai aoratōn systēma. Toiautē gar ē tōn noētōn physis, asōmatōs kai ameristōs, kai allēlois, kai sōmasi mignysthai. Epei ka) phōnai pleious akoę̄ mią chōrētai, kai opseis pollōn tois autois horatois, kai hosphrantuis osphrēsis, oute tōn aisthēseōn stenochōroumenōn hypʼ allēlōn, ē ekthlibomenōn, oute tōn aisthētōn elattoumenōn tǭ plēthei tēs antilēpseōs.
… this is also saved. If half of Adam fell, then half is what was assumed and what is saved; but if the whole fell, he is united to the whole of what was born, and is saved wholly. Let them not, then, begrudge us our complete salvation, nor clothe the Saviour with bones only and sinews and the portrait of a man. For if the man is without a soul, the Arians say this too, so that they may attribute the suffering to the Godhead, on the ground that what moves the body is also what suffers. But if he has a soul, yet not a rational one, how is he a man? For man is not a mindless animal. And then the form and the tent would have to be human, but the soul that of some horse or ox or other irrational creature. This, then, will be what is saved; and I have been cheated by the truth, boasting of an honour that was given to another. But if the man is rational and not without mind, let them stop being truly mindless. “But,” he says, “the Godhead was enough in place of the mind.” What is that to me? For Godhead with flesh alone is not a man, nor with soul alone, nor with both without the mind, which is more truly the man. Keep, then, the whole man, and mingle the Godhead with it, so that you may benefit me perfectly. “But,” he says, “he could not contain two perfect things.” Nor could he, if you look at it bodily. For a vessel of one bushel will not hold two bushels, nor will the place of one body hold two or more bodies. But if you look at them as intelligible and incorporeal, consider that I myself have contained soul and reason and mind and the Holy Spirit; and before me this world, I mean the whole system of things visible and invisible, has contained the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit. For such is the nature of intelligible things, to be mingled incorporeally and indivisibly both with one another and with bodies. So too many sounds are taken in by one hearing, and the sight of many by the same visible things, and odours by one sense of smell, without the senses being cramped or crowded out by one another, or the objects of sense being diminished by the number of those who perceive them.
Chapter 185
185PG 37:185a–185d
Ποῦ δὲ καὶ τέλειος νοῦς ἀνθρώπου ἦ ἀγγέλου, συγκρίσει θεότητος, ῐνα τὸ ἕτερον ἐκθλιβῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ μείζονοςς οὐδὲ γὰρ αὐγή τι πρὸς ἥλιον, οὐδὲ νοτὶς ὀλίγη πρὸς ποταμὸν, ἵνα τὰ μικρὰ προανέλωμεν, οἴκου μὲν αὐγὴν, γῆς δὲ νοτίδα, καὶ οὕτω χωρηαῇ τὰ μείζω καὶ τελεώτερα. Πῶς γὰρ χωρήσει δῦο τέλεια, οἶκος μὲν αὐγὴν καὶ ἥλιον, γῆ δὲ νοτίδα καὶ ποταμὸν, τοῦτο διασκεψώμεθα· καὶ γὰρ πολλῆς ὅπως τὸ πρᾶγμα φροντίδος ἄξιον. Ἢ ἀγνοοῦσιν, ὅτι τὸ πρός τι τέλειον πρὸς ἕτερον ἀτελὲς, ὡς βουνὸς πρὸς ὅρος, καὶ κόκκος νάπυος πρὸς κύαμον, ἦ τι ἄλλο τῶν μειζόνων σπερμάτων, κᾶν τῶν ὁμογενῶν μεῖζον λέγηται· εί δὲ βούλει, καὶ ἄγγελος πρὸς Θεὸν, καὶ πρὸς ἄγγελον ἄνθρωποςς Τέλειον οὖν ἡμέτερος νοῦς, καὶ ἡγεμονικὸν, ἀλλὰ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος, οὐχ ἁπλῶς τέλειον, Θεοῦ δὲ δοῦλον καὶ ὑποχείριον, ἀλλʼ οὗ συνηγεμονικὸν, οὐδὲ ὁμότιμον. Ἐπεὶ καὶ Μωῦσῆς, … μὲν θεὸς, Θεοῦ δὲ Θεράπων, ὡς ἀναγέγραπται· καὶ ἀστέρες νύκτα μὲν περιλάμπουσιν, ήλίῳ δὲ κρύπτονται, ὡς, μηδʼ ὅτι εἰσὶν, ἡμέρᾳ γνωρίζεσθαι· καὶ λαμπὰς ὀλίγη μεγάλῃ πυρχαῖᾷ προσχωρήσασα. οὔτε ἀπόλλυται, οὔτε φαίνεται, οὔτε χωρίζεται, ἀλλʼ ὅλον ἐστὶ πυρκαϊὰ, τοῦ ὑπερέχοντος ὲκνικήσαντος.
Pou de kai teleios nous anthrōpou ē angelou, synkrisei theotētos, ina to heteron ekthlibę̄ parousią tou meizonoss oude gar augē ti pros hēlion, oude notis oligē pros potamon, hina ta mikra proanelōmen, oikou men augēn, gēs de notida, kai houtō chōrēaę̄ ta meizō kai teleōtera. Pōs gar chōrēsei dyo teleia, oikos men augēn kai hēlion, gē de notida kai potamon, touto diaskepsōmetha; kai gar pollēs hopōs to pragma phrontidos axion. Ē agnoousin, hoti to pros ti teleion pros heteron ateles, hōs bounos pros horos, kai kokkos napyos pros kyamon, ē ti allo tōn meizonōn spermatōn, kan tōn homogenōn meizon legētai; ei de boulei, kai angelos pros Theon, kai pros angelon anthrōposs Teleion oun hēmeteros nous, kai hēgemonikon, alla psychēs kai sōmatos, ouch haplōs teleion, Theou de doulon kai hypocheirion, allʼ hou synēgemonikon, oude homotimon. Epei kai Mōysēs, … men theos, Theou de Therapōn, hōs anagegraptai; kai asteres nykta men perilampousin, ēliǭ de kryptontai, hōs, mēdʼ hoti eisin, hēmerą gnōrizesthai; kai lampas oligē megalę̄ pyrchaią proschōrēsasa. oute apollytai, oute phainetai, oute chōrizetai, allʼ holon esti pyrkaïa, tou hyperechontos eknikēsantos.
And where is the perfect mind of a man or an angel in comparison with Godhead, that the one should be crowded out by the presence of the greater? For a ray is nothing to the sun, nor a little moisture to a river, that we must first remove the small things, the ray from the house and the moisture from the earth, so that the greater and more perfect may be contained. How a house will contain two perfect things, ray and sun, and the earth moisture and river, let us consider; for the matter is worth much thought. Or do they not know that what is perfect in relation to one thing is imperfect in relation to another, as a hill to a mountain, and a mustard seed to a bean or any other of the larger seeds, even if it is called larger than those of its own kind; or, if you like, an angel in relation to God, and a man in relation to an angel? Our mind, then, is perfect and ruling, but ruling over soul and body, not perfect absolutely; and it is God's servant and subject, not sharing his rule nor equal in honour. So too Moses was a god to …, but the servant of God, as it is written; and the stars light up the night, but are hidden by the sun, so that by day one would not even know they exist; and a small torch brought near a great bonfire is neither destroyed nor seen nor separated, but the whole is bonfire, the greater having prevailed.
Chapter 187
187PG 37:188a–188d
Θεὸν πρὸς σάρκα, ὡς οῦκ άλλως δεθῆναι δυνάμενον, καὶ διά τοῦτο ἐξαιρεῖς τὸ μεσότοιχον. '0 δὲ ἐμὸς λόγος τίς, τοῦ άφιλοαόφου καὶ ἀπαιδεύτους ὁ νοῦς τῷ νοτ μίγνυται, ὡς ἐγγυτέρῳ καὶ οίκειοτὲρῳ. καὶ διά τούτου σαρκὶ μεσιτεύοντος θεότιπτι καὶ παχυτητι. Τίς δὲ καὶ ὀ λόγος αὐτοῖς τῆς ὲνανθρωπήσεως, ἴδωμεν, είτουν σαρκώσεως, αὐτοὶ λέγουσιν. Εἰ μὲν ἵνα χωρηθῇ Θεὸς, άλλως άχώρητος ὢν, καὶ ὡς ὑπὸ παραπετάσματι τῇ σαρκὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις προσομιλήσῃ, κομψὸν τὸ προσωπεῖον αὐτοῖς, καὶ τδ δράμα τῆς ὑποκρίσεως ο ἵνα μὴ λέγω ὅτι καὶ ἄλλως ὁμιλῆσαι ἡμῖν οἷον τε ἦν, ὥσπερ ὲν βάτῳ πυρὸς καὶ ἀνθρωπίνῳ εῖδει τὸ πρότερον. Εἰ δὲ ἵνα λύσῃ τὸ κατάκριμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας τῷ ὁμοίῳ τὸ ὅμοιον ἁγιάσας, ὥσπερ σαρκὸς ἐδέησε διὰ τὴν σάρκα κατακριθεῖσαν, καὶ ψυχῆς διὰ τὴν ψυχὴν, οὕτω καὶ νοῦ διὰ τὸν νοῦν, οῦ πταίσαντα μόνον ὲν τῷ Ἀδάμ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρωτοπαθήσαντα, ὥσπερ οί ἰατροὶ λέγουσιν ἐπὶ τῶν ἀρρωστημάτων. Ὅ γὰρ τὴν ἐντολὴν ἐδέξατο, τοῦτο καὶ τὴν ἐντολὴν οῦκ ἐφύλαξεν· ὃ δὲ οὐκ ἐφύλαξε, τοῦτο καὶ τὴν παράβασιν ἐτόλμησενο ὅ δὲ παρέβη, τοῦτο καὶ σωτηρίας ἐδεῖτο μάλιστα; δ δὲ τῆς σωτηρίας ἐδεῖτο, τοῦτο καὶ προσελήφθη · ὁ νοῦς ἄρα προσείληπται. Τοῦτο νῦν ἀποδέδεικται, κᾶν μὴ βούλωνται, γεωμετρικαίς, ὥς φασιν αὐτοὶ. καὶ ἀναγκαίαις αποδείξεσι. Σὺ δὲ ποιεῖς παραπλήσιον, ὥσπερ ἂν εί ὀφθαλμοῦ ἀνθρώπου πταίσαντος καὶ ποδὸς προσπταίσαντος, τὸν πόδα μὲν ἐθεράπευες, τὸν δὲ ὀφθαλμὸν ἀθεράπευτον είαςο ἢ ζωγράφου τι μὴ καλῶς γράψαντος, τὸ μὲν γραφὲν μετεποίεις, τὸν δὲ ζωγράφον ὡς κατορθοῦντα παρέτρεχες. Εἰ δὲ ὑπὸ τούτων ἐξειργόμενοι τῶν λογισμῶν, καταφεύγουσιν ἐπὶ τδ δυνατὸν εἶναι Θεῷ, καὶ χωρὶς νοῦ, σῶσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον, δυνατὸν δή που καὶ χωρὶς σαρκὸς, μάγῳ τῷ βούλεσθαι, ὥσπερ καὶ τά ἄλλα πάντα ὲνεργεῖ, καὶ ἐνήργηκεν άσωμάτως. Ἀνελε οὖν μετὰ τοῦ νοῦ καὶ τὴν σάρκα, ἵνʼᾖ σοι τέλειον τὺ τῆς ἀπονοίας. Ἀλλʼ άπατῶνται ὑπὸ τοῦ γράμματος, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τῇ σαρκὶ προστρέχουσι, τὴν συνήθειαν τῆς Γραφῆς
Theon pros sarka, hōs ouk allōs dethēnai dynamenon, kai dia touto exaireis to mesotoichon. '0 de emos logos tis, tou aphiloaophou kai apaideutous ho nous tǭ not mignytai, hōs engyterǭ kai oikeioterǭ. kai dia toutou sarki mesiteuontos theotipti kai pachytēti. Tis de kai o logos autois tēs enanthrōpēseōs, idōmen, eitoun sarkōseōs, autoi legousin. Ei men hina chōrēthę̄ Theos, allōs achōrētos ōn, kai hōs hypo parapetasmati tę̄ sarki tois anthrōpois prosomilēsę̄, kompson to prosōpeion autois, kai td drama tēs hypokriseōs o hina mē legō hoti kai allōs homilēsai hēmin hoion te ēn, hōsper en batǭ pyros kai anthrōpinǭ eidei to proteron. Ei de hina lysę̄ to katakrima tēs hamartias tǭ homoiǭ to homoion hagiasas, hōsper sarkos edeēse dia tēn sarka katakritheisan, kai psychēs dia tēn psychēn, houtō kai nou dia ton noun, ou ptaisanta monon en tǭ Adam, alla kai prōtopathēsanta, hōsper oi iatroi legousin epi tōn arrōstēmatōn. Ho gar tēn entolēn edexato, touto kai tēn entolēn ouk ephylaxen; ho de ouk ephylaxe, touto kai tēn parabasin etolmēseno ho de parebē, touto kai sōtērias edeito malista? d de tēs sōtērias edeito, touto kai proselēphthē ; ho nous ara proseilēptai. Touto nyn apodedeiktai, kan mē boulōntai, geōmetrikais, hōs phasin autoi. kai anankaiais apodeixesi. Sy de poieis paraplēsion, hōsper an ei ophthalmou anthrōpou ptaisantos kai podos prosptaisantos, ton poda men etherapeues, ton de ophthalmon atherapeuton eiaso ē zōgraphou ti mē kalōs grapsantos, to men graphen metepoieis, ton de zōgraphon hōs katorthounta paretreches. Ei de hypo toutōn exeirgomenoi tōn logismōn, katapheugousin epi td dynaton einai Theǭ, kai chōris nou, sōsai ton anthrōpon, dynaton dē pou kai chōris sarkos, magǭ tǭ boulesthai, hōsper kai ta alla panta energei, kai enērgēken asōmatōs. Anele oun meta tou nou kai tēn sarka, hinʼę̄ soi teleion ty tēs aponoias. Allʼ apatōntai hypo tou grammatos, kai dia touto tę̄ sarki prostrechousi, tēn synētheian tēs Graphēs
… God to flesh, as though he could not be bound otherwise, and for this reason you take away the middle wall. But my doctrine, that of an unphilosophical and uneducated man, is that mind is mingled with mind, as nearer and more akin, and through it with flesh, mind mediating between Godhead and grossness. And let us see what their account is of the becoming man, or the enfleshment, as they themselves say. If it is so that God, otherwise uncontainable, might be contained, and might converse with men through the flesh as behind a veil, then an elegant mask is theirs and a drama of play-acting; not to say that it was possible for him to converse with us in other ways too, as formerly in the bush of fire and in human form. But if it was to undo the condemnation of sin by sanctifying like by like, then just as flesh was needed for the flesh that had been condemned, and soul for the soul, so also mind for the mind, which not only fell in Adam but was the first to be affected, as doctors say of illnesses. For what received the commandment, that also did not keep the commandment; what did not keep it, that also dared the transgression; what transgressed, that most needed salvation; and what needed salvation, that also was assumed. Therefore the mind was assumed. This has now been demonstrated, whether they like it or not, by geometrical and necessary demonstrations, as they themselves say. But you are doing something like this: as if, when a man's eye had erred and his foot had stumbled as a result, you were to heal the foot and leave the eye unhealed; or when a painter had painted something badly, you were to alter the picture and pass over the painter as though he had done well. But if, shut out by these reasonings, they take refuge in the claim that it was possible for God to save man even without a mind, then it was possible, I suppose, without flesh too, by his will alone, just as he works and has worked everything else without a body. Take away, then, the flesh along with the mind, so that your madness may be complete. But they are deceived by the letter, and for this reason they run to the flesh, not knowing the usage of Scripture.
Chapter 189
189PG 37:189a–189d
ἁῄπῦντες. Ἡμεῖς αὐτοὺς καὶ τοῦτο διδάξομεν. ὀτι μὲν γὰρ πανταχοῦ τῆς Γραφῆς ἄνθρωπος καὶ Υὶᾲάνθρώπου προσαγορεύεται, τί δεῖ πρὸς εἰδότας καὶ λέγειν; Εἰ δὲ διισχυρίζονται τῷ, '0 Λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο, καὶ ἐσκήνωσεν ἐν ἡμῖν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο περιξέουσι τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ κάλλιστον, ῶσπερ οἱ σκυτεῖς τα παχύτερα τῶν δερμάτων, ἵνα Θεὸν σαρκὶ συγκολλήσωσιν, ῶρα λέγειν αὐτοὺς καὶ σαρκῶν μόνων τὸν Θεὸν εἶναι θεὸν, ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ καὶ ψυχῶν, διὰ τὸ γεγράφθαι, Καθὼς ἔδωκας αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν πάσης σαρκὸς, καὶ, Πρὸς σὲ πᾶσα σὰρξ ἥξει, καὶ Εὑλογείτω πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ ὄνομα τό ἄτιον αὐτοῦ, τοῦτʼ ἔστι πᾶς ἄνθρωπος · ἢ πάλιν ἀσωμάτους, καὶ ἀοράτους καταβεδηκὲναι τοὺς πατέραςἡμῶν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ δεδέσθαι μόνην ὑπὸ τοῦ Φαραὼ, διὰ τὸ γεγράσ φθαι, Ἐν ἐόὃίλιμήκοιοτα πέντε ψυχαῖς κατέβησαν ειςΛτγιγπτοικ καὶ, Σίδιιρον διῆλθεν ἠ ψυχὴ αὑτοῦ πρᾶγμα δεθῆναι μὴ δυνάμενον. Ἀγνοοῦσι γὰρ οἱ ταῦτα λέγοντες, ὅτι συνεκδοχικῶς τὰ τοιαῦτα ὀνομάζεται, ἀπὸ μέρους τοῦ παντὸς δηλουμένου ο ὥσπερ καὶ, Νεοσσοὶ τῶν κοράκων ἐπικαλοῦνται τὸν Θεὸν, ἴνʼἠ πτηνὴ δηλωθῇ φύσις, καὶ Πλειὰς καὶ Ἕσπερος καὶ Ἀρκτοῦρος μνημονεύονται ἀντὶ πάντων ἀστέρων, καὶ τῆς περὶ τούτους οἰκονομιας. Καὶ ἅμα οὐκ ἄλλως οἶόν τε ἦν τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δη· λωτιῆναι περὶ ἡμᾶς ἀγάπην, ἢ ὲνκ τού μνημονεοδβἧλ ναι τὴν σάρκα, καὶ δτι διʼ ἡμᾶς κατέβη καὶ μέχρι τοῦ χείρονος. Σάρκα γὰρ εἶναι ψυχῆς είδτῦ λέστερον, πᾶς τῶν εὖ φρονούντων ὁμολογήσει. Τὸ οὖν, ’0 Λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο, ἴσον δοκεῖ μοι δύνασθαι τῷ καὶ ἁμαρτίαν αὐτὸν γεγονέναι λέγεσθαι καὶ κατάραν · οὐκ εἰς ταῦτα τοῦ Κυρίου μεταποιηθέντος, πῶς γάρ; ἀλλʼ ὼς διὰ τοῦ ταῦτα δέξασθαι τὰς ἀνομίας ἡμῶν ἀναλαβόντος, καὶ τὰς νόσους βαστάσαντος. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἱκανῶς ἐν τῷ παρόντι διὰ τὸ σαφὲς καὶ τοῖς πολλοῖς εῦληπτον. Οὐ γὰρ λογογραφεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐπισχεῖν τὴν ἀπάτην βουλόμενοι, ταῦτα γράφομεν, τὸν δὲ τελεώτερον περὶ τούτων λόγον, εἰ δοκεῖ, καὶ διὰ μακροτέρων ἀποδώσομεν.
haę̄pyntes. Hēmeis autous kai touto didaxomen. oti men gar pantachou tēs Graphēs anthrōpos kai Uiąanthrōpou prosagoreuetai, ti dei pros eidotas kai legein? Ei de diischyrizontai tǭ, '0 Logos sarx egeneto, kai eskēnōsen en hēmin, kai dia touto perixeousi tou anthrōpou to kalliston, ōsper hoi skyteis ta pachytera tōn dermatōn, hina Theon sarki synkollēsōsin, ōra legein autous kai sarkōn monōn ton Theon einai theon, allʼ ouchi kai psychōn, dia to gegraphthai, Kathōs edōkas autǭ exousian pasēs sarkos, kai, Pros se pasa sarx hēxei, kai Heulogeitō pasa sarx to onoma to ation autou, toutʼ esti pas anthrōpos ; ē palin asōmatous, kai aoratous katabedēkenai tous paterasēmōn eis Aigypton, kai tēn psychēn tou Iōsēph dedesthai monēn hypo tou Pharaō, dia to gegras phthai, En eooilimēkoiota pente psychais katebēsan eisLtgigptoik kai, Sidiiron diēlthen ē psychē hautou pragma dethēnai mē dynamenon. Agnoousi gar hoi tauta legontes, hoti synekdochikōs ta toiauta onomazetai, apo merous tou pantos dēloumenou o hōsper kai, Neossoi tōn korakōn epikalountai ton Theon, inʼē ptēnē dēlōthę̄ physis, kai Pleias kai Hesperos kai Arktouros mnēmoneuontai anti pantōn asterōn, kai tēs peri toutous oikonomias. Kai hama ouk allōs oion te ēn tēn tou Theou dē; lōtiēnai peri hēmas agapēn, ē enk tou mnēmoneodbēl nai tēn sarka, kai dti diʼ hēmas katebē kai mechri tou cheironos. Sarka gar einai psychēs eidty lesteron, pas tōn eu phronountōn homologēsei. To oun, ’0 Logos sarx egeneto, ison dokei moi dynasthai tǭ kai hamartian auton gegonenai legesthai kai kataran ; ouk eis tauta tou Kyriou metapoiēthentos, pōs gar? allʼ ōs dia tou tauta dexasthai tas anomias hēmōn analabontos, kai tas nosous bastasantos. Tauta men oun hikanōs en tǭ paronti dia to saphes kai tois pollois eulēpton. Ou gar logographein, allʼ epischein tēn apatēn boulomenoi, tauta graphomen, ton de teleōteron peri toutōn logon, ei dokei, kai dia makroterōn apodōsomen.
We will teach them this too. That everywhere in Scripture he is called man and Son of Man, what need is there to say to those who know it? But if they insist on “The Word became flesh and dwelt among us,” and for this reason shave off the noblest part of man, as cobblers do the thicker parts of hides, so as to glue God to flesh, it is time for them to say that God is God of flesh only and not of souls too, because it is written, “As you have given him authority over all flesh,” and “To you all flesh shall come,” and “Let all flesh bless his holy name,” that is, every man; or again, that our fathers went down into Egypt bodiless and invisible, and that only the soul of Joseph was bound by Pharaoh, because it is written, “With seventy-five souls they went down into Egypt,” and “The iron passed through his soul,” a thing that cannot be bound. For those who say these things do not know that such things are named by synecdoche, the whole being indicated by the part; as also “The young ravens call upon God,” to indicate the whole nature of birds, and the Pleiades and Hesperus and Arcturus are mentioned in place of all the stars and their ordering. And at the same time God's love for us could not be shown otherwise than by mentioning the flesh, and that for our sake he came down even to what is lower. For that flesh is less honourable than soul every sensible person will confess. So “The Word became flesh” seems to me to mean the same as his being said to have become sin and a curse; not that the Lord was changed into these (how could he be?), but that by accepting them he took up our iniquities and bore our diseases. This is enough for the present, for clearness and so as to be easily grasped by the many. For we write these things not to compose a treatise but to check the deception; and if it seems good, we will give a more complete account of these matters at greater length.
Chapter 191
191PG 37:192a–192d
ιαλιπεϊν ἀναγκαῖον. Ὄφελον καί ἀποκόψονται οι ἀναστατοῦντες ὑμᾶς, καὶ δεύτερον Ἰουδαϊσμὺν, καὶ … περιτομὴν, καὶ θυσίας δευτέρας εἰσάγοντες· εί γὰρ τοῦτο, τί κωλύει καὶ πάλιν γεννηθῆναι Χριπὸν εἰς ἀθέτησιν τῶν αὐτῶν. καὶ προδοθῆναι πάλιν ὑπὸ Ἰούδα, καὶ σταυρωθῆναι, καὶ ταφῆναι, καὶ ἀναστῆναι, ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὰ πάντα τὰ τῆς αὐτῆς ικολουθίας, κατὰ τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν ἀνακύκλωσιν, αὐτὰ περιφερούσης τῆς αὐτῆς τῶν ἄστρων κινήσεωςς τίς γὰρ ἡ ἀποκλήρωσις, τὸ μὲν τι γενέσθαι τῶν τότε συμβάντων, τὸ δὲ παρεθῆναις τοῦτο δειξάτωσαν οἱ σοφοὶ, καὶ τῷ πλήθει τῶν βιβλίων φιλοτιμοὺ μενοι. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ τῷπερὶ Τριάδος φυσιούμενοι λόγῳ, καο ταψεύδονται μὲν ἡμῶν, ὡς οὐχ ὑγιῶς ἑχόντων περὶ τὴν πίστιν, δελεάζουσι δὲ τοὺς πολλοὺς, ἐκεῖνο γι· νὼσκειν ἀναγκαῖον, ὅτι Ἀπολλινάριος μὲν τὸ τῆς θεότητος ὄνομα τῷ ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι δοὺς, τὴν δύναμιν τῆς θεότητος οὐκ ἐφύλαξε. Τὸ γὰρ ὲκ μεγάλου, καὶ μείζονος, καὶ μεγίστου συνιστᾷν τὴν Τριάδα, ὥσπερ ἐξ αὐγῆς, καὶ ἀκτῖνος, καὶ ἡλίου, τοῦ Πνεύματος, καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς (ὅπερ σαφῶς ἐν τοῖς ἐκείνου γέγραπται λόγοις), κλίμαξ ἐστὶ θεότητος, οὐκ είς οὐρανὸν ἄγουσα, ἀλλʼ ἐξ οὖα ρανοῦ κατάγουσα Ἡμεῖς δὲ Θεὸν μὲν γινώσκομεν τὸν Πατέρα, καὶτὸν Υίδν, καὶ τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα · ταῦτα δὲ οὐ κλήσεις ψιλὰς, τεμνούσας ἀξιωμάτων ἢ δυνάμεων ἁνισότητας. ἀλλὰ μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ὥσπερ προσηγορίαν, οὕτω καὶ θεότητος φύσιν, καὶ οὐσίαν, καὶ δύναμιν. Εἰ δέ τις ταῦτα μὲν ὀρθῶς οτεται λέγεσθαι, ἔγκαλεϊ δὲ τὴν τῶν αίρετικῶν κοινωνίαν, δειξάτω τις τοῦτο τῶν ἡμετέρων · καὶ ἢ πείσομεν,ἦ ἁναχωρήσομεν. Πρὸ κρίσεως δὲ οὐδὲ ἄλλο τι καινοτομεῖν ἁσφαλὲς, μὴ ὅτι πρᾶγμα τοσοῦτον, κα). περὶ τηλικούτων. Ἡμεῖς μὲν οὖν ταῦτα καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα Θεὸν κα) ἀνθρώπους, καὶ διαμαρτυρόμεθα. Καὶ οὐδὲ νῦν, εὖ ῑσθι, ταῦτʼ ἂν ἐγράψαμεν. εί μὴ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ἑωρῶμεν διασπωμένην, καὶ τεμνομένην, καὶ ταῖς ἄλλως τερατείαις. καὶ τῷ νῦν συνεδρίῳ τῆς ματαιότητος. Εἰ δέ τις ταῦτα λεγόντων ἡμῶν καὶ διαμαρτυρομένων, ἢ διὰ χρείας τινὰς,
ialipeïn anankaion. Ophelon kai apokopsontai oi anastatountes hymas, kai deuteron Ioudaïsmyn, kai … peritomēn, kai thysias deuteras eisagontes; ei gar touto, ti kōlyei kai palin gennēthēnai Chripon eis athetēsin tōn autōn. kai prodothēnai palin hypo Iouda, kai staurōthēnai, kai taphēnai, kai anastēnai, hina plērōthę̄ ta panta ta tēs autēs ikolouthias, kata tēn Hellēnikēn anakyklōsin, auta peripherousēs tēs autēs tōn astrōn kinēseōss tis gar hē apoklērōsis, to men ti genesthai tōn tote symbantōn, to de parethēnais touto deixatōsan hoi sophoi, kai tǭ plēthei tōn bibliōn philotimou menoi. Epeidē de tǭperi Triados physioumenoi logǭ, kao tapseudontai men hēmōn, hōs ouch hygiōs hechontōn peri tēn pistin, deleazousi de tous pollous, ekeino gi; nōskein anankaion, hoti Apollinarios men to tēs theotētos onoma tǭ hagiǭ Pneumati dous, tēn dynamin tēs theotētos ouk ephylaxe. To gar ek megalou, kai meizonos, kai megistou synistąn tēn Triada, hōsper ex augēs, kai aktinos, kai hēliou, tou Pneumatos, kai tou Huiou kai tou Patros (hoper saphōs en tois ekeinou gegraptai logois), klimax esti theotētos, ouk eis ouranon agousa, allʼ ex oua ranou katagousa Hēmeis de Theon men ginōskomen ton Patera, kaiton Uidn, kai to hagion Pneuma ; tauta de ou klēseis psilas, temnousas axiōmatōn ē dynameōn hanisotētas. alla mian kai tēn autēn hōsper prosēgorian, houtō kai theotētos physin, kai ousian, kai dynamin. Ei de tis tauta men orthōs otetai legesthai, enkaleï de tēn tōn airetikōn koinōnian, deixatō tis touto tōn hēmeterōn ; kai ē peisomen,ē hanachōrēsomen. Pro kriseōs de oude allo ti kainotomein hasphales, mē hoti pragma tosouton, ka). peri tēlikoutōn. Hēmeis men oun tauta kai diemartyrametha Theon ka) anthrōpous, kai diamartyrometha. Kai oude nyn, eu isthi, tautʼ an egrapsamen. ei mē tēn Ekklēsian heōrōmen diaspōmenēn, kai temnomenēn, kai tais allōs terateiais. kai tǭ nyn synedriǭ tēs mataiotētos. Ei de tis tauta legontōn hēmōn kai diamartyromenōn, ē dia chreias tinas,
… which it is necessary not to pass over. Would that those who unsettle you would even cut themselves off, bringing in a second Judaism and a second circumcision and second sacrifices! For if so, what prevents Christ from being born again to set aside the same things, and from being betrayed again by Judas, and crucified, and buried, and rising again, so that everything may be fulfilled in the same sequence, according to the Greek doctrine of recurrence, the same motion of the stars bringing the same things round? For what is the principle of choice, that some of the things that happened then should come about and others be passed over? Let the wise men show this, who pride themselves on the number of their books. And since, puffed up by their teaching on the Trinity, they lie about us as not sound in the faith, and entice the many, it is necessary to know this: that Apollinarius, while granting the name of Godhead to the Holy Spirit, did not preserve the power of Godhead. For to make up the Trinity of great, greater and greatest, as of light, ray and sun, the Spirit, the Son and the Father (as is clearly written in his works), is a ladder of Godhead that does not lead up to heaven but leads down from heaven. But we know God the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Spirit, and these not as bare names, dividing inequalities of rank or power, but, just as there is one and the same title, so one and the same nature, essence and power of Godhead. And if anyone thinks this rightly said, but charges us with communion with heretics, let any of our people show it; and we will either persuade him or withdraw. But before judgment it is not safe to innovate in anything else, let alone in so great a matter and about such great things. These things we have solemnly testified, and do testify, before God and men. And not even now, be well assured, would we have written this, if we had not seen the Church being torn apart and divided, both by their other prodigies and by the present council of vanity. But if anyone, while we say and testify these things, either for certain needs,
Chapter 193
193PG 37:193a–193d
ἢ διὰ φόβον ἀνθρώπινον, ἦ διὰ μικροψυχίας ἀτόπους, ἦ διὰ τὸ ἀποίμαντον τέως καὶ ἀκυβέρνητον. ἦ διὰ τὸ ξενοχαρὲς, καὶ πρὸς τὰς καινοτομίας ἕτοιμον, διαπτύει μὲν ἡμᾶς, ὡς οὐδενὸς λόγου ἀξίους, προστρέχει δὲ τοῖς τοιούτοις, καὶ διαιρεῖ τὸ καλὸν σῶμα τῆς Ἕκκὶησὶας, αὐτὸς βαστάσει τὸ κρῖμα, ὅστις ἐὰν ᾗ, καὶ ὑφέξει τῷ Θεῷ λόγον ὲν ἡμέρα κρίσεως. Εἰ δὲ οἱ μακροὶ λόγοι, καὶ νέα ψαλτήρια, καὶ ἀντίφθογγα τῷ Δαβὶδ, καὶ ἡ τῶν μέτρων χάρις, ἡ τρῑτη διαθήκη νομίζεται, καὶ ἡμεῖς ψαλμοὶογήσομεν, καὶ πολλὰ γράψομεν καὶ μετρήσομεν. Ἐπειδὴ δοκοῦμεν καὶ ἡμεῖς Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ ἔχεινʼ εἴπερ Πνεῦματος χάρις τοῦτό ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἀνθρωπίνη καινοτομία. Ταῦτά σε βούλομαι διαμαρτύρασθαι τοὺς πολλοὺς, ἵνα μὴ βάρος ἔχωμεν, ὼς τοιοῦτο κα·κὸν παρορῶντες, καὶ παρὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν ρᾳθυμίαν, πονηροῦ δόγματος νομὴν καὶ ἰσχὺν λαμβάνοντος. PB'. ΚΑΤΑ ΑΠΟΛΛΙΙΖξῗὲζΥΟΥ ΠΡΟΣ ΚΑΠΔΟ- ' ι τιυι ΕΠιΣΤΟΛΗ B'. Ἐπειδὴ πολλοὶ, προσελθόντες τῇ σῇ εὐλαβείᾳ, πληροιρορίαν ζητοῦσι περὶ πίστεως, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀπῄτησας ἡμᾶς ἁγαπητικῶς σύντομον ὅρον τινὰ καὶ κανόνα τοῦ ἡμετέρου φρονήματος, διὰ τοῦτο ἐγράψαμεν τῇ σῇ εὐλαβείᾳ (ὃ καὶ πρὸ τῶν γραμμάτων ἐγνώριζες), ὅτι ἡμεῖς τῆς κατὰ Νίκαιαν πίστεως, τῆς τῶν ἁγίων Πατέρων τῶν ὲκεί συνελθόντων ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τῆς Ἀρειανῆς αἱρέσεως, οὐδὲν οὔτε προετιμήσαμεν πώποτε, οὔτε προ· τιμᾷν δυνάμεθα, ἀλλʼ ἐκείνης ἐσμὲν τῆς πίστεως σὺν Θεῷ καὶ ἐσόμεθα, προσδιαρθροῦντες τὸ ἰλλιπῶς εἰρημένον ἐκείνοις περὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος (διὰ τὸ μηδὲ κεκινῆσθαι τηνικαῦτα τοῦτο τὸ ζήτημα ). ὅτι μιᾶς θεότητος εἰδέναι χρὴ τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν, καὶ τὸ ᾶγιον Πνεῦμα, Θεὸν καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα γινώσκοντας. Τοὺς οὖν οὕτω φρονοῦντας
ē dia phobon anthrōpinon, ē dia mikropsychias atopous, ē dia to apoimanton teōs kai akybernēton. ē dia to xenochares, kai pros tas kainotomias hetoimon, diaptyei men hēmas, hōs oudenos logou axious, prostrechei de tois toioutois, kai diairei to kalon sōma tēs Hekkiēsias, autos bastasei to krima, hostis ean hę̄, kai hyphexei tǭ Theǭ logon en hēmera kriseōs. Ei de hoi makroi logoi, kai nea psaltēria, kai antiphthonga tǭ Dabid, kai hē tōn metrōn charis, hē tritē diathēkē nomizetai, kai hēmeis psalmoiogēsomen, kai polla grapsomen kai metrēsomen. Epeidē dokoumen kai hēmeis Pneuma Theou echeinʼ eiper Pneumatos charis touto estin, alla mē anthrōpinē kainotomia. Tauta se boulomai diamartyrasthai tous pollous, hina mē baros echōmen, ōs toiouto ka;kon parorōntes, kai para tēn hēmeteran rąthymian, ponērou dogmatos nomēn kai ischyn lambanontos. PB'. KATA APOLLIIZxïezYOU PROS KAPDO- ' i tiui EPiSTOLĒ B'. Epeidē polloi, proselthontes tę̄ sę̄ eulabeią, plēroirorian zētousi peri pisteōs, kai dia touto apę̄tēsas hēmas hagapētikōs syntomon horon tina kai kanona tou hēmeterou phronēmatos, dia touto egrapsamen tę̄ sę̄ eulabeią (ho kai pro tōn grammatōn egnōrizes), hoti hēmeis tēs kata Nikaian pisteōs, tēs tōn hagiōn Paterōn tōn ekei synelthontōn epi kathairesei tēs Areianēs haireseōs, ouden oute proetimēsamen pōpote, oute pro; timąn dynametha, allʼ ekeinēs esmen tēs pisteōs syn Theǭ kai esometha, prosdiarthrountes to illipōs eirēmenon ekeinois peri tou hagiou Pneumatos (dia to mēde kekinēsthai tēnikauta touto to zētēma ). hoti mias theotētos eidenai chrē ton Patera, kai ton Huion, kai to agion Pneuma, Theon kai to Pneuma ginōskontas. Tous oun houtō phronountas
or from human fear, or from unseemly pettiness, or because they have so far been without shepherd and pilot, or from a love of novelty and readiness for innovation, spits upon us as worthy of no account and runs to such men, and divides the fair body of the Church, he will bear the judgment, whoever he may be, and will give account to God on the day of judgment. And if long discourses, and new psalters contrary to David, and the charm of metre are thought to be a third testament, we too will compose psalms, and write much, and put it into metre. For we too think that we have the Spirit of God, if indeed this is a grace of the Spirit and not a human innovation. These things I want you to testify to the many, so that we may not bear the blame, as though we overlooked such an evil, and a wicked doctrine gained pasture and strength through our negligence. [Letter 102. Against Apollinarius, to Cledonius: second letter] Since many have come to your Reverence seeking assurance about the faith, and you have therefore lovingly asked us for a brief definition and rule of our mind, we have therefore written to your Reverence (what you knew even before the letter) that we have never preferred anything, nor can prefer anything, to the faith of Nicaea, that of the holy fathers who met there to destroy the Arian heresy; but we are, and with God will be, of that faith, articulating further what they said incompletely about the Holy Spirit (because that question had not then been raised): that one must know the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit to be of one Godhead, knowing the Spirit also as God. Those, then, who think
Chapter 195
195PG 37:196a–196d
καὶ διδάσκοντας ἔχε κοινωνικοὺς, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἡμεῖς· τοὺς δὲ ἐτέρως ἔχοντας ἀποστρέφου, καὶ ἀλλοτρίους ἡγοῦ καὶτοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τῆς καθολικῆς Ἐκκλησίας. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ περὶ τῆς θείας …ήσεως, εῖτουν σαρκώσεως κινεῖταί τι ζήτημα, καὶ τοῦτο διορίζου πᾶσι περ). ἡμῶν, ὅτι τὸν Υἱδν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὸν γεννηθέντα ἐκ τοῦ Πατρδς, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἐκ τῆς ἁγίας παρθένου Μαρίας, είς ἐν ἄγομεν, καὶ οὑ δύο υἱοὺς ὀνομάζομεν, ἀλλʼ ἕνα καὶτὸν αὑτὸν ἐν ἀδιαιρέτῳ θεότητι καὶ τιμῇ προσκυνοῦμεν. Εἰ δέ τις οὐ συντίθεται τούτοιςὴ νῦν ἡ ὕστερον, αὐτὸς ὑφέξει τῷ Θεῷ λόγον ἐν ἡμέρα κρίσεως. Ἦ μὲν οὖν πρὸς τὴν ἀνόητον αὐτῶν περὶ τοῦ νοῦ δόξαν ἔνστασις ἡμῶν καὶ ἀντίθεσις, ὡς ἐν βραχεῖ, τοιαύτη καὶ οὕτως ἔχουσα· μόνοι γὰρ σχεδὸν ὃ δογματίζουσιν, ὅντως καὶ πάσχουσιν, ἀνοίᾳ τὸν νοῦν περικόπτοντες. Ἵνα δὲ μὴ κατηγορῶσιν ἡμῶν ὡς τὴν τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ Οὐῖταλίου πίστιν, ἡν ἀπαιτηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ μακαρίου Δαμάσου τοῦ τῆς Ῥώμης ἐπισκόπου, ἔγγραφον ἐπιδέδωκε, πρότερον μὲν ἀποδεχομένων, νῦν δὲ ἀναινομένων, καὶ περὶ τούτου βραχέα δηλώσωμεν. Οὗτοι γὰρ ἡνίκα μὲν ἂν τοῖς γνησίοις αὐτῶν μαθηταῖς, καὶ μύσταις τῶν ἀπορρήτων θεολογῶσιν, ὥσπερ οἱ Μανιχαῖοι τοῖς ἐκλεκτοῖς λεγομένοις, ὃλην τὴν νόσον αὐτῶν ὲκκαλύπτοντες, μόλις καὶ τὴν σάρκα τῷ Σωτῆρι διδόασιν. Ὅταν δὲ ταῖς κοιναῖς ὑπολήψεσι περὶ τῆς ἐνανθρωπὴσεως, ἀς ἡ Γραφὴ παρίστησιν, ἐλέγχωνται καὶ πιέζωνται, τὰς μὲν εὐσεβεῖς λέξεις ὁμολογοῦσι, περὶ δέ τὸν νοῦν κακουργοῦσιν, οὐκ ἄψυχον μὲν, οὐδὲ ἄλογον, οὐδὲ ἄνουν, οὐδὲ ἀτελῆ ὁμολογοῦντες τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ψυχὴν δὲ καὶ λόγον, καὶ νοῦν, αὐτὴν εἰσάγοντες τὴν θεότητα, ὡς αὐτῆς τῇ σαρκὶ συγκραθείσης μόνης, ἀλλʼ οὐχ). καὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων καὶ ἀνθρωπίνων, εί καὶ τὸ ἀναμάρτητον κρεῖττον ἡ καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἦν, καὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων παθῶν καθάρσιον.
kai didaskontas eche koinōnikous, epei kai hēmeis; tous de eterōs echontas apostrephou, kai allotrious hēgou kaitou Theou kai tēs katholikēs Ekklēsias. Epeidē de kai peri tēs theias …ēseōs, eitoun sarkōseōs kineitai ti zētēma, kai touto diorizou pasi per). hēmōn, hoti ton Huidn tou Theou, ton gennēthenta ek tou Patrds, kai meta touto ek tēs hagias parthenou Marias, eis en agomen, kai hou dyo huious onomazomen, allʼ hena kaiton hauton en adiairetǭ theotēti kai timę̄ proskynoumen. Ei de tis ou syntithetai toutoisē nyn hē hysteron, autos hyphexei tǭ Theǭ logon en hēmera kriseōs. Ē men oun pros tēn anoēton autōn peri tou nou doxan enstasis hēmōn kai antithesis, hōs en brachei, toiautē kai houtōs echousa; monoi gar schedon ho dogmatizousin, hontōs kai paschousin, anoią ton noun perikoptontes. Hina de mē katēgorōsin hēmōn hōs tēn tou agapētou Ouitaliou pistin, hēn apaitētheis hypo tou makariou Damasou tou tēs Rhōmēs episkopou, engraphon epidedōke, proteron men apodechomenōn, nyn de anainomenōn, kai peri toutou brachea dēlōsōmen. Houtoi gar hēnika men an tois gnēsiois autōn mathētais, kai mystais tōn aporrētōn theologōsin, hōsper hoi Manichaioi tois eklektois legomenois, holēn tēn noson autōn ekkalyptontes, molis kai tēn sarka tǭ Sōtēri didoasin. Hotan de tais koinais hypolēpsesi peri tēs enanthrōpēseōs, as hē Graphē paristēsin, elenchōntai kai piezōntai, tas men eusebeis lexeis homologousi, peri de ton noun kakourgousin, ouk apsychon men, oude alogon, oude anoun, oude atelē homologountes ton anthrōpon, psychēn de kai logon, kai noun, autēn eisagontes tēn theotēta, hōs autēs tę̄ sarki synkratheisēs monēs, allʼ ouch). kai tōn hēmeterōn kai anthrōpinōn, ei kai to anamartēton kreitton hē kathʼ hēmas ēn, kai tōn hēmeterōn pathōn katharsion.
and teach so, hold in communion, as we too do; but turn away from those otherwise minded, and regard them as strangers to God and to the catholic Church. And since a question is also being raised about the divine becoming man, or enfleshment, make this clear to all on our behalf: that we bring into one the Son of God, begotten of the Father and afterwards of the holy Virgin Mary, and do not name two sons, but worship one and the same in undivided Godhead and honour. If anyone does not assent to this, now or later, he will give account to God on the day of judgment. This, then, in brief, is our objection and opposition to their senseless opinion about the mind; for they are almost the only people who really suffer what they teach, cutting off the mind by mindlessness. But so that they may not accuse us of having first accepted and now rejecting the faith of the beloved Vitalius, which he handed in in writing when asked for it by the blessed Damasus, bishop of Rome, let us say a few words about this too. When these men speak about God to their genuine disciples and the initiates of their secrets, like the Manichees to those they call the elect, they uncover their whole disease and scarcely allow the Saviour even flesh. But when they are refuted and pressed by the common understanding of the incarnation that Scripture presents, they confess the pious words but distort the sense, confessing the man to be not without soul, nor without reason, nor without mind, nor imperfect, but bringing in the Godhead itself as his soul and reason and mind, as though it alone were blended with the flesh, and not also what is ours and human, even though his sinlessness was above our condition and a cleansing of our passions.
Chapter 197
197PG 37:197a–197b
Οὕτω γοῦν καὶ τὸ, Ἡμεῖς δέ γοῦν Χριστοῦ ἐχομεν, παρεξηγοῦνται κακῶς καὶ λίαν εὐήθως, νοῦν Χριστοῦ τὴν θεότητα λέγοντες, οὐχ, ὅπερ ἡμεῖς, ὑπολαμβάνοντες, ὅτι οἱ τὸν ἑαυτῶν νοῦν καθήραντες μιμήσει τοῦ νοὸς ἐκείνου, ὅνπερ ἡμῶν ὁ Σωτὴρ ἀνεδέξατο, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ρυθμίζοντες, ὡς ἐφικτὸν, οὗτοι νοῦν Χριστοῦ ἔχειν λέγονται· ὡς καὶ σάρκα Χριστοῦ μαρωρηθείεν ἂν ἔχειν ἐκεῖνοι οι τὴν σάρκα παιδαγωγήσαντες, καὶ σύσσωμοι καὶ συμμέτοχοι Χριστοῦ κατὰ τοῦτο γενόμενοι ’ καὶ, Ὠς ἐφορέσαμεν τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ χοϊκοῦ, οὕτω, φησι, φορέσομεν καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἐπουρανίου. υῦτω δὲ καὶ τέλειος αὐτοῖς ἄνθρωπος, οὐχ ὁ πεπειρασμένος κατὰ πάντα τὰ ἡμέτερα χωρὶς ἀμαρτῗας, ἀλλὰ τὸ ὲκ Θεοῦ καὶ σαρκὸς σύγκραμα δογμα- τῖζεται. Τούτου γὰρ, φασὶ, τί τελειότερον; Τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ καὶ περὶ τὴν τῆς ὲνανΘρωπήσεως κακουργοῦσι φωνὴν, τὸ ὲνηνθρώπησεν, ούκ ὲν ἀνθρώπῳ γέγονεν, ὃν ἑαυτῷ περιέπηξεν, ὲξηγούμενοι, κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον, Αὐτὸς γὰρ ἐγίνωσκε τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἀλλʼ ἀνθρώποις ὡμίλησε, καὶ συνεπολιτεύσατο, λέγοντες καὶ διδάσκοντες, καὶ πρὸς ἐκείνην καταφεύγοντες τὴν φωνὴν, τήν · Μετὰ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὤφθη, καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συνεστράρη, λέγουσαν. Καὶ τί ἄν τις ἀγωνίζοιτο ἐπὶ …; Οἱ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀποσκευαζόμενοι, καὶ τὴν ἐντὸς εἰκόνα, τὸ ἐκτὸς ἡμῶν καθαρίζουσι μόνον διὰ τοῦ καινοῦ προσωπείου, καὶ τοῦ ὁρωμένου, τοσοῦτον ἑαυτοῖς μαχόμενοι, ὡς ποτὲ μὲν διὰ τὴν σάρκα καὶτὰ ἄλλα παχέως καὶ σαρκικῶς ἐξηγεῖσθαι (ἐντεῦθεν γὰρ αὐτοῖς ὁ δεύτερος ’1ουδαῑσμὸς ὥρμηται, καὶ ἡ χὰιοὲτης καὶ ληρώδης ὲν τῷ παραδείσῳ τρυφὴ, καὶ σχεδὸν τὸ τὰ αὐτὰ πάλιν ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀναλαμβάνειν ἡμᾶς), ποτὲ δὲ δόκησιν μᾶλλον ἢάλήθειαν τῆς σαρκὸς είσάγειν, ὡς οὐδὲν τῶν ἡμετέρων παθούσης. οὐδὲ ὅσα τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἐστὶν ἐλεύθερα, καὶ κεχρῆσθαι πρὸς τοῦτο τῇ ἁποστολικῇ φωνῇ, οὐκ ἀποστολικῶς νοουμένῃ, ἢ λεγομένῃ, ὲν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων τὸν Σωτῆρα ἡμῶν γεγενῆσθαι, καὶ σχήματι εὑρῆσθαι ὡς ἄνθρωπον, ὡς ούχῖ τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου εἴδους ὲν τούτοις δηλουμένου,
Houtō goun kai to, Hēmeis de goun Christou echomen, parexēgountai kakōs kai lian euēthōs, noun Christou tēn theotēta legontes, ouch, hoper hēmeis, hypolambanontes, hoti hoi ton heautōn noun kathērantes mimēsei tou noos ekeinou, honper hēmōn ho Sōtēr anedexato, kai pros auton rythmizontes, hōs ephikton, houtoi noun Christou echein legontai; hōs kai sarka Christou marōrētheien an echein ekeinoi oi tēn sarka paidagōgēsantes, kai syssōmoi kai symmetochoi Christou kata touto genomenoi ’ kai, Ōs ephoresamen tēn eikona tou choïkou, houtō, phēsi, phoresomen kai tēn tou epouraniou. yytō de kai teleios autois anthrōpos, ouch ho pepeirasmenos kata panta ta hēmetera chōris amartïas, alla to ek Theou kai sarkos synkrama dogma- tizetai. Toutou gar, phasi, ti teleioteron? To dʼ auto kai peri tēn tēs enanThrōpēseōs kakourgousi phōnēn, to enēnthrōpēsen, ouk en anthrōpǭ gegonen, hon heautǭ periepēxen, exēgoumenoi, kata to eirēmenon, Autos gar eginōske ti ēn en tǭ anthrōpǭ, allʼ anthrōpois hōmilēse, kai synepoliteusato, legontes kai didaskontes, kai pros ekeinēn katapheugontes tēn phōnēn, tēn ; Meta touto epi tēs gēs ōphthē, kai tois anthrōpois synestrarē, legousan. Kai ti an tis agōnizoito epi …? Hoi ton anthrōpon aposkeuazomenoi, kai tēn entos eikona, to ektos hēmōn katharizousi monon dia tou kainou prosōpeiou, kai tou horōmenou, tosouton heautois machomenoi, hōs pote men dia tēn sarka kaita alla pacheōs kai sarkikōs exēgeisthai (enteuthen gar autois ho deuteros ’1oudaismos hōrmētai, kai hē chaioetēs kai lērōdēs en tǭ paradeisǭ tryphē, kai schedon to ta auta palin epi tois autois analambanein hēmas), pote de dokēsin mallon ēalētheian tēs sarkos eisagein, hōs ouden tōn hēmeterōn pathousēs. oude hosa tēs hamartias estin eleuthera, kai kechrēsthai pros touto tę̄ hapostolikę̄ phōnę̄, ouk apostolikōs nooumenę̄, ē legomenę̄, en homoiōmati anthrōpōn ton Sōtēra hēmōn gegenēsthai, kai schēmati heurēsthai hōs anthrōpon, hōs ouchi tou anthrōpinou eidous en toutois dēloumenou,
So too they misinterpret, badly and very simple-mindedly, “But we have the mind of Christ,” saying that the mind of Christ is the Godhead; not understanding, as we do, that those who have purified their own mind by imitating that mind which the Saviour took from us, and shape it to his as far as is possible, are said to have the mind of Christ; just as those who have disciplined the flesh might be attested to have the flesh of Christ, becoming of one body and partakers with Christ in this respect; and, “As we have borne the image of the earthly,” he says, “so we shall also bear the image of the heavenly.” So too for them the perfect man is not the one who was tempted in all things as we are, yet without sin; but they teach as dogma the blend of God and flesh. “For what,” they say, “is more perfect than this?” The same trick they play on the word for the incarnation: “he became man” they explain not as “he was in the man whom he fixed around himself,” according to the saying “For he himself knew what was in man,” but as “he associated and lived with men,” speaking and teaching; and they take refuge in that saying, “After this he appeared on earth and lived among men.” And why should one contend over … ? They discard the man and the inner image, and cleanse only our outer part by their new mask, the visible one, so much at war with themselves that at one time, because of the flesh, they interpret everything else grossly and carnally (from this their second Judaism started, and their foolish and drivelling thousand-year luxury in paradise, and almost our taking up the same things again on the same terms), and at another time they bring in a seeming rather than a reality of flesh, as though it suffered nothing of ours, not even what is free from sin; and for this they use the apostolic saying, not understood or spoken apostolically, that our Saviour came to be in the likeness of men and was found in fashion as a man, as though the human form were not meant by these words,
Chapter 199
199PG 37:200a–200d
φαντασίας δέ τινος ἀπατηλῆς κα) δοκήσεως. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν αἱ φωναὶ αὗται, καλῶς μὲν νοούμεναι, μετὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας εἰσὶ, κακῶς δὲ ἐξ. ηγούμεναι, τὸ δυσσεὸὲς ἔχουσι, τί θαυμαστὸν, εί καὶ τοὺς Οὐῖταλίου λόγους, ἡμεῖς μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ εὐσεβέστερον ἐδεξάμεθα, οῦτω τοῦ θέλειν πείθοντος, ἄλλοι δὲ πρὸς τὸν τῶν γεγραμμένων νοῦν άγριαίνουσιν; ὃ μοι δοκεῖ, καὶ Δάμασος αὐτὸς μεταδιδαχθεὶς. καὶ ἅμα πυθόμενος ἐπὶ τῶν προτέρων μένειν αὐτοὺς ἐξηγήσεων. ἁποκηρύκτους αὐτοὺς πεποιῆσθαι. καὶ τὸ γραμματεῖον ἀνατετραφέναι τῆς πίστεως σὺν άναΟεματισμῷ· καὶ πρὸς αὐτὴν τὴν ἀπάτην αὐτῶν δυσχεράνας, ἡν ἔπαθεν ἐξ ἁπλότητος. Ταῦτʼ οὖν ἑληλεγμένοι σαφῶς, μὴ χαλεπαινέτωσαν, ἀλλʼ ὲντρεπέσθωσαν, μηδὲ καταψευδέσθωσαν, ἀλλὰ συστελλέσθωσαν, καὶ τῶν πυλώνων ἐξαλειφέτωσαν τὸ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν αὐτῶν ὲκεῖνο πρόγραμμά τε καὶ κήρυγμα τῆς όρθοδοξίας, μετὰ ζητήματος εὐθὺς ἀπαντῶντες τοῖς εἰσιοῦσι καὶ διακρίσεως, τὸ δεῖν προσκυνεῖν μὴ ἄνθρωπον θεοφόρον, ἀλλὰ Θεὸν σαρκοφόρον. Οὗ τί γένοιτʼ ἂν ἀλογώτερον, κᾶν τῷ ῥήματι τούτῳ μέγα φρονῶσιν οί νέοι τῆς ἀληθείας κήρυκες; χάριν μὲν γὰρ ἔχει τινὰ σοφιστικὴν τῷ τάχει τῆς ἀντιστῳφῆς, καὶ ψηφολογικὴν τερατείαν, τοὺς ἀπαιδεύτους τέρπουσαν ο ἔστι δὲ τῶν γελοίων γελοιότερον, καὶ τῶν ἀσυνέτων άσυνετώτερον. Εἰ γάρ τις μεταβαλὼν τὴν, ἄνθρωπος, φωνὴν, καὶ τὴν, σὰρξ, είς Θεὸν (ὧν τὸ μὲν ἡμῖν ἀρέσκει, τὸ δὲ αὐτοῖς), ἔπειτα τῇ ἀντι· ’ στροφῇ χρήσαιτο τῇ θαυμασία ταύτῃ καὶ θεογνώστῳ, τί συναχθήσεταις τὸ δεῖν προσκυνεῖν μὴ σάρκα θεοφόρον, ἀλλὰ Θεὸν ἀνθρωποφόρον. Ὢ τῆς ἀτοπίαςί τὴν ἀποκεκρυμμένην μετὰ Χριστὸν σοφίαν σήμερον ἡμῖν καταγγέλλουσιν, ἐφʼ ᾧ καὶ δακρύειν ἄξιον. Εἰ γάρ πρὸ τριάκοντα τούτων ἑτῶν ἡ πίστις μήρξατο. τετρακοσίων σχεδὸν ἐτῶν γεγονότων ἀφʼ οὗ Χριστὸς πεφανέρωται, κενὸν ἒν τοσούτῳ χρόνῳ τὸ Εὑαγγέλιον ἡμῶν, κενὴ δὲ καὶ ἡ πίστις ἡμῶν, καί μάτην οἱ μὲν μαρτυρήσαντες ἐμαρτύρησαν, μάτην δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ προέστησαν οἱ τοιοῦτοι καὶ τηλικοῦτοι προστάται. καὶτῶν μέ·τρων ἡ χάρις, ἀλλʼ οὺ τῆς πίστεως.
phantasias de tinos apatēlēs ka) dokēseōs. Epeidē toinyn hai phōnai hautai, kalōs men nooumenai, meta tēs eusebeias eisi, kakōs de ex. ēgoumenai, to dysseoes echousi, ti thaumaston, ei kai tous Ouitaliou logous, hēmeis men epi to eusebesteron edexametha, outō tou thelein peithontos, alloi de pros ton tōn gegrammenōn noun agriainousin? ho moi dokei, kai Damasos autos metadidachtheis. kai hama pythomenos epi tōn proterōn menein autous exēgēseōn. hapokēryktous autous pepoiēsthai. kai to grammateion anatetraphenai tēs pisteōs syn anaOematismǭ; kai pros autēn tēn apatēn autōn dyscheranas, hēn epathen ex haplotētos. Tautʼ oun helēlegmenoi saphōs, mē chalepainetōsan, allʼ entrepesthōsan, mēde katapseudesthōsan, alla systellesthōsan, kai tōn pylōnōn exaleiphetōsan to mega kai thaumaston autōn ekeino programma te kai kērygma tēs orthodoxias, meta zētēmatos euthys apantōntes tois eisiousi kai diakriseōs, to dein proskynein mē anthrōpon theophoron, alla Theon sarkophoron. Hou ti genoitʼ an alogōteron, kan tǭ rhēmati toutǭ mega phronōsin oi neoi tēs alētheias kērykes? charin men gar echei tina sophistikēn tǭ tachei tēs antistǭphēs, kai psēphologikēn terateian, tous apaideutous terpousan o esti de tōn geloiōn geloioteron, kai tōn asynetōn asynetōteron. Ei gar tis metabalōn tēn, anthrōpos, phōnēn, kai tēn, sarx, eis Theon (hōn to men hēmin areskei, to de autois), epeita tę̄ anti; ’ strophę̄ chrēsaito tę̄ thaumasia tautę̄ kai theognōstǭ, ti synachthēsetais to dein proskynein mē sarka theophoron, alla Theon anthrōpophoron. Ō tēs atopiasi tēn apokekrymmenēn meta Christon sophian sēmeron hēmin katangellousin, ephʼ hǭ kai dakryein axion. Ei gar pro triakonta toutōn hetōn hē pistis mērxato. tetrakosiōn schedon etōn gegonotōn aphʼ hou Christos pephanerōtai, kenon en tosoutǭ chronǭ to Heuangelion hēmōn, kenē de kai hē pistis hēmōn, kai matēn hoi men martyrēsantes emartyrēsan, matēn de tou laou proestēsan hoi toioutoi kai tēlikoutoi prostatai. kaitōn me;trōn hē charis, allʼ ou tēs pisteōs.
but some deceptive appearance and seeming. Since, then, these expressions, rightly understood, are in accord with piety, but wrongly interpreted contain impiety, what is surprising if we took the words of Vitalius in the more pious sense, our wish persuading us so, while others are infuriated at the meaning of what was written? This, it seems to me, is why Damasus himself, when he had been better informed and at the same time had learned that they held to their former interpretations, disowned them and overturned the written statement of faith with an anathema, vexed at the very deception he had suffered through simplicity. Since they have been clearly refuted in this, let them not be angry but ashamed; let them not lie but be humbled; and let them erase from their gateways that great and wonderful proclamation and announcement of their orthodoxy, with which they meet those who come in, at once with a question and a test: that one must worship not a God-bearing man but a flesh-bearing God. What could be more senseless than this, even if these new heralds of the truth pride themselves on the phrase? It has a certain sophistical charm from the quickness of its inversion, and a juggler's trickery that delights the uneducated; but it is more ridiculous than the ridiculous and more foolish than the foolish. For if one changed the words “man” and “flesh” into “God” (the one is our choice, the other theirs), and then used this wonderful and God-taught inversion, what will follow? That one must worship not a God-bearing flesh but a man-bearing God. O the absurdity! They proclaim to us today a wisdom hidden since Christ, which is worth weeping over. For if the faith began thirty years ago, when nearly four hundred years have passed since Christ was made manifest, our gospel has been empty for so long a time, and empty our faith, and in vain have the martyrs borne witness, and in vain have such and so great leaders presided over the people. … and the charm is that of metre, not of faith.
Chapter 201
201PG 37:201a–201c
τίς δὲ οὔκ ἂν αὐτοὺς ἀγάσαιτο τῆς παιδεύσεως, οῖ σαφῶς αὐτοὶ τά Χριστοῦ διαιροῦντες, καὶ τὸ μὲν, ἐγεννήθη, καὶ ὲπειράσθη, καὶ ὲπείνησε, καὶ ἐδίψησεν, ἐκοπίασὲ τε καὶ ὕπνωσε, τῷ ἀνθρωπίνῳ προσ· νέμοντες, τὺ δὲ, ὑπὸ ἀγγέλων ἐδοξάσθη, καὶ τὸν πειραστὴν ἐνίκησε, καὶ ἔθρεψε λαὸν ἐν ἐρήμῳ, καὶ ἔθρεψεν οὓτω, καὶ ὕπερθεν θαλάσσης ἐπέζωσε, τῇ θεότητι λογιζόμενον καὶ τὸ μὲν, Ποῦ τεθείκατε Λάζαρον, ἡμέτερον εἶναι λέγοντες, τὸ δὲ, Λάζαρε, δεῦρο ἔξω, βοᾷν, καὶ τὸν τετραήμερον νεκρὸν ἐγείρειν, ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς · καὶ τὸ μὲν, ὴγωνίασε, καὶ ἐσταυρώθη, καὶ ἐτάφη, τοῦ προκαλύμματος, τὸ δὲ, ἐθάρσησε, καὶ ἀνέστη, καὶ ἀνέὄη, τοῦ θησαυρίσματοςςἚπειτα κατηγοροῦσιν ήμῶν, ὡς δύο φύσεις είσαγόντων ἀπηρτημένας, ἢ μαχομένας, καὶ μεριζόντων τὴν … καὶ θαυμασίαν ἕνωσινο δέον ή μὴ ποιεῖν ὃ κατηγοροῦσιν, ἢ μὴ κατηγορεῖν ὃ πράττουσιν, εἴπερ ἑαυτοῖς γοῦν ἀκολουθεῖν ἐγνώκεισαν, ἀλλὰ μὴ καὶ τά ῐδια λέγειν, καὶ τά τῶν ἀντιπάλων. Τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν ή ἀλογία· καὶ πρὸς ἑαυτὴν, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀπομάχεται, ὼς μηδὲ περι·πξπτοντας αὐτοὺς ἑαυτοῖς ἢ νοεῖν, ή αἰσχύνεσθαι. Καὶ εί τις οῖεται ταῦτα γράφειν ἡμᾶς ἢ λέγειν ἑκόντας, ἀλλʼ οὐ τυραννουμένους, καὶ τὴν ἕνωσιν ἀποσπεύδοντας, ἀλλʼ οὐχ). καὶ λίαν σπουδάζοντας, ἴστω κακῶς φρονῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἐστοχασμένως τῆς ἡμετέρας ἐπιθυμίας, οἷς οὐδὲν εἰρήνης ἐστὶν, γέγονε προτιμότερον, ὡς αὐτὰ πείθει τά πράγματαʼ κᾶν ά ποιοῦσί τε καὶ νεανιεύονται καθʼ ἡμῶν ἀποκλείει παντάπασι τήν ὁμόνοιαν. ιιῐν. ΠΔΛΛΑΔΙῼ.
tis de ouk an autous agasaito tēs paideuseōs, oi saphōs autoi ta Christou diairountes, kai to men, egennēthē, kai epeirasthē, kai epeinēse, kai edipsēsen, ekopiase te kai hypnōse, tǭ anthrōpinǭ pros; nemontes, ty de, hypo angelōn edoxasthē, kai ton peirastēn enikēse, kai ethrepse laon en erēmǭ, kai ethrepsen houtō, kai hyperthen thalassēs epezōse, tę̄ theotēti logizomenon kai to men, Pou tetheikate Lazaron, hēmeteron einai legontes, to de, Lazare, deuro exō, boąn, kai ton tetraēmeron nekron egeirein, hyper hēmas ; kai to men, ēgōniase, kai estaurōthē, kai etaphē, tou prokalymmatos, to de, etharsēse, kai anestē, kai aneoē, tou thēsaurismatossEpeita katēgorousin ēmōn, hōs dyo physeis eisagontōn apērtēmenas, ē machomenas, kai merizontōn tēn … kai thaumasian henōsino deon ē mē poiein ho katēgorousin, ē mē katēgorein ho prattousin, eiper heautois goun akolouthein egnōkeisan, alla mē kai ta idia legein, kai ta tōn antipalōn. Toiouton estin ē alogia; kai pros heautēn, kai pros tēn alētheian apomachetai, ōs mēde peri;pxptontas autous heautois ē noein, ē aischynesthai. Kai ei tis oietai tauta graphein hēmas ē legein hekontas, allʼ ou tyrannoumenous, kai tēn henōsin apospeudontas, allʼ ouch). kai lian spoudazontas, istō kakōs phronōn, kai ouk estochasmenōs tēs hēmeteras epithymias, hois ouden eirēnēs estin, gegone protimoteron, hōs auta peithei ta pragmataʼ kan a poiousi te kai neanieuontai kathʼ hēmōn apokleiei pantapasi tēn homonoian. iiin. PDLLADIǬ.
And who would not admire their learning, when they themselves clearly divide the things of Christ, assigning “he was born, and was tempted, and hungered and thirsted, and was weary and slept” to the human element, but reckoning “he was glorified by angels, and conquered the tempter, and fed a people in the desert, and fed them in such a way, and walked upon the sea” to the Godhead; and saying that “Where have you laid Lazarus?” is ours, but to cry “Lazarus, come out!” and raise the man four days dead is above us; and that “he was in agony, and was crucified, and was buried” belongs to the veil, but “he took courage, and rose, and ascended” to the treasure within; and then they accuse us of bringing in two natures, separated or at war, and of dividing the … and wonderful union! They should either not do what they accuse, or not accuse what they do, if they had decided at least to be consistent with themselves, and not to say both their own things and their opponents'. Such is unreason: it fights both against itself and against the truth, so that they neither notice nor are ashamed when they collide with themselves. And if anyone thinks that we write or say these things willingly and not under compulsion, and that we are eager to escape union rather than very eager for it, let him know that he thinks wrongly and has not guessed our desire; for nothing has been more precious to us than peace, as the facts themselves show, even if what they do, and their swaggering against us, shuts out concord altogether. [Letter 103. To Palladius]
Chapter 203
203PG 37:204a–204d
οὐ τὴν δυναστείαν θεραπεύων, ἀλλὰ τὸν τρόπον τιμῶν, οὐ μικροί μὲν κήρυκες ῐσως ἡμεῖς, πλὴν τὸ εἰς δύναμιν οὐκ ἐλλείποντεςο καὶ οὐ κήρυκες μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ συναγωνισταὶ, ταῖς εὐχαῖς τὸ δύνασθαι συνεισφέροντες. Μέχρι τούτου στῆσαι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἐβουλόμην ° ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ τὸ Θεῖον οὐ σέβομεν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὺ εὐεργετεῖν ἀπαιτοῦμεν ο δέξαι καὶ αὐτὸς οὐ διοχλούμενος παρʼ ἡμῶν (οὐ γὰρ δχλος σοι τὰ ὴμέτεραʼ τοῖς προλαβοῦσι, τοῦτο εἰκάζειν ἔχω), ἀλλʼ ὑπομιμνησκόμενος παρʼ ἡμῶν · τὸν σὺν ίκέτην Εὐφήμιον πάλιν προσάγω σοι, καὶ πάλιν καθικετεύω, μὴ μόνον φιλανθρώπως δέξασθαι τὸν νέον, καὶ συγγνῶναι τῆς βραδυτῆτος, ἐπειδὰν όρφανικοῖς πράγμασιν ἐπιστὰς ἀναγκαίως ὴσχολήθη περὶ τὸ οἰκίδιον ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πρόσω ἀγαγεῖν προθυμήθητι, είς τιμήν τε ἡμετέραν, καὶδόξαν τῆς σῆς καλοκαγαθίας. Πολλῶν γὰρ δντων οὓς εὖ πεποίηκας καὶ ποιεῖς, οὐδενός σοι τοῦτο εἰς ’φιλοτιμίαν ἔλαττον, ὡς παρὼν ἐδίδαξα. Καὶ νῦν ἀξιῶ πιστευθῆναγ ὀ γὰρ αὐτὸς καὶ διὰ τὴν ὀρφανίαν ἐλεεινὸς, καὶ διὰ τὸν τρόπον ἀγαπητὸς ἡμῖν, ῖνα μὴ λέγω διὰ τὴν ἀγχιστείαν τοῦ αἵματος. PA'. ΟΛΥΜΠΙῼ Τὰς μὲν ἄλλας χάριτας, ὅσων ἔτυχον, εἰληφὼς οἶδα παρὰ τῆς σῆς ἡμερότητος* καὶ σὲ ἀντὶ τούτων ἀμείψαιτο τοῖς παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ χρηστοῖς ό Θεὸς. ἓν δὲ τῶν χρηστῶν εὐδόκιμον καὶ λαμπρὸν διεξελθεῖν τὴν ἀρχήν. Ἢν δὲ νῦν αἰτῶ, δώσων ἔρχομαι μᾶλλον, ἢπερ ληψόμενος, εἰ μὴ φορτικὸν εἰπεῖν. Τὴν ἀθλίαν Φιλουμένην διʼ ἐμαυτοῦ προσάγω σοι, καὶ τῇ σῇ δίκῃ προσπεσουμένην, καὶ ὑμῖν τὰ δάκρυα στήσουσαν, οἷς συντρίβει τὴν ἡμετέραν ψυχήν. Ἀ μὲν οὖν ἠδίκηται, καὶ παρʼ ὧν, αὐτὴ δηλώσει. Οὐ γὰρ ήμῖν γε κατηγορεῖν οὐδενὸς ἀσφαλές. Αὐτοὺς δὲ τοσοῦτον εἰπεῖν ἀναγκαῖον, ὅτι χηρεία καὶ ὀρφανία, πᾶσι μὲν βοηθητέα τοῖς γε νοῦν ἔχουσι, μάλιστα δὲ, οἷς γυνὴ καί τέκνα ὲν μέσῳ, τὰ μεγάλα
ou tēn dynasteian therapeuōn, alla ton tropon timōn, ou mikroi men kērykes isōs hēmeis, plēn to eis dynamin ouk elleiponteso kai ou kērykes monon, alla kai synagōnistai, tais euchais to dynasthai syneispherontes. Mechri toutou stēsai tēn epistolēn eboulomēn ° epei de kai to Theion ou sebomen monon, alla kai ty euergetein apaitoumen o dexai kai autos ou diochloumenos parʼ hēmōn (ou gar dchlos soi ta ēmeteraʼ tois prolabousi, touto eikazein echō), allʼ hypomimnēskomenos parʼ hēmōn ; ton syn iketēn Euphēmion palin prosagō soi, kai palin kathiketeuō, mē monon philanthrōpōs dexasthai ton neon, kai syngnōnai tēs bradytētos, epeidan orphanikois pragmasin epistas anankaiōs ēscholēthē peri to oikidion alla kai eis to prosō agagein prothymēthēti, eis timēn te hēmeteran, kaidoxan tēs sēs kalokagathias. Pollōn gar dntōn hous eu pepoiēkas kai poieis, oudenos soi touto eis ’philotimian elatton, hōs parōn edidaxa. Kai nyn axiō pisteuthēnag o gar autos kai dia tēn orphanian eleeinos, kai dia ton tropon agapētos hēmin, ina mē legō dia tēn anchisteian tou haimatos. PA'. OLYMPIǬ Tas men allas charitas, hosōn etychon, eilēphōs oida para tēs sēs hēmerotētos* kai se anti toutōn ameipsaito tois parʼ heautou chrēstois o Theos. hen de tōn chrēstōn eudokimon kai lampron diexelthein tēn archēn. Ēn de nyn aitō, dōsōn erchomai mallon, ēper lēpsomenos, ei mē phortikon eipein. Tēn athlian Philoumenēn diʼ emautou prosagō soi, kai tę̄ sę̄ dikę̄ prospesoumenēn, kai hymin ta dakrya stēsousan, hois syntribei tēn hēmeteran psychēn. A men oun ēdikētai, kai parʼ hōn, autē dēlōsei. Ou gar ēmin ge katēgorein oudenos asphales. Autous de tosouton eipein anankaion, hoti chēreia kai orphania, pasi men boēthētea tois ge noun echousi, malista de, hois gynē kai tekna en mesǭ, ta megala
… not courting power, but honouring character. We are perhaps not small heralds, but we do not fall short as far as we are able; and not heralds only, but also fellow contenders, contributing what power we have by our prayers. I wanted to end the letter at this point; but since we do not only revere what is divine but also ask it for benefits, accept this too, not as being troubled by us (for our affairs are no trouble to you, as I can guess from what went before), but as being reminded by us: I again present to you your suppliant Euphemius, and again beseech you not only to receive the young man kindly and forgive his slowness, since, having taken charge of the affairs of orphans, he was necessarily busy with his little house; but also be eager to advance him, for our honour and the glory of your goodness. For of the many whom you have benefited and benefit, none will bring you less credit than he, as I explained when I was with you. And now I ask to be believed; for he is pitiable for his orphanhood and dear to us for his character, not to mention the closeness of blood. [Letter 104. To Olympius] All the other favours I have obtained I know I have received from your gentleness; and may God repay you for them with his own good things, one of which is to complete your term of office with good repute and splendour. What I now ask, I come to give rather than to receive, if it is not too bold to say so. I myself bring to you the wretched Philumena, who will fall at the feet of your justice and set before you the tears with which she crushes our soul. In what she has been wronged, and by whom, she herself will make known; for it is not safe for us to accuse anyone. But this much it is necessary to say: that widowhood and orphanhood must be helped by all who have sense, and especially by those who have a wife and children in their midst, those great
Chapter 205
205PG 37:205a–205d
τοῦ ἐλεεῖν ἐνέχυρα ο ἐπειδή γε ἀνθρώποις δικὲζομεν, ὄντες ἄνθρωποι. Ἡμῖν δὲ συγγνώμη τοῦ διʼ ἐπιστολῶν ταῦτα πρεσβεύειν, ἐπειδή γε τῷ ἀρρωστεῖν ζημιούμεθα ἄρχοντος οὕτω δεξιοῦ, καὶ οὕτω θαυμαστοῦ τὴν ἀρετὴν, ὡς καὶ τά προοίμια τῆς σῆς ἀρχῆς εἶναι τιμιώτερα τῆς διὰ τέλους ἑτέρων εὐδοκιμή σεως. · '0 μὲν καιρὸς ὀξὺς, ὁ δὲ ἀγὼν πολὺς, ἡ δὲ νόσος βαρεῖα, μικροῦ καὶ ἀκινήτους ἡμᾶς ποιήσασα. Τι λοιπὸν, ἢ Θεοῦ δεηθῆναι, καὶ τὴν σὴν ἱκετεῦσαι φιλεινθρωπίανο τοῦ μὲν, ἐπὶ νοῦν ἀγαγεῖν σοι τὰ χρηστότεραο τὴν δὲ. μὴ τραχέως ἀποπέμψασθαι τὴν ἡμετέραν πρεσβείαν, ἀλλʼ ἡμέρως δέξασθαι τὸν ἄθλιον Παῦλον, ὃν ὑπὸ χεῖρας ἢγαγεν ἠ δίκη τὰς σὰς, ἴσως τνα σε λαμπρότερον ἐργάσηται τῷ μεγέθει τῆς ἡμερότητος, καὶ τὰς ἡμετέρας εὐχὰς, εἴ τινές εἰσι, τῇ σῇ προξενήσῃ φιλανθρωπίας
tou eleein enechyra o epeidē ge anthrōpois dikezomen, ontes anthrōpoi. Hēmin de syngnōmē tou diʼ epistolōn tauta presbeuein, epeidē ge tǭ arrōstein zēmioumetha archontos houtō dexiou, kai houtō thaumastou tēn aretēn, hōs kai ta prooimia tēs sēs archēs einai timiōtera tēs dia telous heterōn eudokimē seōs. ; '0 men kairos oxys, ho de agōn polys, hē de nosos bareia, mikrou kai akinētous hēmas poiēsasa. Ti loipon, ē Theou deēthēnai, kai tēn sēn hiketeusai phileinthrōpiano tou men, epi noun agagein soi ta chrēstoterao tēn de. mē tracheōs apopempsasthai tēn hēmeteran presbeian, allʼ hēmerōs dexasthai ton athlion Paulon, hon hypo cheiras ēgagen ē dikē tas sas, isōs tna se lamproteron ergasētai tǭ megethei tēs hēmerotētos, kai tas hēmeteras euchas, ei tines eisi, tę̄ sę̄ proxenēsę̄ philanthrōpias
pledges of pity, since we who judge men are men ourselves. Forgive us for interceding for these things by letter, since through our sickness we are deprived of so excellent a governor, so admirable in virtue that the beginnings of your office are more honourable than the good repute others win at the end. [Letter 105. To the same] The occasion is urgent, the contest great, and the sickness heavy, having made us almost unable to move. What remains, but to pray to God and beseech your kindness: God, to bring better counsels to your mind; you, not to dismiss our intercession harshly, but to receive gently the wretched Paul, whom justice has brought under your hands, perhaps so as to make you more brilliant by the greatness of your gentleness, and to commend our prayers, if they are worth anything, to your kindness.
Chapter 207
207PG 37:208a–208b
PZ'. ΚΔΗΔΟΝΙῼ Ἐρωτᾷς τί βούλεται ἡμῖν ὴ σιγής Βούλεται λόγου μέτρα καὶ σιωπῆς. '0 γὰρ τοῦ παντὸς κρατήσας, ῥᾷον κρατήσει τοῦ μέρους · πρὸς δὲ καὶ θυμὸν ήμεροῖ, μὴ λαλούμενον, ἀλλʼ ὲν ἐαυτῷ δαπανώο Σιωπῶμεν τῷ λόγῳ, ’τδ λαλεῖν ἃ. εχρὴ διδασκόμενοι, »καὶ τῶν παθῶν ἐπικρατεῖν γυμναζόμεθι. El μέν τις δέχεται τοῦτο, καλῶς ο εί δὲ μὴ, καὶ τοῦτο κέρδος τῆς σιωπῆς, τὸ τοῖς πολλοῖς μηδὲν ἀπτοκρίνεσθαι. pe. Tn Αγτᾳ. Οὐ κωλύω τὴν συντυχίαν ο εί γὰρ καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα σιγᾷ, τά γε ὦτα ἡδέως τοῖς σοῖς λόγοις παρἕξομεν, ἐπειδὴ τοῦ λαλεῖν ἃ χρὴ, τὸ ἀκούειν οὐκ ἀτιμότερον. ’ Pl'. ΠΑΔΛΑΔΙῼ. Καινδς τῆς νουθεσίας ὁ τρόπος* ἐπειδὴ γὰρ λα. λῶνοῠκ ἐπεῖχον τὰς γλώσσας, τῇ σιωπῇ τὸ σιγᾷν ἐδίδαξα, τῷ ὁμοίῳ τὸ ὅμοιον ἑκπαιδεύων. οὗτος καὶ Χριστοῦ νόμος· ἐπειδὴ νομοθετῶν ἡμῖν, οὐκ ἐκάθηρεν ο ἡμεροῖ τῷ ἀνθρωπίνῳ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, κατὰ τὴν μεγάλην αὑτοῦ τῆς περὶ ἡμᾶς οἰκονομίας φιλανθρωπίαν.
PZ'. KDĒDONIǬ Erōtąs ti bouletai hēmin ē sigēs Bouletai logou metra kai siōpēs. '0 gar tou pantos kratēsas, rhąon kratēsei tou merous ; pros de kai thymon ēmeroi, mē laloumenon, allʼ en eautǭ dapanōo Siōpōmen tǭ logǭ, ’td lalein ha. echrē didaskomenoi, »kai tōn pathōn epikratein gymnazomethi. El men tis dechetai touto, kalōs o ei de mē, kai touto kerdos tēs siōpēs, to tois pollois mēden aptokrinesthai. pe. Tn Agtą. Ou kōlyō tēn syntychian o ei gar kai hē glōssa sigą, ta ge ōta hēdeōs tois sois logois parexomen, epeidē tou lalein ha chrē, to akouein ouk atimoteron. ’ Pl'. PADLADIǬ. Kainds tēs nouthesias ho tropos* epeidē gar la. lōnouk epeichon tas glōssas, tę̄ siōpę̄ to sigąn edidaxa, tǭ homoiǭ to homoion hekpaideuōn. houtos kai Christou nomos; epeidē nomothetōn hēmin, ouk ekathēren o hēmeroi tǭ anthrōpinǭ ton anthrōpon, kata tēn megalēn hautou tēs peri hēmas oikonomias philanthrōpian.
[Letter 107. To Cledonius] You ask what our silence means. It means measure in speech and in silence. For he who has mastered the whole will more easily master the part; besides, it tames anger, which, when it is not spoken out, is spent within itself. We keep silence in speech, learning to say what we ought, and we train ourselves to master the passions. If anyone accepts this, well; if not, this too is a gain of silence, to make no answer to the many. [Letter 108. To the same] I do not forbid a meeting; for even if my tongue is silent, we will gladly lend our ears to your words, since hearing is no less honourable than saying what one ought. [Letter 109. To Palladius] The manner of my admonition is new: since by speaking I could not restrain tongues, I have taught silence by silence, training like by like. This is also the law of Christ; for in giving us his law he did not … ; he tames man by what is human, according to the great kindness of his economy toward us.
Chapter 209
209PG 37:209a–209d
PfA'. ΕΥΛΛΔῙῼ. Σὺ φιλοσοφεῖς τὴν ὲρημίαν, καὶ τὴν ἄμετρον οὕτω νηστείαν, ἐγὼ δὲ τὴν σιωπήν. Μεταδῶμεν ἀλλήλοις τοῦ χαρίσματοςο ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἐίς ἓν γενώμεθα, ιιοινῇ τὸν … ᾀσόμεθα, καρποφοροῦντες ὥσπερ εὔλογον σιωπὴν, οὕτω καὶ λόγον ἔνθεον. ΚΕΛΕΥΣΙῼ. ' Εἰσεδεξάμην σε καὶ σιωπῶν. ἵνα μάθῃς καὶ σιωπῆς λόγον τῇ γραφίδι λαλούμενον. Λαλήσω δὲ ἆ πρέπὲιφιλίᾳ καὶ τοιούτῳ καιρῷ. Παρανομεῖς, ὁ δικαστὴς ού νηστεύων· καὶ πῶς φυλάξεις τοὺς ἀνθρωπίνους νόμους, τοὺς θείους περιφρονῶν; καθαρόν σου τὸ δικαστήριον, ἵνα μὴ δυοῖν ἓν,ἢ γίνῃ κακὸς, ἦ νομίζῃ. Τὸ προτιθέναι θέας αἰσχρὰς, ἑαυτὸν ἐστὶ θεατρίζειν. Κεφάλαιον τοῦ λόγου, ῐσθι κρινόμενος, ὁ κριτης, διαὶ ἦττον ἁμαρτήσεις. Τούτων οὐδὲν εἶχόν σοι παρασχεῖν ἄμεινον.
PfA'. EULLDIǬ. Sy philosopheis tēn erēmian, kai tēn ametron houtō nēsteian, egō de tēn siōpēn. Metadōmen allēlois tou charismatoso epeidan de eis hen genōmetha, iioinę̄ ton … ąsometha, karpophorountes hōsper eulogon siōpēn, houtō kai logon entheon. KELEUSIǬ. ' Eisedexamēn se kai siōpōn. hina mathę̄s kai siōpēs logon tę̄ graphidi laloumenon. Lalēsō de a prepeiphilią kai toioutǭ kairǭ. Paranomeis, ho dikastēs ou nēsteuōn; kai pōs phylaxeis tous anthrōpinous nomous, tous theious periphronōn? katharon sou to dikastērion, hina mē dyoin hen,ē ginę̄ kakos, ē nomizę̄. To protithenai theas aischras, heauton esti theatrizein. Kephalaion tou logou, isthi krinomenos, ho kritēs, diai ētton hamartēseis. Toutōn ouden eichon soi paraschein ameinon.
[Letter 110. To Eulalius] You practise philosophy in solitude and in fasting so beyond measure; I in silence. Let us share the gift with one another; and when we come together, we will sing … in common, bearing the fruit of inspired speech as of reasonable silence. [Letter 112. To Celeusius] I received you even while silent, so that you may learn that silence too has a speech, spoken by the pen. I will speak what befits friendship and such a season. You break the law, judge, by not fasting; and how will you keep human laws while despising the divine? Keep your court pure, lest one of two things happen: either you become bad or you are thought so. To put on shameful spectacles is to make a spectacle of oneself. The sum of what I say: know that you are being judged, judge, and you will sin less. I had nothing better than this to give you.
Chapter 211
211PG 37:212a–212d
ὢν Πανδίωνα,τάς τΑθήνας, τὸν Τηρέα, τὴν Θρᾴκην,τὴν“ἀποδη μίαν, τὸ κῆδος, τὴν ὓόριν, τὴν ἐκτομὴν τῆς γλώττης, τά γράμματα, καὶέπὶ πᾶσι τὸνἽτυν, καὶ ὡς ἐγενόμεθα ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ὄρνιθες. Οἱ δὲ μόλις μὲν αὐτάς ἠξίωσαν καὶ λόγου, τῆς ἀδολεσχίας μισήσαντες ο ἐπεὶ δὲ ἠξίωσαν, Ἀλλʼ ἡμεῖς μὲν ἕνεκεν ὧν, ὦ αὗται, κᾶν είς τὴν ἐρημίαν ἀφίκοιτό τις, ὥστε ἀκοῦσαι τῆς μουσικῆς, ὅταν ἀνῶμεν τῷ Ζεφύρῳ τὰς πτέρυγας, ἐμπνεῖν ἡδύ τι καὶ ἐναρμόνιονο ὥστʼ εἰ μὴπολλά καὶ ὲν πολλοῖς ᾄδομεν, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸ δὴ τοῦτο κάλλιστόν ἐστιν ἡμῶν, ὅτι μέτρῳ φιλοσοφοῠμεν τὸ μέλος, καί οὐκ ἀναμίγνυμεν θορύβοις τὴν μουσικήν. ’Υμᾶς δὲ καὶ είσοικιζομένας οἱ ἄνθρωποι δυσχεο ραίνουσι, καὶ ᾀδούσας ἀποστρέφονται* καὶ μάλα ἐν δίκῃ, αἵγε ούδέ ὲκτμηθεϊσαι τὴν γλῶτταν δύνασθε σιωπᾷν, ἀλλʼ αὑταὶ τὴν ἀφωνίαν ὑμῶν ὀδυρόμεναι, καὶ τδ ἐφʼ ὑμῖν πάθος, ἔπειτά ὲστε λαλίστεραι τίνος οὐχὶ τῶν εὐγλὼττων καὶ μουσικῶν. Σύνες ὅ τι λέγω, φησιν ὁ Πίνδαρος· κᾶν εὕρῃς τὴν ὲμὴν ἀφωνίαν ἀμείνω τῆς σῆς εὐγλωττίας,παῦσαιδοιαταφλυαρῶν Ἴ ἡμῶν τῆς σιωπῆς· ἦ σοι παροιμίαν ἐρῶ, μάλιστα μὲν ἀληθῆ, μάλιστα δὲ σύντομον, ὅτι τότε ᾄσονται κύκνοι, ὅταν κολοιοὶ σιωπήσωσιν.
ōn Pandiōna,tas tAthēnas, ton Tērea, tēn Thrąkēn,tēn“apodē mian, to kēdos, tēn hyorin, tēn ektomēn tēs glōttēs, ta grammata, kaiepi pasi tonItyn, kai hōs egenometha ex anthrōpōn ornithes. Hoi de molis men autas ēxiōsan kai logou, tēs adoleschias misēsantes o epei de ēxiōsan, Allʼ hēmeis men heneken hōn, ō hautai, kan eis tēn erēmian aphikoito tis, hōste akousai tēs mousikēs, hotan anōmen tǭ Zephyrǭ tas pterygas, empnein hēdy ti kai enarmoniono hōstʼ ei mēpolla kai en pollois ądomen, allʼ auto dē touto kalliston estin hēmōn, hoti metrǭ philosophoumen to melos, kai ouk anamignymen thorybois tēn mousikēn. ’Ymas de kai eisoikizomenas hoi anthrōpoi dyscheo rainousi, kai ądousas apostrephontai* kai mala en dikę̄, haige oude ektmētheïsai tēn glōttan dynasthe siōpąn, allʼ hautai tēn aphōnian hymōn odyromenai, kai td ephʼ hymin pathos, epeita este lalisterai tinos ouchi tōn euglōttōn kai mousikōn. Synes ho ti legō, phēsin ho Pindaros; kan heurę̄s tēn emēn aphōnian ameinō tēs sēs euglōttias,pausaidoiataphlyarōn I hēmōn tēs siōpēs; ē soi paroimian erō, malista men alēthē, malista de syntomon, hoti tote ąsontai kyknoi, hotan koloioi siōpēsōsin.
… Pandion, Athens, Tereus, Thrace, the journey abroad, the marriage, the outrage, the cutting out of the tongue, the letters woven in the cloth, and above all Itys, and how from human beings we became birds. The swans scarcely thought them worth a word, hating their chatter; but when they did, they said: “But we, ladies, for whose sake one would even come into the desert to hear our music, when we give our wings to the West Wind to breathe something sweet and harmonious through them; even if we do not sing much nor before many, this very thing is our finest quality, that we practise our song with measure, like philosophers, and do not mix our music with noise. But you, even when you settle in their houses, men dislike, and turn away from when you sing; and very justly, since even with your tongues cut out you cannot keep silent, but you lament your own speechlessness and your misfortune, and so are more talkative than any of the eloquent and musical.” “Understand what I say,” says Pindar; and if you find my speechlessness better than your eloquence, stop chattering against our silence; or I will tell you a proverb, very true and very short: swans will sing when jackdaws fall silent.
Chapter 213
213PG 37:213a
φιλοσοφίας ὲγγυμναστήριον, ἢν ὡς σιγῶν ἐθεασάμην, ἰδεῖν ἐπιθυμῶ καὶ φθεγγόμενος, ἴνα τοῖς τε ἀδελφοῖς πληρὼσω τὸν πόθον, καὶ ὑμᾶς ἁμύνωμαι τῆς μικρολογίας, τοὺς κακοὺς τῶν ἐμῶν φθεγμάτων ἐξ· ηγητάς. Αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ λαλῶν παρέσομαι, οὐκέτʼ ἀλληγορούμενος, οὐδὲ είκαζόμενος, ἀλλά καθαρῶς νοού- Καινόν τι πέπονθα παρόντι σιγήσας, ἀπόντα ποθῶ, ἵνα καὶ μεταδῶ λόγου καὶ μεταλάσω. Καλὸν γὰρ ὥσπερ ἄλλου παντὸς, οὔτω δὴ καὶ λόγων ἀπαρχάς ἀνατιθέναι τῷ Λόγῳ πρῶτον, εἶτα τοῖς φοβουμένοις τὸν Κύριον.
philosophias engymnastērion, ēn hōs sigōn etheasamēn, idein epithymō kai phthengomenos, ina tois te adelphois plērōsō ton pothon, kai hymas hamynōmai tēs mikrologias, tous kakous tōn emōn phthegmatōn ex; ēgētas. Autos gar ho lalōn paresomai, ouketʼ allēgoroumenos, oude eikazomenos, alla katharōs noou- Kainon ti pepontha paronti sigēsas, aponta pothō, hina kai metadō logou kai metalasō. Kalon gar hōsper allou pantos, outō dē kai logōn aparchas anatithenai tǭ Logǭ prōton, eita tois phoboumenois ton Kyrion.
… training ground of philosophy, which I beheld while silent, I desire to see while speaking too, so that I may satisfy the longing of the brothers and pay you back for your pettiness, you bad interpreters of my utterances. For I will be there myself, the one who speaks, no longer in allegory or in likenesses, but understood plainly. … [Another letter] A strange thing has happened to me: having been silent when you were present, I long for you now you are absent, so that I may give and receive speech. For it is good, as with everything else, so with words too, to dedicate the first fruits first to the Word, and then to those who fear the Lord.
Chapter 215
215PG 37:216a–216d
εις ἀπέσταλκας καὶ οἷς γράφεις. Ἐγὼ δὲ πολλὰ μὲν ἢδη Πάσχα διῆλθον, καὶτοῦτο ὠνάμην τῆς μακροτέρας ζωῆς, Νῦν δὲ καθαρότερον ἐπιθυμῶ, τὴν Αἴγυπτον ταύτην ἐξελθὼν, τοῦ βίου τὴν βαρεῖαν καὶ σκοτεινὴν, καὶ τοῦ πηλοῦ καὶ τῆς πλινθείας ἐλευθερωθεὶς, συνδεδέμεθα, πρὸς τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας μεταναστῆναι. Ταύτην ἡμῖν προσεύχου, εἴ τί σοι μέλει τοῦ τὰ μέγιστα εὐποιεϊν ἡμᾶς. Σὲ δὲ πολλάκις γένοιτο συνεορτάσαιτῷ κοινῷ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας βιωσίμως ἔχοντα. Εἰ δέ μοι δοίητε καὶτὸ γῆρας ὲν καλῷ καταλῦσαι, τῇ Ἐκκλησία ταύτῃ δόντες ἐπίσκοπον, δν ἀναδείξει τδʼ Πνεῦμα τδ ἅγιον, ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἐργασάμενοι ἔσεσθε, καὶ ἶνʼ εῐπω πατρικῶν εὐλογιῶν ἄξιον.
eis apestalkas kai hois grapheis. Egō de polla men ēdē Pascha diēlthon, kaitouto ōnamēn tēs makroteras zōēs, Nyn de katharoteron epithymō, tēn Aigypton tautēn exelthōn, tou biou tēn bareian kai skoteinēn, kai tou pēlou kai tēs plintheias eleutherōtheis, syndedemetha, pros tēn gēn tēs epangelias metanastēnai. Tautēn hēmin proseuchou, ei ti soi melei tou ta megista eupoieïn hēmas. Se de pollakis genoito syneortasaitǭ koinǭ tēs Ekklēsias biōsimōs echonta. Ei de moi doiēte kaito gēras en kalǭ katalysai, tę̄ Ekklēsia tautę̄ dontes episkopon, dn anadeixei tdʼ Pneuma td hagion, ergon agathon ergasamenoi esesthe, kai inʼ eipō patrikōn eulogiōn axion.
… you have sent, and in what you write. I have already passed many Easters, and this is what I have gained from a longer life. But now I long more purely, having come out of this Egypt, the heavy and dark life here, and been freed from the clay and the brickmaking to which we are bound, to move to the land of promise. Pray for this for us, if you care at all to do us the greatest good. And may it often be granted to you to keep the feast with the common body of the Church, in good health. And if you grant me to end my old age well, by giving this Church a bishop whom the Holy Spirit shall make known, you will have done a good work and one, if I may say so, worthy of a father's blessings.
Chapter 217
217PG 37:217a–217b
… τῇ εἰκάδι δευτέρα τιεῦ καθʼ ’ἡμᾶς μηνὸς Δαθοῦ- σα . Καὶ ἅμα οὐκ ὀλίγα ἐκκλησιαστικιῗνθ δεῖται δε κοινῆς διασκέψεως. Πάντων οὖν ἕνεκεν, ἀόκνως παραγενέσθαι καταξέωσον καὶ γὰρ εἰ πολὺς ὀ κά· ματος, ἀλλʼ ἁειτίρροπος ὁ μισθός. ᾘδέσθην σου τὴν παρουσίαν, καὶ στέργω τὴν συνουσίαν, καίτοιγε άλλως ἐμαυτὸν νουθετήσας οἴκοι μένειν, καὶ καθʼ ἡσυχίαν φιλοσοφεῖν · τοῦτο γὰρ εὗρον ἐμαυτῷ ἐκ πάντων λυσιτελέστερον . … Ἐπεὶ δὲ οῖ τε άὲρες ἔτι ταραχώδεις, καὶ οὐκ ἁνῆκενή ἀρρωστία, παρακαλῶ, μικρὸν μακροθύμησον, συνεύχου δὲ τὴν ὑγίειαν · καὶ … ἂν καιρὸς, ἐπιστησόμεθα σαῖς εὐχαῖς. ΡΚΔ. re ΑΥΤῃ
… tę̄ eikadi deutera tieu kathʼ ’hēmas mēnos Dathou- sa . Kai hama ouk oliga ekklēsiastikiïnth deitai de koinēs diaskepseōs. Pantōn oun heneken, aoknōs paragenesthai kataxeōson kai gar ei polys o ka; matos, allʼ haeitirropos ho misthos. Ę̄desthēn sou tēn parousian, kai stergō tēn synousian, kaitoige allōs emauton nouthetēsas oikoi menein, kai kathʼ hēsychian philosophein ; touto gar heuron emautǭ ek pantōn lysitelesteron . … Epei de oi te aeres eti tarachōdeis, kai ouk hanēkenē arrōstia, parakalō, mikron makrothymēson, syneuchou de tēn hygieian ; kai … an kairos, epistēsometha sais euchais. RKD. re AUTę̄
… on the twenty-second of our month Dathusa. And at the same time not a few Church matters need common deliberation. For all these reasons, be so good as to come without hesitation; for even if the labour is great, the reward balances it. … I respected your presence, and I love your company, although I had otherwise admonished myself to stay at home and philosophize in quiet; for I have found this the most profitable course of all for myself. … But since the weather is still stormy and the sickness has not let go, I beg you, be patient a little, and pray with me for health; and when the time comes, we will attend upon your prayers. [Letter 124. To the same]
Chapter 219
219PG 37:220a–220d
δὲ, ὡς ἔοικε, κάκείνους χείρους ποιήσας. καὶ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν βλάψας, τῇ ἀκαίρῳ φιλοσοφίᾳ. Οὐ γὰρ δυσωπεῖ τοὺς πονηροὺς ἐπιείκεια, Καὶ νῦν, εί μὲν αὑτῷ μοι δυνατὸν ἦν διʼ ἐμαυτοῦ ταῦτα διδάξαι, οὐκ ἂν ὤκνησα, εὖ ῐσθι, καὶ παρὰ δύναμιν κινηθεὶς προσπεσεῖν τῇ σῇ τιμιότητι. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ περαιτέρω προήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ἡ ἀρρωστία, καὶ τοῖς Ξανξαρίδος θερμοῖς χρήσασθαι ἀναγκαῖον ἐγένετο, τῶν ἰατρῶν τοῦτο συμβουλευσάντων, ἀντʼ ἐμαυτοῦ ποιοῦμαι τὰ γράμματα. Ἐτόλμησαν οἱ κακοὶ καὶ κακῶς ἀπολούμενοι πρὸς πᾶσι τοῖς ἀλλοις, καὶ καθῃρημένους ἐπισκόπους ὑπὸ πάσης ἀναο τολικῆς καὶ δυτικῆς συνόδου καλέσαντες, ἢ παριοῦσι καταχρησάμενοι (οὐ γὰρ ἔχω τοῦτο εἰπεῖν ἀκριβῶς), καὶ πασῶν κατεξαναστάντες βασιλικῶν διατάξεων, καὶ ὑμετέρων προσταγμάτων, ἐπισκόπου ὄνομα ἐπιθεῖναί τινι τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἀσεβῶν καὶ κιδδήλων, οὐδενί τοσοῦτον, ὡς οἶμαι, ὅσον τῇ ἐμῇ νεκρώσει (τοῦτο γὰρ δεῖ λέγειν) θαρρήσαντες. Ταῦτα εί μὲν ἀνεκτὰ, ἐνεγκάτω μὲν ἡ σὴ στερρότηςʼ οἴσομεν δὲ καὶ ἡμεῖς, ὥσπερ οὖν πολλάκις ἠνέγκαμεν. Εί δὲ βαρέα, καὶ οὐδὲ τοῖς εὐ· λαὸεστάτοις βασιλεῦσιν αὐτοῖς φορητὰ, ἐπεξελο θεῖν τοῖς γεγενημένοις, εί καὶ τῆς ἀπονοίας ἐλαττον, καταξίωσον. ’,
de, hōs eoike, kakeinous cheirous poiēsas. kai tēn Ekklēsian blapsas, tę̄ akairǭ philosophią. Ou gar dysōpei tous ponērous epieikeia, Kai nyn, ei men hautǭ moi dynaton ēn diʼ emautou tauta didaxai, ouk an ōknēsa, eu isthi, kai para dynamin kinētheis prospesein tę̄ sę̄ timiotēti. Epeidē de peraiterō proēgagen hēmas hē arrōstia, kai tois Xanxaridos thermois chrēsasthai anankaion egeneto, tōn iatrōn touto symbouleusantōn, antʼ emautou poioumai ta grammata. Etolmēsan hoi kakoi kai kakōs apoloumenoi pros pasi tois allois, kai kathę̄rēmenous episkopous hypo pasēs anao tolikēs kai dytikēs synodou kalesantes, ē pariousi katachrēsamenoi (ou gar echō touto eipein akribōs), kai pasōn katexanastantes basilikōn diataxeōn, kai hymeterōn prostagmatōn, episkopou onoma epitheinai tini tōn parʼ autois asebōn kai kiddēlōn, oudeni tosouton, hōs oimai, hoson tę̄ emę̄ nekrōsei (touto gar dei legein) tharrēsantes. Tauta ei men anekta, enenkatō men hē sē sterrotēsʼ oisomen de kai hēmeis, hōsper oun pollakis ēnenkamen. Ei de barea, kai oude tois eu; laoestatois basileusin autois phorēta, epexelo thein tois gegenēmenois, ei kai tēs aponoias elatton, kataxiōson. ’,
…, but, as it seems, having made them worse too and harmed the Church by my untimely philosophy. For gentleness does not shame the wicked. And now, if I could have taught you these things in person, I would not have hesitated, be well assured, to set out even beyond my strength and fall at your Honour's feet. But since my sickness has advanced further, and it has become necessary to use the hot springs of Xanxaris on the doctors' advice, I make this letter take my place. The wicked men, who will perish wickedly, have dared, in addition to everything else, having either summoned bishops deposed by every synod of East and West, or made use of them as they passed through (for I cannot say which precisely), and rising up against all the imperial ordinances and your commands, to give the name of bishop to one of their impious and counterfeit men, emboldened by nothing so much, I think, as by my deadness (for so I must call it). If these things are tolerable, let your firmness bear them, and we too will bear them, as we have often borne them. But if they are grievous, and not to be borne by the most pious emperors themselves, be so good as to punish what has been done, even if less than their madness deserves.
Chapter 221
221PG 37:221a–221d
… πολλάκις, ῶν τι προσαφιᾶσι ταῖς πέτραις, ἧ τι παρʼ αὐτῶν προσλαμβάνουσι. Τὸ μὲν οὖν ἡμέτερον τοιοῦτον. ’Δ δʼ ἂν παρὼν ἐδεήθην τῆς σῆς καλοκαγαθίας, ταῦτα. καὶ ἀπὼν ἐθάρρησα. Τὸν υίὸν Νικόβουλον σφόδρα εὗρον τῇ τοῦ δρόμου φροντίδι, καὶ τῇ τῆς μονῆς προσεδρείᾳ στενοχωρούμενον, ἄνθρωπον κοιλ ἀσθενῆ καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἀήθη, καὶ τὴν ἐρημίαν οὐ φέροντα. Τούτῳ, πρὸς ἄλλο μὲν πᾶν ὅ τι ἂνῇ σοι φίλον, χρήσασθαι θέλησον καὶ γὰρ πρόθυμος ιίς πάντα ὑπηρετεῖν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ · ταύτης δὲ, εί δυνατὸν, ἐλευθέρωσον τῆς φροντίδος· εί μή τι ἄλλο, καὶ ὡς ἡμέτερον τιμῶν νοσοκόμον, ἐπειδὴ πολλὰ καὶ περὶ πολλῶν δεηθέντες, καὶ τυχόντες, χρῄζομεν καὶ είς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς τῆς σῆς ἡμερότοῖς
… pollakis, ōn ti prosaphiasi tais petrais, hē ti parʼ autōn proslambanousi. To men oun hēmeteron toiouton. ’D dʼ an parōn edeēthēn tēs sēs kalokagathias, tauta. kai apōn etharrēsa. Ton uion Nikoboulon sphodra heuron tę̄ tou dromou phrontidi, kai tę̄ tēs monēs prosedreią stenochōroumenon, anthrōpon koil asthenē kai tōn toioutōn aēthē, kai tēn erēmian ou pheronta. Toutǭ, pros allo men pan ho ti anę̄ soi philon, chrēsasthai thelēson kai gar prothymos iis panta hypēretein tę̄ sę̄ exousią ; tautēs de, ei dynaton, eleutherōson tēs phrontidos; ei mē ti allo, kai hōs hēmeteron timōn nosokomon, epeidē polla kai peri pollōn deēthentes, kai tychontes, chrę̄zomen kai eis hēmas autous tēs sēs hēmerotois
… often, of which they leave something on the rocks or take something from them. Such is our state. What I would have asked of your goodness in person, I have dared to ask in absence too. I have found our son Nicobulus much distressed by the care of the public post and attendance at the posting station, a man who is in poor health, unused to such things, and unable to bear the solitude. Use him for anything else you like (for he is eager to serve your authority in everything); but free him, if possible, from this care, if for no other reason, then out of regard for him as our nurse; since, having asked much about many things and obtained it, we need your gentleness for ourselves too.
Chapter 223
223PG 37:224a–224d
μεγάλοις ὑμῖν γνώριμος, καὶ ἡ συμφορὰ τοῦ σώματος αὐτόθεν τὴν ὄψιν πείθουσα. Βαρεῖα μὲν καὶ καθʼ ἑαυτὴν, τῷ παρʼ ἀξίαν δὲ, ὡς εἰκὸς, βαρυτέρα. Τούτοις προστεθεῖσα καὶ ἡ παρʼ ἡμῶν παράκλησις. οἶδα ὅτι κατορθώσει μᾶλλον τὸ σπουδαζόμενον. Εἰ μὲν μὴ πονηρῶς ἡμῖν ἔχρητο τὸ σῶμα, μηδὲ περὶ τοῦ ζῇν αὐτοῦ πονηρὰς εἴχομεν τὰς ἐλπίδας, πρῶτον μὲν ἂν καὶ μέγιστον ὲκερδάναμεν τὴν σὴν συντυχίαν καὶ συνουσίαν, ἡ σοι παρʼ ἡμῶν πάντως ὠφείλετο· δεύτερον δὲ διʼ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ταύτην ἂν ὲπληρώσαμεν τὴν πρεσβείαν. Ἐπεεῖ δὲ κείμεθα παντελῶς τῇ ἀρρωστίᾳ. πεπεδημένοι, καὶ οὐχ ἑκόντες ὲζημιώμεθα, ὃ δεύτερον ἦν ποιοῦμεν, πρόσειμέν σοι διὰ τῶν γραμμάτων, καὶ δεξιούμεοα, καὶ κατασπαζόμεθα, καὶ Θαρῤοὖμεν δεηθῆναι περὶ τοῦ συνδιακόνου ἡμῶν Εὑγενίου, ὃν ἐξαιτούμεθα παρὰ τῆς σῆς μεγαλονοίας. Ei μὲν οὖν οὐδέν ἐστιν ἀδίκημα ἡ πρὸς τὸν ἀνόσιον Ῥηγιανὺν οἰκειότης (οὐ γὰρ ἄλλο γε οὐδὲν ἀδικῶν φαίνεται), διʼ αὐτὸ τὸ δίκαιον, οὗ σὺ βραβευτὴς καὶ προστάτης εί δὲ ἀδίκημα τοῦτο κρίνεις, διά γε τῦν Θεὸν, ᾧ παρέστηκε, καὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν πολιὰν, ἢν αέδὲσιμον οἶδας πολλοῖς τῶν φοβουμένων τὸν Κύριον, δὺς οὖν, παρακαλῶ, καὶ ἡμῖν καὶ τῷ κλήρῳ παντὶ ταύτην τὴν χάριν · καὶ δεξιὰς σεαυτῷ ποίησον τὰς κατὰ Θεὸν ἐλπίδας, ὲλευθερὼσας,τῆς ἐπηρείας τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Ἀντιλήψῃ δὲ, ὧν δίδως, οὐκ ἐλάττονα (εἰ μὴ μέγα τοῦτο εἰπεῖν), τὰς παρʼ ὴ μῶν εὐχάς.
megalois hymin gnōrimos, kai hē symphora tou sōmatos autothen tēn opsin peithousa. Bareia men kai kathʼ heautēn, tǭ parʼ axian de, hōs eikos, barytera. Toutois prostetheisa kai hē parʼ hēmōn paraklēsis. oida hoti katorthōsei mallon to spoudazomenon. Ei men mē ponērōs hēmin echrēto to sōma, mēde peri tou zę̄n autou ponēras eichomen tas elpidas, prōton men an kai megiston ekerdanamen tēn sēn syntychian kai synousian, hē soi parʼ hēmōn pantōs ōpheileto; deuteron de diʼ hēmōn autōn tautēn an eplērōsamen tēn presbeian. Epeei de keimetha pantelōs tę̄ arrōstią. pepedēmenoi, kai ouch hekontes ezēmiōmetha, ho deuteron ēn poioumen, proseimen soi dia tōn grammatōn, kai dexioumeoa, kai kataspazometha, kai Tharroumen deēthēnai peri tou syndiakonou hēmōn Heugeniou, hon exaitoumetha para tēs sēs megalonoias. Ei men oun ouden estin adikēma hē pros ton anosion Rhēgianyn oikeiotēs (ou gar allo ge ouden adikōn phainetai), diʼ auto to dikaion, hou sy brabeutēs kai prostatēs ei de adikēma touto krineis, dia ge tyn Theon, hǭ parestēke, kai tēn hēmeteran polian, ēn aedesimon oidas pollois tōn phoboumenōn ton Kyrion, dys oun, parakalō, kai hēmin kai tǭ klērǭ panti tautēn tēn charin ; kai dexias seautǭ poiēson tas kata Theon elpidas, eleutherōsas,tēs epēreias ton anthrōpon. Antilēpsę̄ de, hōn didōs, ouk elattona (ei mē mega touto eipein), tas parʼ ē mōn euchas.
… known to you great men, and the misfortune of his body, which at once convinces the eye. It is heavy in itself, but heavier, naturally, because undeserved. With our appeal added to these, I know he will the more surely gain what he seeks. … If our body were not in a bad way, and we had not poor hopes even of its life, we would have gained first and above all a meeting and time with you, which we certainly owed you; and second we would have carried out this intercession in person. But since we lie wholly fettered by sickness and have unwillingly suffered this loss, we do what was second best: we approach you by letter, greet and embrace you, and dare to ask concerning our fellow deacon Eugenius, whom we beg of your magnanimity. If his connection with the unholy Rhegianus is no crime (for he appears to do no other wrong), grant him for justice's own sake, of which you are the arbiter and guardian; but if you judge this a crime, then at least for the sake of God, before whom he stands, and of our grey hair, which you know is venerable to many who fear the Lord: grant, then, I beg you, this favour to us and to the whole clergy, and make your hopes in God favourable for yourself by freeing the man from harassment. You will receive in return for what you give no less (if it is not too much to say so): our prayers.
Chapter 225
225PG 37:225a–225d
Ἐχω μὲν οὕτως, εί δεῖ τάληθὲς γράφειν, ὥστε πάντα σύλλογον φεύγειν ἐπισκόπων, ὅτι μηδεμιᾶς συνόδου τέλος εἶδον χρηστὸν, μηδὲ λύσιν κακῶν μᾶλλον ἐσχηκυῖαν ἢ προσθήκην. ’Δεὶ γὰρ φιλονεικίαι καὶ φιλαρχίαι (ἀλλʼ ὅπως μή με φορτικὸν ὑπολάβῃς οὕτω γράφοντα), καὶ λόγου κρείττονες · καὶ θᾶττον ἄν τις ἐγκληθείη κακίαν ἑτέροις δικάζων, ἢ τὴν ἐκείνων λύσειε. Διὰ τοῦτο είς ἐμαυτὸν συνεστάλην, καὶ μόνην ἀσφάλειαν ψυχῆς τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἐνόμισα. Νῦν δὲ καὶ τὴν ἀρρωστίαν ἔχω προστατοῦσαν τῆς κρίσεως, ἀεὶ σχεδὸν τὰ τελευταῖα πνέων, καὶ είς οὐδὲν ἐμαυτῷ χρῆσθαι δυνάμενος. Διὰ τοῦτο συγγινωσκέτω μὲν ἡμῖν ἡ σὴ μεγαλόνοια, πεισθήτω δὲ διὰ σοῦ καὶό εὐσεβέστατος βασιλεὺς, μὴ ῥᾳθυμίαν ἡμῶν καταγινώσκειν, ἀλλὰ συγγινώσκειν τῇ ἀσθενεία, διʼ ἦν οἵδε καὶ συγχωρήσας ἡμῖν, δεηθεῖσιν ἀντʼ ἄλλης εὐεργεσίας, τὴν ἀναχώρησιν.
Echō men houtōs, ei dei talēthes graphein, hōste panta syllogon pheugein episkopōn, hoti mēdemias synodou telos eidon chrēston, mēde lysin kakōn mallon eschēkuian ē prosthēkēn. ’Dei gar philoneikiai kai philarchiai (allʼ hopōs mē me phortikon hypolabę̄s houtō graphonta), kai logou kreittones ; kai thatton an tis enklētheiē kakian heterois dikazōn, ē tēn ekeinōn lyseie. Dia touto eis emauton synestalēn, kai monēn asphaleian psychēs tēn hēsychian enomisa. Nyn de kai tēn arrōstian echō prostatousan tēs kriseōs, aei schedon ta teleutaia pneōn, kai eis ouden emautǭ chrēsthai dynamenos. Dia touto synginōsketō men hēmin hē sē megalonoia, peisthētō de dia sou kaio eusebestatos basileus, mē rhąthymian hēmōn kataginōskein, alla synginōskein tę̄ astheneia, diʼ ēn hoide kai synchōrēsas hēmin, deētheisin antʼ allēs euergesias, tēn anachōrēsin.
[Letter 130. To Procopius] I am so disposed, if I must write the truth, as to flee every gathering of bishops, because I have never seen a good end to any synod, nor one that brought a release from evils rather than an addition to them. For there are always rivalries and ambitions (but do not think me tiresome for writing so) beyond words; and one would sooner be charged with wickedness himself while judging others than put an end to theirs. For this reason I have withdrawn into myself, and have held quiet to be the only safety of the soul. And now I also have my sickness to support my judgment, being almost always at my last breath and unable to use myself for anything. For this reason let your magnanimity forgive us, and through you let the most pious emperor too be persuaded not to condemn us for slackness, but to pardon our weakness, on account of which, he knows, he also granted us our retirement at our request, in place of any other favour.
Chapter 227
227PG 37:228a–228d
…, τδ αὐτὸ δεξάμενος πρόσταγμα · ἐπιστεῖλαι δὲ καὶ νῦν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἠ σὴ μεγαλόνοια καταξιωτάτω, ὃν ἀξιόπιστον μάρτυρα τῆς ἡμετέρας ἔχομεν ἀρρωστίας. Πείθει δὲ καὶ ἡ ζημία, ἢν ἐζημιώθημεν νῦν, μηδὲ προσδραμεῖν καὶ ἀπολαῦσαί σου δυνηθέντες, ἄρχοντος οὕτω δεξιοῦ, καὶ οὕτω θαυο μασίου τὴν ἀρετὴν, ὡς καὶ τὰ προοίμια τῆς σῆς ἀρχῆς εἶναι τιμιώτερα τῆς διὰ τέλους ἑτέρων εὐδοκιμήσεως. PAB'. ΣΔΤΟΥΡΝΙΝῼ.
…, td auto dexamenos prostagma ; episteilai de kai nyn hyper hēmōn ē sē megalonoia kataxiōtatō, hon axiopiston martyra tēs hēmeteras echomen arrōstias. Peithei de kai hē zēmia, ēn ezēmiōthēmen nyn, mēde prosdramein kai apolausai sou dynēthentes, archontos houtō dexiou, kai houtō thauo masiou tēn aretēn, hōs kai ta prooimia tēs sēs archēs einai timiōtera tēs dia telous heterōn eudokimēseōs. PAB'. SDTOURNINǬ.
…, having received the same command; and let your magnanimity be so good as to write now too on our behalf, since we have you as a trustworthy witness of our sickness. The loss we have now suffered, being unable even to hasten to you and enjoy the company of a governor so excellent and so admirable in virtue that the beginnings of your office are more honourable than the good repute others win at the end, also bears witness to it. [Letter 132. To Saturninus]
Chapter 229
229PG 37:229a–229d
τάχιον, ὀκνηροί. Μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ τοῦτο. Οὐ γὰρ εὐποροῦμεν διʼ ὧν ἐπιστελοῦμεν. Καί τοί γε πῶς οῐει τοῦτο ποθοῦντες, ὲν ἀγρῷ πόρρω που τῆς μονῆς διατρίβοντες, κάκεῖ τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν ἐπιμελούμενοιι Νῦν δὲ, ἡνίκα καιρὸς, καὶ προσφθεγγόμεθα σε, καὶ ἀξιοῦμεν ἣν παροῦσιν ἡμῖν τιμὴν ὲχαρίξου, ταύτην καὶ ἀποῦσι χαρίζεσθαι, καὶ μὴ διὰ γραμμάτων ὀκνεῖν παραμυθεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς σφόδρα τῷ χωρισμῷ κάμνοντας. Ἐπειδὴ δι πάλιν σύνοδος, ἁγὼν πάλιν, καὶ τοῦτο ὲν μέσοις ἐχθροῖς πάντα τηροῦσιν ἐπιμελῶς τὰ ἡμέτερα, δὺς χεῖρα τῇ κοινῇ καταστάσει, ὡς μέρος ὢν τῆς Ἑκκλησίας οὐ τὸ φαυλότατον, καὶ μὴ περιίδῃς πάντα καταν· αλωθῆναι τῷ ἐμπρησμῷ τῷνῦν περιέχοντι τὴν Ἐκο κλησίαν. Ἀλλʼ ὂ τι ἂν δυνηθῇς τῶν σβεστηρίων ὀργάνων, τοῦτο προσένεγκε, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις διακελεύου, ἵνα κα) τὸ σὺν εὖ ἔχοι τοῦ κοινοῦ πράττοντος ἄμεινον. ΡΛΔʼ. To ΔΥΤῼ.
tachion, oknēroi. Mallon de oude touto. Ou gar euporoumen diʼ hōn episteloumen. Kai toi ge pōs oiei touto pothountes, en agrǭ porrō pou tēs monēs diatribontes, kakei tou sōmatos hēmōn epimeloumenoii Nyn de, hēnika kairos, kai prosphthengometha se, kai axioumen hēn parousin hēmin timēn echarixou, tautēn kai apousi charizesthai, kai mē dia grammatōn oknein paramytheisthai hēmas sphodra tǭ chōrismǭ kamnontas. Epeidē di palin synodos, hagōn palin, kai touto en mesois echthrois panta tērousin epimelōs ta hēmetera, dys cheira tę̄ koinę̄ katastasei, hōs meros ōn tēs Hekklēsias ou to phaulotaton, kai mē periidę̄s panta katan; alōthēnai tǭ emprēsmǭ tǭnyn periechonti tēn Eko klēsian. Allʼ o ti an dynēthę̄s tōn sbestēriōn organōn, touto prosenenke, kai tois allois diakeleuou, hina ka) to syn eu echoi tou koinou prattontos ameinon. RLDʼ. To DYTǬ.
… quicker; we were hesitant. Or rather not even that; for we have no means of sending letters. And yet how much do you think we long for it, living in the country somewhere far from the station and looking after our body there? But now, when there is an opportunity, we both address you and ask you to grant us in absence the honour you granted us when present, and not to hesitate to console us by letters, as we suffer greatly from the separation. And since again there is a synod, again a contest, and that in the midst of enemies who carefully watch all our affairs, give a hand to the common settlement, as being not the least part of the Church, and do not look on while everything is consumed by the fire that now surrounds the Church. Whatever means of quenching it you can, bring them, and exhort the others, so that the common good may fare better through your action. [Letter 134. To the same]
Chapter 231
231PG 37:232a–232d
γάρ ὲστι καὶ ἀδικουμένους εἷ πάσχειν, καὶ καλῶς πάσχοντας ἀδικεῖσθαι. Τὰ μὲν οὖν ἡμέτερα τοιαῦτα. Καὶ εἰ μὴ τοὺς ἄλλους πείθομεν, αὐτόν γέ σε ἀντὶ πάντων εἰδέναι βουλόμεθα, ᾦ λόγον ὑπέχομεν ἡδέως τῶν ἡμετέρων, μᾶλλον δὲ, ειδέναι πεπείσμεθα, καὶ πείθειν τοὺς ἀγνοοῦντας. Ὑμῖν δὲ, παρακαλῶ, πᾶσα σπουδὴ γενέσθω νῦν γοῦν, εἰ καὶ μὴ πρότερον, συμφωνῆσαι καὶ εἰς ἓν ἐλθεῖν τὰ τῆς οἰκουμένης τμήματα κακῶς διο εστῶτα, καὶ μάλιστα, εἰ λάβοιτε αὐτοὺς οὐχ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λόγου τῆς πίστεως, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἰδίων μικροψυχιῶν διεστῶτας, ὅπερ ἐγὼ τετήρηκα. Τοῦτο καὶ ὑμῖν ἔμμισθον, ἂν εἴη τὸ δύνασθαι· καὶ ἡμῖν ἡὰναχώρησις ἀλυποτέρα, εἰ φανείημεν μὴ κενῶς ταύτην ἁρπάσαντες, ἀλλʼ ἑκοντί ῥίψαντες ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς κατὰ πελάγους, ῶσπερ όΊωνᾶς ἐκεῖνος, ἵνʼ ό κλύδων παύσηται, καὶ σωθῶσιν ἀσφαλῶς οἰ ἐμπλέοντες. Εἰ δὲ οὐδὲν ἧττον χειμάζονται, τόγε ἡμέτερον εἰσενήνεκται. ΡΛςῖο. ΜυΔΑΡΙῼ Ἡμῖν σὺ καὶ συγγενὴς καί οἰκεῖος, καὶ πᾶν ὃ τι οὖν ἂν εἴποι τοιοῦτόν τις. Ἠ γάρ εὐσέβεια συνῆψεν ἡμᾶς, καὶ τὸ τῆς ἀρετῆς εὐδόκιμον, ἢν ὲν σοὶ κατεμάθομεν, δείξαντι σαφῶς, ὃτι τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν καὶ τὸ βάρβαρον, σωμάτων, οὑ ψυχῶν ἐστι διαφορὰ, καί τόπων διάστασις, ἀλλʼ οὺ τρόπων, οὐδὲ προαιρέσεων. Εἰ γένοιτο πολλοὺς τῶν ἡμετέρων τὸ γένος, τὴν σὴν μιμήσασθαι καλοκάγαθίαν, καὶ πάντα ἡμῖν οἰδ* ὅτι ἔξει καλῶς, τά τε κοινὰ καὶ τά ἴδια. Παρακαλῶ δὲ, ὥσπερ τὺν ἔξωθεν πόλεμον τῇ σεαυτοῦ δεξιᾷ καὶ συνέσει καταλύεις, γενναίως ὑπερήμῶν ἱστάμενος, οὕτω λῦσον καὶ τὸν ἡμέτερονο ὅσα γέ ἐστιν ἐπὶ σοὶ, εἰρηνικὸν γενέσθαι τὸ τέλος τοῖς συνελθοῦσι νῦν ἐπισκόποις ἀγωνισάμενος. Τὸ γὰρ συνιέναι μὲν πολλάκις, μηδὲν δὲ πέρας εὑρίσκεσθαι τῶν κακῶν, ἀλλʼ ἀεὶ προστιθέναι ταραχαῖς ταραχὰς, μείζονος τῆς αἰσχύνης, δ καὶ αὐτὸς γινώσκεις.
gar esti kai adikoumenous hei paschein, kai kalōs paschontas adikeisthai. Ta men oun hēmetera toiauta. Kai ei mē tous allous peithomen, auton ge se anti pantōn eidenai boulometha, ǭ logon hypechomen hēdeōs tōn hēmeterōn, mallon de, eidenai pepeismetha, kai peithein tous agnoountas. Hymin de, parakalō, pasa spoudē genesthō nyn goun, ei kai mē proteron, symphōnēsai kai eis hen elthein ta tēs oikoumenēs tmēmata kakōs dio estōta, kai malista, ei laboite autous ouch hyper tou logou tēs pisteōs, allʼ hyper tōn idiōn mikropsychiōn diestōtas, hoper egō tetērēka. Touto kai hymin emmisthon, an eiē to dynasthai; kai hēmin hēanachōrēsis alypotera, ei phaneiēmen mē kenōs tautēn harpasantes, allʼ hekonti rhipsantes hēmas autous kata pelagous, ōsper oIōnas ekeinos, hinʼ o klydōn pausētai, kai sōthōsin asphalōs oi empleontes. Ei de ouden hētton cheimazontai, toge hēmeteron eisenēnektai. RLsio. MyDARIǬ Hēmin sy kai syngenēs kai oikeios, kai pan ho ti oun an eipoi toiouton tis. Ē gar eusebeia synēpsen hēmas, kai to tēs aretēs eudokimon, ēn en soi katemathomen, deixanti saphōs, hoti to Hellēnikon kai to barbaron, sōmatōn, hou psychōn esti diaphora, kai topōn diastasis, allʼ ou tropōn, oude proaireseōn. Ei genoito pollous tōn hēmeterōn to genos, tēn sēn mimēsasthai kalokagathian, kai panta hēmin oid* hoti exei kalōs, ta te koina kai ta idia. Parakalō de, hōsper tyn exōthen polemon tę̄ seautou dexią kai synesei katalyeis, gennaiōs hyperēmōn histamenos, houtō lyson kai ton hēmeterono hosa ge estin epi soi, eirēnikon genesthai to telos tois synelthousi nyn episkopois agōnisamenos. To gar synienai men pollakis, mēden de peras heuriskesthai tōn kakōn, allʼ aei prostithenai tarachais tarachas, meizonos tēs aischynēs, d kai autos ginōskeis.
… For it often happens that those who are wronged are benefited, and those who are well treated are wronged. Such are our affairs. And even if we do not persuade the others, we want you yourself at least, in place of all, to know, you to whom we gladly give account of our affairs; or rather, we are confident that you know, and that you persuade those who do not. But let all your zeal be now at least, if not before, to bring the sections of the world that are wrongly divided into harmony and unity, especially if you find them divided not over the doctrine of the faith but over their own petty grievances, as I have observed. This would bring you a reward too, if it can be done; and our retirement would be less painful, if we should be seen not to have seized it idly but to have thrown ourselves willingly into the sea, like Jonah of old, so that the storm might cease and those on board be brought safely through. But if they are no less storm-tossed, at least our part has been contributed. [Letter 136. To Modarius] You are both kinsman and friend to us, and anything else of that kind one might say. For piety has joined us, and the good repute of the virtue we have come to know in you, who have shown clearly that Greek and barbarian are a difference of bodies, not of souls, and a distance of places, not of characters or choices. Would that many of our own race might imitate your nobility, and I know that everything would go well for us, public and private. I beg you: as you put an end to the war outside by your own right hand and understanding, standing nobly for us, so put an end to ours too, contending, as far as is in your power, that the bishops now assembled may reach a peaceful end. For to meet often and find no end to evils, but always to add troubles to troubles, brings the greater shame, as you yourself know.
Chapter 233
233PG 37:233a–233d
mz'. Ta ΔΥΤῼ . Ἐπάθονν διὰ πολλοῦ προσειπεῖν σου τὴν τιμιότητα, καὶ χάρις τῷ Θεῷ. δεδωκότι τὴν ἀφορμήν. Ζητῶν δὲ ὅπως ἂν ἀμειψαίμην τὸν ἐγχειρίζοντά σοι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν, κάλλιστον τοῦτο εὗρον παραθέσθαι αὐτὸν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ.. ’ον μέρος τι καὶ διʼ ἡμᾶς ἡδέως ὁρᾷν ἀξίου, ἐμόν τε ὅντα καὶ σόν σύνοικον μὲν, ἡμέτερον, στρατιώτην δὲ σὺν (λέγω δὲ τὸν νῦν προσιόντα σοι διʼ ἡμῶν θεόδωρον), ὅπως ἂν καὶ αὐτὸς αἴσθηται τῆς τιμῆς, ἣν ἀεὶ τετιμήμεθα σοῦ, καὶ νῦν ἐτι τιμώμεθα.
mz'. Ta DYTǬ . Epathonn dia pollou proseipein sou tēn timiotēta, kai charis tǭ Theǭ. dedōkoti tēn aphormēn. Zētōn de hopōs an ameipsaimēn ton encheirizonta soi tēn epistolēn, kalliston touto heuron parathesthai auton tę̄ sę̄ exousią.. ’on meros ti kai diʼ hēmas hēdeōs horąn axiou, emon te honta kai son synoikon men, hēmeteron, stratiōtēn de syn (legō de ton nyn prosionta soi diʼ hēmōn theodōron), hopōs an kai autos aisthētai tēs timēs, hēn aei tetimēmetha sou, kai nyn eti timōmetha.
[Letter 137. To the same] I have long wanted to address your Honour, and thanks be to God, who has given the occasion. Seeking how I might reward the man who hands you this letter, I found it best to commend him to your authority. Be so good as to regard him with favour partly for our sake too, since he is both mine and yours: our neighbour, but your soldier (I mean Theodore, who now comes to you through us), so that he too may feel the honour with which we have always been honoured by you and still are.
Chapter 235
235PG 37:236a–236d
εἷς βάρος ἔχωμεν, οὕτω κατακρινόμενοι παρʼ ὑμῶν, καὶ παρὰ παντὸς τοῦ κλήρου καταδοώμενοι παντοίοις ὀδυρμοῖς ἐκθλίὸοντοςἡμᾶς, καὶ τὴν Ἐκ. κλησίαν ὁρῶντες ἀμελουμένην, καὶ τοὺς πολλοὺς πλήσσοντες, ὥσπε ρ ὑπερορῶντες τὰ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ο μήτε ὑμεῖς μακρότερα κάμνητε άτιρῶντις ἡμᾶς, Καὶ τοῦτο πράξομεν ταῖς ὑμετέραις εὐχαῖς, εί αὐτὸς ὀκνεῖς καὶτῆς Ἐκκλησίας τὴν προστασίαν, ὡς αὑτός τε λέγεις, καὶ πείθει τὰ πράγματα. …τιον γὰρ ἐκείναις ἐναποθανεῖν ταῖς φροντίσιν, ἢ ταύταις, ἐπειδὴ δεῖ πάντως ταλαιπωρεῖν, οὕτω … τοῦ Θεοῦ τὰ ἡμέτερα. ἀναλαβὼν μὲν Δαβὶδ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ δοῦλον ἐκ ποιντικῆς εἰς βασιλείαν, τὴν δὲ σὴν εὐλάβειαν εἰς μαντικὴν ἀπὸ ποίμνηςʼ ὁ οἰκονομῶν κατὰ τὸ τοῦ θέλημα τὰ ἡμέτερα, καὶ πάντων τῶν τιζόντων ἐπʼ αὐτὸν, αὑτδς καὶ νῦν ἐπὶ νοῦν ἀγάγοι σῇ τελειότητι γνῶναι τὴν ἀτιμίαν ἣν ἡτιμάσμεθα παρὰ τῶν κυρίων τῶν ἐπισκόπων περὶ τὰς ψήφους, τῇ μὲν καταστάσει συντιθεμένων, ἡμᾶς δι παρωθουμένων. Οὐ γὰρ· δὴ τὴν σὴν εὐλάβειαν αἰτιάσομαι, νεωστί τε ἐπιστᾶσαν τοῖς πράγμασι, καὶ ἀγνοοῦσαν τὰ πλείστα, ὡς είκδς, τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἱστορίας. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἱκανῶς ' οῦδὲ γὰρ βούλου μαι διοχλεῖν σοι μακρότερον, ἵνα μὴ φαίνωμαι φορτικὸς, άρτι τῆς φιλίας ἀρχόμενος. Ἀ δὲ πάρεστι μετὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ’βουλευομένοις ἡμῖν, ταῦτα γνωο ρίζομεν. Ἐγὼ γὰρ ὑπεχώρησα μὲν τῆς κατὰ Naζιανζδν οἚκκλησίας, οὔτε ὡς καταφρονῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ. οὔτε ὡς περιορῶν τοῦ μικροῦ ποιμνίου (μηδὲ γὰρ πάθοι τοῦτο ψυχὴ φιλόσοφος), ἀλλὰ πρῶτον ὡς οὐδενὶ κηρύγματι τοιούτῳ κρατούμενος· τερον δὲ διὰ συντετρίφθαι τῇ ἀρρωστίᾳ, καὶ
heis baros echōmen, houtō katakrinomenoi parʼ hymōn, kai para pantos tou klērou katadoōmenoi pantoiois odyrmois ekthlioontosēmas, kai tēn Ek. klēsian horōntes ameloumenēn, kai tous pollous plēssontes, hōspe r hyperorōntes ta tēs Ekklēsias o mēte hymeis makrotera kamnēte atirōntis hēmas, Kai touto praxomen tais hymeterais euchais, ei autos okneis kaitēs Ekklēsias tēn prostasian, hōs hautos te legeis, kai peithei ta pragmata. …tion gar ekeinais enapothanein tais phrontisin, ē tautais, epeidē dei pantōs talaipōrein, houtō … tou Theou ta hēmetera. analabōn men Dabid ton heautou doulon ek pointikēs eis basileian, tēn de sēn eulabeian eis mantikēn apo poimnēsʼ ho oikonomōn kata to tou thelēma ta hēmetera, kai pantōn tōn tizontōn epʼ auton, hautds kai nyn epi noun agagoi sę̄ teleiotēti gnōnai tēn atimian hēn hētimasmetha para tōn kyriōn tōn episkopōn peri tas psēphous, tę̄ men katastasei syntithemenōn, hēmas di parōthoumenōn. Ou gar; dē tēn sēn eulabeian aitiasomai, neōsti te epistasan tois pragmasi, kai agnoousan ta pleista, hōs eikds, tēs kathʼ hēmas historias. Tauta men oun hikanōs ' oude gar boulou mai diochlein soi makroteron, hina mē phainōmai phortikos, arti tēs philias archomenos. A de paresti meta tou Theou ’bouleuomenois hēmin, tauta gnōo rizomen. Egō gar hypechōrēsa men tēs kata Nazianzdn oEkklēsias, oute hōs kataphronōn tou Theou. oute hōs periorōn tou mikrou poimniou (mēde gar pathoi touto psychē philosophos), alla prōton hōs oudeni kērygmati toioutǭ kratoumenos; teron de dia syntetriphthai tę̄ arrōstią, kai
… that we may not bear the burden, being so condemned by you and cried down by the whole clergy with lamentations of every kind, which crush us, seeing the Church neglected and wounding the many, as though we were overlooking the affairs of the Church; and that you may not labour longer in … us. And this we will do by your prayers, if you yourself shrink from the presidency of the Church, as you yourself say and the facts persuade. For it is better to die in those cares than in these, since one must in any case suffer, God so ordering our affairs. … He who took up his servant David from the sheepfold to the kingdom, and your Reverence to the pastoral office from the flock; who orders our affairs according to his will, and those of all who hope in him: may he now too bring it to the mind of your Perfection to know the dishonour with which we have been dishonoured by my lords the bishops concerning the votes, agreeing to the appointment but pushing us aside. For I will not blame your Reverence, who have only recently taken charge of affairs and naturally do not know most of our history. Enough of this; for I do not wish to trouble you longer, lest I seem tiresome when our friendship is just beginning. What occurs to us as we deliberate with God, we make known. I withdrew from the Church at Nazianzus, neither as despising God nor as overlooking the little flock (may a philosophic soul never suffer that!), but first because I was bound by no proclamation to it, and second because I was crushed by sickness and
Chapter 237
237PG 37:237a–237d
νομίζειν μὴ ἐξαρκεῖν πρὸς τὰς τοιαύτας φροντίδας. Ἐπειδὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔσαρεῖτε, τὴν ἀναχώρησιν ὀνειδίζοντες, καὶ αὐτὸς οὐκ ἔφερον τὰς παρὰ πάντων μοι γινομένας καταβοήσεις, ὃ τε καιρὸς χαλεπὸς, ἀπειλῶν ἡμῖν ἐχθρῶν ἔφοδον ἐπὶ βλάβῃ τοῦ κοινοῦ πάσης τῆς Ἐκκλησίας· τέλος ἡττήθην ἧτταν τῷ σώματι μὲν ὀδυνηρὰν, τῇ δὲ ψυχῇ ἴσως οὐ πονηράν. Ἐπιδίδωμι τὸ ταπεινὸν τοῦτο σῶμα τῇίεκκλησία, μέχρις ἄν δυνατὸν, αίρετώτερον εἶναι νομίζων ὁτιοῦν παθεῖν σαρκικῶς μᾶλλον, ἢ πνευματικῶς πλὴσσεσθαι καὶ πλήσσειν τοὺς πολλοὺς, τὰ χείρω περ) ἡμῶν ὑπειληφότας, ἐξ ὧν αὐτοὶ πάσχουσι. Ταῦτʼ οὖν εἰδὼς καὶ συνεύχου, καὶ τὴν γνώο μην ἡμῶν ἀποδέχουο οὐ χεῖρον δʼ ἴσως εἰπεῖν, καὶ τυποῦ πρδς εὐλάβειαν.
nomizein mē exarkein pros tas toiautas phrontidas. Epeidē kai hymeis esareite, tēn anachōrēsin oneidizontes, kai autos ouk epheron tas para pantōn moi ginomenas kataboēseis, ho te kairos chalepos, apeilōn hēmin echthrōn ephodon epi blabę̄ tou koinou pasēs tēs Ekklēsias; telos hēttēthēn hēttan tǭ sōmati men odynēran, tę̄ de psychę̄ isōs ou ponēran. Epididōmi to tapeinon touto sōma tę̄iekklēsia, mechris an dynaton, airetōteron einai nomizōn hotioun pathein sarkikōs mallon, ē pneumatikōs plēssesthai kai plēssein tous pollous, ta cheirō per) hēmōn hypeilēphotas, ex hōn autoi paschousi. Tautʼ oun eidōs kai syneuchou, kai tēn gnōo mēn hēmōn apodechouo ou cheiron dʼ isōs eipein, kai typou prds eulabeian.
thinking that I was not equal to such cares. But since you too were pressing me, reproaching my withdrawal, and I myself could not bear the outcries raised against me by everyone, and the time was hard, threatening an attack of enemies to the harm of the whole Church in common, I was at last defeated, a defeat painful to the body but perhaps not bad for the soul. I give this lowly body to the Church as long as it is able, thinking it more desirable to suffer anything in the flesh than in the spirit to be wounded and to wound the many, who have formed worse opinions of us from what they themselves suffer. Knowing this, then, pray with us and accept our decision; and it may not be worse to add: and shape it toward piety.
Chapter 239
239PG 37:240a–240d
αἰδεῖσθαι πολλάκις καθωμολόγησας. Ἰδού σοι προσἀγει τοῦτον ἡ θυοφόρος αὕτη χεὶρ καὶ ἀναίμακτος, καὶ πολλοὺς μὲν ἐπαίνους σου γράψασα, γράψουσα δὲ, οἶδʼ ὅτι καὶ πλείους, εί Θεδς παρατείνοιεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἀρχὴν, τὴν τε σὴν λέγω, καὶτῆς συνεργοῦ τῆς σῆς Θέμιδος Πάλιν φιλανθρωπίας καιρὸς, καὶ πάλιν ἐγὼ τολμηρδς γράμμασι πιστεύων περὶ τοσούτου παράκλησιν πράγματος. Ποιεῖ γάρ με θρασὺν ή νόσος, οὐδὲ προϊέναι συγχωροῦσιν ού γὰρ εὐπρεπῆ παρέχει τὴν εἴσοδον, Τίς οὖν ἡ πρεσβεία; καί μου δέξαι ταύτην ἡμέρως καὶ φιλανθρώπως. Δεινδν μὲν καὶ ἀν· δρδς θάνατος (πῶς γὰρ οὖ ;) τοῦ σήμερον ὄντος, καὶ αὔριον ούκ ἐσομένου, οὐδὲ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀναλύσονο τος. Πολλῷ δὲ δεινότερον πόλιν ἀποθανεῖν, ἧν βασιλεῖς ἱδρύσαντο, καὶ χρόνοι συνεστήσαντο, και ἀκολουθία μακρὰ διεφύλαξεν. Ὑπὲρ τῆς Διοκαισαρέων ό λόγος. τῆς ποτὲ πόλεως, νῦν δὲ ού πόλεως, εί μὴ σὺ νεύσειας ἥμερον. Ταύτην, σοι προσπίπτειν νόμισον διʼ ἡμῶν, καὶ φωνὴν ἐχέτω, καὶ σχῆμα πενθικδν περικείσθω, καί κειράσθω κόμας, ὥσπερ ὲν δράματι, καὶ τούτους ποιείσθω πρὸς σὲ τοὺς λόγους · Δός μοι χεῖρα χαμαὶ κειμένη, βοήθησον ἀσθενούσῃ. Μὴ συνεπιθῇ τῷ χρόνῳ. μηδὲ διαφθείρῃς τὰ Περσῶν λείψανα. Πόλεις ἐγείρειν σοι πρεπωο δέστερον, ἢ καταλύειν τὰς κεκμηκυίας. Γενοῦ πολιστὴς ἢ τῷ προσθεῖναί τι τοῖς οὖσιν, ἢ τῷ φυλάξαι
aideisthai pollakis kathōmologēsas. Idou soi prosagei touton hē thyophoros hautē cheir kai anaimaktos, kai pollous men epainous sou grapsasa, grapsousa de, oidʼ hoti kai pleious, ei Theds parateinoien hymin tēn archēn, tēn te sēn legō, kaitēs synergou tēs sēs Themidos Palin philanthrōpias kairos, kai palin egō tolmērds grammasi pisteuōn peri tosoutou paraklēsin pragmatos. Poiei gar me thrasyn ē nosos, oude proïenai synchōrousin ou gar euprepē parechei tēn eisodon, Tis oun hē presbeia? kai mou dexai tautēn hēmerōs kai philanthrōpōs. Deindn men kai an; drds thanatos (pōs gar ou ?) tou sēmeron ontos, kai aurion ouk esomenou, oude pros hēmas analysono tos. Pollǭ de deinoteron polin apothanein, hēn basileis hidrysanto, kai chronoi synestēsanto, kai akolouthia makra diephylaxen. Hyper tēs Diokaisareōn o logos. tēs pote poleōs, nyn de ou poleōs, ei mē sy neuseias hēmeron. Tautēn, soi prospiptein nomison diʼ hēmōn, kai phōnēn echetō, kai schēma penthikdn perikeisthō, kai keirasthō komas, hōsper en dramati, kai toutous poieisthō pros se tous logous ; Dos moi cheira chamai keimenē, boēthēson asthenousę̄. Mē synepithę̄ tǭ chronǭ. mēde diaphtheirę̄s ta Persōn leipsana. Poleis egeirein soi prepōo desteron, ē katalyein tas kekmēkuias. Genou polistēs ē tǭ prostheinai ti tois ousin, ē tǭ phylaxai
… you agreed many times to respect. See, this hand presents him to you, the hand that offers sacrifice, bloodless sacrifice, and that has written many praises of you and will write, I know, still more, if God prolongs your office, I mean yours and that of your fellow worker Themis. [Letter 141. To the same] Again it is a time for kindness, and again I am bold, entrusting to a letter an appeal about so great a matter. For my sickness makes me bold, since it does not allow me to go out; for it would not make my entrance seemly. What, then, is my intercession? Receive it from me gently and humanely. Terrible is the death even of a man (how could it not be?), who is today and tomorrow will not be, and will not return to us. But much more terrible for a city to die, which kings founded, ages built up, and a long succession preserved. My plea is for Diocaesarea, once a city and now no city, unless you nod in mercy. Imagine that she falls at your feet through us; let her have a voice, let her put on mourning, and let her shear her locks, as in a drama, and say these words to you: “Give me a hand as I lie on the ground; help me in my weakness. Do not join with time in attacking me, nor destroy the remnants left by the Persians. It befits you better to raise up cities than to destroy those that are worn out. Become a founder of cities, either by adding something to those that exist, or by preserving
Chapter 241
241PG 37:241a–241d
τὴν οὖσαν. Μὴ ἀνάσχῃ μέχρι τῆς σῆς ἀρχῆς εἶναι πόλιν, καὶ μετὰ σὲ μηκέτʼ εἶναι · μηδὲ δοῦναι πονηρὸν τῷ χρόνῳ διήγημα, λαβεῖν ἀριθμουμένην ὲν πόλεσιν, καὶ καταλιπεῖν χωρίον ἀοίκητον τὴν ποτὲ πόλιν ὄρεσι, καὶ κρημνοῖς, καὶ ὕλαις μόναις γνωριζομένην. Ταῦτα μὲν ποιείτω καὶ λεγέτω πρὸς τὴν σὴν φιλανθρωπίαν τοῦ πλάσματος πόλις. Ἰίμῶν δὲ ὡς φίλων δέξαι παραίνεσιν· σωφρονίσαι μὲν θέλησον τοὺς ἐξημαρτηκότας είς τὸ πρόσταγμα τῆς σῆς ἐξουσίας. ’Υπὲρ γὰρ τούτου οὐδὲν θαρροῦμεν, εί καὶ μὴ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ σκέμματός φασιν εἶναι τὸ θράσος, ἀλλὰ μειρακίσκων τινῶν ὁρμὴν ἀλόγιστον. Τὸ πλεῖον δὲ τῆς ὀργῆς συγχωρῆσαι, καὶ λογισμῷ χρήσασθαι μείζονι. Μητρὸς ὑπερήλγησαν νεκρουμένης, οὐκ ἤνεγκαν πολῖται καλεῖσθαι, καὶ εἶναι ἀπόλιδες, ἐμάνησαν, παρενόμησαν, ἀπέγνωσαν τῆς ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαςο ἔκφρονας αὐτοὺς τὸ παράδοξον τοῦ πάθους ἐποίησεν. Ἆρʼ οὖν διὰ τοῦτο χρὴ μηδὲ εἶναι πόλιν τὴν πόλιν; Μηδαμῶς, ὦ θαυμάσιε, μὴ τοῦτο ὲπιγράφῃς. Ἀλλὰ τίμησόν πάντας πολίτας, καὶ πολιτευτὰς, καὶ ἀξιωματικοὺς ίκετεύονυ ταςο πάντων γάρ οἴου τὴν συμφορὰν ὁμοίως ἅπτεσθαι, καὶ εί τῷ μεγέθει τῆς σῆς ἐξουσίας ἔφη συχάζουσιν, οἷον ὐποδρύχια στένοντες. Τίμησον δὲ τὴν ἡμετέραν πολιὰν, οἷς δεινὸν εί ποτὲ τὴν μεγάλην πόλιν ἔχοντες, νῦν μηδὲ πόλιν ἔχοιμεν, καὶ θηρίων οίκητήριον γένοιτο μετὰ τὴν σὴν ἀρχὴν, ὃ τε ναὸς δν ἠγείραμεν τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ ὴ περὶ τοῦτον ἡμῶν φιλοκαλία. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εί ἀνδριάντες κατενεχθήσονται, τοῦτο δεινὸν, εί καὶ ἄλλως δεινόν ι μηδὲ περὶ τούτων νομίσῃς ἡμῖν εῖναι τὸν λόγον, οἷς περὶ τὰ κρείττονα ἠ σπουδὴ, ἀλλʼ εἰ συγκατενεχθήσεται τούτοις πόλις ἀρχαία, καί τι λαμπρὸν ὶνεγκοῦσα, ζώντων ἡμῶν καὶ ὁρώντων τῶνε παρὰ σοι τιμωμένων, καί τινα ἰσχὺν ἔχειν νομιζομένων. Ἀλλʼ ό μὲν περ). τούτων λόγος τοσοῦτος.
tēn ousan. Mē anaschę̄ mechri tēs sēs archēs einai polin, kai meta se mēketʼ einai ; mēde dounai ponēron tǭ chronǭ diēgēma, labein arithmoumenēn en polesin, kai katalipein chōrion aoikēton tēn pote polin oresi, kai krēmnois, kai hylais monais gnōrizomenēn. Tauta men poieitō kai legetō pros tēn sēn philanthrōpian tou plasmatos polis. Iimōn de hōs philōn dexai parainesin; sōphronisai men thelēson tous exēmartēkotas eis to prostagma tēs sēs exousias. ’Yper gar toutou ouden tharroumen, ei kai mē apo koinou skemmatos phasin einai to thrasos, alla meirakiskōn tinōn hormēn alogiston. To pleion de tēs orgēs synchōrēsai, kai logismǭ chrēsasthai meizoni. Mētros hyperēlgēsan nekroumenēs, ouk ēnenkan politai kaleisthai, kai einai apolides, emanēsan, parenomēsan, apegnōsan tēs heautōn sōtēriaso ekphronas autous to paradoxon tou pathous epoiēsen. Arʼ oun dia touto chrē mēde einai polin tēn polin? Mēdamōs, ō thaumasie, mē touto epigraphę̄s. Alla timēson pantas politas, kai politeutas, kai axiōmatikous iketeuony taso pantōn gar oiou tēn symphoran homoiōs haptesthai, kai ei tǭ megethei tēs sēs exousias ephē sychazousin, hoion ypodrychia stenontes. Timēson de tēn hēmeteran polian, hois deinon ei pote tēn megalēn polin echontes, nyn mēde polin echoimen, kai thēriōn oikētērion genoito meta tēn sēn archēn, ho te naos dn ēgeiramen tǭ Theǭ, kai ē peri touton hēmōn philokalia. Oude gar ei andriantes katenechthēsontai, touto deinon, ei kai allōs deinon i mēde peri toutōn nomisę̄s hēmin einai ton logon, hois peri ta kreittona ē spoudē, allʼ ei synkatenechthēsetai toutois polis archaia, kai ti lampron inenkousa, zōntōn hēmōn kai horōntōn tōne para soi timōmenōn, kai tina ischyn echein nomizomenōn. Allʼ o men per). toutōn logos tosoutos.
the one that exists. Do not allow it to be a city until your term of office and then no longer after you; nor to give time a wretched story, that you received it numbered among cities and left an uninhabited place, the one-time city known only by mountains and cliffs and woods.” Let the city of our fiction do and say these things to your kindness. But receive our advice as from friends: be willing to correct those who have sinned against the command of your authority. For on their behalf we are not at all confident, even if they say the rash act was not a common decision but the unreasoning impulse of some youths. But forgive the greater part of your anger, and use a larger reasoning. They grieved exceedingly for their mother being put to death; they could not bear to be called citizens and be without a city; they went mad, broke the law, despaired of their own safety; the strangeness of their suffering drove them out of their minds. Must the city, then, for this reason not even be a city? By no means, my admirable friend; do not write this. But honour all who supplicate: citizens, councillors, and men of rank; for imagine that the misfortune touches all alike, even if they keep quiet before the greatness of your authority, groaning as it were under water. Honour also our grey hair, for whom it is terrible if, having once had the great city, we should now not even have a city, and if after your term of office the church we built for God, and our loving care for it, should become a lair of wild beasts. For it is not this that is terrible, that statues will be thrown down, even if it is terrible in other ways (and do not think that we, whose zeal is for better things, are speaking about these), but that an ancient city, which has produced something brilliant, will be thrown down along with them, while we are alive and looking on, we who are honoured by you and are thought to have some influence. So much, then, about these things.
Chapter 243
243PG 37:244a–244d
… ταῖς ἀρχαῖς. Ἐκεῖνο δὲ ἀναγκαῖον γνῶναι τὴν σὴν μεγαλόνοιαν πε ρὶ τῶν προσεμπεπτωκότων,ὅτι αντελῶς εἰσιν ἄθλιοι, ἀπερριμμένοι, καὶ μηδεμιᾶς … ταξίας τοῖς ἡμαρτηκόσι κοινωνήσαντες, ὡς πολλοὶ … πείθουσιν ἡμᾶς τῶν τότε παρόντων. Πρὸς ταῦτα βούλευσαι ὅυτι ἂν συμφέρειν νομίσῃς, καὶ πρὸς -τὴν ὲνσεεῦθεκ δόξαν, καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἐκεῖθεν ἐλπίδαςι ’ἡμεῖς δὲτδ παραστὰν οἴσομεν, οὐκ ἀλύπως μὲνο οἴσομεν δέ. Τί γὰρ ἂν καὶ πράξαιμεν ἓτερονς Ei δὲ, τὰ έείρω νικήσειε, χαλεπανοῦμεν, καὶ τῇ ποτε πόλει ὲπιδαλοῦ μεν δάκρυον. PMB'. Τῼ ΔΥΤῼ Εἰ καὶ ό πόθος τῆς σῆς … τʼ ἠχρεία τῶν δεομένων μεγάλη· … . Διὰ τοῦτο γράμμασι πιστεῦσαι ταύτην τήν πρεσβείαν ἐθάρρησα. ᾼίδέσθητι μὲν … ἢδη καλῶς ποιῶν και πολλάκιςέ λίδέσθιλτί δὲ ιιαισιτῆν ἀρρωστίαν ταύτην, μέρος τὶ καὶ οἱ κατὰ Θεὸν ἱδρῶτες συνεισήνεγκαν, εἰ τι δεῖ καὶ νεανιεύσασθαι. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο φεῖσαι μὲν τῶν πολιτευομένων πρὸς ἡμᾶς βλεπόπωνʼ trav. των ἡμῶν ἐπὶ σοῦ παρρησίαν. Φεῖσαι δὲ τιῖἷν ἄλλιονΙτῶν ἀπὸ* τὴν ἡμετέραν φροντίδα. Καὶ γὰρ (οὑδεμία ζημία τοῖς πράγμασιν ὲκ τῆς φιλανθρωπίας, ἐπεὶ τῷίφόδῳ πλείονα κατορθοῖς, ἢ ταῖς τιμωρίαις ιτεροιξΣοὶ δὲ ἀντὶ τούτων γένοιτο, τδ τοιούτου *τυχεῖν τοῦ κριτοῦ, οἷός περ ἂν αὐτὸς γένῃ τοῖς δεομένοις, καὶἡμῖν τοῖς πρεσβεύουσιν.
… tais archais. Ekeino de anankaion gnōnai tēn sēn megalonoian pe ri tōn prosempeptōkotōn,hoti antelōs eisin athlioi, aperrimmenoi, kai mēdemias … taxias tois hēmartēkosi koinōnēsantes, hōs polloi … peithousin hēmas tōn tote parontōn. Pros tauta bouleusai houti an sympherein nomisę̄s, kai pros -tēn enseeuthek doxan, kai pros tas ekeithen elpidasi ’hēmeis detd parastan oisomen, ouk alypōs meno oisomen de. Ti gar an kai praxaimen heterons Ei de, ta eeirō nikēseie, chalepanoumen, kai tę̄ pote polei epidalou men dakryon. PMB'. TǬ DYTǬ Ei kai o pothos tēs sēs … tʼ ēchreia tōn deomenōn megalē; … . Dia touto grammasi pisteusai tautēn tēn presbeian etharrēsa. Ąidesthēti men … ēdē kalōs poiōn kai pollakise lidesthilti de iiaisitēn arrōstian tautēn, meros ti kai hoi kata Theon hidrōtes syneisēnenkan, ei ti dei kai neanieusasthai. Kai dia touto pheisai men tōn politeuomenōn pros hēmas blepopōnʼ trav. tōn hēmōn epi sou parrēsian. Pheisai de tiiin allionItōn apo* tēn hēmeteran phrontida. Kai gar (houdemia zēmia tois pragmasin ek tēs philanthrōpias, epei tǭiphodǭ pleiona katorthois, ē tais timōriais iteroixSoi de anti toutōn genoito, td toioutou *tychein tou kritou, hoios per an autos genę̄ tois deomenois, kaiēmin tois presbeuousin.
… to the authorities. But this your magnanimity must know about those who have fallen at your feet: that they are utterly wretched and cast off, and shared in no disorder with those who sinned, as many of those then present assure us. In view of this, consider whatever you think advantageous, both for your glory here and for your hopes there; we will bear what is decided, not without grief, but we will bear it. For what else could we do? But if the worse prevails, we will be grieved, and shed a tear over the city that once was. [Letter 142. To the same] Even if my longing for your company is warm …, yet the need of those who ask is great … . Therefore I have dared to entrust this intercession to a letter. Respect … , as you have already done, rightly and often; and respect this sickness, to which perhaps our sweat for God has contributed some part, if I must boast a little. And therefore spare the councillors, who look to us and to our freedom of speech with you. Spare also the others, … to our care. For no harm comes to affairs from kindness, since you accomplish more by fear than by punishments. And in return for this may it be yours to find such a judge as you yourself are to those who ask, and to us who intercede.
Chapter 245
245PG 37:245a–245d
πρὸς τὸ ἐλεεῖν, … τὸ προλαβεῖν χρηστότητα. Τοῦτο ξαὶ αὐτῷ μοι συμβέβηκεν· ἔμαθον τὸ συμπαθὲς ἐξ ὧν ἔπαθον. Καὶ ὁρᾷς τὸ ἡμέτερον μεγαλόψυχονς αὐτὸς χρῄζων τῆς σῆς ἡμερότητος ἓν τοῖς ἐμοῖς πράγμασιν, ὑπὲρ ἄλλων πρεσῆεύω, καὶ οὐ δέδοικα μή δαπανήσω σου τὺ φιλάνθρωπον ἐν τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις. Γράφω δὲ ταῦτα ὑπὲρ τοῦ πρεσδὲτέρου Λεοντίου, εὖτʼ οὖν ποτὲ πρεσδυτέρουί ὂς ἃ μὲν πέπονθεν ὧν πεποίηκεν, ἐνταῦθα στῶμεν, μὴ τὸ ὕπερὸάλλσν … γένηται. Εἰ δέ τι τῇ τιμωρίᾳ προσχρεωστεῑται, καὶ οὔπω τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι τὰ τῆς ὕβρεως ἀντισώθη, τοῦτο ἡμῖν συγχώρησον, καὶ τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ τῷ βήματι, καὶ τῷ κοινῷ συλλόγῳ τῶν ἱερέων, οἷς ποτὲ σονηρίθμηται, καὶ εὶ νῦν ἀνάξιον ἑαυτὸν ἀπέφηνεν, οἷς τε πεποίηκεν, οἷς τε πέπονθεν. Εἰ μὲν οὖν πείθομεν, τοῦτο ἄριστονο ει δὲ μὴ, προσάγομεν σοι πρεσβευτὴν αἰδεσιμώτερον, ἰηέίακοινωνόν σοι καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς καὶ τῆς εὐ- ρ ς.
pros to eleein, … to prolabein chrēstotēta. Touto xai autǭ moi symbebēken; emathon to sympathes ex hōn epathon. Kai horąs to hēmeteron megalopsychons autos chrę̄zōn tēs sēs hēmerotētos hen tois emois pragmasin, hyper allōn presēeuō, kai ou dedoika mē dapanēsō sou ty philanthrōpon en tois allotriois. Graphō de tauta hyper tou presdeterou Leontiou, eutʼ oun pote presdyteroui os ha men peponthen hōn pepoiēken, entautha stōmen, mē to hyperoallsn … genētai. Ei de ti tę̄ timōrią proschreōsteitai, kai oupō tois hamartēmasi ta tēs hybreōs antisōthē, touto hēmin synchōrēson, kai tǭ Theǭ, kai tǭ bēmati, kai tǭ koinǭ syllogǭ tōn hiereōn, hois pote sonērithmētai, kai ei nyn anaxion heauton apephēnen, hois te pepoiēken, hois te peponthen. Ei men oun peithomen, touto aristono ei de mē, prosagomen soi presbeutēn aidesimōteron, iēeiakoinōnon soi kai tēs archēs kai tēs eu- r s.
… toward pity as having first received kindness. This has happened to me too: I have learned sympathy from what I suffered. And you see our magnanimity: needing your gentleness myself in my own affairs, I intercede for others, and am not afraid of spending your kindness on the affairs of others. I write this on behalf of the presbyter Leontius, or rather the one-time presbyter. As for what he has suffered for what he did, let us stop there, lest the excess become … But if anything is still owed to the punishment, and the disgrace has not yet been made equal to his sins, grant this to us, and to God, and to the altar, and to the common assembly of the priests, among whom he was once numbered, even if he has now shown himself unworthy by what he did and by what he suffered. If, then, we persuade you, that is best; if not, we bring you a more venerable intercessor, the partner of your office and of your …
Chapter 247
247PG 37:248a–248d
τῶν ὲν μέσῳ παραδραμεῖν, ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ κυρῶσαι τὸ ἀποστάσιον, ὃ τοῖς ἡμετέροις ἀπαρέσκει πάντως νόμοις, κᾶν οἱ Ῥωμαίων ἑτέρως κρίνωσι. Τὸ δίκαιον γὰρ φυλαχθῆναι ἐπάναγκες, ὂ καὶ ἡμεῖς σοι εὐχόμεθα ἀενλὲγειν τε καὶ ποιεῖν. Οὐδὲν δεινὸν ποιοῦσιν οί δήμιοι· καὶ γὰρ ὑπηρετοῦνται νόμοις· οὐδὲ τὸ ξίφος παράνομον, ᾧ τοὺς πονηροὺς κολάζομεν. Ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὐκ ἐπαινεῖται δήμιος, οὐδὲ ἀσμενίζεται φονικὸν ξίφος. Οὕτως οὐδὲ ἡμεῖς ἀνεχόμεθα γενέσθαι μισητοὶ, διὰ τῆς ἡμετέρας χειρὸς καὶ γλώσσης τοῦ ἀποστασίου βεδαιουμένου. Κρεῖττον γὰρ ὲνὼσεως καὶ φιλίας, ἢ διαστάσεως καὶ βίου λύσεως μέσους γίνεσθαι. Τοῦτό μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ὁ θαυμασιώτατος ἄρχων ὶνθυ μηθεὶς, ἡμῖν ἐπιτρέψαι τὴν πεῦσιν τῆς σῆς θυγατρὸς, ὡς οὐκ ἀποτόμως. οὐδὲ ἀπαθῶς ἐλθεῖν δυναμένοις ἐπὶ τὴν λύσιν. Οὐ γὰρ ὡς λογιστὴν, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐπίσκοπον δηλαδὴ προεβάλετο, καὶ μέσον ἐποιήσατο τῆς καθʼ ὑμᾶς περιπετείας. Παρακαλῶ τοίνυν χαρίσασθαί τι τῇ ἐμῇ δειλίᾳ· καὶ εί μὲν τὰ κρείττω νικᾷ, χρήσασθε ἡμῖν ὑπηρέταις τῆς ὑμετέρας βουλήσεως, καὶ χαίρομεν τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπιταττόμενοι* εί δὲ τὰ χείρω τε καὶ σκαιότερα, καὶ οἷς οὐδέπω καὶ τήμερον ἐνεχειρήσαμεν, ἄλλον ἐπιζητεῖτε τὸν πρὸς ταῦτα ἐπιτηδειότερον. Ἐμοὶ δὲ οὐ σχολὴ, ἵνα τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ φιλίᾳ χαρίσωμαι (εί καὶ τὰ πάντα οἶδα ὑμᾶς ἐμαυτῷ τιμιωτάτους), θεῷ προσκρούειν, ᾧ λόγον ὑπέχω παντὸς κινήματος καὶ διανοήματος. Τῇ δὲ σῇ θυγατρὶ τότε πιστεύσομεν (είρήσεται γὰρ τάληθδς), ὅταν δυνηθῇ τὸ αἰδεῖσθαι ὑμᾶς φυγοῦσα παρρησιάζεσθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν. Ὦς νῦν γε τὸ πάθος ἐλεεινόν. Μερίζει γὰρ ὑμῖν μὲν τὰ ῥήματα, τῷ δὲ ἀνδρὶ τὸ δάκρυον.
tōn en mesǭ paradramein, epi tǭ mē kyrōsai to apostasion, ho tois hēmeterois apareskei pantōs nomois, kan hoi Rhōmaiōn heterōs krinōsi. To dikaion gar phylachthēnai epanankes, o kai hēmeis soi euchometha aenlegein te kai poiein. Ouden deinon poiousin oi dēmioi; kai gar hypēretountai nomois; oude to xiphos paranomon, hǭ tous ponērous kolazomen. Allʼ homōs ouk epaineitai dēmios, oude asmenizetai phonikon xiphos. Houtōs oude hēmeis anechometha genesthai misētoi, dia tēs hēmeteras cheiros kai glōssēs tou apostasiou bedaioumenou. Kreitton gar enōseōs kai philias, ē diastaseōs kai biou lyseōs mesous ginesthai. Touto moi dokei kai ho thaumasiōtatos archōn inthy mētheis, hēmin epitrepsai tēn peusin tēs sēs thygatros, hōs ouk apotomōs. oude apathōs elthein dynamenois epi tēn lysin. Ou gar hōs logistēn, allʼ hōs episkopon dēladē proebaleto, kai meson epoiēsato tēs kathʼ hymas peripeteias. Parakalō toinyn charisasthai ti tę̄ emę̄ deilią; kai ei men ta kreittō niką, chrēsasthe hēmin hypēretais tēs hymeteras boulēseōs, kai chairomen ta toiauta epitattomenoi* ei de ta cheirō te kai skaiotera, kai hois oudepō kai tēmeron enecheirēsamen, allon epizēteite ton pros tauta epitēdeioteron. Emoi de ou scholē, hina tę̄ hymeterą philią charisōmai (ei kai ta panta oida hymas emautǭ timiōtatous), theǭ proskrouein, hǭ logon hypechō pantos kinēmatos kai dianoēmatos. Tę̄ de sę̄ thygatri tote pisteusomen (eirēsetai gar talēthds), hotan dynēthę̄ to aideisthai hymas phygousa parrēsiazesthai tēn alētheian. Ōs nyn ge to pathos eleeinon. Merizei gar hymin men ta rhēmata, tǭ de andri to dakryon.
… to pass over what lies between, so as not to ratify the bill of divorce, which is altogether displeasing to our laws, even if those of the Romans judge otherwise. For justice must be preserved, which we pray that you too may always speak and do. [Letter 145. To Verianus] Executioners do nothing terrible, for they serve the laws; nor is the sword with which we punish the wicked unlawful. But still the executioner is not praised, nor is the murderous sword welcomed. So neither do we endure becoming hateful by having the bill of divorce confirmed by our hand and tongue. For it is better to be mediators of union and friendship than of separation and the dissolution of life together. This, it seems to me, the most admirable governor also had in mind when he entrusted to us the questioning of your daughter, as men who could not come to the dissolution abruptly or without feeling. For he plainly appointed me not as an official but as a bishop, and made me the mediator in your misfortune. I beg you, then, to grant something to my timidity; and if the better course prevails, use us as servants of your will, and we rejoice to be given such commands; but if the worse and more sinister, things we have never undertaken to this day, look for someone else more suited to them. I have no leisure, in order to gratify your friendship (even though I know you to be the most honoured of all by me), to offend God, to whom I give account of every movement and thought. Your daughter we shall believe (the truth shall be told) when she can escape her respect for you and speak the truth freely. As things are now, her plight is pitiable; for she divides her words to you and her tears to her husband.
Chapter 249
249PG 37:249a–249d
Τοῦτο ἦν ὅπερ ἔλεγον ὥσπερ ἐκ τινος προφητείας εἱς πάντα δεξιοῦ σου τυγχάνων, καὶ ἀπλήστως τῆς σῆς ἡμερότητος ἐμφορούμενος, ὅτι δέδοικα μὴ κενώσω τὸ φιλάνθρωπον ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις. Ἰδοὺ γὰρ ἁγὼν ἐμὸς (εἴπερ ἐμὸς, ὁ τῶν ἐμῶν), καὶ ού μετὰ τῆς ἴσης παρρησίας ποιοῦμαι τοὺς λόγους. Πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι ἐμός. Τὸ γὰρ ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοῦ δεῖσθαι, εί καὶ χρησιμώτερον, ἀλλὰ ταπεινότερον. Ἔπειτα ὑφορῶμαι τὸν κόρον ὡς τὸ ἡδὺ λύοντα, καὶ πᾶσιν ἐναντιούμενον τοῖς καλοῖς. Ἔχει μὲν οὖν οὕτω ταῦτα, καὶ εἰκάζω λίαν ὀρθῶς. Ὅμως δὲ τῷ τε Θεῷ θαρρῶν, ᾧ παρέστηκα, καὶ τῇ σῇ περὶ τὺ εὖ ποιεῖν μεγαλοψυχίᾳ, τὴν ἱκεσίαν ταύτην ἐθάρρησα.
Touto ēn hoper elegon hōsper ek tinos prophēteias heis panta dexiou sou tynchanōn, kai aplēstōs tēs sēs hēmerotētos emphoroumenos, hoti dedoika mē kenōsō to philanthrōpon hymōn en tois allotriois. Idou gar hagōn emos (eiper emos, ho tōn emōn), kai ou meta tēs isēs parrēsias poioumai tous logous. Prōton men hoti emos. To gar hyper heautou deisthai, ei kai chrēsimōteron, alla tapeinoteron. Epeita hyphorōmai ton koron hōs to hēdy lyonta, kai pasin enantioumenon tois kalois. Echei men oun houtō tauta, kai eikazō lian orthōs. Homōs de tǭ te Theǭ tharrōn, hǭ parestēka, kai tę̄ sę̄ peri ty eu poiein megalopsychią, tēn hikesian tautēn etharrēsa.
This is what I said, as if by some prophecy, when I was obtaining your favour in everything and filling myself insatiably with your gentleness: that I feared I might exhaust your kindness on the affairs of others. For see, the contest is my own (if indeed what concerns my own people is mine), and I do not speak with equal freedom. First, because it is my own; for to ask for oneself, even if more useful, is more humbling. Then, I suspect satiety, as something that dissolves what is sweet and opposes everything good. So it stands, and I guess very rightly. Yet trusting in God, before whom I stand, and in your magnanimity in doing good, I have dared this supplication.
Chapter 251
251PG 37:252a–252d
5ικάξων σήμερον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀρετῇ καὶ κακίᾳ· οὗ μᾶλλον, ἦ τοῦ καθʼ ἕκαστον, φροντιστέον τοῖς γε κατὰ σὲ τὴν ἀρετὴν, κα) δεξιοῖς ἄρχουσιν. Ἔσται δέ σοι παρʼ ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τούτοις, ού τὸ τῶν εὐχῶν μόνον, ὧν οἶδά σε μὴ περιφρονοῦντα κατὰ τοὺς πολλοὺς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ πε ριὸόητον καταστῆσαι τὴν σὴν,ἀρχὴν πᾶσιν, οἷς γνωριζόμεθα. PMZ'. ΑΣτΕΡιῼ Τί Θεοῦ δικαιότερον; ἀλλʼ ὅμως πάντων ποιητὴς ὢν καὶ δεσπότης, ἐξαίρετον ἑαυτοῦ λαὸν ποιεῖται καὶ ὀνομάζει τὸν Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ οὐκ αἰσχύνεται, μὴοάδικος παρὰ τοῦτο νομίζηται. Τί οὖν θαυμαστὸν, εί καὶ ἡμεῖς πάντων κηδόμενοι τῶν ὑπὸ τὴν ἡμετέραν χεῖρα καὶ προστασίαν, πλέον τοῦ υίοῦ Νικοβούλου περιεχόμεθα, ὃν καὶ γηρωκόμον καὶ νοσοκόμον γινώσκομεν, καὶ οἷον ἔρεισμα καὶ βακτηρίαν τῆς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ὐποὸεόλήμεθα. Τοῦτον ὑπὸ τὰς σὰς τίθεμεν χεῖρας, καὶ διὰ τῶν σῶν ταῖς τοῦ ἄρχοντος, πάνυ δεινὸν νομίζοντες, τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους καὶ τῶν μεγίστων ἐγκλημάτων ἐλευθεροῦν διʼ ἡμῶν, καὶ πρώτους γε τοὺς νῦν πικροὺς κατηγόρους· τοῦτον δὲ μηδὲ τῆς ἐπηρείας δύνασθαι, καὶ ἧς τυγχάνομεν ἐπὶτῶν ξένων τιμῆς, ταύτης ἐφʼ ήμῶν αὐτῶν μὴ τυγχάνειν, ἀλλὰ ταυτὸν πάσχειν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, οῖ τʼ ἄλλα ὁρῶντες, ἑαυτοὺς ούχ ὁρῶσιν, ἢ τῶν πηγῶν ταῖς ὲν βάθει κειμέναις, αῖ τὰ πλησίον ούχ ὑπορρέουσαι, τὰ πόῤῥω ποτίζουσιν. Ἔστω δεινά τετολμημένα τοῖς παιδαρίοις ἢ ὑπέρδειναο ὥσπερ οὖν ἴσως οὐδὲν, ἢ μικρὸν εὑρεθήσεται, εί μὴ τῷ καιρῷ τῆς ἐξετάσεως στενοχωρηθείημεν. Ἀλλὰ τί τοῦτο πρὸς τοὺς δεσπότας, οῖ μηδενὸς τῶν γεγενημένων κεκοινωνήκασιν; ἢ τίς ὁ λόγος, ὑπὲρ ἀλλοτρίων ἁμαρτημάτων ὲν ἄλλοις ἀπαιτεῖσθαι δίκην, καὶ νῦν τῶν δημοσίων φροντίζειν, ἡνίκα λυπεῖ τὸ ίδιον;
5ikaxōn sēmeron, alla kai aretę̄ kai kakią; hou mallon, ē tou kathʼ hekaston, phrontisteon tois ge kata se tēn aretēn, ka) dexiois archousin. Estai de soi parʼ hēmōn epi toutois, ou to tōn euchōn monon, hōn oida se mē periphronounta kata tous pollous, alla kai to pe riooēton katastēsai tēn sēn,archēn pasin, hois gnōrizometha. PMZ'. AStERiǬ Ti Theou dikaioteron? allʼ homōs pantōn poiētēs ōn kai despotēs, exaireton heautou laon poieitai kai onomazei ton Israēl, kai ouk aischynetai, mēoadikos para touto nomizētai. Ti oun thaumaston, ei kai hēmeis pantōn kēdomenoi tōn hypo tēn hēmeteran cheira kai prostasian, pleon tou uiou Nikoboulou periechometha, hon kai gērōkomon kai nosokomon ginōskomen, kai hoion ereisma kai baktērian tēs astheneias hēmōn ypooeolēmetha. Touton hypo tas sas tithemen cheiras, kai dia tōn sōn tais tou archontos, pany deinon nomizontes, tous men allous kai tōn megistōn enklēmatōn eleutheroun diʼ hēmōn, kai prōtous ge tous nyn pikrous katēgorous; touton de mēde tēs epēreias dynasthai, kai hēs tynchanomen epitōn xenōn timēs, tautēs ephʼ ēmōn autōn mē tynchanein, alla tauton paschein tois ophthalmois, oi tʼ alla horōntes, heautous ouch horōsin, ē tōn pēgōn tais en bathei keimenais, ai ta plēsion ouch hyporreousai, ta porrhō potizousin. Estō deina tetolmēmena tois paidariois ē hyperdeinao hōsper oun isōs ouden, ē mikron heurethēsetai, ei mē tǭ kairǭ tēs exetaseōs stenochōrētheiēmen. Alla ti touto pros tous despotas, oi mēdenos tōn gegenēmenōn kekoinōnēkasin? ē tis ho logos, hyper allotriōn hamartēmatōn en allois apaiteisthai dikēn, kai nyn tōn dēmosiōn phrontizein, hēnika lypei to idion?
… judging today, but also by virtue and vice; which governors who are virtuous and excellent like you must care for more than for each single case. And for this you will have from us not only our prayers, which I know you do not despise as most men do, but also our making your term of office renowned among all to whom we are known. [Letter 147. To Asterius] What is more just than God? Yet, though he is maker and master of all, he makes Israel his chosen people and calls it so, and is not ashamed, nor is he thought unjust on this account. What wonder, then, if we too, who care for all under our hand and protection, hold more closely to our son Nicobulus, whom we know as the nurse of our old age and sickness, and have taken as a support and staff of our weakness? We place him under your hands, and through yours under the governor's, thinking it very terrible that we should free others from the greatest charges through our intercession, and first of all those who are now his bitter accusers, but should not be able to free him even from harassment; and that the honour we obtain among strangers we should not obtain for our own, but should be like the eyes, which see other things but do not see themselves, or like springs lying deep, which do not flow to what is near but water what is far away. Let terrible things have been dared by the boys, or even worse than terrible; though perhaps nothing, or little, will be found, unless we are hurried by the time allowed for the inquiry. But what has this to do with their masters, who shared in none of what happened? Or what reason is there to exact a penalty from some for the sins of others, and to care now for public affairs when one's own grieves us?
Chapter 253
253PG 37:253a–253d
τί τοῦτο, ἰσως ὲρεϊς; πάλιν ἡμῖν Γρηγόριοςς πάλιν ἐπιστολαὶ; πάλιν αἰτήσεις; Ὠ τῆς ἀπληστίας, ἢν … κεκινήκαμεν. Μηδαμῶς, ὧθαυμάσιε, μὴ τοῦτο πάθῃς. Τίνων γὰρ οἱ λιμένες, ἢ τῶν χειμαζομένων ; τίνων δὲ τὰ φάρμακα, ἢ τῶν ἀρρωστούντων; ὦνπερ ἡμεῖς μὴ ἀποστερηθείημεν, καὶ τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον, ὅσῳ πιστευόμεθα. δύνασθαι παρὰ σοί. Ούκ ἔτι γὰρ αἰτοῦμεν, ἀλλʼ ἀπαιτοῦμεν, ἀεὶ χάριτος χάριν προκαλουμένης. Νικόόουλος ὲν ὲπηρείαις, ταυτὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἡμεῖςʼ ἡμῶν γάρ ἐστιν ἀνάπαυσις. Καὶ πῶς οἷόν τε σιωπᾷν, καὶ μὴ φορτικὸν εἶναι καὶ τὸν σφόδρα φιλόσοφονς δὸς χεῖρα πιεζομένοις, ἵνα καὶ αὐτὸς τῆς ἐκ Θεοῦ τύχῃς, χρῄζων ταύτης ὡς ἄνθρωπος. Καὶ χρῆσαι πάσῃ τῇ φιλίᾳ, καὶ τῇ συνέσει, καὶ τῷ δύναο σθαι σῦν Θεῷ. περὶτὰ ἡμέτερα πράγματα. Ούτε γὰρ σίδηρος ἔμπυρος πολλῶν δεῖται τῶν παρὰ τοῦ λίθου κρουμάτων, ἴνα τὸ ἐγκείμενον πῦρ δημοσιωθῇ ἀλλʼ ἐπλήγη τε ὁμοῦ, καὶ τὸ πῦρ ἦστραψεν. Οὔτε αὐτὸς μακροτέρας δεήσῃ παρακλήσεως, καὶ τοῦτο ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, καὶ τοιούτου τοῦ πεί- Θοντος ὖντος, καὶ οὕτω γνησίου κοινωνοῦ τῆς ἀρχῆς. Ἐν καὶ σύντομον φθέγξομαιο τὰς μὲν ἄλλας χάριτας, ἄλλοι διʼήμῶν ἐλάμὸανον, ταύτης δὲ ἡμεῖς χρῄζομεν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, ὃ καὶ μᾶλλον δυσωπη σάτω τὴν σὴν λογιότητα. PMB’. ΓΕΩΡΓΙῼ.
ti touto, isōs ereïs? palin hēmin Grēgorioss palin epistolai? palin aitēseis? Ō tēs aplēstias, ēn … kekinēkamen. Mēdamōs, hōthaumasie, mē touto pathę̄s. Tinōn gar hoi limenes, ē tōn cheimazomenōn ? tinōn de ta pharmaka, ē tōn arrōstountōn? ōnper hēmeis mē aposterētheiēmen, kai tosoutǭ mallon, hosǭ pisteuometha. dynasthai para soi. Ouk eti gar aitoumen, allʼ apaitoumen, aei charitos charin prokaloumenēs. Nikoooulos en epēreiais, tauton de eipein hoti hēmeisʼ hēmōn gar estin anapausis. Kai pōs hoion te siōpąn, kai mē phortikon einai kai ton sphodra philosophons dos cheira piezomenois, hina kai autos tēs ek Theou tychę̄s, chrę̄zōn tautēs hōs anthrōpos. Kai chrēsai pasę̄ tę̄ philią, kai tę̄ synesei, kai tǭ dynao sthai syn Theǭ. perita hēmetera pragmata. Oute gar sidēros empyros pollōn deitai tōn para tou lithou kroumatōn, ina to enkeimenon pyr dēmosiōthę̄ allʼ eplēgē te homou, kai to pyr ēstrapsen. Oute autos makroteras deēsę̄ paraklēseōs, kai touto hyper hēmōn, kai toioutou tou pei- Thontos yntos, kai houtō gnēsiou koinōnou tēs archēs. En kai syntomon phthenxomaio tas men allas charitas, alloi diʼēmōn elamoanon, tautēs de hēmeis chrę̄zomen hyper hēmōn autōn, ho kai mallon dysōpē satō tēn sēn logiotēta. PMB’. GEŌRGIǬ.
“What is this?” you will perhaps say. “Gregory again? Letters again? Requests again?” O the insatiability we have stirred up … ! By no means, my admirable friend, do not feel so. For whose are harbours, if not the storm-tossed? Whose are medicines, if not the sick? May we not be deprived of them, and the less so as we are believed to have influence with you. For we no longer ask but demand, since one favour always calls forth another. Nicobulus is being harassed, which is the same as saying that we are; for he is our rest. And how is it possible to keep silent and not be tiresome, even for one who is very much a philosopher? Give a hand to the oppressed, so that you too may obtain the hand that comes from God, since as a man you need it. And use all your friendship and understanding and power, with God, for our affairs. For neither does steel struck on flint need many blows for the fire within to come out; it is struck, and at once the fire flashes. Nor will you need a longer appeal, especially on our behalf, and when the one persuading you is such a man, so genuine a partner of your office. I will say one short thing: other favours others received through us, but this one we need for ourselves, which should move your Eloquence the more. [Letter 149. To George]
Chapter 255
255PG 37:256a–256d
μεῖα, τοῦτο τεθαύμακα. Μὴ τοίνυν παρέργως δέξῃ τὸ γεγονὸς, ἀλλὰ τὸ συμβὰν, ἐλθὼν διὰ σεαυτοῦ, παράστησον ἡμῖν. Παρέστω δὲ καὶ ὁ διάκονος, καὶ λόγον ὑφέξων τῆς κατηγορίας, καὶ τύπον ληψόμενος περὶ τῆς τοῦ συντριβέντος ζωῆς. Ού γὰρ ἀνεχόμεθα τοιαύτην ἀσχημοσύνην τολμᾶσθαι σχεδὸν ἐν ταῖς ἡμετέραις ὄψεσιν PN'. ΛΣΤΕΡΙῼ. Χαίρω καὶ γράφων. καὶ ἐγκαλούμενος ὅτι μὴ γρὰφω, εἴποτε τοῦτο συμβαίνει. Χρηστά γάρ σου καὶ τά ἐγκλήματα. Καί τοί γε πολλάκις καὶ περὶ πολλῶν ἐπιστείλας οῖδα, καὶ μέν τοι καὶ τυχὼν περὶ ὧν ἐδεήθην σου. Καὶ εί μή τι ἄλλο, τό γε πλῆθος τῶν εὖ πεπονθότων μαρτυρεῖ μοι τά γράμματα. Εἰ δὲ σὺ μὲν ἀφθονώτερος εἰς τὴν φιλίαν. ἡ τις ἂν εύξοιτο, ἐγὼ δέ περὶ τὰς αἰτήσεις δειλότερος. Σὺ μὲν ἔχε τά πρῶτα τῆς ἀρετῆς· ἐμοὶ δὲ συγγνώμη τὸ φορτικὸν φεύγοντι, ἐπειδὴ πᾶν μέτρον ἄριστον οἶδεν ὀ τού σοφοῦ λόγος. Πλὴν τῷ Θεῷ χάρις, ὅτι σοι τὸ εὖ ποιεῖν ἐνεχείρισεν, οὕτω κοινὸν ἐπιστήσας ἡμῖν εὐεργέτην τε κα) συνάρχοντα. Ἐπεὶ καὶ νῦν ἐγχειρίζω σοι διὰ ταύτης μου τῆς ἐπιστολῆς, τὸν ἀδελφὸν καὶ συνδιάκονον ἧμῶν Ῠεώργιον,ἄνδρα τῶν ἐνξαιρέτων ἡμῖν, καὶ τῇ Ἐκκλησία χρησιμώτατον, ἀξιῶν θάρσους αὐτὸν τυχεῖν ἐν οἷς πρός τινας διαφέρεται, καὶ μὴ συναρπασθῆναι τῇ τυραννίδι. PNA'. Ν ΕΚΤΛΡΙῼ. Καλῶς οί πολλοὶ στοχάζονται τῆς σῆς διανοίαςο μᾶλλον δὲ οὐκ εἰκάζουσιν, ἀλλʼ ἡμῖν φιλοτι-
meia, touto tethaumaka. Mē toinyn parergōs dexę̄ to gegonos, alla to symban, elthōn dia seautou, parastēson hēmin. Parestō de kai ho diakonos, kai logon hyphexōn tēs katēgorias, kai typon lēpsomenos peri tēs tou syntribentos zōēs. Ou gar anechometha toiautēn aschēmosynēn tolmasthai schedon en tais hēmeterais opsesin PN'. LSTERIǬ. Chairō kai graphōn. kai enkaloumenos hoti mē graphō, eipote touto symbainei. Chrēsta gar sou kai ta enklēmata. Kai toi ge pollakis kai peri pollōn episteilas oida, kai men toi kai tychōn peri hōn edeēthēn sou. Kai ei mē ti allo, to ge plēthos tōn eu peponthotōn martyrei moi ta grammata. Ei de sy men aphthonōteros eis tēn philian. hē tis an euxoito, egō de peri tas aitēseis deiloteros. Sy men eche ta prōta tēs aretēs; emoi de syngnōmē to phortikon pheugonti, epeidē pan metron ariston oiden o tou sophou logos. Plēn tǭ Theǭ charis, hoti soi to eu poiein enecheirisen, houtō koinon epistēsas hēmin euergetēn te ka) synarchonta. Epei kai nyn encheirizō soi dia tautēs mou tēs epistolēs, ton adelphon kai syndiakonon hēmōn Yeōrgion,andra tōn enxairetōn hēmin, kai tę̄ Ekklēsia chrēsimōtaton, axiōn tharsous auton tychein en hois pros tinas diapheretai, kai mē synarpasthēnai tę̄ tyrannidi. PNA'. N EKTLRIǬ. Kalōs oi polloi stochazontai tēs sēs dianoiaso mallon de ouk eikazousin, allʼ hēmin philoti-
… , this I have wondered at. Do not, then, take what has happened lightly, but come yourself and set the matter before us. Let the deacon be present too, both to answer the charge and to receive a ruling about the life of the man who was injured. For we will not tolerate such indecency being dared almost before our eyes. [Letter 150. To Asterius] I rejoice both to write and to be reproached for not writing, if that ever happens; for even your reproaches are kind. And yet I know that I have often written about many things, and have obtained what I asked of you. If nothing else, the number of those who have been helped bears witness to my letters. If you are more generous in friendship than one could pray for, I am more timid in making requests. Keep the first place in virtue; but forgive me for avoiding being tiresome, since the wise man's saying knows that “measure is best in all things.” But thanks be to God, who has entrusted you with doing good, so setting over us a common benefactor and fellow governor. For now too I entrust to you by this letter our brother and fellow deacon George, a man exceptional in our eyes and most useful to the Church, asking that he may be confident in his disputes with certain persons and not be swept away by tyranny. [Letter 151. To Nectarius] Many rightly guess your mind; or rather they do not guess, but do not disbelieve us when we pride ourselves
Chapter 257
257PG 37:257a–257d
μουμένοις οὐκ ἀπιστοῦσιν, ὅτι μὴ μικρᾶς ἡμᾶς ἀξιοῖς αἰδοῦς καὶ τιμῆς. Τούτων εἷς ἐστι καὶ ὁ τιμιώτατος υἱὸς Γεὼργιος, ὃς πολλαῖς ζημίαις περιπεσὼν, καὶ κάμνων ἱκανῶς ὲν τοῖς πράγμασιν, ενα λιμένα σωτηρίας εὑρίσκει, τὸ προσαχθῆναί σοι διʼ ἡμῶν, καὶ τυχεῖν τινος φιλαν- θρωπίας παρὰ τοῦ τιμιωτάτου τῶν οἰκείων Κόμητος. Δὸς οὖν τὴν χάριν, εί βούλει μὲν, αὑτῷ καὶ τῇ χρείᾳ. εί βούλει δὲ, ἡμῖν, οἷς τὸ πάντα … οἷδʼ ὃτι ἐγνωσμένον ἐστί σοι, καὶ αὐτοῖς πείθεις τοῖς πράγμασι- Καιρός μοι τὸ τῆς Γραφῆς εἰπεῖν· Πρὸς τίνα ,βοήσομαι *ἀδικούμενοςξ τίς ὀρέξει μοι χεῖρα …; εἰς τίνα τὸ βάρος τῆς Ἐκκλησίας χωρήσει, κακῶς οὕτω διακειμένης, καὶ λελυμέα γης; διαμαρτύρομαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων, ὅτι μὴ δίκαια πάσχει τὸ τοῦ ’Θεοῦ ποίμνιον, ἀποίμαντον ὃν καὶ ἀνεπίσκεπτον διά τὴν ἡμετέραν νέκρωσιν. Ἐμὲ γάρ ὴ νόσος κατέχει, καὶ τάχιον ἀπήγαγε τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, καὶ νῦν παντάπασιν ἀχρειοῖ, ἀεὶ τὰ τελευταῖα πνέοντα, καὶ πλέον τοῖς πράγμασι συντριβόμενον. Εἰ μὲν οὖν ἀλλην τινὰ κεφαλὴν εἶχεν ἡ ἐπαρχία, πρὸς ἐκείνην εδει βοᾷν καὶ διαμαρτύρασθαι. Τῆς δὲ σῆς εὐλαὸείας ὑπερκειμένης, πρὸς σὲ βλέπειν ἀναγκαῖον. 1ἱρόντισον τῆς σῆς Ἐκκλησίας ὃν βούλει τρόπον, καὶ … ἐαύτῆς πράττουσαν. ’Ίνα γὰρ τʼ ἄλλα ἐάσω, οἷα νῦν ἐπιστάντες οἱ Ἀπολλιναριανοὶ, τά μὲν πεποιήκασι, τὰ δὲ ἀπειλοῦσι, παρὰ τῶν κυρίων μου τῶν συμπρεσβυτέρων μαθήσῃ, Εύλαλίου τοῦ χωρεπισκὸπου, καὶ Κελευσίου, οὓς ἐξ ἔργου πρὸς τὴν σὴν εὐλάβειαν ἀπεστάλκαμεν. Καὶ τὸ ταῦτα ἐπισχεῖν, ού τῆς ἡμετέραςἡλικίας καὶ ἀσθενείας,
moumenois ouk apistousin, hoti mē mikras hēmas axiois aidous kai timēs. Toutōn heis esti kai ho timiōtatos huios Geōrgios, hos pollais zēmiais peripesōn, kai kamnōn hikanōs en tois pragmasin, ena limena sōtērias heuriskei, to prosachthēnai soi diʼ hēmōn, kai tychein tinos philan- thrōpias para tou timiōtatou tōn oikeiōn Komētos. Dos oun tēn charin, ei boulei men, hautǭ kai tę̄ chreią. ei boulei de, hēmin, hois to panta … hoidʼ hoti egnōsmenon esti soi, kai autois peitheis tois pragmasi- Kairos moi to tēs Graphēs eipein; Pros tina ,boēsomai *adikoumenosx tis orexei moi cheira …? eis tina to baros tēs Ekklēsias chōrēsei, kakōs houtō diakeimenēs, kai lelymea gēs? diamartyromai enōpion tou Theou kai tōn eklektōn angelōn, hoti mē dikaia paschei to tou ’Theou poimnion, apoimanton hon kai anepiskepton dia tēn hēmeteran nekrōsin. Eme gar ē nosos katechei, kai tachion apēgage tēs Ekklēsias, kai nyn pantapasin achreioi, aei ta teleutaia pneonta, kai pleon tois pragmasi syntribomenon. Ei men oun allēn tina kephalēn eichen hē eparchia, pros ekeinēn edei boąn kai diamartyrasthai. Tēs de sēs eulaoeias hyperkeimenēs, pros se blepein anankaion. 1hirontison tēs sēs Ekklēsias hon boulei tropon, kai … eautēs prattousan. ’Ina gar tʼ alla easō, hoia nyn epistantes hoi Apollinarianoi, ta men pepoiēkasi, ta de apeilousi, para tōn kyriōn mou tōn sympresbyterōn mathēsę̄, Eulaliou tou chōrepiskopou, kai Keleusiou, hous ex ergou pros tēn sēn eulabeian apestalkamen. Kai to tauta epischein, ou tēs hēmeterasēlikias kai astheneias,
that you count us worthy of no small respect and honour. One of these is our most honoured son George, who, having fallen into many losses and being in great difficulty in his affairs, finds one harbour of safety: to be brought to you through us and obtain some kindness from the most honoured of your household, the Count. Grant the favour, then, if you wish, to him and to his need; if you wish, to us, for whom … I know is known to you, and you persuade us of it by the facts themselves. [Letter 152. To Theodore] It is time for me to say the word of Scripture: To whom shall I cry when I am wronged? Who will stretch out a hand to me … ? To whom will the burden of the Church pass, in so bad a state and broken up? I testify before God and the elect angels that the flock of God suffers unjustly, being without shepherd and oversight because of our deadness. For sickness holds me; it took me away from the Church too soon, and now makes me wholly useless, always breathing my last and further crushed by affairs. If the province had any other head, I should cry out and testify to him. But since your Reverence is set over us, I must look to you. Take thought for your Church in whatever way you wish, and do not let it act on its own … . For, to leave other things aside, what the Apollinarians who have now come in have done in part and threaten in part, you will learn from my lords and fellow presbyters, Eulalius the chorepiscopus and Celeusius, whom we have sent to your Reverence for this very purpose. And to check these things belongs not to our age and weakness,
Chapter 259
259PG 37:260a–260d
ἀλλὰ τῆς σῆς ἀγχινοίας καὶ δυνάμεως, ἐπειδή σοι, μετά τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ τὸ ίσχύειν ἔδωκεν ὁ Θεὸς, ἐπὶ τῇ κοινῇ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας προστασίᾳ. Εἰ δὲ ταῦτα λέγων καὶ γράφων οὐκ ἀκουοίμην, ό λείπεται μόνον, τοῦτο γενήσεται, δημοσίᾳ κηρύξαι πᾶσι καὶ καταστῆσαι γνώριμον, ὅτι ἐπισκόπου χρῄζειὴ Ἐκκλησία, ἵνα μὴ παρὰ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀρρωστίας καταβλάπτῃται. Τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς ὑμεῖς εἴσεσθε. PNI". ΒΟΣΠΟΡΙῼ ΕΠιΣκυΠι) ΚΟΛΩΝῘΑΣ. Δὶς ἤδη τοῦτο ὲπτὲρνισμαι παρʼ ὑμῶν, καὶ ἡπάτημαι (οἶδας ὃ λέγω) · καὶ εί μὲν δικαίως, ὀσφραν- Οείη Κύριος παρʼ ὑμῶν ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας· εί δι ἀδίκως. συγγνοίη Κύριος. οὕτω γὰρ ἐμὲ περὶ ὑμῶν λέγειν εὔλογον, ἐπειδὴ φέρειν καὶ ἀδικούμενοι προστετάγμεθα. Πλὴν ὥσπερ ὑμεῖς κύριοι τῆς ὑμετέρας γνώμης, οὕτω κάγὼ τῆς ἐμῆς. Οὐκ ἔτι βαρὺς ὑμῖν ἔσται Γ ρηγόριος ό βαρύς.,Ἂναχωρήσω πρὸς Θεὸν τὸν μόνον καθαρόν τε καὶ ἄδολον. Εἰς ἐμαυτὸν συσταλήσομαι. Ταῦτα ἐμαυτὸν ἐνουθέτησα. Δὶς γὰρ πρὸς τὸν αὑτὸν λίθον προσπταίειν, τοῖς ἀνοήτοις μόνοις ἡ παροιμία δίδωσιν. ΡΝΔʼ. ΟΛΥΜΠΙῼ. Ἦμῖν ἄρχων σὺ καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν (κρίνομεν γὰρ ἑτέρως, ἦ ὼς οἱ πολλοὶ, τὰ πράγματα), ὅτι πᾶσαν ἀρχικήν ἀρετὴν ὲν σεαυτῷ συλλαβὼν ἔχεις. Πολλοὶ γὰρ τῶν ὑψιθρόνωνἐμοὶ κάτω, ὅσους ὴ χεὶρ ποιεῖ ταπεινοὺς καὶ δούλους τῶν ἀρχομένων. Πολ· λοὶ δὲ ὑψηλοὶ καὶ μετέωροι, κᾶν ἑστήκασι κάτω, ὅσους ἂνω τίθησιν ἀρετὴ, καὶ ποιεῖ μειζόνων ἀρχῶν ἀξίους.
alla tēs sēs anchinoias kai dynameōs, epeidē soi, meta tōn allōn, kai to ischyein edōken ho Theos, epi tę̄ koinę̄ tēs Ekklēsias prostasią. Ei de tauta legōn kai graphōn ouk akouoimēn, o leipetai monon, touto genēsetai, dēmosią kēryxai pasi kai katastēsai gnōrimon, hoti episkopou chrę̄zeiē Ekklēsia, hina mē para tēs hēmeteras arrōstias katablaptę̄tai. To de hexēs hymeis eisesthe. PNI". BOSPORIǬ EPiSkyPi) KOLŌNIAS. Dis ēdē touto epternismai parʼ hymōn, kai hēpatēmai (oidas ho legō) ; kai ei men dikaiōs, osphran- Oeiē Kyrios parʼ hymōn osmēn euōdias; ei di adikōs. syngnoiē Kyrios. houtō gar eme peri hymōn legein eulogon, epeidē pherein kai adikoumenoi prostetagmetha. Plēn hōsper hymeis kyrioi tēs hymeteras gnōmēs, houtō kagō tēs emēs. Ouk eti barys hymin estai G rēgorios o barys.,Anachōrēsō pros Theon ton monon katharon te kai adolon. Eis emauton systalēsomai. Tauta emauton enouthetēsa. Dis gar pros ton hauton lithon prosptaiein, tois anoētois monois hē paroimia didōsin. RNDʼ. OLYMPIǬ. Ēmin archōn sy kai meta tēn archēn (krinomen gar heterōs, ē ōs hoi polloi, ta pragmata), hoti pasan archikēn aretēn en seautǭ syllabōn echeis. Polloi gar tōn hypsithronōnemoi katō, hosous ē cheir poiei tapeinous kai doulous tōn archomenōn. Pol; loi de hypsēloi kai meteōroi, kan hestēkasi katō, hosous anō tithēsin aretē, kai poiei meizonōn archōn axious.
but to your sagacity and power, since God has given you, among other things, strength for the common protection of the Church. But if, saying and writing these things, I am not heard, the only thing left will be done: to proclaim publicly to all and make it known that the Church needs a bishop, so that it may not be harmed by our sickness. What follows you will know. [Letter 153. To Bosporius, bishop of Colonia] Twice now I have been tripped up by you and deceived (you know what I mean); and if justly, may the Lord smell from you an odour of sweet savour; if unjustly, may the Lord forgive. For so it is reasonable for me to speak of you, since we are commanded to bear it even when we are wronged. But as you are masters of your own opinion, so am I of mine. The burdensome Gregory will no longer be a burden to you. I will withdraw to God, who alone is pure and without guile. I will draw into myself. This is what I have resolved. For to stumble twice on the same stone the proverb allows only to fools. [Letter 154. To Olympius] You are our governor even after your term of office (for we judge things otherwise than the many), since you have gathered every virtue of a governor in yourself. For many who sit on high thrones are low in my eyes, all those whom their hand makes humble and slaves of those they govern; and many are high and lofty even if they stand below, all whom virtue sets on high and makes worthy of greater offices.
Chapter 261
261PG 37:261a–261d
Ἀλλὰ τί τούτων ἐμοί; οὐκ ἔτι μεθʼ ἡμῶν ὁ μέγας Ὀλύμπιος, οὐδὲ φέρει τοὺς ἡμετέρους οἴακας. Οἱχὸμεθα, προδεδόμεθα, γεγόναμεν αὖθις δευτέρα Καππαδοκία, πρώτη παρὰ σοῦ γεγονότες. Καὶ τάκ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων τί χρὴ λέγειν; ἀλλὰ τίς γηροκομήσει τὸν σὸν Γρηγόριον, καὶ φαρμακεὺσει τὴν ἀσθένειαν ταῖς τιμαῖς, καὶ θήσει τιμιὼτερον τὸν παρὰ σοῦ πολλοῖς προξενοῦντα τὸ φιλάνθρωπονς Νῦν μὲν οὖν ἀπίοιτε τὴν ὑμετέραν ὁδὸν, σὺν … καὶ πομπῇ κρείττονι, πολλὰ μὲν δάκρυα καταλιπόντες ἡμῖν, πολὺν δὲ πλοῦτον …κομιζόμενοι παρʼ ὑμῶν, καὶ οἷον οὐ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀρχόντων, τὴν εὐδοξίαν, καὶ τὸ ἀνάγραπτοι τυγχανειν ταῖς πάντων ψυχαῖς, στήλαις οὐκ εὐκινήτοις. Εἰ δὲ πᾶλιν ἡμῖν ὲπισταίητε, μετὰ μείζονος καὶ λαμπροτέρας τῆς ἀρχῆς (τοῦτο γὰρ ὁ πόθος ἡμῖν μαντεύεται), τελεώτερα τῷ Θεῶ τὰ χαριστήρια πάντως ἀνοίσομεν. PNE'. ΑΣΤΕΡΙῼ.
Alla ti toutōn emoi? ouk eti methʼ hēmōn ho megas Olympios, oude pherei tous hēmeterous oiakas. Hoichometha, prodedometha, gegonamen authis deutera Kappadokia, prōtē para sou gegonotes. Kai tak men tōn allōn ti chrē legein? alla tis gērokomēsei ton son Grēgorion, kai pharmakeusei tēn astheneian tais timais, kai thēsei timiōteron ton para sou pollois proxenounta to philanthrōpons Nyn men oun apioite tēn hymeteran hodon, syn … kai pompę̄ kreittoni, polla men dakrya katalipontes hēmin, polyn de plouton …komizomenoi parʼ hymōn, kai hoion ou polloi tōn archontōn, tēn eudoxian, kai to anagraptoi tynchanein tais pantōn psychais, stēlais ouk eukinētois. Ei de palin hēmin epistaiēte, meta meizonos kai lamproteras tēs archēs (touto gar ho pothos hēmin manteuetai), teleōtera tǭ Theō ta charistēria pantōs anoisomen. PNE'. ASTERIǬ.
But what are these things to me? The great Olympius is no longer with us, nor does he hold our helm. We are gone, betrayed; we have become Second Cappadocia again, having been made first through you. Why should I speak of the affairs of others? But who will care for the old age of your Gregory, treat his weakness with honours, and make the man more honoured who obtained your kindness for many? Now, then, may you go your way with … and a nobler escort, leaving us many tears, and taking from us great wealth, such as not many governors have: good repute, and being inscribed in the souls of all, as on monuments not easily moved. And if you should be set over us again, with a greater and more brilliant office (for our longing prophesies this), we will surely offer more perfect thanksgivings to God. [Letter 155. To Asterius]
Chapter 263
263PG 37:264a–264d
ΡΝςῖο. τι) ιντο. Μέγας ὲν ἀνθρώποις ὁ Ἡρακλῆς, ὡς λόγος (ῖνα σε λόγιον ὄντα καί τινος ἀναμνήσω τῶν σῶν) · ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἂν τοιοῦτος ἦν, εί μὴ τὸν Ἰόλαον εἶχε συναγωνιζόμενον, κα). κατὰ τῆς ’Υδρας μάλιστα, τοῦ πικροῦ τούτου καὶ πολυκεφάλου θηρίου, ἦς ὁ μὲν ὲξέτεμνε τὰς κεφαλὰς, ὁ δὲ ὲπέκαιεν, ὥσπερ τας τῆς κακίας ὑμεῖς. Πολλοὺς παρήλαυνον οἱ Ἀκτορίωνες ἅρμασιν, ὡς Ὁμήρῳ δοκεῖ° δίδυμοι γὰρ ἦσαν κα). τὰ σώματα καὶ τὴν ’τέχνην ὁ μὲν τὰς ἡνίας· ὁ δὲ τὴν μάστιγα μεριζόμενοι, καὶ τὸ νικᾷν ἀλλήλοις συνερανίζοντες . Πολλοὺς διασώζει κυβερνήτης πλωτῆρας· ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἂν ὁμοίως διέσωξε. μὴ καλῷ πρωρεῖ βοηθούμενος, ὃς καὶ διαθρεῖ τοὺς ἀνέμους, καὶ τὰς ὑφάλους προδείκνυσι, καὶ γίνεται τῆς νηὸς οἷόν τις ὀφθαλμός. Τοιοῦτον ἡμῖν καὶ τὸ ὑμέτερον. Λαμπρὸν γὰρ ὄντα τὸν ἄρχοντα καὶ παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ, λαμπρότερον αὐτὸς ἐργάζῃ τῇ συνεριγίᾳ· ὃν πολλά ἐπαινοῦντες, τοῦτο θαυμάζομεν μάλιστα, ὃτι τοσαύτην τοῖς δημοσίοις εὔνοιαν σώζοντες, χώραν δίδοτε καὶ τοῖς φιλικοῖς, οὐ τραι χύτητι τρόπου τὸ ἀκριβὲς ἐνδεικνύμενοι, κατὰ τοὺς πολλοὺς τῶν ἀμέτρων, ήμερότητι δὲ μᾶλλον τὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς αὐστηρὸν τιΘασσεύοντες. er'. ΘΕΟΔΩΡῼ. Τὰ μὲν πνευματικὰ πέρας ἔχει · οὐκέτι προσο θήσω διοχλεῖν ὑμῖν. Συνέοιτε, φράσσοισθε, βου·λεύοισθε καθʼ ἡμῶν. Νικάτιυσαν οἱ μισοῦντες ἡμᾶςʼ φυλαττέσθωσαν ἀκριβῶς οἱ κανόνες, ἀφʼ ἡμῶν ἀρ
RNsio. ti) into. Megas en anthrōpois ho Hēraklēs, hōs logos (ina se logion onta kai tinos anamnēsō tōn sōn) ; allʼ ouk an toioutos ēn, ei mē ton Iolaon eiche synagōnizomenon, ka). kata tēs ’Ydras malista, tou pikrou toutou kai polykephalou thēriou, ēs ho men exetemne tas kephalas, ho de epekaien, hōsper tas tēs kakias hymeis. Pollous parēlaunon hoi Aktoriōnes harmasin, hōs Homērǭ dokei° didymoi gar ēsan ka). ta sōmata kai tēn ’technēn ho men tas hēnias; ho de tēn mastiga merizomenoi, kai to nikąn allēlois syneranizontes . Pollous diasōzei kybernētēs plōtēras; allʼ ouk an homoiōs diesōxe. mē kalǭ prōrei boēthoumenos, hos kai diathrei tous anemous, kai tas hyphalous prodeiknysi, kai ginetai tēs nēos hoion tis ophthalmos. Toiouton hēmin kai to hymeteron. Lampron gar onta ton archonta kai parʼ heautou, lamproteron autos ergazę̄ tę̄ synerigią; hon polla epainountes, touto thaumazomen malista, hoti tosautēn tois dēmosiois eunoian sōzontes, chōran didote kai tois philikois, ou trai chytēti tropou to akribes endeiknymenoi, kata tous pollous tōn ametrōn, ēmerotēti de mallon to tēs archēs austēron tiThasseuontes. er'. ThEODŌRǬ. Ta men pneumatika peras echei ; ouketi proso thēsō diochlein hymin. Syneoite, phrassoisthe, bou;leuoisthe kathʼ hēmōn. Nikatiysan hoi misountes hēmasʼ phylattesthōsan akribōs hoi kanones, aphʼ hēmōn ar
[Letter 156. To the same] Great among men was Heracles, as the story goes (to remind you, learned as you are, of something of your own); but he would not have been so great had he not had Iolaus fighting at his side, especially against the Hydra, that bitter and many-headed beast, whose heads the one cut off and the other seared, as you both do with the heads of wickedness. The sons of Actor outstripped many with their chariots, as Homer thinks; for they were twins in body and in skill, one taking the reins and the other the whip, and contributing victory to each other. A helmsman brings many sailors safely through; but he would not do so equally without the help of a good lookout at the prow, who watches the winds, points out the hidden rocks, and becomes as it were the eye of the ship. Such is your part for us. For you make the governor, brilliant in himself, more brilliant by your cooperation; and while we praise you both for many things, we admire this most, that while keeping such goodwill toward public affairs you give room also to friendship, not showing your exactness by harshness of character, like many who lack measure, but rather taming the severity of office by gentleness. [Letter 157. To Theodore] Spiritual affairs have reached their end; I will no longer go on troubling you. Meet together, consult, deliberate against us. Let those who hate us win; let the canons be strictly kept, beginning
Chapter 265
265PG 37:265a–265d
ξάμενοι τῶν ἀμαθεστάτων. Οὐδεὶς ἀκριβείας φθόνος· τὰ φιλικά δὲ μὴ κεκωλύσθω. Ol τοῦ τιμιωτάτου υἱοῦ Νικοβούλου παῖδες ἥκασιν είς τὴν πόλιν ταχυγραφείν μαθησόμενον τούτους τά τε ἄλλα καὶ olκεῐως ἰδεῖν καὶ πατρικῶς θέλησον (ού γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο κωλύουσιν οἱ κανόνες), καὶ ὅπως ἂν γειτονῶσι τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ φρόντισον. Βούλομαι γὰρ αὐτοὺς καὶ τὸ ἦθος τυποῦσθαι πρὸς ἀρετὴν, τῇ σῇ τελειότητι συνεχῶς ἐντυγχάνοντας. - PNH’. ΕΥΛΑΛΙῼ
xamenoi tōn amathestatōn. Oudeis akribeias phthonos; ta philika de mē kekōlysthō. Ol tou timiōtatou huiou Nikoboulou paides hēkasin eis tēn polin tachygraphein mathēsomenon toutous ta te alla kai olkeiōs idein kai patrikōs thelēson (ou gar kai touto kōlyousin hoi kanones), kai hopōs an geitonōsi tę̄ ekklēsią phrontison. Boulomai gar autous kai to ēthos typousthai pros aretēn, tę̄ sę̄ teleiotēti synechōs entynchanontas. - PNH’. EULALIǬ
with us, the most unlearned. There is no grudge against exactness; but let friendship not be hindered. The sons of our most honoured son Nicobulus have come to the city to learn shorthand. Be willing to look on them, among other things, as your own and as a father would (for the canons do not forbid this either), and see that they lodge near the church. For I want them to have their character too shaped toward virtue by being constantly with your Perfection. [Letter 158. To Eulalius]
Chapter 267
267PG 37:268a–268d
παρθένον, ἧς καὶ τὸ πιστὸν αἰδούμενος, και τῇ ἀρο ρωστίᾳ τοῦ σώματος βοηθῶν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐν πᾶσι χεῖρά τε ὀρέγων καὶ κηδόμενος, πρᾶγμα ποιήσεις ἐλεύθερον καὶτῆς σῆς εὐλαβείας ἄξιον, προσθήσω δὲ, καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας φιλίας. Σὺ καὶ ἡμεῖς τοῦτο βουλόμεθα. τὰ δίκαια γενέσθαι τῇ θυγατρὶ ἡμῶν Εὐγενίᾳ παρά τῆς σῆς εὐλαβείας, καὶ μὴ περιιδεῖν αὐτὴν ἀδικουμένην ὐπὸ τῶν αὐτῆς κληρονόμων· ἀδικηθείη δʼ ἀν, ὡς ἐμοὶ φαίνεται, εί τινος στερηθείη τῶν τῇ ιτγόνῃ παρὰ τῆς τιτθῆς καταλειφθέντων, ἢν ἀνεθρέψατο κατά πᾶσαν ἐπιμέλειανο καὶ ἀπέλιπεν ἐπʼ ὀλίγοις ἀντὶ πολλῶν ὧν ὑπεισχνεῖτό τε καῖ ἦλπιζεν. ΡΞΑο. Ta ΔΥΤῼ. Ἀ δίκαια ᾤμην, ἑπέσταλκα. Εἰ δὲ ἀλλο τι, καὶ μὴ ταῦτα παρέστη (πείθομαι γὰρ ὡς ὀρθῶς παρέστη), καὶ τοῦτο δεξόμεθα. Ἦ ἀδικοῖμεν ἀν καὶ παρανομοῖμεν είς αὐτὴν τὴν εὐσέβειαν, ὡς μὲν τά δίκαια κρίνοντι, τοὺς προσιόντας ἡμῖν προσάγοντες, οἷς δʼ ἂν δικάσῃς, μηκέτι ἐμμένοντες ’ τοῖς νπολο λοῖς ποιεῖν σύνηθες τῶν λίαν ἀθλίων καὶ ἀπαιγοτέρους
parthenon, hēs kai to piston aidoumenos, kai tę̄ aro rōstią tou sōmatos boēthōn, kai dia touto en pasi cheira te oregōn kai kēdomenos, pragma poiēseis eleutheron kaitēs sēs eulabeias axion, prosthēsō de, kai tēs hēmeteras philias. Sy kai hēmeis touto boulometha. ta dikaia genesthai tę̄ thygatri hēmōn Eugenią para tēs sēs eulabeias, kai mē periidein autēn adikoumenēn ypo tōn autēs klēronomōn; adikētheiē dʼ an, hōs emoi phainetai, ei tinos sterētheiē tōn tę̄ itgonę̄ para tēs titthēs kataleiphthentōn, ēn anethrepsato kata pasan epimeleiano kai apelipen epʼ oligois anti pollōn hōn hypeischneito te kai ēlpizen. RXAo. Ta DYTǬ. A dikaia ǭmēn, hepestalka. Ei de allo ti, kai mē tauta parestē (peithomai gar hōs orthōs parestē), kai touto dexometha. Ē adikoimen an kai paranomoimen eis autēn tēn eusebeian, hōs men ta dikaia krinonti, tous prosiontas hēmin prosagontes, hois dʼ an dikasę̄s, mēketi emmenontes ’ tois npolo lois poiein synēthes tōn lian athliōn kai apaigoterous
… virgin, respecting her faithfulness and helping her in her bodily weakness, and therefore stretching out your hand and caring for her in everything, you will do something generous and worthy of your Reverence, and, I will add, of our friendship. You and we both want this: that justice be done to our daughter Eugenia by your Reverence, and that you do not overlook her being wronged by her heirs. And she would be wronged, it seems to me, if she were deprived of any of what was left to her nursling by the nurse whom she brought up with every care, and who left her little in place of the much she had promised and hoped for. [Letter 160. To the same] What I thought just I have written. If anything else, and not this, has occurred to you (for I am persuaded it has occurred to you rightly), we will accept that too. Otherwise we would be wronging and transgressing against piety itself, bringing to you, as one who judges justly, those who come to us, but no longer abiding by what you judge; which it is the custom of very wretched people to do toward many … more uneducated
Chapter 269
269PG 37:269a–269d
εἶναι ἡμᾶς, ὡς οὐδὲν προσήκουσαν δίκην οξκειουμένους, πειθέτω τοῦτο. καὶ στέρξομεν. Νῦν δὲ δέδοικα μὴ οὐχ οὕτως ἔχῃ ° μάλιστα μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲ μεμέρισται τὰ Χριστοῦ, καὶ Χριστός ’ οὐδὲ ὅρους ἔχει φιλανθρωπία. Εἰ δὲ καὶ μεμερίσθαι Θείη τις, δύο τοὺς ὲν τῷ πράγματι βαρουμένους γινώσκω, τήν τε σὴν εὐλάβειαν καὶ ἡμᾶς, εἰ παροφοεέη τὸ δίκαιον. Ὑπὸ γὰρ τὴν ἀμφοτέρων οἰκονομίαν οἱ κρινόμενοι. Καὶ δέος μὴ παρασυρῇ λόγων πιθανότητι τὸ ἀληθές. Διὰ τοῦτο κα) συνδίκαζε, καὶ προδὶκαζε, καὶ ὑπερμάχει τῆς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν, μή πως εἱς ἀνάγκην καταστῶμεν, καί· περ οὕτω τοῦ σώματος ἔχοντος, θερμότερον τῇ ἀληθείᾳ συναγωνίζεσθαι μετά Θεοῦ, καὶ τῆς τῶν σῶν εὐχῶν συνεργίας.
einai hēmas, hōs ouden prosēkousan dikēn oxkeioumenous, peithetō touto. kai sterxomen. Nyn de dedoika mē ouch houtōs echę̄ ° malista men gar oude memeristai ta Christou, kai Christos ’ oude horous echei philanthrōpia. Ei de kai memeristhai Theiē tis, dyo tous en tǭ pragmati baroumenous ginōskō, tēn te sēn eulabeian kai hēmas, ei parophoeeē to dikaion. Hypo gar tēn amphoterōn oikonomian hoi krinomenoi. Kai deos mē parasyrę̄ logōn pithanotēti to alēthes. Dia touto ka) syndikaze, kai prodikaze, kai hypermachei tēs astheneias hēmōn, mē pōs heis anankēn katastōmen, kai; per houtō tou sōmatos echontos, thermoteron tę̄ alētheią synagōnizesthai meta Theou, kai tēs tōn sōn euchōn synergias.
us, as men who take over a case that is no concern of ours, let him persuade us of this, and we will acquiesce. But now I fear it is not so. For, in the first place, the things of Christ are not divided, nor is Christ; nor does kindness have boundaries. And even if one were to suppose them divided, I know two who are burdened in this matter, your Reverence and ourselves, if justice should be overlooked; for those being judged are under the care of both. And there is fear that the truth may be swept away by the plausibility of arguments. For this reason, judge with me, and judge before me, and fight for our weakness, so that we may not be forced, with our body in such a state, to contend more hotly for the truth, with God and with the help of your prayers.
Chapter 271
271PG 37:272a–272d
μεθα; καὶ, συντόμως εἰπεῖν, ὅρκος ἡμῖν ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ ἐπερωτήσαντος καὶ πεισθέντος πληροφορία. Οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ τὸ βεβιᾶσθαι φάσκειν ἱκανὸν εἰς, παραίτησιν (ἡ βία γὰρ ἦν ὁ νόμος. ὃν ἔδησεν). οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ δικαστηρίῳ ὕστερον ὑπερέχεινο αὐτὸ γάρ τὸ δικάσασθαι, παρορκίας. Τοῦτο καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν Γεὼργιον ἐπείσαμεν μὴ προφασίζεσθαι προφάσεις ἐν ἁμαρτίαις, μηδὲ λόγους ἀνευρίσκειν συνηγόρους τοῦ πλημμελήματος · ἀλλʼ ὅρκον εἰδέναι τὸν ἐγγεγραμμένον, καὶ ὑποκλαίειν τῷ Θεῷ καί τῇ σῇ εὐλαβείᾳ περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, εί καὶ πρότερον ἄλλως ὑπελάμβανεν, ἐαυτὸν ἀπατῶν. Ταῦτα οὖν αὐτοί τε διελέχθημεν τῷ ἀνδρί · καὶ σὺ δῆλον ὅτι διαλεχθεὶς ἐπιμελέστερον, ἐπὶ πλέον αὑτὸν κατανύξεις, ὼς μέγας τῶν ψυχῶν θεραπευτὴς, καὶ τῷ κανόνι φαρμακεύσας αὐτὸν, ἐφʼ ὅσον ἂν δοκῇ χρόνον, οὕτως ἐποίσεις τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν τοῦ χρὸνου. Τοῦ χρόνου δὲ μέτρον, τὸ μέτρον τῆς κατανύξεως.
metha? kai, syntomōs eipein, horkos hēmin estin hē tou eperōtēsantos kai peisthentos plērophoria. Ou mēn oude to bebiasthai phaskein hikanon eis, paraitēsin (hē bia gar ēn ho nomos. hon edēsen). oude en tǭ dikastēriǭ hysteron hyperecheino auto gar to dikasasthai, parorkias. Touto kai ton adelphon Geōrgion epeisamen mē prophasizesthai prophaseis en hamartiais, mēde logous aneuriskein synēgorous tou plēmmelēmatos ; allʼ horkon eidenai ton engegrammenon, kai hypoklaiein tǭ Theǭ kai tę̄ sę̄ eulabeią peri tēs hamartias, ei kai proteron allōs hypelambanen, eauton apatōn. Tauta oun autoi te dielechthēmen tǭ andri ; kai sy dēlon hoti dialechtheis epimelesteron, epi pleon hauton katanyxeis, ōs megas tōn psychōn therapeutēs, kai tǭ kanoni pharmakeusas auton, ephʼ hoson an dokę̄ chronon, houtōs epoiseis tēn philanthrōpian tou chronou. Tou chronou de metron, to metron tēs katanyxeōs.
…; and, to put it briefly, the oath for us is the assurance given by the one who asked and was satisfied. Nor is it enough to claim to have been forced, as an excuse (for the force was the law that bound him); nor to prevail later in court; for going to law at all is perjury. This we persuaded our brother George too: not to make excuses for sins, nor to invent arguments as advocates for the offence, but to acknowledge the oath that was written down, and to weep before God and your Reverence over the sin, even if before he thought otherwise, deceiving himself. These things, then, we discussed with the man ourselves; and you, plainly, discussing them more carefully, will bring him to further compunction, as a great physician of souls; and, treating him with the canon for as long as seems good, you will then add the kindness of shortening the time. The measure of the time is the measure of the compunction.
Chapter 273
273PG 37:273a–273c
πέρας εχει. ’Υπεχωρὴσαμεν τῷ φθόνῳ, φιλοσοφοῦμεν ἐφʼ ἡσυχίας τῷ Θεῷ, καθʼ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς συγγινόμεθα ταῖς εὐχαῖς, τῶν ὲν μέσῳ κλόνων καὶ θορύβων ὴλευθερώμεθα. Σὺ δὲ ἡμῖν ἀνδρίζου, καὶ κραταιοῦ, καὶ ὑπεραγωνίζου τῆς τριάδος είς δύναμιν. Καὶ ὁ πραῢς ἔστω μαχητὴς, δ καὶ ἡμᾶς ἑώρας ποιοῦνταςʼ οὐ γὰρ βούλομαι κέρκωπας μὲν εὐδοκιμεῖν, ἠρεμεῖν δὲ λέοντας. Καὶ ἡμῶν ὓπερεύχου σφόδρα καμνόντων, ἶνʼ εἰρηνικῆς τύχοιμεν τῆς ἐξόδου, ἤδη πρὸς τοῦτο νεύοντες. Ρεεσ. τῃ Πυνθάνομαι σὲ πρὸς τὺ πάθος ἀφιλοσόφως ἔχειν, καὶ οὐκ ἐπῄνεσα · δεῖ γὰρ τάληθῆ γράφειν, ἄλλως τε καὶ πρὸς ἄνδρα φίλον, καὶ καλοκαγαθίας μεταποιούμενον. Ἕχω γὰρ οὕτω περὶ τούτων, ὥς γε ἐμαυτὸν πείθω, καὶ λίαν ὀρθῶς. Οὔτε τὸ λίαν ἀπαθὲς ἐπαινῶ, οὔτε τὸ ἄγαν περιπαθὲς. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀπάνθρωπον, τὸ δὲ ἀφιλόσοφον. Ἀλλά δεῖ τὴν μέσην βαδίζοντα, τῶν μὲν ἄγαν ἀσχέτων φιλοσοφώτερον φαίνεσθαι. τῶν δὲ φιλοσοφούντων ἀμέτρως ἀνθρωπινώτερον. Καὶ εί μὲν πρὸς ἄλλον τινὰ ἐπέστελλον, ἴσως ἄν μοι μακροτέρων ἐδέησε λόγων, καὶ τά μὲν συμπαθεῖν ἔδει, τά δὲ παραινέσαι, τά δὲ ἴσως ἐπιτιμῆσαι. Τό τε γὰρ συνο αλγεῖν, ἱκανὸν εἰς παραμυθίαν, καὶ. δεῖται τὸ ἀρρωποῦν τῆς ὲκ τοῦ ὑγιαίνοντος θεραπείας. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πρὸς ἄνδρα πεπαιδευμένον ποιονέμαι τοὺς λόγους. ἀρκεῖ τοσοῦτον εἰπεῖν· Γενοῦ σεαυτοῦ καὶτῶν βίβλων, αἷς καθωμίλησας, ὲν αἷς πολλοὶ μὲν βίοι, πολλοὶ δὲ τρόποι, πολλαὶ δὲ ἡδοναὶ καὶ λειότητες ’ πολλαὶ δὲ. ὡς τὸ εἰκὸς, συμφοραὶ καὶ τραχύτητες. Πλέκει δὲ ταῦτα διʼ ἀλλήλων ό Θεός · ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, ἵνα μηδὲ τὸ λυποῦν ἀθεράπευτον ᾖ, μηδὲ τὸ εὐφραῖνον ἀπαιδαγὼγητον, καὶ, ἵνα τὸ ὲν τούτοις ἄστατον καὶ ἀνώμαλον θεωροῦντες, πρὸς … μόνον βλέπωμεν. Ταῦτα οὖν ὥσπερ κανόνα καὶ γνώμονα προσάγομεν σῷ πάθει. Καὶ εί μὲν ἑπαινούμενόν τινα ἔγνως τῶν λίαν ὑποπεσόντων τοῖς ἀλγεινοῖς, ἦ τι τῷ ἀλγεῖν κατορθώσαντα, χρῶ τῷ λυποῦντι καὶτοῦ πένθους ἀπόλαυε (οὐδεὶς φθόνος συμφορᾶς
peras echei. ’Ypechōrēsamen tǭ phthonǭ, philosophoumen ephʼ hēsychias tǭ Theǭ, kathʼ hēmas autous synginometha tais euchais, tōn en mesǭ klonōn kai thorybōn ēleutherōmetha. Sy de hēmin andrizou, kai krataiou, kai hyperagōnizou tēs triados eis dynamin. Kai ho praÿs estō machētēs, d kai hēmas heōras poiountasʼ ou gar boulomai kerkōpas men eudokimein, ēremein de leontas. Kai hēmōn hypereuchou sphodra kamnontōn, inʼ eirēnikēs tychoimen tēs exodou, ēdē pros touto neuontes. Rees. tę̄ Pynthanomai se pros ty pathos aphilosophōs echein, kai ouk epę̄nesa ; dei gar talēthē graphein, allōs te kai pros andra philon, kai kalokagathias metapoioumenon. Hechō gar houtō peri toutōn, hōs ge emauton peithō, kai lian orthōs. Oute to lian apathes epainō, oute to agan peripathes. To men gar apanthrōpon, to de aphilosophon. Alla dei tēn mesēn badizonta, tōn men agan aschetōn philosophōteron phainesthai. tōn de philosophountōn ametrōs anthrōpinōteron. Kai ei men pros allon tina epestellon, isōs an moi makroterōn edeēse logōn, kai ta men sympathein edei, ta de parainesai, ta de isōs epitimēsai. To te gar syno algein, hikanon eis paramythian, kai. deitai to arrōpoun tēs ek tou hygiainontos therapeias. Epei de pros andra pepaideumenon poionemai tous logous. arkei tosouton eipein; Genou seautou kaitōn biblōn, hais kathōmilēsas, en hais polloi men bioi, polloi de tropoi, pollai de hēdonai kai leiotētes ’ pollai de. hōs to eikos, symphorai kai trachytētes. Plekei de tauta diʼ allēlōn o Theos ; emoi dokei, hina mēde to lypoun atherapeuton ę̄, mēde to euphrainon apaidagōgēton, kai, hina to en toutois astaton kai anōmalon theōrountes, pros … monon blepōmen. Tauta oun hōsper kanona kai gnōmona prosagomen sǭ pathei. Kai ei men hepainoumenon tina egnōs tōn lian hypopesontōn tois algeinois, ē ti tǭ algein katorthōsanta, chrō tǭ lypounti kaitou penthous apolaue (oudeis phthonos symphoras
… has an end. We have yielded to envy; we live as philosophers in quiet with God; we keep company with ourselves in our prayers; we have been freed from the tossing and tumult in the midst of things. But do you play the man for us and be strong, and contend for the Trinity as far as you can. And let the meek man be a fighter, as you saw us doing; for I do not want monkeys to be well thought of while lions keep quiet. And pray much for us, who are very weary, that we may have a peaceful departure, being already inclined toward it. [Letter 165. To the same] I hear that you are bearing your suffering unphilosophically, and I did not approve; for one must write the truth, especially to a friend and a man who lays claim to nobility of character. For I hold, as I persuade myself, very rightly on these matters. I praise neither utter insensibility nor excessive emotion; the one is inhuman, the other unphilosophical. One must walk the middle way, appearing more philosophical than those who are quite uncontrolled, and more human than those who philosophize beyond measure. If I were writing to someone else, perhaps I would need longer words, and would have partly to sympathize, partly to exhort, and perhaps partly to rebuke. For to share the grief is enough for consolation, and the sick man needs treatment from one who is well. But since I am addressing an educated man, it is enough to say this: become yourself again, and the man of the books you have lived with, in which there are many lives, many characters, many pleasures and smooth times, and many, as is natural, misfortunes and rough times. God weaves these together, it seems to me, so that neither what grieves may be without healing nor what gladdens without discipline, and so that, seeing the instability and unevenness in these things, we may look to him alone. These things, then, we apply to your suffering as a rule and a measure. If you know of anyone who was praised among those who gave way excessively to grief, or who achieved anything by grieving, make use of your grief and enjoy your mourning (no one grudges misfortune its lament);
Chapter 275
275PG 37:276a–276d
θρηνουμένης)ο εἰ δὲ κακιζόμενον καὶ ψεγόμενον. ἡ, μὲν παροιμία φησιν, '0 τρώσας ἰάσεται ο νῦν δίι καλῶς ἔχει λέγειν, '0 τετρωμένος. Ἡμῖν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως αἰσχρὸν, καὶ παρὰ τὸν ἡμέτερον νόμον, μυμεῖσθαι τοὺς πολλοὺς ὲν τοῖς τοιούτοις · ἐπειδὴ καὶ τῶν παρόντων ἡμᾶς ὑψηλοτέρους ό λόγος ποιεῖ, καὶ πείθει ταῦτα μὲν παρατρέχειν, ὡς σκιὰς καὶ αἰνίγματα, καὶ μήτε τὸ λυποῦν, μήτε τὸ εὐφραῖνον νομίζειν ἀλήθειαν· ζῇν δὲ ἀλλαχοῦ, κάκεῖσε ὀρᾷν, καὶ μόνον μὲν λυπηρὸν εἰδέναι κακίαν, μόνον δὲ ἡδὺ τὴν ἀρετὴν, καὶ τὴν πρὸς Θεὸν οὶκείωσιν. Ταῦτα κατέπᾳδε σεαυτοῦ, καὶ ῥᾴων ἔσῃ ο μᾶλλον δὲ κατέπῃσάς τε οἷδʼ ὅτι ἤδη, καὶ κατεπᾲσεις, κᾶν αὐτοὶ μὴ γ ρὰφωμεν.
thrēnoumenēs)o ei de kakizomenon kai psegomenon. hē, men paroimia phēsin, '0 trōsas iasetai o nyn dii kalōs echei legein, '0 tetrōmenos. Hēmin de kai allōs aischron, kai para ton hēmeteron nomon, mymeisthai tous pollous en tois toioutois ; epeidē kai tōn parontōn hēmas hypsēloterous o logos poiei, kai peithei tauta men paratrechein, hōs skias kai ainigmata, kai mēte to lypoun, mēte to euphrainon nomizein alētheian; zę̄n de allachou, kakeise orąn, kai monon men lypēron eidenai kakian, monon de hēdy tēn aretēn, kai tēn pros Theon oikeiōsin. Tauta katepąde seautou, kai rhąōn esę̄ o mallon de katepę̄sas te hoidʼ hoti ēdē, kai katepąseis, kan autoi mē g raphōmen.
but if such a man is blamed and censured, then the proverb says, “He who wounded will heal,” but now it is right to say, “he who was wounded.” For us it is shameful in other respects too, and against our law, to imitate the many in such things; since the Word makes us higher than present things, and persuades us to run past them as shadows and riddles, and to consider neither what grieves nor what gladdens to be truth, but to live elsewhere and look there, and to know vice as the only grievous thing, and virtue and intimacy with God as the only sweet one. Sing these things as a charm over yourself, and you will be easier; or rather, I know that you have already sung them and will sing them, even if we do not write.
Chapter 277
277PG 37:277a–277d
ξις, ιν οἷς εἰ μὴ λίαν ἀμαθῶς, μηδι ἀνάνδρως ἁλσί-ςομεν:,ἢ ἀγωνιζόμεθα,,πολλοὶ δοκιμάζωσιν, PEZ'. ΕΛΛΔΔΙῼ. Ἰδού σοι κα). ὑπόμνημα τῆς ἡμετέρας φιλίας, ὀ γλυκύτατος υἱὸς ἡμῶν Νικόβουλος, τὸ πρῶτον ἡμῖν τῶν ὲν τῷ γένει σπουδαζομένων ' ὃν χαριῇ μὲν ἡμῖν καὶ διδασκάλων συστήσας τοῖς σπουδαιοτέροις ’ χαριῇ δὲ ’πλέον καὶ τὸ ἦθος πρὸς ἀρετὴν ρυθμίσας. Ἔσται δὲ τοῦτο, ει προτραπεεη συχνὰ πλησιάζειν σοι, καὶτὸ μέγιστον, εἰ γινώσκοι μὴ παρορώμενος· ἐπεὶ καὶ ὀφθαλμὸς παιδευτοῦ σιωπῶσα διδασκαλία. Χρεωστεῖς δὲ ἡμῖν, εἰ μὴ φορτικὸν εἰπεῖν, καὶ τὰ πνευματικά. ὼς ἀρχιερεὺς ἀρχιερεῦσι, καὶ τὰ λογικὰ, ὡς λόγιος φιλολόγοις.
xis, in hois ei mē lian amathōs, mēdi anandrōs halsi-somen:,ē agōnizometha,,polloi dokimazōsin, PEZ'. ELLDDIǬ. Idou soi ka). hypomnēma tēs hēmeteras philias, o glykytatos huios hēmōn Nikoboulos, to prōton hēmin tōn en tǭ genei spoudazomenōn ' hon charię̄ men hēmin kai didaskalōn systēsas tois spoudaioterois ’ charię̄ de ’pleon kai to ēthos pros aretēn rythmisas. Estai de touto, ei protrapeeē sychna plēsiazein soi, kaito megiston, ei ginōskoi mē parorōmenos; epei kai ophthalmos paideutou siōpōsa didaskalia. Chreōsteis de hēmin, ei mē phortikon eipein, kai ta pneumatika. ōs archiereus archiereusi, kai ta logika, hōs logios philologois.
…, in which, if we are not found too ignorant or unmanly, …, many may put us to the test. [Letter 167. To Helladius] See, here is a reminder of our friendship for you: our sweetest son Nicobulus, the first of those in our family for whom we take pains. You will do us a favour by introducing him to the more serious teachers; you will do us a greater one by shaping his character toward virtue. This will happen if he is urged to be often near you, and, most of all, if he knows that he is not overlooked; for the eye of an educator is a silent teaching. You owe us, if it is not tiresome to say so, both spiritual things, as a high priest to high priests, and literary things, as a man of letters to lovers of letters.
Chapter 279
279PG 37:280a–280d
ζυγίας, καὶ τοῦ κοινοῦ λιμένος πάντων τῶν φοεου · μένων τὸν Κύριονῑ Ἄλλοι τῶν ὑμετέρων καλῶν ἀπολαύουσινθ ἐμοὶ δὲ ὑπελείφθτίή μνήμη μόνον, καὶ τὸ ζηλοτυπεῖν τοὺς μετέχοντας. ’Ὶνα δὲκαὶ αὐτὸς τῶν ἡμετέρων μετάσχῃς καλῶν, γνωρίζω σοι τὸν τιμιώτατον ἀδελφὺν καὶ συμπρεσβύτερον ἡμῶν Σακερδῶτα. ὃν οἶδα ὅτι θεασάμενος ἐρεῖς· Ὄντως καλοῦ παντὸς ἐραστὴς ὁ Γρηγόριος. ro. ΠΛΛΛΑΔῘῼ. Τὸ πολλάκις θαρρεῖν ἐπιστέλλειν, οὐ τῆς ἡμετέρας θρασύτητος, ἀλλὰ τῆς σῆς ἡμερότητος. οὐδεὶς γὰρ κόρος ἡμῖν τοῦ διὰ γραμμάτων ὑμῖν ὁμιλεῖν, ἐπειδή γε ἄλλως οὐκ ἔχομεν, οὕτως οἰκονομήσαντος τοῦ Θεοῦ τὰ ἡμέτερα. Τιῖ δὲ τιμιωτάτῳ υῐῴ ἡμῶνκαὶ συμπρεσβυτερῳ Σακερδωτι(ὂν διαφερόντως ἠγαπήσαμεν τε καὶ ἀγαπῶμεν), γνησίως φιλοσοφοῦντι, καὶ τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τῆς πολιτείας ἑνουμένῳ, ὁρμήσαντι τῶν οἰκείων ἕνεκεν ἐπὶ τὴν μεγάλην διὰ σὲ πόλιν, οὐκ οἶδα τι ἂν ἐχαρισάμεθα μεῖζον, ἤ τῇ σῇ καλοκαγαθίᾳ γνωρίσαντες. ΡοΑʼ. ΛΜΦΙΛΟΧΙῼ . Μόλις ποτὲ τῶν ὲκ τῆς ἀρρωστίας ἀνανεύει-αντα τ πόνων, ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν τῆς ἰάσεως πρόξενον δεδραμήκαμεν. Γλῶσσα γὰρ ἱερέως φιλοσοφοῦσα τὸν Κύριον, ἀνεγείρει τοὺς κάμνοντας. Ποῐει τοίνυν τὸ κρεῖττον ξερουργῶν. καὶ λύε τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἡμῖν τὸ μέγεθος. τῆς ἁναστασίμου θυσίας ἁπτόμενος. Ἐμοὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐγρηγορότι καὶ καθεύδοντι μέλει τὰ κατὰ σὲ, καί μοι γέγονας πλῆκτρον ἀγαθὸν, καὶ λύραν ἐναρμόνιον ταῖς ἡμετέραις ψυχαῖς εἰσᾠκησας, ἀφʼ ὧν μυριάκις γράφων, πρὸς ἐπίγνωσιν τὰς ἡμετέρας ψυχὰς ἑξήσκησας. Ἀλλʼ, ὦ Θεοσεβἐστατε, μὴ κατόκνει καὶ προσεύχεσθαι καὶ πρεσβεύειν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, ὅταν λόγῳ καθέλκῃς τὸν Λόγον,
zygias, kai tou koinou limenos pantōn tōn phoeou ; menōn ton Kyrioni Alloi tōn hymeterōn kalōn apolauousinth emoi de hypeleiphthtiē mnēmē monon, kai to zēlotypein tous metechontas. ’Ina dekai autos tōn hēmeterōn metaschę̄s kalōn, gnōrizō soi ton timiōtaton adelphyn kai sympresbyteron hēmōn Sakerdōta. hon oida hoti theasamenos ereis; Ontōs kalou pantos erastēs ho Grēgorios. ro. PLLLADIǬ. To pollakis tharrein epistellein, ou tēs hēmeteras thrasytētos, alla tēs sēs hēmerotētos. oudeis gar koros hēmin tou dia grammatōn hymin homilein, epeidē ge allōs ouk echomen, houtōs oikonomēsantos tou Theou ta hēmetera. Tii de timiōtatǭ uiǭ hēmōnkai sympresbyterǭ Sakerdōti(on diapherontōs ēgapēsamen te kai agapōmen), gnēsiōs philosophounti, kai tǭ Theǭ dia tēs politeias henoumenǭ, hormēsanti tōn oikeiōn heneken epi tēn megalēn dia se polin, ouk oida ti an echarisametha meizon, ē tę̄ sę̄ kalokagathią gnōrisantes. RoAʼ. LMPhILOChIǬ . Molis pote tōn ek tēs arrōstias ananeuei-anta t ponōn, epi se ton tēs iaseōs proxenon dedramēkamen. Glōssa gar hiereōs philosophousa ton Kyrion, anegeirei tous kamnontas. Poiei toinyn to kreitton xerourgōn. kai lye tōn hamartēmatōn hēmin to megethos. tēs hanastasimou thysias haptomenos. Emoi gar kai egrēgoroti kai katheudonti melei ta kata se, kai moi gegonas plēktron agathon, kai lyran enarmonion tais hēmeterais psychais eisǭkēsas, aphʼ hōn myriakis graphōn, pros epignōsin tas hēmeteras psychas hexēskēsas. Allʼ, ō Theosebestate, mē katoknei kai proseuchesthai kai presbeuein hyper hēmōn, hotan logǭ kathelkę̄s ton Logon,
… , and of the common harbour of all who fear the Lord. Others enjoy your good things; to me only the memory is left, and envy of those who share them. So that you too may share in our good things, I introduce to you our most honoured brother and fellow presbyter Sacerdos; when you see him, I know you will say, “Gregory truly is a lover of all that is good.” [Letter 170. To Palladius] That I often dare to write is due not to our boldness but to your gentleness. For we have no surfeit of conversing with you by letter, since we cannot do so otherwise, God having so ordered our affairs. To our most honoured son and fellow presbyter Sacerdos (whom we have loved, and love, exceptionally), who lives as a true philosopher and is united to God by his way of life, and who has set out on behalf of his own people for the city made great by you, I do not know what greater favour we could do than to make him known to your goodness. [Letter 171. To Amphilochius] Having scarcely recovered from the pains of our sickness, we have run to you, the agent of our healing. For the tongue of a priest that speaks wisely of the Lord raises up the sick. Do, then, the better thing in your priestly ministry, and loose the greatness of our sins, as you lay hold of the sacrifice of the resurrection. For waking and sleeping your affairs are on my mind; you have become for us a good plectrum and a harmonious lyre, and have made your dwelling in our souls; by writing countless times you have trained our souls toward knowledge. But, most God-fearing one, do not hesitate to pray and intercede for us, when by a word you draw down the Word, when with a bloodless cutting you sever the Lord's body and blood, having your voice for a sword.
Chapter 281
281PG 37:281a–281b
hau ἀναιμάατῳ τομῇ σῶμα καὶ αἷμα τέμνῃς Δεσποτικδν, φωνὴν ἔχων τὸ ξίφος. POB’. ΕΛΛΑΔΙῼ . Ἥσθην τοῖς γράμμασι· πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἔμελλον, τῷ μνήμην εἶναι σοι καὶ τῶν τεθνηκότων; Προσόντων δὲ καὶ τῶν συμβόλων τῆς ἑορτῆς, πλείων ἡ χάρις. Ἀλλά πρόσθες οἷς δίδως, ᾇπερ αἰτεῖς. Προσεύχου δὲ περὶ ἡμῶν, εἰ μὲν συμφέρει, πάλιν ἡμᾶς ὑπομνησθῆναι καὶ ὑπομνῆσαι τῆς ἑορτῆς. εἰ δὲ μὴ, … ἐκεῖσε μετατεθῆναι, καὶτὴν ἀληθῆ ἑορτὴν ῆν λαβεῖν, ἢ ἰδεῖν, ἔνθα εὐφραινομένων πάντωνή κατοικία. Τῶν γὰρ τοῦ βίον στροφῶν κεκορέσμεθα. ron. ΠΟΣΤΟΥΜΙΔΝῼ.
hau anaimaatǭ tomę̄ sōma kai haima temnę̄s Despotikdn, phōnēn echōn to xiphos. POB’. ELLADIǬ . Hēsthēn tois grammasi; pōs de ouk emellon, tǭ mnēmēn einai soi kai tōn tethnēkotōn? Prosontōn de kai tōn symbolōn tēs heortēs, pleiōn hē charis. Alla prosthes hois didōs, hąper aiteis. Proseuchou de peri hēmōn, ei men sympherei, palin hēmas hypomnēsthēnai kai hypomnēsai tēs heortēs. ei de mē, … ekeise metatethēnai, kaitēn alēthē heortēn ēn labein, ē idein, entha euphrainomenōn pantōnē katoikia. Tōn gar tou bion strophōn kekoresmetha. ron. POSTOUMIDNǬ.
[Letter 172. To Helladius] I was pleased with your letter; how could I not be, that you remember even the dead? And since tokens of the feast came with it, the favour is greater. But add to what you give what you ask for: pray for us, if it is profitable, that we may again be reminded of the feast and remind others; if not, that we may be transferred there and receive, or see, the true feast, where is the dwelling of all who rejoice. For we have had our fill of the twists and turns of life. [Letter 173. To Postumianus]
Chapter 283
283PG 37:284a–284d
ἔξουσίας, ού τύχης δῶρον, ὡς ἂν οι πολλοὶ φαῖεν, ἀλλʼ ἀρετῆς ἆθλον ταύτην δεξάμενος, ἵνα καὶ αὑτὴ γένηται τιμιωτέρα, καὶ βασιλεὺς ἐπαινεθῇ τῆς ιπὶ σοὶ κρίσεως. Ἔτι καὶ ταῦτα μικρά· προσθήσω δέ τι καὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων. Προετελέσθης πρότερον τὴν εύσέδειαν, εἶθʼ ὑπεδὲξω. Μέμνημαι γάρ τῶν σῶν λόγων, καὶ τὸ θαῦμα ἔνηχον ἐτι ταῖς ἐμαῖς ἀκοαῖς. Εἰ τούτοις προσθείης τὸ καὶ μεμνῆσθαι τῶν φίλων (προσθήσεις δὲ οἷδʼ ὅτι, τοῖς παρελθοῦσι τοῦτο τεκμαίρομαι), μᾶλλόν σε θαυμασόμεθα Οὗτος τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ὅρος εὐδαιμονίας, ἧτονν μαο καριότης. Τὸ δὲ πρόσθε Γαδείρων μὴ περατδν εἶναι ἀνθρώποις, Πινδάρῳ φιλοσοφοῦντι πιστεύομεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ μεγάλων τυχὼν, μεγάλων κα) ὑπόχρεος εἴ, καί σε πεποίηκεν ἡμέτερον πρότερον, εἶτα ἐπέστησενἡμῖν εὖ ποιῶν δ Θεὸς, καὶ ἅμα τῶν ἀτόπων ἄνδρα τοσοῦτον μὴ τὰ μέγιστα ἀπαιτεῖν, ἐκεῖνο δέξαι με παραινοῦντα. Μηδὲν οὕτω νόμιζε τῇ σῇ πρέπειν ἀρχῇ (ἐπειδὴ πάλιν σύνοδος ἐπισκόπων, ούκ οἶδα διʼ ὃ τι καὶ ὃπως συναγομένων). ὡς τὸ ὲπὶ σοῦ καὶ διὰ σοῦ εἰρηνεύσασθαι τὰς Ἐκκλησίας, κᾶν δέῃ σφοδῷτερον ἐπιτιμῆσαι τοῖς στα· σιάζουσιν. Εἰ δέ τῳ δοκὼ περιττὸς εἶναι, τῶν μὲν πραγμάτων ἀναχωρήσας, τὴν δὲ φροντίδα μὴ καταλύσας, τοῦτο σὺ μὴ θαυμάζῃς. Οὐ γάρ ὥσπερ τῶν θρόνων καὶ τῆς ὀφρύος τοῖς βουλομένοις, οὖτω καὶ τῆς εὐσεβείας παρεχωρήσαμεν* ἀλλὰ νῦν ἀξιόπιστοι καὶ πλέον, ὼς οἶμαι καὶ σοι δοκεῖν, ὡς οὐδὲν ἴδιον, ἀλλὰ τὸ κοινὸν θεραπεύοντες.
exousias, ou tychēs dōron, hōs an oi polloi phaien, allʼ aretēs athlon tautēn dexamenos, hina kai hautē genētai timiōtera, kai basileus epainethę̄ tēs ipi soi kriseōs. Eti kai tauta mikra; prosthēsō de ti kai tōn hēmeterōn. Proetelesthēs proteron tēn eusedeian, eithʼ hypedexō. Memnēmai gar tōn sōn logōn, kai to thauma enēchon eti tais emais akoais. Ei toutois prostheiēs to kai memnēsthai tōn philōn (prosthēseis de hoidʼ hoti, tois parelthousi touto tekmairomai), mallon se thaumasometha Houtos tēs anthrōpinēs horos eudaimonias, hētonn mao kariotēs. To de prosthe Gadeirōn mē peratdn einai anthrōpois, Pindarǭ philosophounti pisteuomen. Epei de megalōn tychōn, megalōn ka) hypochreos ei, kai se pepoiēken hēmeteron proteron, eita epestēsenēmin eu poiōn d Theos, kai hama tōn atopōn andra tosouton mē ta megista apaitein, ekeino dexai me parainounta. Mēden houtō nomize tę̄ sę̄ prepein archę̄ (epeidē palin synodos episkopōn, ouk oida diʼ ho ti kai hopōs synagomenōn). hōs to epi sou kai dia sou eirēneusasthai tas Ekklēsias, kan deę̄ sphodǭteron epitimēsai tois sta; siazousin. Ei de tǭ dokō perittos einai, tōn men pragmatōn anachōrēsas, tēn de phrontida mē katalysas, touto sy mē thaumazę̄s. Ou gar hōsper tōn thronōn kai tēs ophryos tois boulomenois, outō kai tēs eusebeias parechōrēsamen* alla nyn axiopistoi kai pleon, ōs oimai kai soi dokein, hōs ouden idion, alla to koinon therapeuontes.
… authority, receiving it not as a gift of fortune, as most would say, but as a prize of virtue, so that the office too may become more honoured and the emperor be praised for his judgment of you. Even these things are small; I will add something of ours too. You were first initiated into piety, and then you received office. For I remember your words, and the wonder of them still rings in my ears. If to these you add remembering your friends too (and you will, I know; I judge this from the past), we shall admire you the more. This is the limit of human happiness, or rather blessedness. That what lies beyond Gades cannot be crossed by men, we believe Pindar when he philosophizes. And since, having obtained great things, you are a debtor for great things, and God first made you ours and then, doing us good, set you over us, and since at the same time it is absurd not to ask the greatest things of so great a man, accept this advice from me. Think nothing so befits your office (since again a synod of bishops is gathering, I do not know why or how) as that the Churches should be brought to peace under you and through you, even if you must rebuke the factious more severely. If I seem to anyone superfluous, having withdrawn from affairs but not laid down my care, do not you wonder at it. For we did not yield piety, as we did thrones and arrogance, to those who wanted them; but now we are the more to be trusted, as I think you too think, since we serve nothing of our own but only the common good.
Chapter 285
285PG 37:285a–285d
ὡς ὁρᾷς.. Καὶ οὐδʼ ἂν ἑκαλλωπισάμην, εὖ ῐσθι (ού γάρ ἐμὸν). εί μὴ μέγα ἐποιούμην τὴν σὴν φιλίαν, μηδὲ τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἐδόκει μοι, ὥσπερ ὖσπληγι πῶλον, διεγεῖραί σε πρὸς τδ γράφειν. Μάλιστα δʼ ἂν πρὸς τοῦτο παροξυνθείης, εί ἐκεῖνο ὲνθυμηθείης, τίς ὢν, καὶ τίνι, καὶ σὺ τίνος, ἃ γράφω, γράφω, καὶ ὅτι πρέπει τοὺς παῖδας, ὥσπερ τῆς οὐσίας τῆς πατρικῆς, οὕτω δὴ καὶ τῆς φιλίας κληρονομεῖν. Πρὸς δὲ, κάκεῖνο λογίζεσθαι καλῶς ἔχει, ὅτι σὺ μὲν ἀκμὴν φιλοσοφεῖς · ἡμεῖς δὲ φιλοσόφων πατέρες, καὶ δεῖ ἐπιδείκνυσθαι ἡμῖν τὴν ἀρετὴν, ὥσπερ τῶν ἀθλητῶν οί γενναῖοι τοῖς παιδοτρίδακ. Εἴπω τι καὶ μεῖζον τῶν είρημένων. Οὐ μικρὰ ἡμῖν φιλοσοφίας ὅμηρα παρὰ σοί· αἷμα ἡμέτερον ὲκπαιδεύεις, καὶ αἷμα τῶν ὲγγυτάτων. Οἶδας οὓς λέγω, τοὺς τοῦ γνησιωτάτου καὶ τιμιωτάτου υίοῦ ἡμῶν Νικο· δούλου παῖδας. Τούτοις ὅτʼ ἂν συμπράττῃς, ἡμῶν μνημονεύειν οίου, οἳ οὐδενὸς άλλου φαυλότεροι, εἴ τι δεῖ τοῖς λέγουσι πιστεύειν, κρίνειν τε λόγους, καὶ σπουδὴν δοκιμάζειν, κα) διδασκάλους δεξιοὴ ὑψηλοτέρους ποιεῖν τοῖς ἐπαίνοις.
hōs horąs.. Kai oudʼ an hekallōpisamēn, eu isthi (ou gar emon). ei mē mega epoioumēn tēn sēn philian, mēde tōn anankaiōn edokei moi, hōsper ysplēgi pōlon, diegeirai se pros td graphein. Malista dʼ an pros touto paroxyntheiēs, ei ekeino enthymētheiēs, tis ōn, kai tini, kai sy tinos, ha graphō, graphō, kai hoti prepei tous paidas, hōsper tēs ousias tēs patrikēs, houtō dē kai tēs philias klēronomein. Pros de, kakeino logizesthai kalōs echei, hoti sy men akmēn philosopheis ; hēmeis de philosophōn pateres, kai dei epideiknysthai hēmin tēn aretēn, hōsper tōn athlētōn oi gennaioi tois paidotridak. Eipō ti kai meizon tōn eirēmenōn. Ou mikra hēmin philosophias homēra para soi; haima hēmeteron ekpaideueis, kai haima tōn engytatōn. Oidas hous legō, tous tou gnēsiōtatou kai timiōtatou uiou hēmōn Niko; doulou paidas. Toutois hotʼ an symprattę̄s, hēmōn mnēmoneuein oiou, hoi oudenos allou phauloteroi, ei ti dei tois legousi pisteuein, krinein te logous, kai spoudēn dokimazein, ka) didaskalous dexioē hypsēloterous poiein tois epainois.
… as you see. And I would not have adorned my style, be well assured (for it is not my way), if I did not set great store by your friendship, and if it did not seem necessary to rouse you to write, like a colt at the starting line. You would be spurred to it most if you considered who I am, to whom I write, and whose son you are, and that sons should inherit their father's friendship as well as his property. Besides, it is well to reckon this too: that you are in your prime as a philosopher, while we are fathers of philosophers, and you must show your virtue to us, as noble athletes do to their trainers. Let me say something greater than what has been said. Not small are the hostages of philosophy we have with you: you are educating our blood, the blood of our nearest kin. You know whom I mean: the sons of our most genuine and most honoured son Nicobulus. Whenever you help them, think that you are remembering us, who are inferior to no one else, if one must believe those who say so, at judging speeches, testing diligence, and making good teachers more distinguished by our praises.
Chapter 287
287PG 37:288a–288d
γισεα, οἳ μὴ πολλὰ σοῦ καὶ τῆς σῆς λογιότητος ἔμπροσθεν ἄγομεν. Τί φῶμεν πεπονθέναι σε πρὸς ἡμᾶς, ὦ θαυμάσιε, τίς ή τοῦ μὴ γράφειν αἰτία; οὔτε ὑπεροψίαν ὲγκαο λέσομεν, οὔτε ἀργίαν, οὔτε τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ό τι γράψεις. Οὐ πρὸς σοῦ τὸ ταῦτα παθεῖν. Ἦπου τῶν ἰάμβων μνησικακεῖς, ὧν ό κακῶς ἀπολούμενος Οὐαλεντϊνος προσέπτυσε, καὶταῦτα σοῦ Θέλοντος. Ού γὰρ ἦν ’ῥήτορος ἀνδρὸς καὶ δεινοῦ ἄνδρʼ ὲκ· αμύνασθαι, ὁπότε τις πρότερον ίαμβοποιεῐν τοιαῦτα κατετόλμησεν. Ἀλλʼ, Ἀχιλεῦ, δάμασον θυμὸν μέρμιθα... καὶ κίνησον αὖθις ἡμῖν τὴν γραφίδα, τὴν σὴν με· λίαν· μὴ δόξῃς, μικρὰ πεπονθὼς, ἀπαντᾷν εις μείζω, τὸν ὲπισκοπικδν τρόπον. Ἰππευε, θήρα, βάδιζε ὡς ἂν ἐθέλῃς, ἐμοῦ γε εἵνεκα, οὕτε τι γράψομεν ἔτι, οὔτε προσπαίξομεν. Καὶ ταῦτα ἱκανῶς, τοσούτου τιμώμεθα τὴν σὴν φιλίαν. Ἦ μὲν οὖν παιδιὰ ποσαύτη, καὶ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον. '0 δὲ ούκέτι παιζόντων ἐστὶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν σπουδαζόντων, τὸν γλυκύτατον υἱὸν ἡμῶν Νικόβουλον, αὖθις ἐγχειρίζομέν σοι. Καὶ δέχοιο παρʼ ἡμῶν τοῦτον, ὡς παρʼ ἡμῶν, τὸ μὲν ῥητορικὸν ἔργον τῷ πατρὶ χαριούμενος, τὸ δὲ σοφιστικὸν ἡμῖν. Οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι … ἐπίδρομον. Τοῖς ύὲ ’θαυο μασίοις σοφισταῖς τήν ὀφρῦν μόνον ἀφήσεις, καὶ τὸ περὶ τού πλείονος μάχεσθαι. Πῶς σοι τὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἔχει; καὶ εί κατᾶ Θεόν τι …; ὃ παντὸς σοὶ μᾶλλον ἁρμόζειν ὑπολαμβάνομεν.
gisea, hoi mē polla sou kai tēs sēs logiotētos emprosthen agomen. Ti phōmen peponthenai se pros hēmas, ō thaumasie, tis ē tou mē graphein aitia? oute hyperopsian enkao lesomen, oute argian, oute to mē echein o ti grapseis. Ou pros sou to tauta pathein. Ēpou tōn iambōn mnēsikakeis, hōn o kakōs apoloumenos Oualentïnos proseptyse, kaitauta sou Thelontos. Ou gar ēn ’rhētoros andros kai deinou andrʼ ek; amynasthai, hopote tis proteron iambopoiein toiauta katetolmēsen. Allʼ, Achileu, damason thymon mermitha... kai kinēson authis hēmin tēn graphida, tēn sēn me; lian; mē doxę̄s, mikra peponthōs, apantąn eis meizō, ton episkopikdn tropon. Ippeue, thēra, badize hōs an ethelę̄s, emou ge heineka, houte ti grapsomen eti, oute prospaixomen. Kai tauta hikanōs, tosoutou timōmetha tēn sēn philian. Ē men oun paidia posautē, kai epi tosouton. '0 de ouketi paizontōn estin, alla kai lian spoudazontōn, ton glykytaton huion hēmōn Nikoboulon, authis encheirizomen soi. Kai dechoio parʼ hēmōn touton, hōs parʼ hēmōn, to men rhētorikon ergon tǭ patri charioumenos, to de sophistikon hēmin. Oida gar hoti … epidromon. Tois ye ’thauo masiois sophistais tēn ophryn monon aphēseis, kai to peri tou pleionos machesthai. Pōs soi ta tēs aretēs echei? kai ei kata Theon ti …? ho pantos soi mallon harmozein hypolambanomen.
… we who do not put much before you and your learning. What shall we say has happened to you regarding us, my admirable friend? What is the reason you do not write? We will not accuse you of contempt, nor of idleness, nor of having nothing to write. It is not like you to suffer such things. Are you perhaps bearing a grudge over the iambics which that wretched Valentinus spat at you, and that with your consent? For it was not the part of a rhetor and a clever man to retaliate, when someone had first dared to write such iambics. But, “Achilles, tame your proud anger” … , and move your pen again for us, your ash spear; do not seem, having suffered small things, to respond with greater, in the episcopal manner. Ride, hunt, walk as you please; for my part we will write nothing more, nor jest. And enough of this; so highly do we value your friendship. So much for jesting, and so far. But what is no longer for jesters but for those very much in earnest: we again entrust to you our sweetest son Nicobulus. Receive him from us as from us, granting the work of rhetoric to his father and that of the sophist to us. For I know that for you … . To the admirable sophists you will leave only the frown and the fight over the bigger fee. How do things stand with your virtue? And have you made any progress in the things of God? which we think befits you more than anything.
Chapter 289
289PG 37:289a–289c
Ταῦτα γὰρ ἡμῖν φίλον καὶ ἀνερωτᾷν καὶ ἀκούειν. τὰ δὲ ἄλλα χαίρειν ἐάσωμεν, ὅπως ἃν ἔχῃ. Καί τοι κᾶν εί βουλοίμεθα καὶ ταῦτα δεξιῶς ἔχειν, διʼ ἐν τοῦτο βουλοίμεθʼ ἂν, ἵνα ἔχῃς ὧν ὑπερεῖδες, κα) πλείω φιλοσοφῇς ἐπὶ μείζοσι. Ταῦτα καλ προσείρησο παρʼ ἡμῶν, καὶ τῷ καλῷ Νικοδούλῳ γενοῦ τοιοῦτος, οἷον ἐλπίζομεν, Εἰ ἂν δὲ καὶ πλέον αἰτῶμεν, τὴν ἀπληστίαν ἡμῶν, ὡς φιλότιμος, κόρεσον. Νόμος ἦν Ἀθήνῃσι παλαιὸς, ὡς δʼ ἐγὼ φημὶ, καὶ ιιάλλιστα ἔχων, ἐπειδὰν φθάσαιεν είς ἥβην οἱ νέοι, πρὸς τέχνας ἄγεσθαι, ἄγεσθαι δὲ τὸν τρόπον τοῦτονθ προτίθεσθαι δημοσίᾳ ἑκάστης τέχνης, ὕργανα, καὶ προσάγεσθαι τούτοις τοὺς νέους ο ὅτῳ δὲ τύχῃ χαίρων ἱκαστοςς καὶ προστρέχων, τούτου καὶ τὴν τέχνην διδάσκεσθαι· ὡς τοῦ μὲν κατὰ φύσιν ὲπιτυγχάνοντος ὡς τὰ πολλὰ, τοῦ δὲ παρὰ φύσιν διαμαρτάνοντος. Τί μοι βούλεται τὸ διήγημα; Καὶ σέ φημὶ χρῆναι, πρὸς φιλοσοφίαν γὰρ ἔχεις ἐπιτηδείως, ταύτης μὴ ἀμελεῖν, μηδέ πρὸς ἄλλο τι μᾶλλον ἐθίζεσθαι τῶν οὐκ οίκείων, η ταύτης περιέχεσθαι πρὸς ἢν νένευκας, οὐχ ὅτι ἀρίστη μό ο νον ἐστὶν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ προσφυεστέρα. Τὸ δὲ μὴ βιάζεσθαι ῥοῦν ποταμοῦ, καὶὴ παροιμία παιδεύει, καὶ ἱπποσύνην δεδαότα μὴ ᾅδειν ἐθέλειὴ ποίη· σιςʼ μὴ τί γένηταις μὴ καὶ τῆς ίπποσύνης δια· ’ …, και τῆς
Tauta gar hēmin philon kai anerōtąn kai akouein. ta de alla chairein easōmen, hopōs han echę̄. Kai toi kan ei bouloimetha kai tauta dexiōs echein, diʼ en touto bouloimethʼ an, hina echę̄s hōn hypereides, ka) pleiō philosophę̄s epi meizosi. Tauta kal proseirēso parʼ hēmōn, kai tǭ kalǭ Nikodoulǭ genou toioutos, hoion elpizomen, Ei an de kai pleon aitōmen, tēn aplēstian hēmōn, hōs philotimos, koreson. Nomos ēn Athēnę̄si palaios, hōs dʼ egō phēmi, kai iiallista echōn, epeidan phthasaien eis hēbēn hoi neoi, pros technas agesthai, agesthai de ton tropon toutonth protithesthai dēmosią hekastēs technēs, hyrgana, kai prosagesthai toutois tous neous o hotǭ de tychę̄ chairōn hikastoss kai prostrechōn, toutou kai tēn technēn didaskesthai; hōs tou men kata physin epitynchanontos hōs ta polla, tou de para physin diamartanontos. Ti moi bouletai to diēgēma? Kai se phēmi chrēnai, pros philosophian gar echeis epitēdeiōs, tautēs mē amelein, mēde pros allo ti mallon ethizesthai tōn ouk oikeiōn, ē tautēs periechesthai pros ēn neneukas, ouch hoti aristē mo o non estin, allʼ hoti kai prosphyestera. To de mē biazesthai rhoun potamou, kaiē paroimia paideuei, kai hipposynēn dedaota mē hądein etheleiē poiē; sisʼ mē ti genētais mē kai tēs ipposynēs dia; ’ …, kai tēs
For these are the things we like to ask about and to hear; the rest let us bid farewell, however it may be. And yet, even if we wished these other things too to go well, we would wish it for one reason only: that you may have things to despise, and may philosophize the more over greater things. Receive these greetings from us, and be to the good Nicobulus such as we hope. If we ask more, satisfy our insatiability, generous as you are. … There was an old law at Athens, and, as I say, a very good one: when the young reached manhood they were led to the crafts, and led in this way. The tools of each craft were set out in public, and the young were brought to them; and whatever each happened to delight in and run to, that craft he was taught; since what is according to nature generally succeeds, and what is against nature fails. What does the story mean for me? I say that you too, being suited for philosophy, should not neglect it, nor accustom yourself to something else that is not your own rather than hold to that toward which you incline, not only because it is the best, but because it is more natural to you. Not to force the stream of a river the proverb too teaches, and poetry, that one who knows horsemanship should not wish to sing; lest something happen, lest you fail both in horsemanship and in
Chapter 291
291PG 37:292a–292d
Ἀλλὰ τίς ὲπιτηδειὸτηςς ὡς γοῦν ἐμοὶ θεωρήσαντι κατεφάνη, πρῶτον μὲν ὁ τρόπος καὶ τὸ τοῦ ἧοους γαληνόν τε κα) ἄτεχνον, καὶ πρὸς τὰς τοῦ βίου στροφὰς ταύτας ἀνεπιτήδειον. Ἔπειτα τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς εύφυὲς καὶ ύψίνουν, καὶ πρὸς Θεωρίαν εύκί-, νητον. Τρίτον ἡ νοσοκομία, καὶ τὸ τοῦ σώματος ἀσθενές · ἐπειδὴ καὶ τοῦτο ού μικρὸν εἰς φιλοσοφίαν εἶναι δοκεῖ τῷ Πλάτωνι. Καὶ μὴν καὶ ἡλικίας οὕτως ἔχεις, ὡς ἤδη τὰ πάθη κλίνεσθαι. Καὶ τῇ πενίᾳ ού κάμπτεσθαί μοι δοκεῖς μᾶλλον ἢ καλλων πίζεσθαι. Τό τε αίσχύνεσθαι ειδέναι, οὐ κατὰ ῥήτορας. Ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ φωνὴ μιαρά σοι, οὐδὲ γέγονας κακὸς, οὐδὲ ἀγοραῖος εἷ, οὐδέ τι τῶν τοιούτων ἔχεις, ἵνʼ εἴπω συντόμως, οἷς πλάττει τὸν ἀγοραῖον Δημόκριτος ὁ κρείττων είς δημαγωγίαν Ἀριστοφάνσυς. Ἀλλὰ ῥήτωρ καλούμενος, πάντα πρότερον ἢ κατὰ τὺ ἦθος τελεῖς εἰς ῥήτορας. Μὴ τοία νυν θελήσῃς προέσθαι τῆς φιλοσοφίας ὅσον προείληφας, μηδὲ τὰ δεύτερα ἔχῃς ὲν τοῖς δεύτέροίς μᾶλλονῆ τὰ πρῶτα ἑν τοῖς μεγίστοις. Εἰ δὲ καί τὰ πρῶτα τῶν ἐνταῦθα δοίημεν, μὴ ἀνάσχῃ ἀριστεύειν ὲν κολοιοῖς, ἀετὸς εῐναι δυνάμενος. Μέχρι τίνος φυσώμεθα τοῖς μικροῖς καὶ χαμαὶ ἐρχομένοις, καὶ παίζομεν ὲν μειρακίσκοις κάι πλάο σμασι, κα) ὑπὸ τῶν κρότων αἱρόμεθα; Μεταὸὧμεν ἐντεῦθεν, ἄνδρες γενώμεθα, ῥίψωμεν, τὰ ὀνείρατα, παραδράμωμεν τὰς σκιὰς, ἄλλοις παρῶμεν τὰ τερπνέι τοῦ βίον, καὶ πλέον όδυνηράξ Ἄλλονς πραγματευέτω, καὶ μταρριπτείτω, καὶ παιζέτω, φθόνος, καὶ χρόνος, καὶ τύχη. Ὃ δή φασι τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων τὸ ἄστατον καὶ ἀνώμαλον, ὲρῤέτωσαν Θρόνοι,δυναστείαι, πλοῦτοι, λαμπρότητες, ἐπάρματα, πτώματα, τὸ εὐτελὲς τοῦτο δοξάριον καὶ ἀπόπτυστον, ᾧ
Alla tis epitēdeiotēss hōs goun emoi theōrēsanti katephanē, prōton men ho tropos kai to tou hēoous galēnon te ka) atechnon, kai pros tas tou biou strophas tautas anepitēdeion. Epeita to tēs psychēs euphyes kai ypsinoun, kai pros Theōrian euki-, nēton. Triton hē nosokomia, kai to tou sōmatos asthenes ; epeidē kai touto ou mikron eis philosophian einai dokei tǭ Platōni. Kai mēn kai hēlikias houtōs echeis, hōs ēdē ta pathē klinesthai. Kai tę̄ penią ou kamptesthai moi dokeis mallon ē kallōn pizesthai. To te aischynesthai eidenai, ou kata rhētoras. Allʼ oude phōnē miara soi, oude gegonas kakos, oude agoraios hei, oude ti tōn toioutōn echeis, hinʼ eipō syntomōs, hois plattei ton agoraion Dēmokritos ho kreittōn eis dēmagōgian Aristophansys. Alla rhētōr kaloumenos, panta proteron ē kata ty ēthos teleis eis rhētoras. Mē toia nyn thelēsę̄s proesthai tēs philosophias hoson proeilēphas, mēde ta deutera echę̄s en tois deuterois mallonē ta prōta hen tois megistois. Ei de kai ta prōta tōn entautha doiēmen, mē anaschę̄ aristeuein en koloiois, aetos einai dynamenos. Mechri tinos physōmetha tois mikrois kai chamai erchomenois, kai paizomen en meirakiskois kai plao smasi, ka) hypo tōn krotōn hairometha? Metaoōmen enteuthen, andres genōmetha, rhipsōmen, ta oneirata, paradramōmen tas skias, allois parōmen ta terpnei tou bion, kai pleon odynērax Allons pragmateuetō, kai mtarripteitō, kai paizetō, phthonos, kai chronos, kai tychē. Ho dē phasi tōn anthrōpinōn to astaton kai anōmalon, erretōsan Thronoi,dynasteiai, ploutoi, lamprotētes, eparmata, ptōmata, to euteles touto doxarion kai apoptyston, hǭ
But what is this suitability? As it appeared to me on consideration: first, your character, the calm and artless quality of your disposition, unsuited to these twists of life. Then the good nature and loftiness of your soul, and its readiness for contemplation. Third, your care of the sick and your bodily weakness; since this too seems to Plato no small help toward philosophy. And you are of such an age that the passions are already declining. And you seem to me not to be bent by poverty but rather to take pride in it. And you know how to feel shame, which is not like the rhetors. Nor is your voice foul, nor have you become wicked, nor are you a man of the marketplace, nor have you, to put it briefly, any of those marks by which Democritus, better at demagoguery than Aristophanes, portrays the market man. But though you are called a rhetor, you belong to the rhetors in everything rather than in character. Do not, then, be willing to throw away as much philosophy as you have already gained, nor hold the second place in second things rather than the first in the greatest. And even if we granted you the first place here, do not consent to be best among jackdaws when you could be an eagle. How long shall we be puffed up by small things that creep on the ground, and play among youngsters and fictions, and be carried away by applause? Let us move away from here; let us become men; let us throw away dreams, run past shadows, and leave to others the pleasures of life, which are more painful. Let envy and time and fortune manage others, toss them about and play with them. Let what they call the instability and unevenness of human affairs go to perdition: thrones, dominions, riches, splendours, exaltations, falls, this cheap and contemptible little glory, by which
Chapter 293
293PG 37:293a–293d
«ινδ μᾶλλον ἀδοξήσειέ τις αἰρόμενος,ἢ γελώμενος τά τῆς μεγάλης ταύτης σκηνῆς παίγνια τε καὶ θεατρίσματα. Ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ λόγου περιδράξωμεν, καὶ Θεὸν ἀντὶ πάντων ἔχειν ἑλώμεθα, τὸ μόνον διαρκὲς ἀγαθὸν καὶ ἡμέτερον ἵνʼ ἡμῖν καὶ τὸ ἐνταῦθα εὐδοκιμεῖν γένηται, τοῖς ἔτι μικροῖς, καὶ τοῦτο ζηο τοῦσιν, ἢ τὸ ἐκεῖθεν πάντωςο ἐπειδὴ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἆθλον, Θεὸν γενέσθαι, κα). τῷ καθαροτάτῳ φωτὶ κατπρὰπτεσθαι, τῷ ὲν τῇ τρισσῇ μονάδι θεωρουμένῳ, ἧς νῦν μετρίως ἔχομεν τὰς αὐγάς. Πρὸς ταῦτα ἴθι, πρόβαινε, πτεροῦ τῇ διανοίᾳ, λαδοῦ τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς, μηδαμοῦ στῇς τῶν ἐλπίδων, ἕως οὗ ἔλθῃς ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον ἐφετὸν καὶ μακάριον καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐπαινέσεις, εὖ οἶδα, νῦν μὲν ὀλίγα, μικρῷ δὲ ὕστερον ἀφθονώτερα, ἐπειδὰν ἴδῃς σεαυτὸν ὲν οἷς ὑπισχνούμεθα, καὶ-μη κενὴν μαέαρίαν ταῦτα εὑρίσκῃς ’, μηδὲ διανοίας ἀναπλασμους, ἀλλὰ πραγμάτων ἀλή- 0e ιαν.
«ind mallon adoxēseie tis airomenos,ē gelōmenos ta tēs megalēs tautēs skēnēs paignia te kai theatrismata. Hēmeis de tou logou peridraxōmen, kai Theon anti pantōn echein helōmetha, to monon diarkes agathon kai hēmeteron hinʼ hēmin kai to entautha eudokimein genētai, tois eti mikrois, kai touto zēo tousin, ē to ekeithen pantōso epeidē tēs aretēs athlon, Theon genesthai, ka). tǭ katharotatǭ phōti katpraptesthai, tǭ en tę̄ trissę̄ monadi theōroumenǭ, hēs nyn metriōs echomen tas augas. Pros tauta ithi, probaine, pterou tę̄ dianoią, ladou tēs aiōniou zōēs, mēdamou stę̄s tōn elpidōn, heōs hou elthę̄s epi to akron epheton kai makarion kai hēmas epaineseis, eu oida, nyn men oliga, mikrǭ de hysteron aphthonōtera, epeidan idę̄s seauton en hois hypischnoumetha, kai-mē kenēn maearian tauta heuriskę̄s ’, mēde dianoias anaplasmous, alla pragmatōn alē- 0e ian.
one would be more disgraced in being exalted than in being laughed at: the toys and shows of this great stage. But let us lay hold of the Word, and choose to have God in place of everything, the only lasting good and truly ours, so that we may have good repute here too, for those who are still small and seek it, or at any rate that from there; since the prize of virtue is to become god, and to be illumined with the purest light, the light contemplated in the threefold Monad, whose rays we now have in measure. Toward this go, advance, take wing in your mind, lay hold of eternal life, stop nowhere in your hopes until you come to the highest object of desire and blessedness; and you will praise us, I know well, a little now, and a little later more abundantly, when you see yourself in what we promise, and find these things to be not an empty fancy nor fictions of the mind, but the truth of realities.
Chapter 295
295PG 37:296a–296d
Πατρδς μὲν εἷς ἀγαθοῖο, φίλον τέκος, οἷα πυνθάνομαι περὶ σοῦ. Μόνον ἐπαίρου, καὶ κατευοδοῦ, καὶ βασίλευε · καὶ ἡμεῖς εὐφημήσομεν, κᾶν μή πω τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ὁμολογῇς. Οὐ γὰρ οἷς λέγεις προσέχομεν μᾶλλον, ἢ οἷς ποιεῖς· ἐπειδὴ καὶ αὐτο τὸ μὴ ὁμολογεῖν τὴν φιλοσοφίαν, σφόδρα φιλόσοφον. Ὀ περ). τοῦ Λυσίου τοῦ ῥήτορός φησιν ό κριτικὸς Διονύσιος, ὅτιτὸ ἄτεχνον αὑτοῦ λίαν ἔντεχνον ἦν. ρΠΑν. ΣΑΤυΥΡΝιΝρ. Εἰ καὶ τὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ὕψος ἀπρόσιτον, ἀλλὰ φιλάνθρωπον ή φιλία, διʼ ήν ὲθαρῤήσαμεν ταύτην προσαγαγεῖν τήν παράκλησιν. Πᾶσιν οἷς εὖ πεποίηκας ήμῖν, καὶ τοῦτο πρόσθεςο τὸν λογιώτατον υίδν ήμῶν …, ἄνδρα καὶ βίῳ καὶ λόγῳ τῆς σῆς ἀρετῆς ἄξιον, καὶ τʼ ἄλλα ήδὲως ἰδεῖν καταξιωσον, καὶ τῆς παρὰ σοῦ προστασίας ἀξιώσαι, περ) ὧν ἂν δέηται τῆς σῆς καλοκαγαθίας. Ἡμεῖς δι ἁντιδὼσομεν τὰς εὐχὰς, ᾧ μόνῳ δυνατὸν ἡμῖν τοὺς εὐεργέτας ἀμείβεσθαι.
Patrds men heis agathoio, philon tekos, hoia pynthanomai peri sou. Monon epairou, kai kateuodou, kai basileue ; kai hēmeis euphēmēsomen, kan mē pō tēn philosophian homologę̄s. Ou gar hois legeis prosechomen mallon, ē hois poieis; epeidē kai auto to mē homologein tēn philosophian, sphodra philosophon. O per). tou Lysiou tou rhētoros phēsin o kritikos Dionysios, hotito atechnon hautou lian entechnon ēn. rPAn. SATyYRNiNr. Ei kai to tēs archēs hypsos aprositon, alla philanthrōpon ē philia, diʼ ēn etharrēsamen tautēn prosagagein tēn paraklēsin. Pasin hois eu pepoiēkas ēmin, kai touto prostheso ton logiōtaton uidn ēmōn …, andra kai biǭ kai logǭ tēs sēs aretēs axion, kai tʼ alla ēdeōs idein kataxiōson, kai tēs para sou prostasias axiōsai, per) hōn an deētai tēs sēs kalokagathias. Hēmeis di hantidōsomen tas euchas, hǭ monǭ dynaton hēmin tous euergetas ameibesthai.
“You are of a good father, dear child,” from what I hear about you. Only be lifted up, and prosper, and reign; and we will speak well of you, even if you do not yet profess philosophy. For we attend not so much to what you say as to what you do; since this very refusal to profess philosophy is very philosophical, as Dionysius the critic says of Lysias the orator, that his artlessness was very artful. [Letter 181. To Saturninus] Even if the height of your office is unapproachable, friendship is kind, and through it we have dared to bring you this request. To all the benefits you have done us add this too: be pleased to look kindly on our most learned son …, a man worthy of your virtue in life and in speech, and to grant him your protection in whatever he needs from your goodness. We will repay with prayers, the only way we can repay our benefactors.
Chapter 297
297PG 37:297a–297d
ἱθτ μεθα, οὐδὲ οὕτωςʼ ἔχουσι πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀπεχθῶς. Ἀλλὰ πολλὰ δεηθεὶς διὰ τὴν ὲμαυτοῦ νέκρωσιν, καὶ ἅμα τὸ βάρος φοβηθεὶς τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἀμελουμένης, ταύτην τε ᾔτησα παρʼ αὐτῶν χάριν, οὔτε κανόσιν ἐναντιουμένην, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἁναψύχουσαν, δοθῆναι τῇ Ἐκκλησία ποιμένα, ὃς καὶ δέδοται ταῖς σαῖς εὐχαῖς, ἄξιος τῆς ὑμετέρας θεοσεβείας ο ὃν καὶ εις χεῖράς σου τίθημι, τὸν αἱδεσιμώτατον Εὺλάλιον. τὸν θεοφιλέστατον ἐπίσκοπον, οὗ καὶ ταῖς χερσὶν ἐναποψύξαιμι. Εἰ δὲ τις οῐεται μὴ χρῆναι ζῶντος ἐπισκόπου ἄλλονχειροτονεῖν, ἔστω μηδʼ ἐνταῦθα κρατῶν ήμῶν. Πᾶσιγὰρ δῆλον, ὅτι μὴ Ναζιανζοῦ, Σασξμων δὲ προεβλήθημεν, εἰ καὶ πρὸς ὀλίγον αἰδοῖ τοῦ πατρὸς, καὶ τῶν ἱκετευσάντων, ὡς ξένοι τὴν προστασίαν κατεδεξάμεθα.
hitht metha, oude houtōsʼ echousi pros hēmas apechthōs. Alla polla deētheis dia tēn emautou nekrōsin, kai hama to baros phobētheis tēs Ekklēsias ameloumenēs, tautēn te ę̄tēsa parʼ autōn charin, oute kanosin enantioumenēn, kai hēmas hanapsychousan, dothēnai tę̄ Ekklēsia poimena, hos kai dedotai tais sais euchais, axios tēs hymeteras theosebeias o hon kai eis cheiras sou tithēmi, ton haidesimōtaton Eulalion. ton theophilestaton episkopon, hou kai tais chersin enapopsyxaimi. Ei de tis oietai mē chrēnai zōntos episkopou alloncheirotonein, estō mēdʼ entautha kratōn ēmōn. Pasigar dēlon, hoti mē Nazianzou, Sasxmōn de proeblēthēmen, ei kai pros oligon aidoi tou patros, kai tōn hiketeusantōn, hōs xenoi tēn prostasian katedexametha.
…, nor are they so hostile toward us. But having asked much because of my own deadness, and at the same time fearing the burden of the Church being neglected, I asked of them this favour, which is not contrary to the canons and gives us relief: that a shepherd be given to the Church; and he has been given through your prayers, one worthy of your piety. Him I also place in your hands, the most venerable Eulalius, the most God-beloved bishop, in whose hands may I breathe my last. If anyone thinks that another must not be ordained while a bishop is living, let him know that he has no hold on us here. For it is plain to all that we were appointed not for Nazianzus but for Sasima, even if for a short time, out of respect for our father and for those who begged us, we accepted the presidency as strangers.
Chapter 299
299PG 37:300a–300d
ἐντεύξεως, καὶ χάρις πολλὴ τῷ τοῦτο χαρισαμινῳ. Τὸ μὲν οὖν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπισκόποις,’ περὶ ὦν επἐστειλας, γράφειν, οὔπω γὰρ τούτου καιρὸς, παραλείψομαι. Καὶ ἅμα ἡ ἀρρωστία ὀκνηροτέρους ἡμᾶς πρὸς τοῦτο καθίστησιν· ἃ δέ σοι γράφομεν, κάκείνοις διὰ σοῦ γράφομεν. Παυσάσθω περιεργαζόμενος τὰ παρʼ ἡμῖν, ὁ κύριός μου καὶ θεοφιλέστατος Ἐλλάδιος ὁ ἐπίσκοπος. Οὐ πνευματικῇ γὰρ, ἀλλὰ ὲριστικῇ ταῦτα ζητεί περιόδῳ οὐδὲ ἀκριβείᾳ κανόνων, ἀλλʼ ὀργῆς ἐκπληρώσει, ὡς δῆλόν ἐστιν ὲκ τοῦ καιροῦ. καί πολλῶν τῶν σὺν τούτῳ κεκινημένων ἔξω τοῦ λόγουο χρὴ τὰρ οὕτω λέγειν, καὶ μὴ λυπεῖν. Ἐγὼ γὰρ εἱ μὲν τοῦ σώματος οὕτως εἶχον ὡς Ἐκκλησίας δύνασθαι προστατεῖν Ναζισνζοῦ, την ἀρχὴν ἐπεκηρύχθην, ἀλλὰ μὴ Σασίμοις, ὦς τινες ὑμᾶς πείθουσιν οὐκ ὀρθῶς · οὐχ οὕτως ήμην ἄθλιος, ὠδὲ τῶν θείων διας τάξεων ἀμαθὴς, ὡς ἧ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ὑπεριδεῖν, ἦ τήν τοῦ βίου ῥᾳστώνην μεταδιώκειν, πρὸ τῶν ἀποκειμένων μισθῶν τοῖς κάμνουσι κατὰ Θεὸν. καὶ τὸ πιστευθὲν τάλαντον ἐπεργαζομένοις. Τί γάρ μοι τῶν πολλῶν πόνων ὄφελος, καί τῶν μεγάλων ἐλπίδων, περ). τῶν μεγίστων βουλευσαμένῳ κακῶς; ἐπειδὰν δὲ καὶτὸ σῶμα κακῶς ἔχει μοι, δ πᾶσι δῆλόν ἐστι· καὶ βάρος οὐδὲν ὲκ τῆς ὑποχωρήσεως ἔδεισα ταύτης, διʼ ἢν είπον αίτίαν · καὶ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ἐώρων ἐχομένην ἡμῶν, βλαπτομένην δὲ περὶ τὰ καίρια, καὶ λελυμένην σχεδὸν ὲκ τῆς ἐμῆς λύσεως, ἐδεήθην καί πρότερον καὶ νῦν τῶν κυρίων μου καὶ τῶν θεοφιλεστάτων ἐπισκόπων, τῶν πατριωτῶν λέγω, δοῦναι τῇ Ἐκκλησία κεφαλὴν, ἣν σὺν Θεῷ δεδώκασιν, ἀξίαν καὶ τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπιθυμίας καὶ τῶν ὑμετέρων εὐχῶν. Ταῦτʼ οὖν αὐτὸς γίνωσκε, κύριε τιμιώτατε, καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἐπισκόπους ἀναδίδαξον καὶ ἀποδέχεσθαι, καὶ συνεπιψηφίζειν, καὶ μὴ βαρεῖν τὸ ἡμέτερον γῆρας, ταῖς διαβολαῖς πειθομένους. Προσκείσθω δὲ κακεῖνο τοῖς
enteuxeōs, kai charis pollē tǭ touto charisaminǭ. To men oun tois allois episkopois,’ peri ōn epesteilas, graphein, oupō gar toutou kairos, paraleipsomai. Kai hama hē arrōstia oknēroterous hēmas pros touto kathistēsin; ha de soi graphomen, kakeinois dia sou graphomen. Pausasthō periergazomenos ta parʼ hēmin, ho kyrios mou kai theophilestatos Elladios ho episkopos. Ou pneumatikę̄ gar, alla eristikę̄ tauta zētei periodǭ oude akribeią kanonōn, allʼ orgēs ekplērōsei, hōs dēlon estin ek tou kairou. kai pollōn tōn syn toutǭ kekinēmenōn exō tou logouo chrē tar houtō legein, kai mē lypein. Egō gar hei men tou sōmatos houtōs eichon hōs Ekklēsias dynasthai prostatein Nazisnzou, tēn archēn epekērychthēn, alla mē Sasimois, ōs tines hymas peithousin ouk orthōs ; ouch houtōs ēmēn athlios, ōde tōn theiōn dias taxeōn amathēs, hōs hē tēs Ekklēsias hyperidein, ē tēn tou biou rhąstōnēn metadiōkein, pro tōn apokeimenōn misthōn tois kamnousi kata Theon. kai to pisteuthen talanton epergazomenois. Ti gar moi tōn pollōn ponōn ophelos, kai tōn megalōn elpidōn, per). tōn megistōn bouleusamenǭ kakōs? epeidan de kaito sōma kakōs echei moi, d pasi dēlon esti; kai baros ouden ek tēs hypochōrēseōs edeisa tautēs, diʼ ēn eipon aitian ; kai tēn Ekklēsian eōrōn echomenēn hēmōn, blaptomenēn de peri ta kairia, kai lelymenēn schedon ek tēs emēs lyseōs, edeēthēn kai proteron kai nyn tōn kyriōn mou kai tōn theophilestatōn episkopōn, tōn patriōtōn legō, dounai tę̄ Ekklēsia kephalēn, hēn syn Theǭ dedōkasin, axian kai tēs emēs epithymias kai tōn hymeterōn euchōn. Tautʼ oun autos ginōske, kyrie timiōtate, kai tous loipous episkopous anadidaxon kai apodechesthai, kai synepipsēphizein, kai mē barein to hēmeteron gēras, tais diabolais peithomenous. Proskeisthō de kakeino tois
… of meeting, and much thanks to the one who granted it. As for writing to the other bishops about whom you wrote, I will leave it aside, for it is not yet the time. And at the same time my sickness makes me more hesitant about it; but what we write to you we write to them too, through you. Let my lord the most God-beloved bishop Helladius stop meddling in our affairs. For he investigates these things not with a spiritual but with a contentious purpose, not for exactness in the canons but to satisfy his anger, as is clear from the timing and from many who have been stirred up along with him without reason; for one must speak so and not give offence. For if I had been in such bodily health as to be able to preside over the Church of Nazianzus, for which I was proclaimed at the beginning, and not for Sasima, as some wrongly persuade you, I would not have been so wretched, nor so ignorant of the divine ordinances, as either to neglect the Church or to pursue the ease of life rather than the rewards laid up for those who labour for God and work with the talent entrusted to them. For what would be the profit of my many labours and great hopes if I took bad counsel about the greatest things? But since my body is in a bad state, as is plain to all, and I feared no burden from this withdrawal for the reason I have given, and I saw that the Church was clinging to us but was being harmed in vital matters and almost dissolved by my own dissolution, I asked my lords the most God-beloved bishops, I mean those of my own country, both before and now, to give the Church a head; and with God they have given one, worthy both of my desire and of your prayers. Know this yourself, then, most honoured lord, and teach the other bishops to accept and confirm it with their votes, and not to burden our old age by believing slanders. And let this also be added to the
Chapter 301
301PG 37:301a
γράμμασιο τὸν κύριόν μου τὸν θεοφιλέστατον συλλειτουργὸν Βοσπόριον, εί μὲν ἡ παρʼ ὑμῶν ἐξέτασις εὑρίσκει περὶ τὴν πίστιν κακὸν, ὃ μηδι λέγειν ἐστὶ θεμιτὴν (ἐῶ γὰρ τὸν μακρὸν χρόνον καὶ τὴν μαρτυρίαν τὴν ἡμετέραν), αὐτοὶ τοῦτο κρίνατε. Εἰ δὲ ἡ τῶν παροικιιῖιν ζήτησις τὴν κακοδοξίαν δημιουργεῖ, καὶ νέον τὸ ἔγκλημα, μὴ ταῖς διαβολαῖς παρασύρεσθε, μηδὲ ἰσχυροτέρας τῆς ἀληθείας ποιείσθε, παρακαλῶ, μὴ πολλοὺς είς ἀθυμίαν καταστήσητε τῶν εὖ πράττειν προῃρημένων. Έρῤωμίνος, εὔθυμος, προκόπτων κατά Θεὸν, χαρισθείης ἡμῖν, καὶ τῇ Ἐκκλησία, τὸ κοινὸν σεμνολόγημα. νων. ΑΜφιΛοχιῼ. …
grammasio ton kyrion mou ton theophilestaton sylleitourgon Bosporion, ei men hē parʼ hymōn exetasis heuriskei peri tēn pistin kakon, ho mēdi legein esti themitēn (eō gar ton makron chronon kai tēn martyrian tēn hēmeteran), autoi touto krinate. Ei de hē tōn paroikiiiin zētēsis tēn kakodoxian dēmiourgei, kai neon to enklēma, mē tais diabolais parasyresthe, mēde ischyroteras tēs alētheias poieisthe, parakalō, mē pollous eis athymian katastēsēte tōn eu prattein proę̄rēmenōn. Errōminos, euthymos, prokoptōn kata Theon, charistheiēs hēmin, kai tę̄ Ekklēsia, to koinon semnologēma. nōn. AMphiLochiǬ. …
letter: as for my lord the most God-beloved fellow minister Bosporius, if your inquiry finds anything wrong concerning his faith, which it is not even lawful to say (I pass over his long years and our testimony), judge it yourselves. But if the dispute over the parishes is manufacturing the charge of false doctrine, and the charge is new, do not be swept away by slanders, nor make them stronger than the truth, I beg you, lest you bring into despondency many who have chosen to do well. In health, in good cheer, and advancing in the things of God, may you be granted to us and to the Church, our common pride. [Letter 184. To Amphilochius] …
Chapter 303
303PG 37:304a
me. ΝΕΚΤΛΡΙῼ . Ὅταν ἄλλος ἄλλο τι τῶν σῶν ἐπαινῇ, καὶ πάν. τες ὡς ἐν ἀγορᾷ προῦάλλωνται τὴν σὴν εὐφημίαν, ἐγὼ τὰ κατʼ ἐμαυτὸν συνεισφέρω, καὶ οὐδενὸς ἔλαττον, ὅτι καὶ τιμᾷν ἡμᾶς ἀξιοῖς. καὶ ὡς τέκνον ἀγαπητὸν πατρὸς γῆρας παραμυθεῖσθαι. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ νῦν ἐθάρρησα ταύτην προσαγαγεῖν ’ τὴν παράκλησιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ αἱδεσιμωτάτου καὶ θεοφιλεστάτου ἐπισκόπου Βοσπορίου, αἰσχυνόμενος μὲν, είγε τοσοῦτος ἀνὴρ τῶν ἡμετέρων δεῖται γραμμάτων, ᾧ καὶ πολιτεία καὶ χρόνος βεβαιοῖ τδ αἰδέσιμονο αἰσχυνόμενος δὲ οὐχ ἦττον τὸ σιωπᾷν, καὶ τὸ μή τινα περὶ … ποιήσασθαι λόγον, φωνὴν ἔχων, καὶ πίστιν τιμῶν, καὶ πάντων μάλιστα τὸν ἄνδρα γινώσκων. Τὴν μὲν οὖν περὶ τῶν παροικιῶν ἀμφισβήτησιν δηλαδὴ αὐτὸς διαλύσεις κατὰ τὴν ἐν σο). τοῦ ῐΙνεύματος χάριν, κα) τὴν τῶν κανόνων ἀκολουθίαν. Ἐκεῖνο δὲ μὴ ἀνεκτὸν φανήτω τῇ σῇ εὐλαβείᾳ, τὸ δημοσίοις δικαστηρίοις τὰ ἡμέο τερα στηλιτεύεσθαι. Κᾶν γὰρ ὦσι Χριστιανοὶ, ὥσπερ οὖν είσι τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ φιλανθρωπία, οί τῶν τοιούτων κριταὶ. τί κοινὸν ξίφει κα) Πνεύματι; ’.ἦν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο συγχωρήσωμεν, πῶς ἤ ποῦ δίκαιον τὸν πε pi. πίστεως λόγον συμπλέκεσθαι τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀμφισβητήμασι ; σήμερον ἡμῖν κακόδοξος ὁ θεοφιλέστατος ἐπίσκοπος Βοσπόριος; σήμερον πολιὰ ταλαντεύεται τοῦ τοσούτους μὲν ἐκ τῆς πλάνης ἐπαναγαγόντος, τοσαύτην δὲ ἀπόδειξιν δεδωκότος ὀρθοδοξίας, διδασκάλου δέ πάντων ήμῶν; Μὴ, παρακαλῶ, μὴ δῷς χώραν ταῖς τοιαύταις συκοφαντίαις· ἀλλʼ εί μὲν δυνατὸν, εἰρήνευσον τὰ διεστῶτα, καὶ προσc τεθήτω τοῦτο-τοῖς σοῖς ἐπαίνοις ο εί δὲ μή, τοῦτο γε μὴ δέξῃ, καθυβρίζεσθαι πάντας ἡμᾶς διὰ τῆς τοιαύτης ἐπηρείας, οἷς καὶ συνεδίωσε καὶ συνεγήρασεν° οὒς οἶδας ἀκριδεὶς τῆς Θεδτητος κήρυκας, καὶ μετὰ
me. NEKTLRIǬ . Hotan allos allo ti tōn sōn epainę̄, kai pan. tes hōs en agorą prouallōntai tēn sēn euphēmian, egō ta katʼ emauton syneispherō, kai oudenos elatton, hoti kai timąn hēmas axiois. kai hōs teknon agapēton patros gēras paramytheisthai. Dia touto kai nyn etharrēsa tautēn prosagagein ’ tēn paraklēsin hyper tou haidesimōtatou kai theophilestatou episkopou Bosporiou, aischynomenos men, eige tosoutos anēr tōn hēmeterōn deitai grammatōn, hǭ kai politeia kai chronos bebaioi td aidesimono aischynomenos de ouch ētton to siōpąn, kai to mē tina peri … poiēsasthai logon, phōnēn echōn, kai pistin timōn, kai pantōn malista ton andra ginōskōn. Tēn men oun peri tōn paroikiōn amphisbētēsin dēladē autos dialyseis kata tēn en so). tou iIneumatos charin, ka) tēn tōn kanonōn akolouthian. Ekeino de mē anekton phanētō tę̄ sę̄ eulabeią, to dēmosiois dikastēriois ta hēmeo tera stēliteuesthai. Kan gar ōsi Christianoi, hōsper oun eisi tę̄ tou Theou philanthrōpia, oi tōn toioutōn kritai. ti koinon xiphei ka) Pneumati? ’.ēn de kai touto synchōrēsōmen, pōs ē pou dikaion ton pe pi. pisteōs logon symplekesthai tois allois amphisbētēmasi ? sēmeron hēmin kakodoxos ho theophilestatos episkopos Bosporios? sēmeron polia talanteuetai tou tosoutous men ek tēs planēs epanagagontos, tosautēn de apodeixin dedōkotos orthodoxias, didaskalou de pantōn ēmōn? Mē, parakalō, mē dǭs chōran tais toiautais sykophantiais; allʼ ei men dynaton, eirēneuson ta diestōta, kai prosc tethētō touto-tois sois epainois o ei de mē, touto ge mē dexę̄, kathybrizesthai pantas hēmas dia tēs toiautēs epēreias, hois kai synediōse kai synegērasen° ous oidas akrideis tēs Thedtētos kērykas, kai meta
[Letter 185. To Nectarius] When others praise one or another of your qualities, and all, as in the marketplace, put forward your praises, I contribute what concerns me, and it is no less than any: that you deign to honour us and, like a beloved child, to console a father's old age. Therefore now too I have dared to bring this request on behalf of the most venerable and most God-beloved bishop Bosporius, ashamed that so great a man should need our letters, whose venerableness both his way of life and his years confirm; but no less ashamed to keep silent and say nothing on his behalf, when I have a voice, honour the faith, and know the man best of all. The dispute about the parishes you will no doubt settle yourself, according to the grace of the Spirit in you and the order of the canons. But let this not seem tolerable to your Reverence: that our affairs should be pilloried in the public courts. For even if the judges of such cases are Christians, as by God's kindness they are, what has the sword in common with the Spirit? And even if we grant this, how or where is it just for the question of the faith to be entangled with other disputes? Is the most God-beloved bishop Bosporius heterodox to us today? Are the grey hairs weighed in the balance today of a man who has brought back so many from error, given such proof of orthodoxy, and is the teacher of us all? No, I beg you, give no room to such slanders; but, if possible, reconcile what is divided, and let this be added to your praises; and if not, at least do not allow all of us to be insulted through such abuse, with whom he has lived and grown old, and whom you know to be exact heralds of the Godhead, in
Chapter 305
305PG 37:305a–305b
κινδύνων καὶ ἀκινδύνως, καὶ μηδὲν ὑφαιρεῖν ἀνεχομένους τῆς μιᾶς καὶ ἀπροσίτου Θεότητος. Καὶ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν προσεύχου, παρακαλῶ, σφόδρα καμνόντων τῇ ἀρρωστίᾳ. Τὴν σὺν σοὶ ἀδελφότητα ἐγώ τε καὶ οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ πάντες προσαγορεύουσι. ἐρρωμένος, εὔθυμος. εὐδόκιμος ἰν Κυρίῳ χαρισθείης ἡμῖν καὶ ταῖς ’Βκκλησίαις τὸ κοινδν στήριγμα. Τί ἂν ἐποίησας, εί παρὼν αΰτὺς εῖχον …; ἦ δῆλον, ὅτι πᾶσαν ἂν ἔθου σπουδὴν, ὲλευθέρῶσαί τῆς ἐπηρείας, εἴπερ τι δεῖ τοῖς προλαβοῦσι τεκμαίρεσθαι. Τοῦτο καὶ νῦν ἡμῖν χάρισαι διὰ τῆς κοσμιωτάτης ἀνεψιᾶς ἡμῶν, τῆς προσπιπτοῦσης σοι διʼ ἡμῶν, αἰδεσθεὶς μὲν τὴν ἠλικίαν τῆς ίκέτιδος, αἰδεσθεὶς δὲ καὶ τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὴν εὐλάβειαν, οὐ κατὰ τὰς πολλὰς οὖσαν γυναῖκαςʼ αἰδεσθεὶς δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις καὶ τὴν ἀπραγμοσύνην τῆς γυναικὸς, καὶ τὸ παρὰ τῶν οἰκείων νῦν ἔχειν πρᾶο γματα, πρὸ πάντων δὲ καὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν παρά- . κλησιν. ’Π μείζων δὲ χάρις, τδ τάχος τῆς εὐεργεσίας, ἦν ἀπαιτοῦμεν. Τδ μὲν γὰρ φιλάνθρωπον τῇ χήρᾳ καὶ ὁ ἄδικος ὲν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ κριτὴς| ἐχαρίσατο, ἀλλὰ μετὰ πολλὴν ἱκεσίαν καὶ προσεζρείαν. Παρ ὑμῶν δὲ ὑπαρχέτω τὸ τάχος. ἵνα μὴ κάμνῃ μικρὰ ταῖς φροντίσι, καὶ ταῖς ἐπὶ τῆς ἀλλοέ δαπῆς κακοπαθείαις σ εἰ καὶ τὰ. μάλιστα οῖδα σαφῶς, ὅτι οἰκείαν αὐτῇ ποιήσει καὶ τὴν ἀλλοτρίαν ἡ σὴ Θεοσέβεια.
kindynōn kai akindynōs, kai mēden hyphairein anechomenous tēs mias kai aprositou Theotētos. Kai hyper hēmōn proseuchou, parakalō, sphodra kamnontōn tę̄ arrōstią. Tēn syn soi adelphotēta egō te kai hoi syn emoi pantes prosagoreuousi. errōmenos, euthymos. eudokimos in Kyriǭ charistheiēs hēmin kai tais ’Bkklēsiais to koindn stērigma. Ti an epoiēsas, ei parōn aÿtys eichon …? ē dēlon, hoti pasan an ethou spoudēn, eleutherōsai tēs epēreias, eiper ti dei tois prolabousi tekmairesthai. Touto kai nyn hēmin charisai dia tēs kosmiōtatēs anepsias hēmōn, tēs prospiptousēs soi diʼ hēmōn, aidestheis men tēn ēlikian tēs iketidos, aidestheis de kai ton tropon kai tēn eulabeian, ou kata tas pollas ousan gynaikasʼ aidestheis de kai pros tois allois kai tēn apragmosynēn tēs gynaikos, kai to para tōn oikeiōn nyn echein prao gmata, pro pantōn de kai tēn hēmeteran para- . klēsin. ’P meizōn de charis, td tachos tēs euergesias, ēn apaitoumen. Td men gar philanthrōpon tę̄ chērą kai ho adikos en tǭ Euangeliǭ kritēs| echarisato, alla meta pollēn hikesian kai prosezreian. Par hymōn de hyparchetō to tachos. hina mē kamnę̄ mikra tais phrontisi, kai tais epi tēs alloe dapēs kakopatheiais s ei kai ta. malista oida saphōs, hoti oikeian autę̄ poiēsei kai tēn allotrian hē sē Theosebeia.
danger and out of danger, who will not endure to take anything away from the one inaccessible Godhead. And pray for us, I beg you, who suffer greatly from sickness. I and all who are with me greet the brotherhood with you. In health, in good cheer, and of good repute in the Lord, may you be granted to us and to the Churches as their common support. … What would you have done if I myself had been present … ? Plainly you would have taken every care to free us from the harassment, if one must judge from the past. Grant us this now too through our most modest niece, who falls at your feet through us; respecting the age of the suppliant, respecting her character and her piety, which is not like that of most women; respecting, besides the rest, the woman's quiet life, and that she now has trouble from her own relatives; and above all respecting our request. The greater favour is the speed of the benefit we ask. For even the unjust judge in the Gospel granted the widow his kindness, but after much supplication and persistence. From you let there be speed, so that she may not suffer long from cares and hardships in a foreign land; even though I know very well that your piety will make even the foreign land her own.
Chapter 307
307PG 37:308a–308b
σῶν λόγων ὠφείλετο ἐπιτάφιος, ᾧ τέχνη τδ λέγειν καὶ γράφειν. '0 μὲν οὖν ἔλεγχος τοσοῦο τος° οὐδὲ γάρ δεῖ φιλικῶς ἐγκαλοῦντας, ἔξω τῶν τῆς φιλίας δρων τοῦτο ποιεῖν. Ἀ δί περὶ τοῦ γλυκυτάτου υίοῦ Νικοδούλου γράφεις, μεγάλα μὲν σφόδρα, καὶ θαυμαστά, καὶ ικανά συναρπάσαι πατρὸς εὐκολίαν, ῥᾳδίως οἷς βούλεται καὶ πιστεύουσαν. Τότε δὲ άληθῆ εῐναι δεξόμεθα, δταν πεῖραν διδοὺς ἡμῖν ό νέος, μὴ ἀνάξιος φάνη» ται, ἢ τῶν σῶν ὑποσχέσεων, ἢ τῶν ἡμετέρων ἐλπίδων. ιʼωιο. Ἀττικὸς σὺ τὴν παίδευσιν; Ἀττικοὶ καὶ ἡμεῖς. Νέων προκαθέζῃ; πάσης ἡλικίας ἡμεῖς. Τυποίς πρὸς λόγον; ἡμεῖς πρὸς ἦθος. Πολλά κοινά πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἡμῖνʼ έν δὲ ἀντὶ πάντων καὶ πρὸ πάντων, ό γλυκύτατος υίὸς ἡμῶν Νικόδουλος ὲν μέσῳ κοίμινος. Ὦ σὺ καλῶς ποιῶν, ἐπιδείξῃ καλ τὴν παίδευσιν, καὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν φιλίαν, ειπερ σοι μέλει ταύτης. Οἶμαι δέ· καὶ γάρ ἀθληταὶ παλαιοὶ νέοις τιμῶνται* καὶ τοσοῦτον, ὅσον καὶ τά τῆς νίκης ἆθλα προσφέροντες τούτοις, εὐγνώμονες εἶναι νομίζονται περὶ νόμους ἀθλήσεως.
sōn logōn ōpheileto epitaphios, hǭ technē td legein kai graphein. '0 men oun elenchos tosouo tos° oude gar dei philikōs enkalountas, exō tōn tēs philias drōn touto poiein. A di peri tou glykytatou uiou Nikodoulou grapheis, megala men sphodra, kai thaumasta, kai ikana synarpasai patros eukolian, rhądiōs hois bouletai kai pisteuousan. Tote de alēthē einai dexometha, dtan peiran didous hēmin o neos, mē anaxios phanē» tai, ē tōn sōn hyposcheseōn, ē tōn hēmeterōn elpidōn. iʼōio. Attikos sy tēn paideusin? Attikoi kai hēmeis. Neōn prokathezę̄? pasēs hēlikias hēmeis. Typois pros logon? hēmeis pros ēthos. Polla koina pros allēlous hēminʼ en de anti pantōn kai pro pantōn, o glykytatos uios hēmōn Nikodoulos en mesǭ koiminos. Ō sy kalōs poiōn, epideixę̄ kal tēn paideusin, kai tēn hēmeteran philian, eiper soi melei tautēs. Oimai de; kai gar athlētai palaioi neois timōntai* kai tosouton, hoson kai ta tēs nikēs athla prospherontes toutois, eugnōmones einai nomizontai peri nomous athlēseōs.
… your words owed him a funeral speech, you whose art is speaking and writing. So much for the reproof; for those who reproach in friendship must not do so beyond the bounds of friendship. What you write about our sweetest son Nicobulus is very great and wonderful, enough to carry away a father's easy temper, which readily believes what it wishes. But we will accept it as true when the young man, giving us proof, is found not unworthy either of your promises or of our hopes. [Letter 188. To Stagirius] You are Attic in your learning? We are Attic too. You preside over the young? We over every age. You shape them for speaking? We for character. Many things are common to us; but one, in place of all and before all, our sweetest son Nicobulus, lies between us. By doing well by him you will show both your learning and our friendship, if you care about it. I think you do; for old athletes are honoured by young ones, so much so that in offering them the prizes of victory they are thought fair-minded about the laws of the contest.
Chapter 309
309PG 37:309a–309d
ἀκίνδυνον γέρας ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἐπιτάξαντες. Ριισ. Tn Am. Ὦ Ὀδυσεῦ μᾶλα τῶς με καθίκεο, Στατιιρισμὸν ὀνειδίζων, καὶ … ἡμῶν ἑπιμελέστατα. Καὶ σοῦ τὴν παρρησίαν ἐπαινῶ, ἐφʼ οἷς γράφεις ἃ γράφεις, Κρείστον γὰρ, ὲκλαλεῖν τὸ λυποῦν. ἦ ἠρεμεῖν. ὡς ἐρεῖν ἀγνοοῦντας. ’Βχω τι καὶ ἐγκαλεῖν. Ὅμως δὲ ἴνα νόμον φυλάξω δικαστικὸν, ἀπολογήσομαι πρότερον, εἶτα κατηγο· ρήσωο καὶ ἀμφότερα μετὰ τῆς ἴσης εὐνοίας. Τῷ καλῷ Σταγειρὶῳ προσῆλθεν Νικόβουλος ὁ ἐμὸς, οὕ τι καθʼ ἡμέτερόν γε νόον, μὴ τοῦθʼ ὖπολάΰῃςο οὐχ οὕτως ἢ τῶν Ἀθηνῶν ἐπιλήσμων ἐγὼ, ἦ τῆς σῆς φιλίας καὶ ιταιρείαςο ἀλλʼ ὥρμησε παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ, καὶτοῦ πατρὸς οὕτω θελήσαντοςο παρʼ ἐμοῦ δὲ διὰ τῶν γραμμάτιον ἐνεχειρίσθη. Τί“τοῦτο ἄφιλον ἦ ἀπάνθρωπονς Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὴν ἀπολογίαν ἔχεις, δέξαι καὶ τὴν κατηγορίαν.
akindynon geras hēmin autois epitaxantes. Riis. Tn Am. Ō Odyseu mala tōs me kathikeo, Statiirismon oneidizōn, kai … hēmōn hepimelestata. Kai sou tēn parrēsian epainō, ephʼ hois grapheis ha grapheis, Kreiston gar, eklalein to lypoun. ē ēremein. hōs erein agnoountas. ’Bchō ti kai enkalein. Homōs de ina nomon phylaxō dikastikon, apologēsomai proteron, eita katēgo; rēsōo kai amphotera meta tēs isēs eunoias. Tǭ kalǭ Stageiriǭ prosēlthen Nikoboulos ho emos, hou ti kathʼ hēmeteron ge noon, mē touthʼ ypolaÿę̄so ouch houtōs ē tōn Athēnōn epilēsmōn egō, ē tēs sēs philias kai itaireiaso allʼ hōrmēse parʼ heautou, kaitou patros houtō thelēsantoso parʼ emou de dia tōn grammation enecheiristhē. Ti“touto aphilon ē apanthrōpons Epei de tēn apologian echeis, dexai kai tēn katēgorian.
… having imposed on ourselves the riskless prize. [Letter 190. To the same] “O Odysseus, how sorely you have struck me,” reproaching me with Stagirism, and … us most carefully. I praise your frankness in writing what you write; for it is better to speak out what grieves than to keep quiet as if we would not know. I too have a charge to bring. But so that I may keep the law of the courts, I will first make my defence, then accuse; and both with equal goodwill. My Nicobulus went to the good Stagirius, not at all by our wish (do not suppose that; I am not so forgetful either of Athens or of your friendship and companionship); but he set out of his own accord, his father so wishing; and he was entrusted to him by me through letters. What is unfriendly or inhuman in this? Now that you have the defence, receive the accusation too.
Chapter 311
311PG 37:312a–312b
ἐπειδὴ νενίκηκε τοὺς ὁμοτέχνους ἀντιτέχνους καλεῖν. Μέχρι τίνος γὰρ ταῦτα; κα) ποῦ στησόμεθα τῆς σοφιστικῆς ἐπηρείας; ἕως ἂν τί γένηταις ἕως ἂν θάνατος ἡ μᾶς διακόψῃ τῆς πονηρίας ; Ταῦτα γὰρ νέον μὲν ὄντα, φιλοτιμίας ἡττώμενον, κέρδους μεταποιούμενον, καὶ τότε μετρίως ποιεῖν, ἔχει τινὰ συγγνώμην (μικρὸν γάρ τι Δημοσθενίσω σὴν χάριν)ο ἐν τούτῳ δὲ τῆς ἡλικίας, καὶ οὓτω πράττοντα, κυρίττειν τε καὶ κυρίττεσθαι, παντελῶς ἄωρον καὶ φιλόνεικον, οὑ μόνον δτι ἀπρεπὲς καὶ παντάπασιν ἀνελεύέ θερον, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ ῥᾳστώνη πολλὴ τοῦ πράγματος, Ὀπποῑόν κʼ εἴπῃσθα ἔπος, τοῖόνκ ἐπακούσαις, καθάπερ ῥεύματος ἀπεστρέφοντος πάλιν γὰρ Ὁμήρῳ συγχρήσομαι· . Τὸν … δὲ ἀναξύειν παντελῶς ἀνεπίφθονον. Τίς οὖν ἠ σοφία, ὲξδν ἀρετῇ πρωτεύειν, ἡττᾶσθαι κακίᾳ, ἢ καὶ νικᾷν, ὃ πολλῷ χεῖρόν ἑστινς ἀλλʼ ἐγώ γε καὶ τῶν δικαστῶν τοῦτο μέμφομαι, εἰρήσεται γὰρ τάληθὲς, ὃτι ἃ. κολάζουσι κρίνοντες, ταῦτα ἐπαινοῦσιν ἀκροώμενοι. Οὐ μόνον δὲ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλοὺς έχουσι τοὺς συνεπαινέτας, καὶ τὴν κακίαν ἀνάπτοντας, καὶ ταῖς σπουδαῖς ἄχρι τούτου μεμερισμένους δέον, εί μὲν ἀπιστεῖται, μὴ ἐπαινεῖσθαι· εἰ δὲ πιστεύεται, δημοσία κρίνεσθαι· ἢ οὕτω, εί μὲν ψευδῆ, τοὺς κατηγόρους ἐλέγχεσθαι° εἰ δὲ ἀληθῆ, τοὺς καθʼ ὧν ὁ λόγος· καὶ μὴ οὕτω, μέγιστον πρᾶγμα, τὴν τῶν εὖ γεγονότων ὑπόληψιν, οὕτω ῥᾳδίως παίζεσθαι. Εἴ τι οὖν ἐμοὶ πείθεσθε (πρὸς γὰρ ἀμφοτέρους ὁ λόγος), τοὺς μὲν τοιούτους λόγους καὶ ψόγους χαίρειν ὲάσατε, εί μή τι ἄλλο, τὴν πολιὰν αἰδούμενοι, ἢ καὶ ἀποκάμνοντες ἐν τοῖς αἰσχίστοις. Αὐτοὶ δὲ βουλεύσασθε τὴν παλαιὰν τιμῆσαι παραίνεσιν, τὴν, ὅταν ό βίος ἱκανὸς, ἀρετὴν ἀσκεῖσθαι κελεύουσαν. Καὶ οὐκ ὲπιβουλεύσετε μὲν ὑμῖν αύτοῖς, ἐπιβουλεύσετε δὲ ταῖς τῶν νέων ἐλπίσιν,
epeidē nenikēke tous homotechnous antitechnous kalein. Mechri tinos gar tauta? ka) pou stēsometha tēs sophistikēs epēreias? heōs an ti genētais heōs an thanatos hē mas diakopsę̄ tēs ponērias ? Tauta gar neon men onta, philotimias hēttōmenon, kerdous metapoioumenon, kai tote metriōs poiein, echei tina syngnōmēn (mikron gar ti Dēmosthenisō sēn charin)o en toutǭ de tēs hēlikias, kai houtō prattonta, kyrittein te kai kyrittesthai, pantelōs aōron kai philoneikon, hou monon dti aprepes kai pantapasin aneleue theron, allʼ hoti kai rhąstōnē pollē tou pragmatos, Oppoion kʼ eipę̄stha epos, toionk epakousais, kathaper rheumatos apestrephontos palin gar Homērǭ synchrēsomai; . Ton … de anaxyein pantelōs anepiphthonon. Tis oun ē sophia, exdn aretę̄ prōteuein, hēttasthai kakią, ē kai nikąn, ho pollǭ cheiron hestins allʼ egō ge kai tōn dikastōn touto memphomai, eirēsetai gar talēthes, hoti ha. kolazousi krinontes, tauta epainousin akroōmenoi. Ou monon de, alla kai pollous echousi tous synepainetas, kai tēn kakian anaptontas, kai tais spoudais achri toutou memerismenous deon, ei men apisteitai, mē epaineisthai; ei de pisteuetai, dēmosia krinesthai; ē houtō, ei men pseudē, tous katēgorous elenchesthai° ei de alēthē, tous kathʼ hōn ho logos; kai mē houtō, megiston pragma, tēn tōn eu gegonotōn hypolēpsin, houtō rhądiōs paizesthai. Ei ti oun emoi peithesthe (pros gar amphoterous ho logos), tous men toioutous logous kai psogous chairein easate, ei mē ti allo, tēn polian aidoumenoi, ē kai apokamnontes en tois aischistois. Autoi de bouleusasthe tēn palaian timēsai parainesin, tēn, hotan o bios hikanos, aretēn askeisthai keleuousan. Kai ouk epibouleusete men hymin autois, epibouleusete de tais tōn neōn elpisin,
since it has become the custom to call fellow craftsmen rival craftsmen. For how long will this go on? And where shall we stop this sophistic abuse? Until what happens? Until death cuts us off from our wickedness? For a young man, overcome by ambition and seeking gain, to do these things, and moderately at that, has some excuse (for I will play Demosthenes a little for your sake); but at this age, and in this way, to butt and be butted like rams is altogether untimely and quarrelsome, not only because it is unseemly and quite illiberal, but also because the thing is so very easy: “Whatever word you speak, such will you hear in return,” like a stream flowing back (for I will use Homer again). … What wisdom is it, when one can be first in virtue, to be beaten by vice, or even to win, which is much worse? But I blame the judges too (the truth shall be told), because what they punish when they judge they praise when they listen. And not only that, but they also have many who join in the praise, who fan the vice and are so far divided by their partisanship. Whereas, if the charge is disbelieved, it ought not to be applauded; and if it is believed, it ought to be tried in public; or rather, if it is false, the accusers should be refuted, and if true, those against whom it is made; and not so lightly make sport of the greatest thing, the good name of the well-born. If, then, you will listen to me at all (for I am speaking to both of you), give up such speeches and censures, if for no other reason, out of respect for your grey hair, or out of weariness with such shameful things. Consider honouring the old advice that bids us practise virtue when we have enough to live on. You will not be plotting against yourselves, but you will be plotting against the hopes of the young,
Chapter 313
313PG 37:313a–313b
οἶ πάντως ἂν τὰ δεινότατα πάθοιεν, εἰ λόγους ἀσκούμενοι κακίαν ’μάθοιεν, καὶ ταύτην οὐκ ἄμισθον, ὥσπερ οὐκ ἀρετῆς, ἀλλὰ ταύτης ἔχοντες ὑμᾶς δι· δασκὰλους. Εἰ δὲ σοι φορτικὸς εἶναι δοκῶ ταῦτα γράφων. … με τοῖς ίσοις, καὶ αὐτός τι παραινέσας τῶν χρησίμοιν, ἵνʼ ἢ πειθόμενον ὠφιλῇςν ἢ ἑγκαλῇς ἀντιτείνοντι. Οἷον ὴγνόησαξ ὡς σκαιὸν λίαν καὶ ἀπαίδευτονί ἄνδρα σοφιστὴν ὲνουβέτησα τῆς ἀπονοίας,οὐδὶ ὑπὸ τῆς παροιμίας τῆς ἰδιωτικῆς ὲπξαιδεύθην, φαλακρὸς ὣν κατὰ κριοῦ μὴ νυστάζειν ἀντὶ. προσώπου, μηδὲ σφηκίαν ἐγείρειν κατʼ ἐμαυτοῦ, γλῶσσαν πρὸς τὸ κακῶς λέγειν ἑτοιμοτέραν. Τούτῳ μὲν οὖν οὐ πάνυ τι δυσχεραίνω (μετά πολλῶν γὰρ προσετέῧην, ὥς γε πυνθάνομαι, εί δὲ ζώοις, καὶ πρὸ πολλῶν)’ ἐκεῖνο δὲ μᾶλλον, ὅτι μὴ ἐπιστεύθην φιλικῶς τοῦτο τωιεῖν. Πλὴν ὑγιαίνοις καὶ σῶμα καὶ ψυχὴν, καὶ τὴν γλῶσσαν κατέχοις, εί δυνατόνʼ ἀλλὰ νῦν τό τε ἡμέτερον στέρξομεν.
oi pantōs an ta deinotata pathoien, ei logous askoumenoi kakian ’mathoien, kai tautēn ouk amisthon, hōsper ouk aretēs, alla tautēs echontes hymas di; daskalous. Ei de soi phortikos einai dokō tauta graphōn. … me tois isois, kai autos ti parainesas tōn chrēsimoin, hinʼ ē peithomenon ōphilę̄sn ē henkalę̄s antiteinonti. Hoion ēgnoēsax hōs skaion lian kai apaideutoni andra sophistēn enoubetēsa tēs aponoias,oudi hypo tēs paroimias tēs idiōtikēs epxaideuthēn, phalakros hōn kata kriou mē nystazein anti. prosōpou, mēde sphēkian egeirein katʼ emautou, glōssan pros to kakōs legein hetoimoteran. Toutǭ men oun ou pany ti dyscherainō (meta pollōn gar proseteÿēn, hōs ge pynthanomai, ei de zōois, kai pro pollōn)’ ekeino de mallon, hoti mē episteuthēn philikōs touto tōiein. Plēn hygiainois kai sōma kai psychēn, kai tēn glōssan katechois, ei dynatonʼ alla nyn to te hēmeteron sterxomen.
who would surely suffer the most terrible harm if, while practising oratory, they learned vice, and that not without paying for it, as having you for teachers not of virtue but of vice. If I seem tiresome to you in writing this, … me in kind by giving me some useful advice yourself, so that you may either benefit me if I obey or accuse me if I resist. For example: I did not know what a boorish and uneducated man I was admonishing for his folly, a sophist; nor did I learn from the common proverb that a bald man should not doze in front of a ram, nor stir up a wasps' nest against himself, a tongue all too ready for abuse. This does not much vex me (for I have been added to many, as I hear, and, if you live, I shall have many after me); but rather that I was not trusted to do it out of friendship. However, may you be healthy in body and soul, and restrain your tongue if you can; but for now we will be content with our part.
Chapter 315
315PG 37:316a–316d
βουλον, ἀδικήσεις. … τε γάρ ἐσόμεθα προσκεκρουκότες, καὶ παρά σοῦ μηδὲν ἔχοντες πλέον. Εἰ δὲ δοίης ὅσον ἐλπίζομεν, εὐγνωμονήσεις, καὶ ἀμφότερα ήμῖν ὡς κάλλιστα ἔξει. Ἐκείνῳ μὲν γὰρ ἀπολογησόμεθα, σὲ δὲ ἐπαινεσόμεθα. Εἰ δὲ δίδως ήμῖν καὶ παρ αινέσαι σοι πατρικῶς, ἀλλὰ, μή τῇ συνηθείᾳ τοῦ ἄρχειν τὴν συμβουλήν διαπτύσῃςσ δέξαι λόγον ἀνδρὸς τά τοιαῦτα οὐκ ἀμαθοῦς. Κατάθεσθέ ποτε τά ὅπλα, καὶτὰς σφενδόνας, καὶ τάς δεινοτέρας μελίας, τάς γλώσσας, αἷς κατʼ ἀλλήλων βάλλετέ τε καὶ τιτρώσκεσθε, καὶ ταῦτα ὲν ἐπαινέταις τοῖς σπουδασταῖς. Καὶ κατάθεσθε τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον, ὅσον προχειρότερον τοῦτο τῶν ὃπλων ἐστίνʼ ἵνα μή κακίας μᾶλλον, ἦ ἀρετῆς ἐξηγῆσθε τοῖς νέοις, καὶ εί μὴ τοῖς λόγοις, ἀλλά τοῖς πράγμασιν. Οἷς γάρ τις χαίρει … γινομένοις, ταῦτα καὶ σιωπῶν συμβουλεύει. Ἂν οὕτω ποιῆτε, ὑμᾶς τε αὐτοὺς ὀνήσετε, καὶ ήμᾰς φιυ λους ἕξετε, καὶ οὗ ψεύσεσθε τάς τῶν πεπιστευκότων ἐλπίδας. Οὗτός σοι τῶν ἐπὶ Νικοὸούλῳ πόνων μισθός. Εἰ δὲ πεῖραν τελεωτέραν λάβοιμεν, τελεωτέραν καὶ τούτων ἀντιδώσομεν τήν εὐφημίαν.
boulon, adikēseis. … te gar esometha proskekroukotes, kai para sou mēden echontes pleon. Ei de doiēs hoson elpizomen, eugnōmonēseis, kai amphotera ēmin hōs kallista exei. Ekeinǭ men gar apologēsometha, se de epainesometha. Ei de didōs ēmin kai par ainesai soi patrikōs, alla, mē tę̄ synētheią tou archein tēn symboulēn diaptysę̄ss dexai logon andros ta toiauta ouk amathous. Katathesthe pote ta hopla, kaitas sphendonas, kai tas deinoteras melias, tas glōssas, hais katʼ allēlōn ballete te kai titrōskesthe, kai tauta en epainetais tois spoudastais. Kai katathesthe tosoutǭ mallon, hoson procheiroteron touto tōn hoplōn estinʼ hina mē kakias mallon, ē aretēs exēgēsthe tois neois, kai ei mē tois logois, alla tois pragmasin. Hois gar tis chairei … ginomenois, tauta kai siōpōn symbouleuei. An houtō poiēte, hymas te autous onēsete, kai ēmas phiy lous hexete, kai hou pseusesthe tas tōn pepisteukotōn elpidas. Houtos soi tōn epi Nikoooulǭ ponōn misthos. Ei de peiran teleōteran laboimen, teleōteran kai toutōn antidōsomen tēn euphēmian.
… you will wrong him. For we shall have given him offence and gained nothing more from you. But if you grant as much as we hope, you will show yourself fair, and both will go as well as possible for us: to him we will make our defence, and you we will praise. And if you allow us to give you fatherly advice, do not spit out the counsel from your habit of ruling; accept the word of a man not ignorant of such things. Lay down at last your weapons, your slings, and your more terrible spears, your tongues, with which you shoot at and wound one another, and that before your admiring students. And lay them down all the more because this weapon is readier to hand than the others, so that you may not be guides to vice rather than to virtue for the young, if not by words, then by deeds. For what one enjoys when it happens, he recommends even in silence. If you do this, you will benefit yourselves, have us as friends, and not belie the hopes of those who have trusted you. This is your reward for your labours over Nicobulus. If we receive fuller proof, we will repay you with fuller praise than this.
Chapter 317
317PG 37:317a–317d
παντὶ βελτίστῳ γενέσθαι καὶ κατὰ τὰς κοινὰς ἡμῶν.. ΡιιΔο. Ta ΑΥΤῼ. Ἰδοὺ καὶ δεύτερός σοι γαμβρόςο καὶ τὸ γλυκὺ φορτίον ἅποσκευάζῃ, καλῶς ποιῶν. Ἀργοὶ δὲ ἡμεῖς, ὼς ἂν αὐτὸς εἴπωςʼ ὡς δὲ ὁ ἀληθὴς λόγος, ἀσθενεῖς, οὐκ ἀργοί. Πλὴν καλῶς ἡμῖν ἔχει τὰ ἐκ Θεοῦ. Τῶν μὲν γὰρ θορύβων ἄλλοις παρεχωρήσαμεν, τῆς φιλοσοφίας δὲ ἡμεῖς ἀπολαύσομεν, ἐπειδὰν Θεᾷ συσταλῇς, καὶ ὅλως τῶν ἄνω γένῃ. μηδενὶ δεσμῷ κατεχόμενος. Καὶ νῦν δὲ τοῖς γάμοις συνεισφέρομεν τὰς εὐχὰς, ἃς ἔδει δωροφορεῖν ἡμᾶς τὸ κάλλιστον.
panti beltistǭ genesthai kai kata tas koinas hēmōn.. RiiDo. Ta AUTǬ. Idou kai deuteros soi gambroso kai to glyky phortion haposkeuazę̄, kalōs poiōn. Argoi de hēmeis, ōs an autos eipōsʼ hōs de ho alēthēs logos, astheneis, ouk argoi. Plēn kalōs hēmin echei ta ek Theou. Tōn men gar thorybōn allois parechōrēsamen, tēs philosophias de hēmeis apolausomen, epeidan Theą systalę̄s, kai holōs tōn anō genę̄. mēdeni desmǭ katechomenos. Kai nyn de tois gamois syneispheromen tas euchas, has edei dōrophorein hēmas to kalliston.
… to become best in every way and according to our common … . [Letter 194. To the same] See, here is a second son-in-law for you, and you are laying down your sweet burden, and doing well. We are idle, as you might say yourself; but, to tell the true story, we are weak, not idle. But things from God are well with us. For we have yielded the tumults to others, and we shall enjoy philosophy with you when you withdraw to God and belong wholly to the things above, held by no bond. And now we contribute to the wedding our prayers, which are the finest gift we ought to bring.
Chapter 319
319PG 37:320a–320d
Καὶ ἶνʼ είδῇς ὅσον θαρρῶ τῇ σῇ καλοκαγαθίᾳ, ίδοὺ καὶ πρεσβείαν προσάγω σοι, σφόδρα ἡμῖν ἀναγ · καίαν, καὶπρὸς τῆς σῆς φιλίας αίτῶ τὰ τῶν φίλων. Τδν ἐμὸν Νικόβουλον ἀπὸ τῆς ἐμῆς δεξιᾶς ἐγχειρίζω σοι σὺν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, οὐ δώσοντα δίκην, ἀλλά ληψόμενον, καὶ χήραν ἄωρον τὴν τούτων μητέρα, καὶ οἰκίαν ποτε λαμπρὰν οὖσαν καὶ ἀπόδλεπτον, … περιῆν ό πολὺς ἡμῖν Νικόβουλοςο νῦν δὲ οὐδὲ πενθῆσαι συγχωρηθεῖσαν,- ἐκ τῶν ἤδη ἀναφανέντων κακῶν, καὶ προσδοκωμένων, εί μὴ σοί τε παρασταίη καὶ τῇ σῇ δίκῃ στῆναι πρὸς τδν πονηρὸν δαίμονα, καὶ ἡμᾶς τιμῆσαι, καὶ τὺ ἀνθρώπινον αἰδεσθῆναι, καὶ λαμπρὰν σεαυτῷ ποιῆσαι τὴν ἀρχὴν διὰ τῆς είς ἡμᾶς εὐποιίας.
Kai inʼ eidę̄s hoson tharrō tę̄ sę̄ kalokagathią, idou kai presbeian prosagō soi, sphodra hēmin anag ; kaian, kaipros tēs sēs philias aitō ta tōn philōn. Tdn emon Nikoboulon apo tēs emēs dexias encheirizō soi syn tois adelphois, ou dōsonta dikēn, alla lēpsomenon, kai chēran aōron tēn toutōn mētera, kai oikian pote lampran ousan kai apodlepton, … periēn o polys hēmin Nikobouloso nyn de oude penthēsai synchōrētheisan,- ek tōn ēdē anaphanentōn kakōn, kai prosdokōmenōn, ei mē soi te parastaiē kai tę̄ sę̄ dikę̄ stēnai pros tdn ponēron daimona, kai hēmas timēsai, kai ty anthrōpinon aidesthēnai, kai lampran seautǭ poiēsai tēn archēn dia tēs eis hēmas eupoiias.
And so that you may know how much I trust your goodness, see, I bring you an intercession very necessary to us, and I ask of your friendship what belongs to friends. I entrust to you from my own right hand my Nicobulus with his brothers, not to pay a penalty but to receive justice; and their mother, widowed before her time; and a house once brilliant and admired, while our great Nicobulus was alive, but now not even allowed to mourn, because of the evils that have already appeared and those that are expected, unless you and your justice stand by them against the evil demon, and honour us, and respect human feeling, and make your office brilliant for yourself by your kindness to us.
Chapter 321
321PG 37:321a–321d
φίλων ἔκδοσιν καὶ τοὺς ὅρκους ἐκείνους, οὒς ἐπὶ τῇ ἐξετάσει ὑπέστησαν, νύν πάλιν ἐπηρεάζειν ἐπιχειροῦσι τοῖς ὀρφανοῖς. PkZ'. ΓΡΗΓΟΡΙῼ ΝΥΣΣΗΣ. Ὧρμημὲνον με πρὸς ὑμᾶς κατὰ πᾶσαν σπουδὴν, καὶ μέχρις Εὑφημιάδος γενόμενον, ἐπέσχεν ἡ σύνοδος ἢν αὐτοὶ τελεῖτε τοῖς ἁγίοις μάρτυσι, καὶ τὸ μὴ μετασχεῖν ταύτης οἷόν τε εἶναι διὰ τὴν ἁρρωστίαν, καὶ άλλως βαρὺν ἂν γενέσθαι τῇ ἀκαιρίᾳ. Ὥρμησα δὲ ὁμοῦ μὲν, ἐπισκεψόμενος ὑμᾶς οῦτω διὰ μακροῦ, ὁμοῦ δὲ θαυμασόμενος σε τῆς καρτερίας, καὶ τῆς φιλοσοφίας, ῆν φιλοσοφεῖς (πυνθάνομαι γὰρ) επὶ τῇ μεταστάσει τῆς ἁγίας αδελφῆς ὑμῶν καὶ μακαρίας, ὼς ἀνὴρ ἁγαθός τε καὶ τέλειος, καὶ Θεῷ παριστάμενος, καὶ πάντων μᾶλλον εἰδὼς τὰ θεῖα καὶ τὰ ἀνθρώπινα καὶ ὅ τοῖς ἄλλοις βαρύτατον ἐστιν ὲν τοῖς τοιούτοις, τοῦτο κουφότατον κρίνων τὸ τοιαύτῃ μὲν συζῆσαι, τοιαύτην δὲ παραπέμψαι, καὶ είς τὰς ἀσφαλεῖς ἀποθέσθαι μονὰς. ὥσπερ θημωνιὰν ἅλωνος κατὰ καιρὸν συγκομισθεῖσαν, ἵνʼ εἴπω τὺ τῆς Θείας Γ ραφῆς · καὶ τῶν μὲν τερπνῶν τοῦ βίου μετασχοῦσαν, τὰ δὲ λυπηρὰ διαφυγοῦσαν τῷ μέτρῳ τῆς ἡλικίας, καὶ πρὶν ἐπὶ σοὶ πενθῆσαι, παρὰ σοῦ τιμηθεῖσαν τῇ καλῇ κηδείᾳ, καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις ὀφειλομένη. Ποθῶ δὲ καὶ αὑτὸς,εῦ ἴσθι, τὴν μετάστασιν, εί καὶ μὴ καθʼ ὑμᾶς (πολὺ γὰρ τοῦτο είπεῖν), ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς μεθʼ ὑμᾶς. ’Ἀλλὰ τί χρὴ παθεῖν πρὸς Θεοῦ νόμον πάλαι κεκρατηκότα, ὃς ἔχει Θεοσεόίαν τὴν ἐμὴν (ἐμὴν γὰρ ὀνομάζω τὴν κατὰ Θεὸν ζήσαοαν, ἐπειδὴ κρείττων ἡ πνευματικὴ συγγένεια τῆς σωματικῆς) Θεοσεσίαν τὸ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας καύχημα, τὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ καλλώπισμα, τὸ τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς γενεάς ὄφελος, τὴν γυναικῶν παρρησίαν · Θεοσεβίαν, τὴν ὲν τοσούεει
philōn ekdosin kai tous horkous ekeinous, ous epi tę̄ exetasei hypestēsan, nyn palin epēreazein epicheirousi tois orphanois. PkZ'. GRĒGORIǬ NYSSĒS. Hōrmēmenon me pros hymas kata pasan spoudēn, kai mechris Heuphēmiados genomenon, epeschen hē synodos ēn autoi teleite tois hagiois martysi, kai to mē metaschein tautēs hoion te einai dia tēn harrōstian, kai allōs baryn an genesthai tę̄ akairią. Hōrmēsa de homou men, episkepsomenos hymas outō dia makrou, homou de thaumasomenos se tēs karterias, kai tēs philosophias, ēn philosopheis (pynthanomai gar) epi tę̄ metastasei tēs hagias adelphēs hymōn kai makarias, ōs anēr hagathos te kai teleios, kai Theǭ paristamenos, kai pantōn mallon eidōs ta theia kai ta anthrōpina kai ho tois allois barytaton estin en tois toioutois, touto kouphotaton krinōn to toiautę̄ men syzēsai, toiautēn de parapempsai, kai eis tas asphaleis apothesthai monas. hōsper thēmōnian halōnos kata kairon synkomistheisan, hinʼ eipō ty tēs Theias G raphēs ; kai tōn men terpnōn tou biou metaschousan, ta de lypēra diaphygousan tǭ metrǭ tēs hēlikias, kai prin epi soi penthēsai, para sou timētheisan tę̄ kalę̄ kēdeią, kai tois toioutois opheilomenē. Pothō de kai hautos,eu isthi, tēn metastasin, ei kai mē kathʼ hymas (poly gar touto eipein), allʼ euthys methʼ hymas. ’Alla ti chrē pathein pros Theou nomon palai kekratēkota, hos echei Theoseoian tēn emēn (emēn gar onomazō tēn kata Theon zēsaoan, epeidē kreittōn hē pneumatikē syngeneia tēs sōmatikēs) Theosesian to tēs Ekklēsias kauchēma, to tou Christou kallōpisma, to tēs kathʼ hēmas geneas ophelos, tēn gynaikōn parrēsian ; Theosebian, tēn en tosoueei
… and those oaths which they took at the inquiry, they are now again trying to harass the orphans. [Letter 197. To Gregory of Nyssa] I had set out to you in all haste and had come as far as Euphemias, when I was held back by the synod you are holding for the holy martyrs, since I could not take part in it because of my sickness, and would otherwise have been burdensome by coming at the wrong time. I set out both to visit you after so long, and to admire your endurance and the philosophy you show (for I hear of it) at the departure of your holy and blessed sister, as a good and perfect man, who stands before God and knows better than anyone things divine and human; judging what is heaviest to others in such cases to be the lightest: to have lived with such a woman, and to have sent her on ahead and laid her up in the safe dwellings, “like a heap of the threshing floor gathered in its season,” to use the words of divine Scripture; having shared the delights of life and escaped its sorrows by the measure of her years, and, before having to mourn for you, honoured by you with the fair funeral owed to such women. I too, be well assured, long for my departure, if not with you (that is too much to say), at least right after you. But what must one feel before God's law, which has long prevailed, and which has taken my Theosebia (for I call her mine who lived according to God, since spiritual kinship is better than bodily): Theosebia, the boast of the Church, the ornament of Christ, the benefit of our generation, the freedom of speech of women; Theosebia, amid such great
Chapter 323
323PG 37:324a–324c
τῳ κάλλει τῶν ἀδελφῶν εὐπρεπεστάτην τε καὶ διαφανεστάτην Θεοσεσίαν τὴν ὅπως ἱερὰν, καὶ ίερέως σύζυγον, καὶ ὁμότιμον, καὶ τῶν μεγάλων μυστηρίων ἀξίαν ° Θεοσεὸίαν, ῆν καὶ ὁ μέλλων ὑπολήψεται χρόνος, ὲν στήλαις ἀθανάτοις κειμένην, ταῖς ἀπάντων ψυχαῖς τῶν τε νῦν ἐγνωκότων, καὶ τῶν ὕστερον ἐσομένων ; Καὶ μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εί πολλάκις ταύτην ἀνακαλῶ. Ἐντρυφῶ γὰρ καὶ τῇ μνήμῃ τῆς μακαρίας. Οὗτος ἐκείνῃ τε παρʼ ἡμῶν επις τάφιος ὲν βραχεῖ πολὺς καὶ σοὶ παρακλητικδς λόγος, καίπερ ἀλλους τὰ τοιαῦτα παρακαλεῖν δυναμένῳ διὰ τὴν ὲν πᾶσι φιλοσοφίαν. Τὴν δὲ συντυχίαν (ἐπεὶ καὶ ταύτην ποθοῦμεν) νῦν μὲν ἀφῃρήμεθα, διʼ ἢν εἷπον αἰτίαν. Συνευχόμεθα δὲἡμῖν αὐτοῖς, ἕως ἂν ἔτι ὑπὲρ γῆς ὦμεν, καὶ μὴ τὸ κοινὸν ἡμᾶς διαζεύξῃ τέλος, ᾧ πλησιάζομεν. Διὸ καὶ πάντα φέρειν ἀναγκαῖον ἡμῖν, ὡς οὔτε ήσθησομένοις, οὔτε ἀνιασομένοις μακρότερα. ΝΕΜΕΣΙῼ. Ἐπαινοῦσί τινες τὸν Πυθαγόραν τὸν Σάμιον, ὅτι θῦσαι δεῆσαν αύτῷ (ἐπειδή γε ἄλλως οὐκ ἑπῄνει τὸ θύειν), πηλίνῳ βοῒ τὴν θυσίαν ἀφωσιώσατο· μηδὲ γὰρ χρῆναι νεκρά νεκροῖς καθαίρειν, οὕτω λέγων τὰ σώματα. Τοῦτόν μοι καὶ αὐτὸς μιμήσασθαι καλῶς ἔχεις, ὦ θαυμάσιε. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὸ προστιμᾷν ἀπηγόρευται σοι, καὶ μόνος ἀρχόντων ἢ κομιδῇ σὺν ὀλίγοις, ἀζήμιον ἐνίδρυσας τοῖς ἀρχομένοις τὸν φόβον· μηδὲ Ούαλεντινιανδν ζημιῶσαι τὸν σὺν καὶ ἡμέτερον (ὑπὲρ συγγενοῦς γὰρ πρεσβεύομεν), ἀλλʼ
tǭ kallei tōn adelphōn euprepestatēn te kai diaphanestatēn Theosesian tēn hopōs hieran, kai iereōs syzygon, kai homotimon, kai tōn megalōn mystēriōn axian ° Theoseoian, ēn kai ho mellōn hypolēpsetai chronos, en stēlais athanatois keimenēn, tais apantōn psychais tōn te nyn egnōkotōn, kai tōn hysteron esomenōn ? Kai mē thaumasę̄s, ei pollakis tautēn anakalō. Entryphō gar kai tę̄ mnēmę̄ tēs makarias. Houtos ekeinę̄ te parʼ hēmōn epis taphios en brachei polys kai soi paraklētikds logos, kaiper allous ta toiauta parakalein dynamenǭ dia tēn en pasi philosophian. Tēn de syntychian (epei kai tautēn pothoumen) nyn men aphę̄rēmetha, diʼ ēn heipon aitian. Syneuchometha deēmin autois, heōs an eti hyper gēs ōmen, kai mē to koinon hēmas diazeuxę̄ telos, hǭ plēsiazomen. Dio kai panta pherein anankaion hēmin, hōs oute ēsthēsomenois, oute aniasomenois makrotera. NEMESIǬ. Epainousi tines ton Pythagoran ton Samion, hoti thysai deēsan autǭ (epeidē ge allōs ouk hepę̄nei to thyein), pēlinǭ boï tēn thysian aphōsiōsato; mēde gar chrēnai nekra nekrois kathairein, houtō legōn ta sōmata. Touton moi kai autos mimēsasthai kalōs echeis, ō thaumasie. Epeidē de to prostimąn apēgoreutai soi, kai monos archontōn ē komidę̄ syn oligois, azēmion enidrysas tois archomenois ton phobon; mēde Oualentiniandn zēmiōsai ton syn kai hēmeteron (hyper syngenous gar presbeuomen), allʼ
beauty of the brothers the most comely and the most conspicuous; Theosebia, truly holy, the consort of a priest and of equal honour, and worthy of the great mysteries; Theosebia, whom future time too will receive, set up on immortal pillars, the souls of all who know her now and of all who will come after? And do not wonder if I name her often; for I delight even in the memory of the blessed one. This, then, is from us both a funeral speech for her, much in little, and a word of consolation for you, though you are able to console others in such things through your philosophy in all things. Our meeting (since we long for that too) we have been deprived of for now, for the reason I gave. We pray together for ourselves, as long as we are still above ground, that the common end, to which we draw near, may not part us. Therefore we must bear everything, as men who will neither rejoice nor grieve much longer. [Letter 198. To Nemesius] Some praise Pythagoras of Samos because, when he had to offer a sacrifice (since otherwise he did not approve of sacrificing), he discharged the sacrifice with an ox of clay; for one must not, he said, purify the dead with dead things, meaning bodies. You would do well to imitate him yourself, my admirable friend. Since imposing fines has been forbidden you, and you alone of governors, or with very few, have established among your subjects a fear without penalty, do not fine Valentinian either, who is yours and ours (for we intercede for a relative), but
Chapter 325
325PG 37:325a–325d
ὅσον φθέγξασθαι πλάσαντα τὴν προστίμησιν, ἐπι· σχεῖν τὴν ζημίαν. Καὶ γάρ οὐδὲ οἰκείας ῥᾳθυμίας ὑπέχει δίκην (εί δεῖ θαρρήσαντας τοῦτο εἰπεῖν). Εἰ μὲν οὖν ὡς δικαστὴν πείθομεν, τοῦτο ἀριστονο εί δὲ μὴ, πρὸς τὸν φίλον καταφευξόμεθα, καὶτοῦτο φθεγξόμεθα πρὸς τὴν σὴν λογιότητα, ὅπερ λέγεται πρὸς ἑαυτοῦ φίλον γεγραφέναι τιςο Τὸν δεῖνα, εί μιν οὐδὲν ἀδικεῖ, διά τὸ δίκαιον ἀφεςʼ εί δὲ ἀδικεῖ, ἡμῖν άφες. Πάντως δὲ ἀφες, ἐκεῖνο πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐνθυμηθεὶς, ὅτι τὸ μὲν κοινὸν, ούδὶν ἂν μέγα ὀνήσειεν ἵππω δύο προστίμησις, ἡμῖν δὲ ἠ χάρις ἀνάγραπτος. Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ προσκεί… Τῇ συμφορᾷ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς βοήθησον σφόδρα συντριβέντος ἀπὸ συμπτώματος.
hoson phthenxasthai plasanta tēn prostimēsin, epi; schein tēn zēmian. Kai gar oude oikeias rhąthymias hypechei dikēn (ei dei tharrēsantas touto eipein). Ei men oun hōs dikastēn peithomen, touto aristono ei de mē, pros ton philon katapheuxometha, kaitouto phthenxometha pros tēn sēn logiotēta, hoper legetai pros heautou philon gegraphenai tiso Ton deina, ei min ouden adikei, dia to dikaion aphesʼ ei de adikei, hēmin aphes. Pantōs de aphes, ekeino pros tois allois enthymētheis, hoti to men koinon, oudin an mega onēseien hippō dyo prostimēsis, hēmin de ē charis anagraptos. Kai touto de proskei… Tę̄ symphorą tou andros boēthēson sphodra syntribentos apo symptōmatos.
after pronouncing the fine only so far as to utter it, hold back the penalty. For he is not paying the penalty for his own negligence (if we may make bold to say so). If, then, we persuade you as a judge, that is best; if not, we will take refuge in the friend, and say to your Eloquence what someone is said to have written to his friend: “So-and-so: if he does no wrong, release him for justice's sake; if he does wrong, release him for mine.” But release him in any case, bearing in mind, besides everything else, that the community would gain nothing great from a fine of two horses, while for us the favour will be on record. And let this also be added: help the misfortune of the man, who has been badly crushed by an accident.
Chapter 327
327PG 37:328a–328b
Δὸς χεῖρα τῇ συμφορᾷ, ἣν αὐτὸς δοκιμάσεις, Δεϊται μὲν γὰρ οὐδεμιᾶς προσθήκης εἰς εὐδοξίαν ἡ σὴ ἀρχὴ, οὐδὲ γὰρ λαμπρότητοςἙωσφόρος- εί δέ τινα καὶ προσθήκην ζητεῖς, οὐκ ἂν μείζων ταύτης, εὖ ῐσθι, οὐδὲ λαμπροτέρα γένοιτο, ὡς πολλοὶ τάληθῆ βουλόμενοι λέγειν, τὴν σὴν καλοκαγαθίαν διδάξουσιν. Σο. 'rq ΑΥΤῼ. Ἐποίεις μὲν ἡμῖν καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν φιλοσοφίαν, καὶ οἷδʼ ὅτι ποιήσεις, εί γε τῷ Θεῷ μέλει τῶν ἠμε τέρων. Ὅμως δὲ κράτιστον ἦν νῦν συγγίνεσθαι σοι, ἡνίκα σχολὴν ἄγεις, ὅπερ ἐπόθεις, ἀπὸ τῶν δηο μοσίων, καὶ καθʼ ἡσυχίαν εξεστι τῆς σῆς ἀπολαύειν συνέσεως, ἦς ὀλίγα μετασχόντες, καὶ ὅσα γε ἀστραπῆς τῆς ὃψει μὴ κρατουμένης. τοῦ πλείονος διημάρτομεν. Ἀλλὰ τοῦτο εὔξασθαι μὲν μέγα, λαβεῖν δὲ οὐ ῥᾷστον, οὕτως ἔχοντος ἡμῖν, ὥσπερ ἔχει, τοῦ σώματος. Ει,μὲν οὖν καὶ τούτου τύχοιμεν, τὸ πᾶν ἕξομεν (καὶ γάρ τινα καὶ χρεωστεῖς ἡμῖν συνουσίαν ἐξ ὑποσχέσεως πε pi τοῦ λόγου τοῦ καθʼ … πως ἀτελῆ κατέλιπες)· εί δὲ μὴ, αὐτοὶ μὲν τὴν ζημίαν οἴσομεν ἄκοντες. Σὺ δὲ ίσθι μεθʼ ἡμῶν ὢν, ὅπου περ ἂν είης, καὶ ὁδηγυῖο ταῖς ’ἡμετέραις εὐχαῖς. καὶ αὐτος δὲ παρʼ ἡμῖν μένων, ἕως ἂν πνέωμεν, οἷς σαυτὸν ἐνέγραψας, οὐδεμιᾶς στήλης ἀτιμοτέροις, καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐγγράψεις, ἐπειδὰν γένῃ Θεοῦ καὶ σαφῶς ἡμέτερος, ἢ σοῖο γε ἡμεῖς, εί τοῦτο λέγεσθαι ἥδιον. ειν. 'rq ΛΥΤῼ. Τί τοῦτο;παρέδραμες ἡμᾶς ἀγνοήσοντας. καὶ λαδέσθαι οὐκ ἦν, οὐ μᾶλλόν γε ἢ τῆς ἠχοῦς τοὺς πλησίον ἔχειν αὐτὴν νομίζοντας, καὶ ἀπατωμένους ταῖς ἀντιρῤήσεσιν· ἦ τοῦτο μόνον ἂν τῶν πάντων ἐτυραννήσαμεν.
Dos cheira tę̄ symphorą, hēn autos dokimaseis, Deïtai men gar oudemias prosthēkēs eis eudoxian hē sē archē, oude gar lamprotētosEōsphoros- ei de tina kai prosthēkēn zēteis, ouk an meizōn tautēs, eu isthi, oude lamprotera genoito, hōs polloi talēthē boulomenoi legein, tēn sēn kalokagathian didaxousin. So. 'rq AUTǬ. Epoieis men hēmin kai tēn archēn philosophian, kai hoidʼ hoti poiēseis, ei ge tǭ Theǭ melei tōn ēme terōn. Homōs de kratiston ēn nyn synginesthai soi, hēnika scholēn ageis, hoper epotheis, apo tōn dēo mosiōn, kai kathʼ hēsychian exesti tēs sēs apolauein syneseōs, ēs oliga metaschontes, kai hosa ge astrapēs tēs hopsei mē kratoumenēs. tou pleionos diēmartomen. Alla touto euxasthai men mega, labein de ou rhąston, houtōs echontos hēmin, hōsper echei, tou sōmatos. Ei,men oun kai toutou tychoimen, to pan hexomen (kai gar tina kai chreōsteis hēmin synousian ex hyposcheseōs pe pi tou logou tou kathʼ … pōs atelē katelipes); ei de mē, autoi men tēn zēmian oisomen akontes. Sy de isthi methʼ hēmōn ōn, hopou per an eiēs, kai hodēguio tais ’hēmeterais euchais. kai autos de parʼ hēmin menōn, heōs an pneōmen, hois sauton enegrapsas, oudemias stēlēs atimoterois, kai eti mallon engrapseis, epeidan genę̄ Theou kai saphōs hēmeteros, ē soio ge hēmeis, ei touto legesthai hēdion. ein. 'rq LYTǬ. Ti touto?paredrames hēmas agnoēsontas. kai ladesthai ouk ēn, ou mallon ge ē tēs ēchous tous plēsion echein autēn nomizontas, kai apatōmenous tais antirrēsesin; ē touto monon an tōn pantōn etyrannēsamen.
… give a hand to his misfortune, which you yourself will examine. For your office needs no addition to its good repute, any more than the morning star needs brightness; but if you seek some addition, none could be greater or more brilliant than this, be well assured, as many who wish to speak the truth will tell your goodness. [Letter 200. To the same] You were making even your office philosophy for us, and I know you will continue to do so, if God cares for our affairs. Yet it would have been best to be with you now, when you have leisure from public affairs, as you longed for, and when one may enjoy your understanding in quiet; of which we had only a small share, as much as a lightning flash gives an eye that cannot hold it, and missed the greater part. But this is a great thing to pray for and not easy to obtain, our body being as it is. If we obtain this too, we shall have everything (for you also owe us some time together, by your promise, about the discourse you left somehow unfinished); if not, we will bear the loss unwillingly. But know that you are with us wherever you may be, and are guided by our prayers. And you remain with us, as long as we breathe, inscribed on hearts more honoured than any pillar, where you have inscribed yourself; and you will inscribe yourself still more when you become God's, and plainly ours, or we yours, if that is sweeter to say. [Letter 201. To the same] What is this? You ran past us without our knowing, and it was not possible to catch you, any more than those can hold the echo who think they have it and are deceived by its answers; or this alone of all things we would have seized by force.
Chapter 329
329PG 37:329a–329d
Ἀλλʼ ὲπιστὲλλοις γε ἡμῖν, ὦ Θαυμάσιε, καὶ τοῦτο ἕξομεν ἀντὶ σοῦ, σκιὰν, ὃ δὴ λέγεται, ἀντὶ σώματος. ΣΒʼ. ΠΡΟΣ ΝΕΚΤΑΡΙΟΝ ΕΠΙΣΚΟΠΟΝ ΚΩΝΣΤΑΝ- ΤΙΝΟΥΠΟΛΕΩΣ.
Allʼ epistellois ge hēmin, ō Thaumasie, kai touto hexomen anti sou, skian, ho dē legetai, anti sōmatos. SBʼ. PROS NEKTARION EPISKOPON KŌNSTAN- TINOUPOLEŌS.
But at least write to us, my admirable friend, and we will have this in place of you: a shadow, as the saying goes, instead of the body. [Letter 202. To Nectarius, bishop of Constantinople]
Chapter 331
331PG 37:332a–332d
τῶν ἐκπομπεύουσιν, ἐκκλησίας συνάγοντες, ὼς ἐξ ἐπιτροπῆς τοῦτο ποιοῦντες. Οἱ δὲ κατὰ Μακεδόνιον, ἐρίζοντες, είς τοσοῦτον προεληλύθασιν ἀπονοίας, ὡς καὶ ὄνομα ἐπισκόπων ἑαυτοῖς ἐπιφημίζοντες, τοῖς καθʼ ἡμᾶς τόποις ἐπιπολάζειν, τὸν Ἐλεύσιον ταῖς χειροτονίαις αὐτῶν ἐπιθρυλλοῦντες. Τὸ δὲ ἐγκόλπιον ἡμῶν κακὸν ὁ Εύνόμιος, οὐκέτι ἀγαπᾷ τὸ ὁπωσοῦν εἶναι · ἀλλʼ εἰ μὴ πάντας τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἀπωλείᾳ συνεφελκύσαιτο, ζημίαν κρίνει. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν φορητά. Τὸ δὲ πάντων χαλεταίιτατον ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησιαστικαῖς συμφοραῖς, ἡ τῶν Ἀπολλιναριστῶν ἐστι παρρησία, οὓς οὐκ οἶδα πῶς παρεῖδε σου ἡ ὁσιότης πορισαμένους ἑαυτοῖς τοῦ συνάγειν δμοτίμως ἡμῖν ἐξουσίαν. Πάντως μὲν οὖν διὰ πάντων κατὰ Θεοῦ χάριν τὰ θεῖα πεπαιδευμένος μυστήρια, οὐ μόνον τὴν τοῦ ὀρθοῦ λόγου συνηγορίαν ἐπίστασαι, ἀλλὰ. κάκεῖνα ὅσα παρᾶ τῶν αίρετικῶν κατὰ τῆς ὑγιαινούσης ἐπινενόηται πίστεως· πλήν καὶ παρὰ τῆς βραχύτητος ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἄκαιρον ῐσως ἀκοῦσαί σου τὴν σεμνοπρέπειαν, ὅτι μοι πτυκτεον ἦλθεν ἐν χερσὶ τοῦ Ἀπολλιναο ρίου, ἐν ᾧ τὰ κατασκευαζόμενα πᾶσαν αἱρετικὴν κακίαν παρέρχεται. Διαβεδαιοῦται γὰρ, μὴ ἐπίκτητον εῐναι τὴν σάρκα κατʼ οἰκονομίαν ὑπὸ τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υίοῦ προσληφθεῖσαν ἐπὶ μεταστοιχειὼσει τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐν τῷ Υίῷ τὴν σαρκώδη ἐκείνην φύσιν εἶναι. Καὶ κακῶς ἐκλαβὼν εὐαγγελικήν τινα ῥῆσιν είς μαρτυρίαν τῆς τοιαύτης ἀτοπίας προσάλλεται λέγων, ὅτι οὐδεὶς- ἀναβέβηκεν εὶς τὸν οὐρανὸν, εὶ μὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβὰς ό Υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου· ὡς καὶ πρὶν τοῦ κατελθεῖν αὐτὸν υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου εῐναι, καὶ κατελθεῖν ἰδίαν ἐπαγόμενον σάρκα ἐκείνην, ἢν ἐν τοῖς ούρανοῖς ἔχων ἐτύγχανε, προαιώνιὸν τινα καὶ συνουσιωμένην. Λέγει γὰρ πάλιν ἁποστολικήν τινα ῥῆσιν, τοῦ ὅλου σώματος τῆς συμφράσεως ἀποκνίσαςο ὅτι ό δεύτερος ἄνθρωπος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ. Εἶτα κατασκευάζει τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκεῖ·
tōn ekpompeuousin, ekklēsias synagontes, ōs ex epitropēs touto poiountes. Hoi de kata Makedonion, erizontes, eis tosouton proelēlythasin aponoias, hōs kai onoma episkopōn heautois epiphēmizontes, tois kathʼ hēmas topois epipolazein, ton Eleusion tais cheirotoniais autōn epithryllountes. To de enkolpion hēmōn kakon ho Eunomios, ouketi agapą to hopōsoun einai ; allʼ ei mē pantas tę̄ heautou apōleią synephelkysaito, zēmian krinei. Kai tauta men phorēta. To de pantōn chaletaiitaton en tais ekklēsiastikais symphorais, hē tōn Apollinaristōn esti parrēsia, hous ouk oida pōs pareide sou hē hosiotēs porisamenous heautois tou synagein dmotimōs hēmin exousian. Pantōs men oun dia pantōn kata Theou charin ta theia pepaideumenos mystēria, ou monon tēn tou orthou logou synēgorian epistasai, alla. kakeina hosa para tōn airetikōn kata tēs hygiainousēs epinenoētai pisteōs; plēn kai para tēs brachytētos hēmōn, ouk akairon isōs akousai sou tēn semnoprepeian, hoti moi ptykteon ēlthen en chersi tou Apollinao riou, en hǭ ta kataskeuazomena pasan hairetikēn kakian parerchetai. Diabedaioutai gar, mē epiktēton einai tēn sarka katʼ oikonomian hypo tou monogenous Uiou proslēphtheisan epi metastoicheiōsei tēs physeōs hēmōn, allʼ ex archēs en tǭ Uiǭ tēn sarkōdē ekeinēn physin einai. Kai kakōs eklabōn euangelikēn tina rhēsin eis martyrian tēs toiautēs atopias prosalletai legōn, hoti oudeis- anabebēken eis ton ouranon, ei mē ek tou ouranou katabas o Huios tou anthrōpou; hōs kai prin tou katelthein auton huion anthrōpou einai, kai katelthein idian epagomenon sarka ekeinēn, ēn en tois ouranois echōn etynchane, proaiōnion tina kai synousiōmenēn. Legei gar palin hapostolikēn tina rhēsin, tou holou sōmatos tēs symphraseōs apoknisaso hoti o deuteros anthrōpos ex ouranou. Eita kataskeuazei ton anthrōpon ekei;
… they parade …, gathering congregations as though they were doing so by permission. And those of Macedonius's party have gone so far in their folly, in their rivalry, that, even taking for themselves the name of bishops, they swarm over our region, boasting of Eleusius in their ordinations. And our domestic evil, Eunomius, is no longer content merely to exist; unless he drags everyone along with him into his own ruin, he counts it a loss. And these things can be borne. But the hardest of all among the misfortunes of the Church is the boldness of the Apollinarians, whom your Holiness, I do not know how, overlooked when they obtained for themselves the right to hold assemblies on an equal footing with us. You, who have been thoroughly instructed in the divine mysteries in everything by God's grace, know not only the defence of the right doctrine, but also all that the heretics have devised against the sound faith; yet perhaps it is not untimely for your Dignity to hear from our littleness too that a pamphlet of Apollinarius has come into my hands, whose arguments go beyond every heretical wickedness. For he maintains that the flesh which was assumed in the economy by the only-begotten Son for the remaking of our nature was not acquired, but that that fleshly nature was in the Son from the beginning. And, wrongly taking a certain saying of the Gospel as testimony for this absurdity, he leaps on it, saying that “No one has ascended into heaven except the Son of Man who came down from heaven,” as though he were Son of Man even before he came down, and came down bringing with him his own flesh, which he had in heaven, existing before the ages and sharing his essence. For he quotes again a certain saying of the Apostle, torn away from the whole body of the passage: “The second man is from heaven.” Then he argues that that man
Chapter 333
333PG 37:333a–333d
vov τδν ἄνωθεν ἥκοντα τὸν νοῦν μὴ ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ την θεότητα τοῦ Μονογενοῧς τὴν τοῦ νοῦ φύσιν ἀναπληρὼσασαν, μέρος γενέσθαι τοῦ ἀνθρωπείου συγκράματος τὺ τριτημόριον, ψυχῆς τε καὶ σώματος κατὰ τὸ ἀνθρώπινον περὶ αὑτὸν ὅντων, νοῦ δὲ μὴ ὄντος.Δ ἀλλὰ τὸν ἐκείνου τόπον τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου ἀναπλη ροῧντος. Καὶ οὔπω τοῦτο δεινόνʼ ἀλλὰ τδ πάντων χαλεπώτατον, ὅτι αὐτὸν τὸν μονογενῆ Θεὸν, τδν κριτὴν τῶν πάντων, τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς, τὸν ωθαιρέτην τοῦ θανάτου, θνητὸν εἶναι κατασκευάζει, καὶ τῇ ἰδίᾳ αὑτοῦ θεότητι πάθος δέξασθαι, καὶ ἐν τῇ τριημέρῳ ἐκείνῃ νεκρώσει τοῦ σώματος, καὶ τὴν θεότητα συναπονεκρωθῆναι τῷ σώματι, καὶ οὕτω παρὰ τοῦ Πατρδς πάλιν ἀπὸ τοῦ θανάτου διο αναστῆναι. Τὰ δʼ ἄλλα ὅσα προστίθησι ταῖς τοιαύταις ἀτοπίαις μακρὸν ἂν εἴη διεξιέναι. Εἰ τοίνυν οἱ τοιαῦτα φρονοῦντες ἰν ἐξουσίᾳ τοῦ συνάγειν γίνονται, σκοπείτω σου ἠ ὲν Χριστῷ εὑδόκιμος φρόνησις, ὅτι μὴ συμβαινόντων ή μῶν οἷς ἐκείνοι φρονοῦσι, τὸ λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐξουσίαν συνάξεως, οὐδὲν ἕτερόν ἐστιν, ἢ ἀληθεστέρους τοῦ καθʼ ἡμᾶς δόγματος νομισθῆναι. Εἰ γὰρ ὡς εὐσεβοῦντες ἐκεῖνοι διδάσκεινὠς φρονοῦσι, καὶ κηρύττειν ἐν παρρησία τὸ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς ὲπιτρέπονται δόγμα, δῆλον ὅτι κατέγνωσται ὁ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας λόγος. ὼς τῆς ἀληθείας παρʼ αὐτοῖς οὔσης. Δύο γὰρ ἐναντίους λόγους περὶ τοῦ αὑτοῦ πράγματος ἀληθεῖς εἶναι, φύσις οὐκ ἔχει. Πῶς οὖν ὑπέμεινέ σου ἡ μεγαλοφυὴς καὶ ὑψηλὴ διάνοια, μὴ χρήσασθαι τῇ συνήθει παῤρησία εἰς διόρθωσιν τοῦ τοσούτου κακῶς Ἀλλʼ εί καὶ μὴ πρότερον τοῦτο γέγονε. νῦν γοῦν διαναστήτω ή ἇιλίμτίτός σου ἐπʼτὰρετῇ τελειύτης, καὶ διδαξάτω τὸν εὐσεβέστατον βασιλέα, ὅτι οὐδὲν κέρδος ἔσται ’τῆς λοιπῆς αὐτοῦ περὶ τὰς Ἐκκλησίας σπουδῆς, εί τὸ τοιοῦτο κακὸν ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τῆς ὑγιαινούσης πίστεως, διὰ τῆς παρρησίας αὐτῶν κατισχύσει.
vov tdn anōthen hēkonta ton noun mē echein, alla tēn theotēta tou Monogenoÿs tēn tou nou physin anaplērōsasan, meros genesthai tou anthrōpeiou synkramatos ty tritēmorion, psychēs te kai sōmatos kata to anthrōpinon peri hauton hontōn, nou de mē ontos.D alla ton ekeinou topon tou Theou Logou anaplē roÿntos. Kai oupō touto deinonʼ alla td pantōn chalepōtaton, hoti auton ton monogenē Theon, tdn kritēn tōn pantōn, ton archēgon tēs zōēs, ton ōthairetēn tou thanatou, thnēton einai kataskeuazei, kai tę̄ idią hautou theotēti pathos dexasthai, kai en tę̄ triēmerǭ ekeinę̄ nekrōsei tou sōmatos, kai tēn theotēta synaponekrōthēnai tǭ sōmati, kai houtō para tou Patrds palin apo tou thanatou dio anastēnai. Ta dʼ alla hosa prostithēsi tais toiautais atopiais makron an eiē diexienai. Ei toinyn hoi toiauta phronountes in exousią tou synagein ginontai, skopeitō sou ē en Christǭ heudokimos phronēsis, hoti mē symbainontōn ē mōn hois ekeinoi phronousi, to labein autous exousian synaxeōs, ouden heteron estin, ē alēthesterous tou kathʼ hēmas dogmatos nomisthēnai. Ei gar hōs eusebountes ekeinoi didaskeinōs phronousi, kai kēryttein en parrēsia to kathʼ heautous epitrepontai dogma, dēlon hoti kategnōstai ho tēs Ekklēsias logos. ōs tēs alētheias parʼ autois ousēs. Dyo gar enantious logous peri tou hautou pragmatos alētheis einai, physis ouk echei. Pōs oun hypemeine sou hē megalophyēs kai hypsēlē dianoia, mē chrēsasthai tę̄ synēthei parrēsia eis diorthōsin tou tosoutou kakōs Allʼ ei kai mē proteron touto gegone. nyn goun dianastētō ē hailimtitos sou epʼtaretę̄ teleiytēs, kai didaxatō ton eusebestaton basilea, hoti ouden kerdos estai ’tēs loipēs autou peri tas Ekklēsias spoudēs, ei to toiouto kakon epi kathairesei tēs hygiainousēs pisteōs, dia tēs parrēsias autōn katischysei.
who came from above does not have the mind, but that the Godhead of the Only-begotten, filling the place of the nature of the mind, became the third part of the human compound, soul and body being present in him in human fashion, but mind not being present, God the Word filling its place. And this is not yet the terrible thing; but the hardest of all is that he argues that the only-begotten God himself, the judge of all, the author of life, the destroyer of death, is mortal, and received suffering in his own Godhead; and that in that three-day deadness of the body the Godhead too died along with the body, and so was raised again from death by the Father. The other things he adds to such absurdities it would take long to go through. If, then, those who think such things obtain the right to assemble, let your wisdom, approved in Christ, consider that, since we do not agree with what they think, their receiving the right of assembly is nothing else than their being considered truer than our doctrine. For if they are allowed, as men of right belief, to teach what they think and to preach their doctrine openly, it is plain that the doctrine of the Church has been condemned, as though the truth were with them. For two contrary statements about the same thing cannot by nature both be true. How, then, did your great and lofty mind bear not to use its usual freedom of speech to correct so great an evil? But even if this did not happen before, now at least let your Perfection, … in virtue, rise up, and teach the most pious emperor that there will be no gain from all the rest of his zeal for the Churches if such an evil, for the destruction of the sound faith, prevails through their freedom.
Chapter 335
335PG 37:336a–336d
Ἐξελαυνόμεθα Καρδάλης ἀνοσιώτατα. Συγχρήσομαι γὰρ τῷ τῆς τραγῳδίας. μικρὸν ἐναλλάξας. Ἐξελαυνόμεθα δὲ λόγῳ μὲν οὐδαμῶς, ἔργῳ δὲ καὶ πάνυ σφοδρῶς. Πολλῷ γὰρ βέλτιον ἦν προγράμματι κηρύξαι τὴν ὑποχώρησιν, ἢ γυναιειν, ἃς ἀντιπροσώπους ἡμῶν συνῴκισας, τὸ σεμνὸν τοῦ βίου περικόπτων, καὶ καθημερίην ἀσχημοσύνην καὶ βλασφημίαν παραζευγνὺς, παρὰ τῶν ῥᾳδίως ἐπηρεαζόντων τοῖς οὕτω ζῇν ἑλομένοις, ῶσπερ ἡμεῖς. Εἰ δὲ μὴ τολμηρὸν εἰπεῖν, καὶ ἡμᾶς τοῦ παραδείσου διὰ τῆς Εὔας ἐκβέβληκας. Ῥᾴδιον μὲν γὰρ εὑρεῖν εὐπρεπές τι, καὶ ἀφοσιώσασθαι καὶ δόξαι δίκαια λέγειν, ὡς οὔτε ἐξωθούμεθα παρὰ σοῦ, καὶ τιμώμεθα γειτνιᾷν ἡμῖν θέλοντος ο προσθήσεις δὲ ἴσως, δτι καὶ δεξιοῦσθαι φιλικῶς τε καὶ συγγενικῶς, καί τι παραπολαύειν τῆς φιλίας τῆς ἡμετέρας. Τὸ δὲ λόγος, οὑκ ἔργον ἐστίν. ’Υμᾶς μὲνγὰρ ἐπιδημοῦντας τῷ τόπῳ, καὶ δεχόμεθα, καὶ ἀσπαζόμεθα. Οίκαρχίαις δὲ γυναικῶν οὕτως ὑποχωρήσομεν, ὥσπερ ἑχιδναίοις ἐπιδρομαῖς. Τὸ μὲν οὖν ἡμέτερον ἔχει πέρας. Κατεσοφίσθημεν, συνεστάλημεν, ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς τετιμήκαμεν, ἀφέντες καὶ πόνους χειρῶν ἡμῶν καὶ ἐλπίδας, καὶ πολλὰ τοϊς ἁγίοις ἀπολογησάμενοι μάρτυσι. Πάντως εί καὶ βαρέα ταῦτα καὶ δύσφορα, ἀλλὰ καθʼ ὀδόν γε τοῦ καθʼ ἡμᾶς βίου φιλοσοφούμενα, καὶ οὔπω τοῦ πόλεις ὲκ πόλεων ἀμείδειν (δ φέρειν ἑκελεύσθημεν), φορτικώτερα. Σὺ δὲ τὸν τόπον οίκοίης μακρότερα μὲν ἢ κατὰ τοὺς προενοικήσαντας, σωφρονέστερον δὲ ἢ ἐλπίζομεν, ὡς ἂν μήτε τοὺς ἁγίους ὑδρίζητε μάρτυρας, μήτε αὐτοὶ πλήσσησθὲ τῇ παροικίᾳ. Ἐκεῖνο δὲ πρὸ πάντων ἀσφαλίσασθε, τῶν καθιερωμένων τοῖς μάρτυσι φείσασθε ἵνα μὴ κακῶς περί τε ὑμῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ τῶν ὑμετέρων βου-
Exelaunometha Kardalēs anosiōtata. Synchrēsomai gar tǭ tēs tragǭdias. mikron enallaxas. Exelaunometha de logǭ men oudamōs, ergǭ de kai pany sphodrōs. Pollǭ gar beltion ēn programmati kēryxai tēn hypochōrēsin, ē gynaiein, has antiprosōpous hēmōn synǭkisas, to semnon tou biou perikoptōn, kai kathēmeriēn aschēmosynēn kai blasphēmian parazeugnys, para tōn rhądiōs epēreazontōn tois houtō zę̄n helomenois, ōsper hēmeis. Ei de mē tolmēron eipein, kai hēmas tou paradeisou dia tēs Euas ekbeblēkas. Rhądion men gar heurein euprepes ti, kai aphosiōsasthai kai doxai dikaia legein, hōs oute exōthoumetha para sou, kai timōmetha geitniąn hēmin thelontos o prosthēseis de isōs, dti kai dexiousthai philikōs te kai syngenikōs, kai ti parapolauein tēs philias tēs hēmeteras. To de logos, houk ergon estin. ’Ymas mengar epidēmountas tǭ topǭ, kai dechometha, kai aspazometha. Oikarchiais de gynaikōn houtōs hypochōrēsomen, hōsper hechidnaiois epidromais. To men oun hēmeteron echei peras. Katesophisthēmen, synestalēmen, hēmas autous tetimēkamen, aphentes kai ponous cheirōn hēmōn kai elpidas, kai polla toïs hagiois apologēsamenoi martysi. Pantōs ei kai barea tauta kai dysphora, alla kathʼ odon ge tou kathʼ hēmas biou philosophoumena, kai oupō tou poleis ek poleōn ameidein (d pherein hekeleusthēmen), phortikōtera. Sy de ton topon oikoiēs makrotera men ē kata tous proenoikēsantas, sōphronesteron de ē elpizomen, hōs an mēte tous hagious hydrizēte martyras, mēte autoi plēssēsthe tę̄ paroikią. Ekeino de pro pantōn asphalisasthe, tōn kathierōmenōn tois martysi pheisasthe hina mē kakōs peri te hymōn autōn, kai tōn hymeterōn bou-
“We are driven out of Karbala most unholily,” for I will use the tragic line, changing it a little. We are driven out, not in word at all, but in deed very forcibly. It would have been much better to proclaim our withdrawal by public notice than by means of the women whom you have settled opposite us, cutting away the dignity of our life and yoking to it daily indecency and slander from those who readily abuse people who choose to live as we do. If it is not too bold to say so, you have cast us out of paradise through Eve. It is easy, of course, to find some fair pretext, to satisfy appearances and seem to speak justly: that we are not being driven out by you but honoured, since you wish to be our neighbour; and you will perhaps add that you greet us in a friendly and kinsmanly way and enjoy something of our friendship. But that is word, not deed. For you yourselves, when you visit the place, we both receive and embrace; but before the household rule of women we will withdraw as before the attacks of vipers. Our part is at an end. We have been outwitted, we have drawn in, we have chosen our own dignity, leaving the labours of our hands and our hopes, and making many apologies to the holy martyrs. Surely, even if these things are heavy and hard to bear, still they are borne with philosophy on the road of our life, and are not yet more burdensome than moving from city to city (which we were commanded to bear). May you live in the place longer than those who lived there before you, but more modestly than we expect, so that you neither insult the holy martyrs nor are yourselves struck down for your stay there. Above all, take this precaution: spare what has been consecrated to the martyrs, so that you may not take bad counsel about yourselves and your
Chapter 339
339PG 37:340a–340d
Ἡμεῖς δὲ ἓν ἀντὶ πάντων προσάγομεν ὑμῖν, ἡ μᾶς αὐτοὺς, καὶ μέντοι καὶ ζητοῦμεν ἒν ἀντὶ πάντων, ὑμᾶς. Εἰ τοίνυν καὶ βελτίους κα) ὲκ βελτιόνων. (ὁμολογοῦμεν γὰρ, επεὶ και) τοῦτο ἡμέτερον γίνεται), ἀλλʼ ἑνί γε οὐχ ὑπερέξοντας ἡμῶν (ὲν Θεῷ δὲ εἰρήσεται), τῷ πιστῷ καὶ γνησίῳ περὶ τὴν οἰκειότητα· οὗπερ δεῖ μᾶλλον ποιεῖσθαι λόγον, ἢ πάντων όμοῦ τῶν ἄλλων, τούς γε νοῦν ἔχοντας. ’Δρκεϊ τοσαῦτα πρὸς τὴν σὴν τελειότητα, καὶ ταῦτα πέρα ἴσως ἦ κατά μέτρον ἐπιστολῆς. Λοιπόν τι καὶ ἐμαυτῷ και ὑμῖν ἐπεύξομαι. Θεὸς ἐπὶ νοῦν ὑμῖν ἀγάγοι, παρʼ οὗ καὶταῦτα καὶ τʼ ἄλλα οἰκονομεῖται τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτὸν, ὅ τι ἂν ᾖ βέλτιστον καὶ σύμφορον ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν ἐπίσης, ἄλλως τε καὶ περὶ τηλικούτων βουλευομένοις. ‘
Hēmeis de hen anti pantōn prosagomen hymin, hē mas autous, kai mentoi kai zētoumen en anti pantōn, hymas. Ei toinyn kai beltious ka) ek beltionōn. (homologoumen gar, epei kai) touto hēmeteron ginetai), allʼ heni ge ouch hyperexontas hēmōn (en Theǭ de eirēsetai), tǭ pistǭ kai gnēsiǭ peri tēn oikeiotēta; houper dei mallon poieisthai logon, ē pantōn omou tōn allōn, tous ge noun echontas. ’Drkeï tosauta pros tēn sēn teleiotēta, kai tauta pera isōs ē kata metron epistolēs. Loipon ti kai emautǭ kai hymin epeuxomai. Theos epi noun hymin agagoi, parʼ hou kaitauta kai tʼ alla oikonomeitai tois agapōsin auton, ho ti an ę̄ beltiston kai symphoron hēmin te kai hymin episēs, allōs te kai peri tēlikoutōn bouleuomenois. ‘
But we offer you one thing in place of all, ourselves; and indeed we seek one thing in place of all, you. If, then, you are better and from better stock (we admit it, since this too becomes ours), yet in one thing at least you will not surpass us (it shall be said in God): in faithfulness and sincerity toward kinship; of which those who have sense ought to take more account than of all other things together. This is enough for your Perfection, and perhaps beyond the measure of a letter. For the rest I will pray for myself and for you: may God, by whom these things and all others are ordered for those who love him, put into your minds whatever is best and most advantageous for us and for you alike, especially as you deliberate about such great matters.
Chapter 341
341PG 37:341a–341b
σφοδρῶςένεκλήθη, καὶ δίκην ὑπέσχε πατὴρ εὐσεβὴς παίδων παρανομίας. Τοῦτο φοβούμενος τὸ ὑπόδειγμα καὶ αὐτὸς, επὶ-ταύτην ἦλθον τὴν παραίνεσιν. Τί ἔστιν δ πέπονθας, ἀγνοῶ. Τίς ή τοσαύτη περὶ σὲ σκοτομήνη; Πῶς αἰσχύνεις μὲν σεαυτοῦ τὸ γένοςς αἰσχύνεις δὲ τὴν ἡμετέραν πολιάν, καὶ τάς ἐλπίδας ἃς εἴχομεν ἐπὶ σοὶ, ἡνίκα ἐπέστημεν Ναυῖλοις, πᾶν ἀγαθὸν καὶ διαλεχθέντες, καὶ πείσαντες, ὡς ᾠόμεθα; Πῶς οὐκ ἀκούεις λεγούσης τῆς Γραφῆς, Μὴ δὸς γυναιξὶ τὸν σὺν πλοῦτον καὶ τά σά χρήματα είς ὕστεροβουλίανς Εὖ γάρ ῐσθι, μεταμελήσει σοι τούτων μικρὸν ὕστερον, ἡνίκα ἂν κατατριβῶσι σάρ· κες σώματός σου, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον, καὶ δυνηθῇ διασχὼν ὥσπερ ὲκ νέφους ό νοῦς πρὸς Θεὸν ἰδεῖν, καὶ λογίσασθαι καθαρῶς τὰ συμφέροντα. … τὴν ’παγίδα, μὴʼἀγρευθῇς … ἐφθαλμοῖς· καὶ εί ήγρεύθής, έκνηψον, μὴ καὶ τὸ θρυλλούμενον βεβαιώσεις, ὅτι φαρμάκοις τὸν νοῦν ὲκλάπης· ἐπειδὴ δεινὸν είς κακῶν ἐπίνοιαν ή ἀσέλγεια. ’Δλγεινὸν μὲν. γάρ τὸ καὶ οἷκον τοσοῦτον,’καʼί τοσούτοις πόνοις συνειλεγμένον, οὕτως ὲν βραχεῖ διασπεῖραι, καὶ καταλῦσαι, καὶ μάλιστα ὲν ἀρχαῖς βίου, ήνίκα, ἢ τὴν καλὴν, ἢ τήν πονηρλν δόξαν ἕκαστος ἑαυτῷ καταβάλλεται. Πολλῷ δὲ δεινότερον τὸ καὶ γυναῖκας παρθένους οὔσας, ἃς καὶ οἱ σοῦ γονεῖς, καὶ αὐτὸς, ὡς ἡμᾶς ἔπειθες. καθιέρωσας τῷ Θεῷ, ταύτας ίεροσυλεῖν καὶ ἁρπάζειν· καὶ τὰς μὲν ἔχειν ήδη, τὰς δὲ πτοεῖν ὡς τά αὐτὰ πεισομένας. Τὸν οὖν Θεὸν φοβηθεὶς, ᾧ λατρεύεις, καὶ ἡμᾶς αἰδεσθεὶς, ’ἐπίσχες σεαυτὸν τοῦ λοιποῦ πάσης πονηρᾶς προαιρέσεως. Εἰ γὰρ οἶόν τε ἧν παρακύψαντά σε γνῶναι τήν ἀδοξίαν, ἢν πάντων ἡμῶν κατέχεας, τάχα ἂν οὐκ ὲδεήθης ἄλλης παραινέσεως, ἀλλʼ αὐτὴν τήν αἰσχύνην σύμβουλον ἐποιήσω τῶν σῶν πρακτέων. Τούτων ήδίω μὲν εἶχον γράφειν, ’λυσιτελέστερα δὲ οὐδαμῶς. Καὶ τά πλείω παρήσω γράφειν, έκεῖνο εἰδὼς, ὡς εί μή σε ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ φόβος παιδαγωγήσειε, μικρὸν ἢ οὐδὲν οί - λόγοι δυνήσονται· ἐπεὶ καὶ σιδήρῳ κηρὸς μὲν εὐκόλως χαράσσεται, σίδηρος δὲ ἐργωδέστερον, ἀδάμας δὲ οὐδὲ τῷ στερροτάτῳ, διὰ σκληρότητα φύσεως.
sphodrōseneklēthē, kai dikēn hypesche patēr eusebēs paidōn paranomias. Touto phoboumenos to hypodeigma kai autos, epi-tautēn ēlthon tēn parainesin. Ti estin d peponthas, agnoō. Tis ē tosautē peri se skotomēnē? Pōs aischyneis men seautou to genoss aischyneis de tēn hēmeteran polian, kai tas elpidas has eichomen epi soi, hēnika epestēmen Nauilois, pan agathon kai dialechthentes, kai peisantes, hōs ǭometha? Pōs ouk akoueis legousēs tēs Graphēs, Mē dos gynaixi ton syn plouton kai ta sa chrēmata eis hysteroboulians Eu gar isthi, metamelēsei soi toutōn mikron hysteron, hēnika an katatribōsi sar; kes sōmatos sou, kata to gegrammenon, kai dynēthę̄ diaschōn hōsper ek nephous o nous pros Theon idein, kai logisasthai katharōs ta sympheronta. … tēn ’pagida, mēʼagreuthę̄s … ephthalmois; kai ei ēgreuthēs, eknēpson, mē kai to thrylloumenon bebaiōseis, hoti pharmakois ton noun eklapēs; epeidē deinon eis kakōn epinoian ē aselgeia. ’Dlgeinon men. gar to kai hoikon tosouton,’kaʼi tosoutois ponois syneilegmenon, houtōs en brachei diaspeirai, kai katalysai, kai malista en archais biou, ēnika, ē tēn kalēn, ē tēn ponērln doxan hekastos heautǭ kataballetai. Pollǭ de deinoteron to kai gynaikas parthenous ousas, has kai hoi sou goneis, kai autos, hōs hēmas epeithes. kathierōsas tǭ Theǭ, tautas ierosylein kai harpazein; kai tas men echein ēdē, tas de ptoein hōs ta auta peisomenas. Ton oun Theon phobētheis, hǭ latreueis, kai hēmas aidestheis, ’episches seauton tou loipou pasēs ponēras proaireseōs. Ei gar oion te hēn parakypsanta se gnōnai tēn adoxian, ēn pantōn hēmōn katecheas, tacha an ouk edeēthēs allēs paraineseōs, allʼ autēn tēn aischynēn symboulon epoiēsō tōn sōn prakteōn. Toutōn ēdiō men eichon graphein, ’lysitelestera de oudamōs. Kai ta pleiō parēsō graphein, ekeino eidōs, hōs ei mē se ho tou Theou phobos paidagōgēseie, mikron ē ouden oi - logoi dynēsontai; epei kai sidērǭ kēros men eukolōs charassetai, sidēros de ergōdesteron, adamas de oude tǭ sterrotatǭ, dia sklērotēta physeōs.
… was severely blamed, and the pious father paid the penalty for the lawlessness of his sons. Fearing this example myself, I have come to give you this warning. What has happened to you I do not know. What is this great darkness of a moonless night around you? How can you disgrace your own family, and disgrace our grey hair, and the hopes we had in you when we stayed at Nauila, speaking of every good thing and persuading you, as we thought? How do you not hear Scripture saying, “Do not give your wealth to women, nor your goods to after-regret”? Know well that you will repent of this a little later, “when the flesh of your body is consumed,” as it is written, and your mind, breaking through as from a cloud, can look to God and reckon clearly what is profitable. … the snare, lest you be caught by the eyes; and if you have been caught, come to your senses, lest you confirm the rumour that your mind has been stolen by drugs; for licentiousness is clever at devising evils. It is grievous to scatter and destroy in so short a time so great a house, gathered with such labours, and especially at the beginning of life, when each man lays the foundation of a good or a bad reputation for himself. But it is much more terrible to commit sacrilege and carry off women who are virgins, whom your parents and you yourself, as you persuaded us, consecrated to God; and to have some already and terrify others as about to suffer the same. Fear God, then, whom you serve, and respect us, and restrain yourself henceforth from every evil purpose. For if you could look out and know the disgrace you have poured on all of us, perhaps you would need no other exhortation, but would make shame itself the counsellor of your actions. I could write more pleasant things than these, but none more profitable. I will refrain from writing more, knowing this, that unless the fear of God disciplines you, words will avail little or nothing; for wax is easily engraved with iron, iron with more labour, and adamant not even by the hardest tool, because of the hardness of its nature.
Chapter 343
343PG 37:344a–344d
:z'. ῐΑΚΩΒῼ. Ei μὲν οὕτως εἶχον τοῦ σώματος, ὡς ἐξαρκεῖν πρδς τοὺς πόνους, αὐτὸς ἂν ἀφικόμενος πρὸς ὑμᾶς, τόν τε τῆς συντυχίας πόθον ἐπλήρωσα, καὶ διελέχθην περὶ ὧν ὲδουλόμην. Οὐ γὰρ περὶ μικρῶν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τῇ ἀρρωστία κατέχομαι, ἀναγκαίως ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὰ γράμματα. Τὴν κοσμιωτάτην θυγατέρα ἡμῶν Σιμπλικίαν, τὴν τοῦ καιλοῦ καὶ ἀγαθοῦ Ἀλυπίου ποτὲ γυναῖκα, τοῦ κόσμου πάσης ἡμῶν τῆς πατρίδος, προσάγω τῇ σῇ εὐγενείᾳ, μετὰ τῶν οίκτρῶν ὀνομάτων χηρείας καὶ ὀρφανείας, τῶν δικαίων παρὰ σοῦ τευξομένην, περὶ ὧν σοῦ δεήσεται. Καὶ σκόπει τῆς συμφορᾶς τὸ μέγεθος. Οὔπω τῶνθρήνων πέπαυται, καὶ ἀγωνιᾷ περὶ τῶν ὀρφανῶν, καὶ ὀδοὺς ἔκδημΞῖ μακρὰς, ὲν οὕτω ἀσθενεῖ τῷ σώματι καὶ ἀπειρίᾳ πραγμάτων, ἠ μηδὲ προκύπτειν τῆς οἰκίας εἰθισμένη. Τούτου τί ἐλεεινότερον; μηδὲ θρήνοις γενέσθαι χώραν, καὶ τὴν τῆς εὐγενείας αἰδῶ λυθῆναι.τῷ πάθει. Ταῦτα οὖν πάντα ἐνθυμηθεὶς, καὶ πρός γε τὴν ἡμετέραν παράκλησιν αἰδεσθεὶς, μὴ ἀναμείνῃς ἄλλον γενέσθαι σοι δικαστὴν τῷ μεγάλῳ καὶ χρηστῷ Ἰακώβῳο μηδὲ εἰς ἀνάγκην αὐτὴν καταστῆσαι μακροτέρας enoδημίας, σφόδρα θαρροῦσαν τοῖς ἑαυτῆς δικαίοις, ὡς πείθει πολλοὺς καὶ ἡμᾶς. Ἀλλά ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς tvτυχὼν, καὶ μετὰ πάσης ὀρθότητος τὰ δίκαια βασα-’ νίσας, εὖθυμωτέραν ἡμῖν ἀπόπεμψον, ὲκεῖνο πρὸ πάντων ἐνθυμηθεὶς, ὅτι ἔστι σοι πολλὰ παρὰ Θεοῦ, δυναστεία, χρήματα, δόξα, μείζονος εὐπραξίας ὁδός. Ταῦτα φύλαξον σεαυτῷ διὰ τῆς παρούσης φιλανθρωπίας, καὶ ὡς τέκνων πατὴρ, καὶ τῶν μὲν ὲξαίρεθεὶςηκινδύνων, τοῖς δὲ ὲμβεέηκὼς, οὕτω διανοήθτιτι, καὶ δεξιὰς σεαυτῷ ποίησον ὲκ τῆς παρούσης ὑποθέσεως τὰς κατὰ Θεὸν ἐλπίδας,
:z'. iAKŌBǬ. Ei men houtōs eichon tou sōmatos, hōs exarkein prds tous ponous, autos an aphikomenos pros hymas, ton te tēs syntychias pothon eplērōsa, kai dielechthēn peri hōn edoulomēn. Ou gar peri mikrōn hēmin ho logos. Epei de tę̄ arrōstia katechomai, anankaiōs ēlthon epi ta grammata. Tēn kosmiōtatēn thygatera hēmōn Simplikian, tēn tou kailou kai agathou Alypiou pote gynaika, tou kosmou pasēs hēmōn tēs patridos, prosagō tę̄ sę̄ eugeneią, meta tōn oiktrōn onomatōn chēreias kai orphaneias, tōn dikaiōn para sou teuxomenēn, peri hōn sou deēsetai. Kai skopei tēs symphoras to megethos. Oupō tōnthrēnōn pepautai, kai agōnią peri tōn orphanōn, kai odous ekdēmXi makras, en houtō asthenei tǭ sōmati kai apeirią pragmatōn, ē mēde prokyptein tēs oikias eithismenē. Toutou ti eleeinoteron? mēde thrēnois genesthai chōran, kai tēn tēs eugeneias aidō lythēnai.tǭ pathei. Tauta oun panta enthymētheis, kai pros ge tēn hēmeteran paraklēsin aidestheis, mē anameinę̄s allon genesthai soi dikastēn tǭ megalǭ kai chrēstǭ Iakōbǭo mēde eis anankēn autēn katastēsai makroteras enodēmias, sphodra tharrousan tois heautēs dikaiois, hōs peithei pollous kai hēmas. Alla tais epistolais tvtychōn, kai meta pasēs orthotētos ta dikaia basa-’ nisas, euthymōteran hēmin apopempson, ekeino pro pantōn enthymētheis, hoti esti soi polla para Theou, dynasteia, chrēmata, doxa, meizonos eupraxias hodos. Tauta phylaxon seautǭ dia tēs parousēs philanthrōpias, kai hōs teknōn patēr, kai tōn men exairetheisēkindynōn, tois de embeeēkōs, houtō dianoēthtiti, kai dexias seautǭ poiēson ek tēs parousēs hypotheseōs tas kata Theon elpidas,
[Letter 207. To Jacob] If I were in such bodily health as to be equal to the labour, I would have come to you myself, satisfied my longing to meet you, and discussed what I wished; for our concern is not with small matters. But since I am held by sickness, I have of necessity turned to letters. I present to your nobility our most modest daughter Simplicia, once the wife of the good and noble Alypius, the ornament of our whole country, with the pitiable names of widowhood and orphanhood, to obtain from you justice in what she will ask of you. And consider the greatness of the misfortune. She has not yet ceased her lamentations, and she is in anguish over the orphans, and travels long journeys abroad with a body so weak and with no experience of affairs, she who was not accustomed even to look out of her house. What is more pitiable than this? To have no room even for mourning, and to have the modesty of her rank broken down by suffering. Considering all this, then, and respecting our request besides, do not wait for someone else to become judge in place of the great and good Jacob, nor force her into a longer stay abroad, confident as she is in her just claims, as she persuades many and us too. But read the letters, examine her claims with all uprightness, and send her back to us more cheerful, considering this before all, that you have many things from God: power, wealth, glory, the road to greater success. Keep these for yourself through your present kindness; and think as a father of children, and as one who has been delivered from some dangers and may enter others; and make your hopes in God favourable for yourself through the present case.
Chapter 345
345PG 37:345a–345b
Ἀκοῇ μὲν γινώσκω τὴν σὴν τιμιότητα. Θαυμάζω δὲείς ὅσον ὀλίγοι τῶν ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ὡμιληκότων ο τοσοῦτος παρὰ πᾶσι τῆς σῆς καλοκαγαθίας ὁ λόγος. -Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς ταύτην ἐθάρρησα τὴν πρεσβείαν. Ἀπέλιπεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θαυμαστὸς Ἀλύπιος, ὁ κοινὸς τῶν φίλων προστάτης, καὶ τῶν ὀρφανῶν κηδεμών. Ού μικρὸν τοῦτο ἡμῖν πρὸς συμφοράν. Δεύτερον προσεγένετο τὸ καὶ τὴν κοσμιωτάτην ἐλευθέραν αὑτοῦ φροντίζειν ὑπὲρ τῶν ὀρφανῶν. Ταύτην παραμύθησαι τῇ νῦν φιλανθρωπίᾳ, καὶ τδ ἀσφαλὲς τοῖς σοῖς τέκνοις χάρισαι διὰ τῆς είς τοὺς ὀρφανοὺς εὐποιίας, καὶ δεῖξον πλέον ἔχουσαν τῶν ξένων τὴν οἰκειότητα. Προσέσται δὲ καὶ τὸ ἡμῖν χαρίσασθαι, οὓς ὅ τι ἂν τιμήσῃς, Θεὸν ἔσῃ τετιμηκὼς, οὗπερ ἡμεῖς ὴξιὼμεθα εἶναι παραστάται καὶ λειτουργοὶ, καὶ εί τῆς ἀξίας ἐλάττονες.
Akoę̄ men ginōskō tēn sēn timiotēta. Thaumazō deeis hoson oligoi tōn epi pleiston hōmilēkotōn o tosoutos para pasi tēs sēs kalokagathias ho logos. -Dia touto kai autos tautēn etharrēsa tēn presbeian. Apelipen hēmas ho Thaumastos Alypios, ho koinos tōn philōn prostatēs, kai tōn orphanōn kēdemōn. Ou mikron touto hēmin pros symphoran. Deuteron prosegeneto to kai tēn kosmiōtatēn eleutheran hautou phrontizein hyper tōn orphanōn. Tautēn paramythēsai tę̄ nyn philanthrōpią, kai td asphales tois sois teknois charisai dia tēs eis tous orphanous eupoiias, kai deixon pleon echousan tōn xenōn tēn oikeiotēta. Prosestai de kai to hēmin charisasthai, hous ho ti an timēsę̄s, Theon esę̄ tetimēkōs, houper hēmeis ēxiōmetha einai parastatai kai leitourgoi, kai ei tēs axias elattones.
I know your Honour by hearsay; but I admire you as few even of those who have long associated with you do; so great is the report of your goodness among all. Therefore I too have dared this intercession. The admirable Alypius has left us, the common protector of his friends and guardian of orphans. This is no small misfortune for us. A second has been added: that his most modest wife must care for the orphans. Console her by your present kindness, secure safety for your own children by your good deed to the orphans, and show that kinship counts for more than strangers. And there will also be the favour to us, since whatever honour you show us you will have shown to God, whose attendants and ministers we have been counted worthy to be, even if we fall short of the dignity.
Chapter 347
347PG 37:348a
Ἐμοὶ τῆς πατρίδος, ὡς ἔοικεν, ή ἀλλοδαπή χρηστοτέρα. Ἥ μὲν γὰρ ἐδίδου τῆς σῆς ἀπολαύειν φιλίας, ήδὲ οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον ἡμῖν ἐχαρίσατο. Καὶ τοῦτό μοι παρά τῆς ἀρρωστίας, ἦ με κατέχει πεδήσασα, καὶ πρὸς πολλὰ ποιεί δυσκίνητον, ἢ ἀκίνητον, εἰ χρὴ λέγειν τὸ ἀληθέστερον. Ταύτην μὲν οὗν τὴν ζημίαν λυπούμενοι μὲν οἴσομεν. Τί δὲ ού φέρει τῶν ἀνιαρῶν ἀνθρωπος; μόνον ύγιαίνοις, καὶ πράττοις τὰ κατὰ νοῦν, καὶ ἐν χειρὶ Θεοῦ εἴη τά σά. Ἔσται δὲ, εἰ γνησίως αὑτοῦ λαμβάνοιο. τὴν δὲ κυρίαν, τὴν κοινὴν ἡμῶν ἀδελφὴν, τάχιστα ήμίν ἀποπέμψασθαι θέλησον, ὡς κοινὸν ἔρεισμα καὶ τῶν εύλαβῶν, καὶ τῆς ἀσθενείας τῆς ήμετέραςʼ ἢ πολλά σου τῆς σακερόὡτιδος καταὸοησόμεθα, διʼ ἢν ζημιούμεθα, καί καλέσομεν αὐτὴν τῇ οἰκείᾳ προσηγορίᾳ. Γνώσῃ δέ ἦ τις, παρʼ αὐτῆς πυθόμενος. ΣιΑν. ΚΥΡΙΑΚῼ. Τιμᾷς τοὺς εύλαὸεϊς, εὖ οἶδα, καὶ πτωχοὺς εὖ ποιεῖς. Τούτων ἀμφοτέρων σοι νῦν καιρόςο ἔχει γὰρ οὕτως. Ὀ τιμιώτατος καὶ θεοφιλέστατος υίὸς ήμῶν Σακερδὼς, ὁ συμπρεσσύτερος, πτωχείου προσ ἕστηκε τῶν ἐπισήμων πολυανθρώπου, εύσεὸείας τε ἕνεκα καὶ τῆς εἰς τὸ πρᾶγμα σπουδῆς. Ἐστι δὲ τῶν ὑπηρετουμένων τῷ πτωχείῳ κτήματα Διριάνδος καὶ Κασερίνα ὁμοροῦντα τόποις τοῖς τῆς οἰκίας, ἐξ ἐπιδόσεως τού τιμιωτάτου Κάστορος, τῷ πτωχείῳ τι συνε-ισφέροντα. Ταῦτα πάσης ἐπηρείας ἐλευθερώσας, μέρος ούκ ἐλάχιστον συνεισοίσεις, καί τοῖς πτωχοῖς τῆς θεραπείας, καὶ σεαυτῷ τῆς ἀντιδόσεως, ἣν οἶδας ὀφειλομένην τοῖς εὐσεβέσι. Δῆλον δέ, ὅτι ἅπαξ ὁρμήσας εἰς τὴν εὐεργεσίαν, καὶ τῆς εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἀσφαλείας ποιήσεις πρόνοιαν, ὡς μηδὲ βουλομένῳ τινὶ ἐξεῖναι κακὸν γενέσθαι περὶ τοὺς τόπους, τρόπον ὃν ἐπινοήσειεν ή σὴ σύνεσις
Emoi tēs patridos, hōs eoiken, ē allodapē chrēstotera. Hē men gar edidou tēs sēs apolauein philias, ēde ouden toiouton hēmin echarisato. Kai touto moi para tēs arrōstias, ē me katechei pedēsasa, kai pros polla poiei dyskinēton, ē akinēton, ei chrē legein to alēthesteron. Tautēn men houn tēn zēmian lypoumenoi men oisomen. Ti de ou pherei tōn aniarōn anthrōpos? monon ygiainois, kai prattois ta kata noun, kai en cheiri Theou eiē ta sa. Estai de, ei gnēsiōs hautou lambanoio. tēn de kyrian, tēn koinēn hēmōn adelphēn, tachista ēmin apopempsasthai thelēson, hōs koinon ereisma kai tōn eulabōn, kai tēs astheneias tēs ēmeterasʼ ē polla sou tēs sakeroōtidos kataooēsometha, diʼ ēn zēmioumetha, kai kalesomen autēn tę̄ oikeią prosēgorią. Gnōsę̄ de ē tis, parʼ autēs pythomenos. SiAn. KYRIAKǬ. Timąs tous eulaoeïs, eu oida, kai ptōchous eu poieis. Toutōn amphoterōn soi nyn kairoso echei gar houtōs. O timiōtatos kai theophilestatos uios ēmōn Sakerdōs, ho sympressyteros, ptōcheiou pros hestēke tōn episēmōn polyanthrōpou, euseoeias te heneka kai tēs eis to pragma spoudēs. Esti de tōn hypēretoumenōn tǭ ptōcheiǭ ktēmata Diriandos kai Kaserina homorounta topois tois tēs oikias, ex epidoseōs tou timiōtatou Kastoros, tǭ ptōcheiǭ ti syne-ispheronta. Tauta pasēs epēreias eleutherōsas, meros ouk elachiston syneisoiseis, kai tois ptōchois tēs therapeias, kai seautǭ tēs antidoseōs, hēn oidas opheilomenēn tois eusebesi. Dēlon de, hoti hapax hormēsas eis tēn euergesian, kai tēs eis to mellon asphaleias poiēseis pronoian, hōs mēde boulomenǭ tini exeinai kakon genesthai peri tous topous, tropon hon epinoēseien ē sē synesis
A foreign land, it seems, is kinder to me than my own country. For the one let me enjoy your friendship, the other has granted me nothing of the kind. And this I owe to my sickness, which holds me fettered and makes me slow to move toward many things, or rather unable to move, if I must speak more truly. This loss we will bear with grief; but what grievous thing does man not bear? Only may you be well and fare as you wish, and may your affairs be in the hand of God; and they will be, if you hold to him sincerely. And be so good as to send back to us very soon the lady, our common sister, as the common support of the devout and of our weakness; or we will cry out loudly against your “priestess,” through whom we suffer this loss, and call her by her proper name. Who she is you will know by asking her. [Letter 211. To Cyriacus] You honour the devout, I know well, and you do good to the poor. Now is the time for both; for the matter stands thus. Our most honoured and most God-beloved son Sacerdos, our fellow presbyter, is in charge of one of the well-known and well-populated poorhouses, both for piety's sake and because of his zeal for the work. Among the properties that serve the poorhouse are Dirianda and Caserina, which border on the lands of the house and contribute something to the poorhouse by gift of the most honoured Castor. By freeing them from all harassment you will contribute no small share both to the care of the poor and to the recompense for yourself which you know is owed to the pious. And plainly, once you have set out on this benefaction, you will also provide for its future security, so that no one, even if he wished, may do harm to these places, in whatever way your understanding may devise.
Chapter 349
349PG 37:349a–349d
Προσαγορεύω σε τὴν νέαν ἡμῶν ἐλπίδα, τὸν πολιὸν ὲν νεότητι· καὶ πᾶν ὅτι σοι κάλλιπον βούλομαί τε καὶ εὔχομαι. Τῶν δὲ καλῶν τὸ πρῶτον οὐκ ἀγνοεῖς ο ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀεὶ Θεὸν κτᾶσθαι, καὶ γενέσθαι κτῆμα Θεοῦ διὰ τῆς πρὸς αὑτὸν οἰκειώσεὼς τε κα). ἀναβάσεως ’ ὃ καὶ σαυτὸν οἷδʼ ὅτι νουθετήσεις. Σιιη. τῷ αὐτῷ. Εῐ σοι μηδὲν ἠλπίζετο δυσχερὲς, ἡνίκα φιλοσοφίᾳ προσέβαινες, ἁφιλόσοφος ἠ ἀρχὴ, καὶ τοὺς πλάστας μέμφομαι. Εἰ δὲ ἠλπίζετο, εί μὲν οὐκ ἀπήντησε, τῷ Θεῷ χάρις · εί δὲ ἀπήντησεν, ἢ κσρτέρει πάσχων, ἢ ῐσθι ψευδόμενος τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν.
Prosagoreuō se tēn nean hēmōn elpida, ton polion en neotēti; kai pan hoti soi kallipon boulomai te kai euchomai. Tōn de kalōn to prōton ouk agnoeis o hoper estin aei Theon ktasthai, kai genesthai ktēma Theou dia tēs pros hauton oikeiōseōs te ka). anabaseōs ’ ho kai sauton hoidʼ hoti nouthetēseis. Siiē. tǭ autǭ. Ei soi mēden ēlpizeto dyscheres, hēnika philosophią prosebaines, haphilosophos ē archē, kai tous plastas memphomai. Ei de ēlpizeto, ei men ouk apēntēse, tǭ Theǭ charis ; ei de apēntēsen, ē ksrterei paschōn, ē isthi pseudomenos tēn hyposchesin.
I greet you, our young hope, grey-haired in youth; and I wish and pray for you all that is finest. The first of good things you know: always to possess God, and to become God's possession through intimacy with him and ascent toward him; of which I know you will admonish yourself. [Letter 213. To the same] If you expected nothing difficult when you came to philosophy, the beginning was unphilosophical, and I blame those who formed you. But if it was expected: if it did not come, thanks be to God; but if it did come, either endure as you suffer, or know that you are belying your promise.
Chapter 351
351PG 37:352a–352d
EIE'. Τῼ ΔΥΤῼ. Τί δεινὸν ἡμτν; Οὐδὲν, ὄντι μὴ Θεοῦ καὶ τῶν θείων διαμαρτάνειν. Τάλλα δὲ, ὡς ἃν φέρῃ Θεὸς, οὕτως ἐχέτω, εἴτε διά τῶν δεξιῶν ὅπλων καὶ χρηστοτέρων οἰκονομεῖ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἡμᾶς, εἴτε διά τῶν ἀριστερῶν τε καὶ σκαιοτέρων. Οἵδε τοὺς λόγους τούτων ὁ τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν οἰκονόμος. Ἐν φοβηθῶμεν μόνον, τὸ μήτι παθεῖν ἀφιλόσοφον. Ἐπτωχοτροφὴσαμεν, ὲφιλαδελφήσαμεν, ψαλμῳδίαις ὲνετρυφήσαμεν, ἕως ἐξῆν. Οὐ συγχωρούμεθα τοῦτο· ἀλλο τι φιλοσοφήσωμεν ο οὐ, πενιχρά ἡ χάρις. ἰδιάοωμεν, θεωρήσωμεν, τὸν νοῦν καθάρωμεν ταῖς θείαις ἐμφάσεσιν,ὃ τάχα καὶ τῶν προειρημένων ὑψηλότερον. Ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἔχομενʼ ἀλλʼ ὅτι τοῦ ἑνὸς διημάρτομεν, τοῦ παντὸς ἐκπε- Ιτιττωκιξνσιι νομίζομεν. Μὴ οὓτως· ἀλλʼ ἐτι κρατῶμεν τῆςχρηστῆς ἐλπίδος,ἐῑ τι ἡμῖν ὑπολειπόμενον ἴδωμεν· καὶ μὴ ταυτά πάσχωμεν τοῖς πώλοις, οἳ τῷ μὴ συνειθίσθαι ταῖς πτόαις, πρὸς τοὺς ψόφους ἐξαγριαίνοντες, τοὺς ἐπιβάτας ἑαυτῶν καταβάλλουσιν.
EIE'. TǬ DYTǬ. Ti deinon hēmtn? Ouden, onti mē Theou kai tōn theiōn diamartanein. Talla de, hōs han pherę̄ Theos, houtōs echetō, eite dia tōn dexiōn hoplōn kai chrēstoterōn oikonomei tēs dikaiosynēs hēmas, eite dia tōn aristerōn te kai skaioterōn. Hoide tous logous toutōn ho tēs zōēs hēmōn oikonomos. En phobēthōmen monon, to mēti pathein aphilosophon. Eptōchotrophēsamen, ephiladelphēsamen, psalmǭdiais enetryphēsamen, heōs exēn. Ou synchōroumetha touto; allo ti philosophēsōmen o ou, penichra hē charis. idiaoōmen, theōrēsōmen, ton noun katharōmen tais theiais emphasesin,ho tacha kai tōn proeirēmenōn hypsēloteron. Hēmeis de ouch houtōs echomenʼ allʼ hoti tou henos diēmartomen, tou pantos ekpe- Itittōkixnsii nomizomen. Mē houtōs; allʼ eti kratōmen tēschrēstēs elpidos,ei ti hēmin hypoleipomenon idōmen; kai mē tauta paschōmen tois pōlois, hoi tǭ mē syneithisthai tais ptoais, pros tous psophous exagriainontes, tous epibatas heautōn kataballousin.
[Letter 215. To the same] What is terrible for us? Nothing, except to fail of God and of divine things. Let the rest be as God brings it, whether he orders us through the right-hand weapons of righteousness, the kinder ones, or through the left-hand and harsher ones. The steward of our life knows the reasons for these things. Let us fear one thing only: suffering anything unphilosophically. We fed the poor, we loved the brothers, we delighted in psalmody, while it was allowed. We are not permitted this; let us practise some other philosophy; for grace is not poor. Let us be at leisure, contemplate, and purify the mind with divine impressions, which is perhaps higher than what was mentioned before. But we are not so disposed; rather, because we have failed of one thing, we think we have fallen from everything. Not so; but let us still hold to good hope, if we see anything left to us; and let us not be like colts, which, not being used to alarms, grow wild at noises and throw their riders.
Chapter 353
353PG 37:353a–353b
εύσέδειαν, καὶ πολλῶν καὶ ἀνδρῶν καὶ ἠθῶι ὲν πείρᾳ. γεγόναμεν (πεῖρα δὲ μήτηρ συνέσεως), ὑμεῖς δὲ οἷον πῶλοι νεοζυγείς, καὶ ἄρτι τῶν κατά Θεὸν ἀγώνων ἀρχόμενοι (τὸ δὲ ἀρχόμενον θερμότερον, καὶ δυνάμενον τῇ ζέσει τοῦ πνεύματος πολλά μὲν κατορθῶσαι τῶν δεόντων. πολλὰ δὲ διαμαρτεῖν ἑξ ἀγνοίας), θέλησον, γενόμενος μέχρις ήμῶν, καὶ ὡς γέροντας τιμῆσαι, καὶ ὡς πατέρας αἰδεσθῆναι, καὶ μεσίταις χρήσασθαι τῆς πρὸς τὸν αἰδεσιμώτατον ἀδελφὸν καὶ συμπρεσσύτερον ἡμῶν Σακερδῶτα διαφορᾶς, πάρεστι γὰρ αύτός · ἴνα τά πρδς ἀλλήλους εὖ θέμενοι, καὶ τὸν ἐπίσκοπον θεραπεύσητε, καὶ τὸ σκάνδαλον τῶν πολλῶν λύσητε, καὶ, τὸ μέγιστον ἁπάντων, τὸν Θεὸν ἱλεώσησθε, μὴ πρᾶγμα τοσοῦτον καὶ οὕτως ἔνδοξον (λέγω δὲ τὴν σύμπνοιαν ὑμῶν, καὶ τάς κατὰ Θεὸν τοῦ βίου συνθήκας) οὓτως ὲν βραχεῖ καταλύσητε. ΣιΖο. Τῷ ΑΥΤῼ. Μετὰ τὸν πόλεμον ἡ συμμαχιαο μετὰ τὴν ζάλην ὁ κυβερνήτης καὶ δέον βουλεύσασθαι πρότερον, εἶτα πρᾶξαι, τὴν τάξιν ἆντεστρέψαμεν μετὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν, βουλευόμεθα. Εἰ μὲν οὖν κολακεύειν ἓδει, καὶ χείρω ποιεῖν, πολλάς ἂν εὗρον κολακεὶας ὁδοὺς, ὅσῳ καὶ ῥᾷον τὸ πρᾶγμα, καὶ πολλοῖς νῦν κατορθούμενον. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὸ βλάπτειν οὐ πρὸς ἡμῶν, καὶ μάλιστα ψυχὴν ἔτι νεοτελῆ, καὶ ἄρτι τῷ καλῷ προσβαίνουσαν, ἄκουε τάληθῆ. Ἀφιλόσοᾳος ή ἀρχή· καὶ κακῶς ἠγάπησαν σε οἱ θεραπεύσαντες, καὶ ὑπʼ ἄλλῳ προσωπείῳ τὰ ἑαυτῶν παίξαντες. Εἰ μὲν οὖν ἀλλὰ νῦν μεταδάλοις, καὶ θεραπεύσοις τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, τάχα ἄν τις ὑμῖν ἔλθοι συνούλωσις, εἰ καὶ μόγις. Εἰ δʼ ἐπὶ
eusedeian, kai pollōn kai andrōn kai ēthōi en peirą. gegonamen (peira de mētēr syneseōs), hymeis de hoion pōloi neozygeis, kai arti tōn kata Theon agōnōn archomenoi (to de archomenon thermoteron, kai dynamenon tę̄ zesei tou pneumatos polla men katorthōsai tōn deontōn. polla de diamartein hex agnoias), thelēson, genomenos mechris ēmōn, kai hōs gerontas timēsai, kai hōs pateras aidesthēnai, kai mesitais chrēsasthai tēs pros ton aidesimōtaton adelphon kai sympressyteron hēmōn Sakerdōta diaphoras, paresti gar autos ; ina ta prds allēlous eu themenoi, kai ton episkopon therapeusēte, kai to skandalon tōn pollōn lysēte, kai, to megiston hapantōn, ton Theon hileōsēsthe, mē pragma tosouton kai houtōs endoxon (legō de tēn sympnoian hymōn, kai tas kata Theon tou biou synthēkas) houtōs en brachei katalysēte. SiZo. Tǭ AUTǬ. Meta ton polemon hē symmachiao meta tēn zalēn ho kybernētēs kai deon bouleusasthai proteron, eita praxai, tēn taxin antestrepsamen meta tēn praxin, bouleuometha. Ei men oun kolakeuein hedei, kai cheirō poiein, pollas an heuron kolakeias hodous, hosǭ kai rhąon to pragma, kai pollois nyn katorthoumenon. Epeidē de to blaptein ou pros hēmōn, kai malista psychēn eti neotelē, kai arti tǭ kalǭ prosbainousan, akoue talēthē. Aphilosoąos ē archē; kai kakōs ēgapēsan se hoi therapeusantes, kai hypʼ allǭ prosōpeiǭ ta heautōn paixantes. Ei men oun alla nyn metadalois, kai therapeusois tēn hamartian, tacha an tis hymin elthoi synoulōsis, ei kai mogis. Ei dʼ epi
… piety, and we have had experience of many men and characters (and experience is the mother of understanding), whereas you are like newly yoked colts, just beginning the contests of God's service (and what is beginning is hotter, and by the zeal of the spirit able to achieve much that is right, and to miss much through ignorance): be willing, then, to come to us, to honour us as old men and respect us as fathers, and to use us as mediators in your dispute with our most venerable brother and fellow presbyter Sacerdos, for he himself is here; so that, settling your affairs with one another, you may serve the bishop, remove the scandal of the many, and, greatest of all, appease God, and not destroy so quickly so great and glorious a thing (I mean your concord and the compacts of life you made in God). [Letter 217. To the same] After the war, the alliance; after the storm, the helmsman; and whereas we ought first to deliberate and then to act, we have reversed the order: after acting, we deliberate. If I had to flatter and make things worse, I would have found many roads of flattery, since that is easier and many succeed at it nowadays. But since doing harm is not our way, especially to a soul newly initiated and just approaching the good, hear the truth. The beginning was unphilosophical; and those who courted you loved you badly, playing their own game under another's mask. If, then, you change even now and heal the sin, perhaps some healing of the wound may come to you, even if with difficulty. But if
Chapter 355
355PG 37:356a–356b
τῶν αὐτῶν μένοις, καὶ τῇ κακῇ νίκῃ μεγαφρονοίης, Ἁλγηρὰ ἡ πληγή μου, φησὶν ἡ θεία γ Γραφὴ, πόθεν …; ποιοῦμαι γὰρ ἐμαυτοῦ τά ὑμέτερα ο καίπερ δὲ οὕτως ἔχων καὶ γράφων, εἰ τὴν συντυχίαν ποθεῖς, οὐκ ἀρνήσομαι. Ἐμοὶ φίλος μέν ἐστιν. ὁμολογῶ, καὶ εἴη, ὁκαλός τε καὶ ἀγαθὸς Σακερδὼς ὁ συμπρεσσύτερος, καὶ ταύτῃ μᾶλλον ὅτι σου περιέχεται. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐν οἷς ᾐτιᾶτο, τὸ φίλτρον ἀπέλιπεν, ἀλλʼ ἀδελφικὴν μᾶλλον ἐποιεῖτο μέμψιν ἢ κατηγορίαν φιλαπεχθήμονα. Οὐ μέντοι τοσοῦτον ἀμαθῶς ἔχω καὶ προπετῶς, ῶστε δίκην δικάζειν πρὶν ἀμφοτέρων ἀκοῦσαι (μὴ ταῦθʼ ὑπολάβοις), ὃς γε καὶ διʼ αὐτῆς τῆς … ἦς κατέγνωκας ὡς θρασείας (ει μὴ παρέργως ταύτην ἀνέγνωκας), οὗ τοσοῦτόν σου καθηψάμην, ὅσον τῶν ἀναπτόντων ὑμᾶς, καὶ παρακερδαινόντων έκ τῆς ὑμετέρας μικροψυχίας ίδίαν ἀπόλαυσιν. Τί οὖν ἐστιν δ πέπονθα; Γνοίης ἂν οὕτως. Οἱ πωλοδάμναι τοὺς πώλους γυμνάζουσι πρὸς τά χρὼο ματα καὶ τοὺς ψόφους, καὶ τῶν χωρίων τὰ πρη- _ νῆ τε καὶ ὕπτια, οὐχ ἵνα πτοήσωσιν, ἀλλʼ ῖνα μὴ πτοεῖσθαι διδάξωσι. Τοῦτο κάγὼ διανοηθεὶς, τραχυτέραν πως καὶ τὴν επιστολὴν ἐποιησάμην. Πολλά γὰρ τὰ φιλοσοφίας γυμνάσματαο καὶ τῷ Θεῷ χάρις, ὃτι σε μὴ ἀφιλόσοφον εὖρον, μηδὲ τῆς ὕλης, ἀλλʼ ἥμερον ἱκανῶς, καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας αὐλῆς, ὑφʼ ἦς καὶ γράφεις ἐπιεικῶς, καὶ τὴν συντυχίαν ποθεῖς. Εἰ μὲν οὖν καὶ ταύτην ἡμῖν χαρίζοιο, κρεῖττον ποιεῖς, καί σε δεξόμεθα, εὖ ῐσθι, πατρικοῖς ὄμμασιν. Εἰ δʼ ἀρα τι ὁ χειμὼν ἐμποδίζει, τῇ παραινέσει τέως σε δεξιούμεθα. Μηδὲν προτιμήσῃς ἔτι καὶ νῦν τῆς πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν Σακερδῶτα φιλίας καὶ ὁμονοίας (ἐμοὶ πείσθητι), μηδʼ ἀλλο τι νομίσῃς, ἢ πεῖραν εἶναι τοῦ πονηροῦ τὸ γινόμενον, τῇ σῇ φιλοσοφίᾳ
tōn autōn menois, kai tę̄ kakę̄ nikę̄ megaphronoiēs, Halgēra hē plēgē mou, phēsin hē theia g Graphē, pothen …? poioumai gar emautou ta hymetera o kaiper de houtōs echōn kai graphōn, ei tēn syntychian potheis, ouk arnēsomai. Emoi philos men estin. homologō, kai eiē, hokalos te kai agathos Sakerdōs ho sympressyteros, kai tautę̄ mallon hoti sou periechetai. Oude gar en hois ę̄tiato, to philtron apelipen, allʼ adelphikēn mallon epoieito mempsin ē katēgorian philapechthēmona. Ou mentoi tosouton amathōs echō kai propetōs, ōste dikēn dikazein prin amphoterōn akousai (mē tauthʼ hypolabois), hos ge kai diʼ autēs tēs … ēs kategnōkas hōs thraseias (ei mē parergōs tautēn anegnōkas), hou tosouton sou kathēpsamēn, hoson tōn anaptontōn hymas, kai parakerdainontōn ek tēs hymeteras mikropsychias idian apolausin. Ti oun estin d pepontha? Gnoiēs an houtōs. Hoi pōlodamnai tous pōlous gymnazousi pros ta chrōo mata kai tous psophous, kai tōn chōriōn ta prē- _ nē te kai hyptia, ouch hina ptoēsōsin, allʼ ina mē ptoeisthai didaxōsi. Touto kagō dianoētheis, trachyteran pōs kai tēn epistolēn epoiēsamēn. Polla gar ta philosophias gymnasmatao kai tǭ Theǭ charis, hoti se mē aphilosophon euron, mēde tēs hylēs, allʼ hēmeron hikanōs, kai tēs hēmeteras aulēs, hyphʼ ēs kai grapheis epieikōs, kai tēn syntychian potheis. Ei men oun kai tautēn hēmin charizoio, kreitton poieis, kai se dexometha, eu isthi, patrikois ommasin. Ei dʼ ara ti ho cheimōn empodizei, tę̄ parainesei teōs se dexioumetha. Mēden protimēsę̄s eti kai nyn tēs pros ton adelphon Sakerdōta philias kai homonoias (emoi peisthēti), mēdʼ allo ti nomisę̄s, ē peiran einai tou ponērou to ginomenon, tę̄ sę̄ philosophią
you remain in the same state and pride yourself on your evil victory, “Grievous is my wound,” says the divine Scripture; “whence shall I be healed?” For I make your affairs my own. Yet though I am so disposed and write so, if you long to meet, I will not refuse. The good and noble Sacerdos, our fellow presbyter, is my friend, I confess, and may he remain so, and the more because he holds to you. For not even in his complaints did he give up his affection, but made a brotherly reproach rather than a hostile accusation. But I am not so ignorant and rash as to judge a case before hearing both sides (do not suppose that), I who even in that very letter which you condemned as bold (unless you read it carelessly) touched you less than those who inflame you and draw private profit from your petty quarrel. What, then, was my purpose? You may learn it thus. Colt-breakers train colts to colours and noises, and to steep and level ground, not to frighten them but to teach them not to be frightened. With this in mind I made my letter somewhat rough. For the exercises of philosophy are many; and thanks be to God that I found you not unphilosophical, nor wild, but gentle enough and of our own fold, so that you write fairly and long to meet. If, then, you grant us this too, you do better, and we will receive you, be well assured, with a father's eyes. But if the winter hinders you somewhat, meanwhile we greet you with this advice. Prefer nothing, even now, to friendship and concord with your brother Sacerdos (believe me), and think that what has happened is nothing but a trial from the evil one, jealous of your philosophy.
Chapter 357
357PG 37:357a–357d
βασκαίνοντος. Ἀλλά πρὸς τὴν πρώτην πεῖ· ραν ἀγώνισαι γενναίως καὶ ἀνδρικῶς, ῖνα μὴ τὴν δευτέραν καὶ τρίτην ποιήσηται πάλην, καὶ ἀλλας ἑξῆς, ἀλλʼ ἡττημένος ἀπέλθῃ καὶ ᾐσχυμμένος. Ἵσμεν γάρ αὐτοῦ τά παλαίσματα, τῷ μακρῷ χρόνῳ τοῦτο μαθόντες, καὶ τοῖς πρὸς αύτδν ἀγωνίσμασι. me. ΕΛΛΑΔΙῼ. Οὒς ποιήσομαι πρὸς σὲ λόγους, ὑπὸ εὐνοίας ποιήσομαι, ὥστε δίκαιος ἂν εῐην μάλιστα μὲν ἀκουσθῆναι παρακαλῶν· εί δʼ ού, ἀλλά συγγνωσθῆναι τῆς παραινέσεως. Οὐ πολλοὶ τὴν πρᾶξιν ὑμῶν ἀποδέχονται, τὴν περὶ τὸν τιμιώτατον ἡμῶν ἀδελφὸν καὶ συμπρεσσύτερον Σακερδῶτα, ὡς ὲκ διαβολῆς τινων μᾶλλον ἢ κρίσεως οίκείας γεγενημένην, οἳ τὴν μὲν ἀκολουθίαν τῶν πραγμάτων τυχὸν ἀγνοοῦσι, τὸ δὲ τέλος αὐτὸ καθʼ αὐτὸ θεωροῦντες οὐκ ἐπαινοῦσι. Ταῦτα μὲν οῦν αὐτὸς ἂν εἰδείης. Οὐ γὰρ ἡμῶν τά σά πολυπραγμονεῖν, ὃς καὶ) τοῖς ἀλλοις τά πρακτέα νομοθετεῖς. Ἡμεῖς δὲ παρακαλοῦμεν τὴν σὴν ἀγαθότητα, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον συγχωρῆσαι τῷ ἀνδρὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν, ὧν ἐφρόντιζεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ οὕτω ῥᾴδιόν τινι φιλοσοφῆσαι, κάν ὁ καρτερικώτατος καὶ φιλοσοφώτατος, ὥστε πόνων τοσούτων καὶ συνηθείας τοσαύτης ἀποστερούμενον φέρειν. Εἰ δὲ μὴ. τόγε δεύτερον, τὴν μὲν τῶν πτωχῶν ἐπιμέλειαν, ὡς βούλει, διαθέσθαι, καὶ διʼ ὧν αὐτὸς δοκιμάσεις, τὴν δὲ τῆς μονῆς φροντίδα καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν, ἐπʼ αύτῷ ποιήσασθαι· καὶ μὴ λυπῆσαι μὲν αὐτὸν τῇ και· νοτομίᾳ, λυπῆσαι δὲ πλέον ἐκείνους τῆς συνηθείας ἀντεχομένους, καὶ ὥσπερ σώματος ἑνὸς διασπασμὸν μελῶν ού φέροντας. Τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐλθόντες τινὲς αὐτῶν ἀπωδύραντο. Εἰ μὲν οῦν τί σοι καὶ ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ ὁ ἀνὴρ αἰδέσιμον ἔχειν φαίνεται (ὥσπερ οῦν ἀξιον), αὐτὸν διʼ αὑτὸν αίδέσθητι, καὶ τὴν πολιὰν, καὶ τοὺς καμάτους, τούς τε ἀλλους,
baskainontos. Alla pros tēn prōtēn pei; ran agōnisai gennaiōs kai andrikōs, ina mē tēn deuteran kai tritēn poiēsētai palēn, kai allas hexēs, allʼ hēttēmenos apelthę̄ kai ę̄schymmenos. Hismen gar autou ta palaismata, tǭ makrǭ chronǭ touto mathontes, kai tois pros autdn agōnismasi. me. ELLADIǬ. Ous poiēsomai pros se logous, hypo eunoias poiēsomai, hōste dikaios an eiēn malista men akousthēnai parakalōn; ei dʼ ou, alla syngnōsthēnai tēs paraineseōs. Ou polloi tēn praxin hymōn apodechontai, tēn peri ton timiōtaton hēmōn adelphon kai sympressyteron Sakerdōta, hōs ek diabolēs tinōn mallon ē kriseōs oikeias gegenēmenēn, hoi tēn men akolouthian tōn pragmatōn tychon agnoousi, to de telos auto kathʼ auto theōrountes ouk epainousi. Tauta men oun autos an eideiēs. Ou gar hēmōn ta sa polypragmonein, hos kai) tois allois ta praktea nomotheteis. Hēmeis de parakaloumen tēn sēn agathotēta, to men prōton synchōrēsai tǭ andri pasan tēn epimeleian, hōn ephrontizen. Oude gar houtō rhądion tini philosophēsai, kan ho karterikōtatos kai philosophōtatos, hōste ponōn tosoutōn kai synētheias tosautēs aposteroumenon pherein. Ei de mē. toge deuteron, tēn men tōn ptōchōn epimeleian, hōs boulei, diathesthai, kai diʼ hōn autos dokimaseis, tēn de tēs monēs phrontida kai tōn adelphōn, epʼ autǭ poiēsasthai; kai mē lypēsai men auton tę̄ kai; notomią, lypēsai de pleon ekeinous tēs synētheias antechomenous, kai hōsper sōmatos henos diaspasmon melōn ou pherontas. Touto gar kai pros hēmas elthontes tines autōn apōdyranto. Ei men oun ti soi kai aphʼ heautou ho anēr aidesimon echein phainetai (hōsper oun axion), auton diʼ hauton aidesthēti, kai tēn polian, kai tous kamatous, tous te allous,
But struggle nobly and manfully against the first trial, so that he may not attempt a second and a third bout and others after them, but go away beaten and ashamed. For we know his wrestling holds, having learned them over a long time and in our own contests against him. [Letter 219. To Helladius] The words I shall address to you I shall address out of goodwill, so that I may fairly ask above all to be heard, or if not, to be forgiven for the advice. Not many approve of your action concerning our most honoured brother and fellow presbyter Sacerdos, as done on the slander of some rather than on your own judgment; they perhaps do not know the course of events, but, looking at the outcome by itself, they do not praise it. These things you yourself would know; for it is not for us to meddle in your affairs, you who lay down for others what they must do. But we beg your goodness, first, to give back to the man all the oversight of what he cared for. For it is not so easy for anyone to be a philosopher, even the most enduring and philosophical, as to bear being deprived of such labours and such long habit. If not, then the second course: arrange the care of the poor as you wish and through whom you yourself approve, but leave in his hands the care of the monastery and the brothers; and do not grieve him by innovation, and grieve still more those who cling to their accustomed life and cannot bear, as it were, the tearing apart of the members of one body. For some of them came to us and lamented this. If, then, the man seems to you to have something venerable of his own (as is fitting), respect him for his own sake, his grey hair, his labours, and the others,
Chapter 359
359PG 37:360a–360d
οὓς κατὰ Θεὸν ύπέστη, πρεσβυτέραν τῆς ἡλικίας τὴν εὐλάβειαν ἐπιδεικνύμενος, καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ τῇ πτωχοτροφίᾳ καὶ προστασίᾳ τῶν ἀδελφῶν. Εἰ δὲ τοῦτο μικρόν σοι δοκεῖ, ἀλλʼ ἡμᾶς γε καὶ τὴν ἠμετέραν πρεσβείαν πάντως μὴ ἀτιμάσῃς· καὶ πρὸ πάντων τῶν ἄλλων, ἄνες αύτῷ τὴν ὀργὴν καὶ τὴν λύπην, ναὶ παρακαλῶ, καὶ ὡς πατὴρ τέκνω οίκείωσαι· εἰ τι καὶ λελύπηκεν, ὅπερ οὐκ οῐομαι, τοῦτο ἡμῖν συγχωρήσας, καὶ μηδὲν ἀνάξιον μιν αὑτοῦ, ἀνάξιον δὲ τῆς σῆς ἡμερότητος ἢ εἰπὼν, η γράψας περὶ αὑτοῦ· εί δέ τι καὶ γέγραπται, λύσας. Μηδὲ τὴν λύπην δημοσιεύσῃς, ἢν κρύπτειν βέλ. τιον ἢ γνωρίζειν τοῖς ἔξωθεν· ὼς ἂν τά τε ἄλλα καὶ αὑτὸν μακροθυμεῖν διδάξῃς τῷ ὑποδείγματι. Σκν. τᾳ Ὦν ἐπέστειλας τὰ μὲν λίαν ἥμερα καὶ φιλάνθρωπα, τὰ δὲ ούκ έχω τί λέγειν, πλὴν ἡμῖν λυπηράο καὶ μάλα εἰκότως, ὠς ἐμαυτὸν πείθω. Εἴτε γὰρ δικαίως ἐγκαλεῖται ὁ ἀδελφὸς ἡμῶν καὶ συμπρεσβύτερος Σακερδὼς. ὅπερ οὐκ οἴομαι, λυπηρόν. Πῶς γὰρ οὓς τοσαύτην εὐλάβειαν καὶ τοσούτους πόνους οὕτως έν βραχεῖ καταλυθῆναι; Εἴτε διαβολὴ ταῦτά ἐστι παρὰ τῶν φθονούντων αύτῷ κατασκιυαυ σθείσα, καὶ τοῦτο ἀνιαρὸν, οὗ ἡ πολιτεία συνῆπταί σοι, τοῦτον ἀλλοτριοῦσθαι ταῖς ὲπηρείαις. Ἦν οὖν ὲν τοῖς παροῦσι ἀρίστην γνώμην καὶ λυσιτελεστάτην ἔγνων, ταύτην ἀπόδεξαι· αὐτὸν έπεμψὰ σοι τὸν ἀδελφὸν, μᾶλλον δὲ ὡρμημένον προέπεμψα, διʼ αὑτοῦ καὶ τὸ λυποῦν Θεραπεύσοντα, καὶ πάντα μετὰ ἀληθείας ἁναδιδάξοντα. Περὶ μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἀπολογήσασθαί φησιν ἕτοιμος εἶναι, τὰ δὶ ὡς ψεύδη κατεσκευᾶσθαι, δεῖξαι. Τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ἡμᾶς ἔπεισεν, ὡς φόβῳ Θεοῦ τοὺς λόγους ποιούμενος.
hous kata Theon ypestē, presbyteran tēs hēlikias tēn eulabeian epideiknymenos, kai tous epi tę̄ ptōchotrophią kai prostasią tōn adelphōn. Ei de touto mikron soi dokei, allʼ hēmas ge kai tēn ēmeteran presbeian pantōs mē atimasę̄s; kai pro pantōn tōn allōn, anes autǭ tēn orgēn kai tēn lypēn, nai parakalō, kai hōs patēr teknō oikeiōsai; ei ti kai lelypēken, hoper ouk oiomai, touto hēmin synchōrēsas, kai mēden anaxion min hautou, anaxion de tēs sēs hēmerotētos ē eipōn, ē grapsas peri hautou; ei de ti kai gegraptai, lysas. Mēde tēn lypēn dēmosieusę̄s, ēn kryptein bel. tion ē gnōrizein tois exōthen; ōs an ta te alla kai hauton makrothymein didaxę̄s tǭ hypodeigmati. Skn. tą Ōn epesteilas ta men lian hēmera kai philanthrōpa, ta de ouk echō ti legein, plēn hēmin lypērao kai mala eikotōs, ōs emauton peithō. Eite gar dikaiōs enkaleitai ho adelphos hēmōn kai sympresbyteros Sakerdōs. hoper ouk oiomai, lypēron. Pōs gar hous tosautēn eulabeian kai tosoutous ponous houtōs en brachei katalythēnai? Eite diabolē tauta esti para tōn phthonountōn autǭ kataskiyau stheisa, kai touto aniaron, hou hē politeia synēptai soi, touton allotriousthai tais epēreiais. Ēn oun en tois parousi aristēn gnōmēn kai lysitelestatēn egnōn, tautēn apodexai; auton epempsa soi ton adelphon, mallon de hōrmēmenon proepempsa, diʼ hautou kai to lypoun Therapeusonta, kai panta meta alētheias hanadidaxonta. Peri men gar tōn apologēsasthai phēsin hetoimos einai, ta di hōs pseudē kateskeuasthai, deixai. Touto gar kai hēmas epeisen, hōs phobǭ Theou tous logous poioumenos.
… which he undertook for God's sake, showing a piety older than his years, and those he bore in feeding the poor and caring for the brothers. If this seems small to you, at least do not dishonour us and our intercession; and before all else, let go your anger and grief against him, yes, I beg you, and treat him as a father treats his child. If he has grieved you at all, which I do not think, forgive it for our sake, and say or write nothing about him that is unworthy, not of him, but of your gentleness; and if anything has been written, undo it. Nor make public your grief, which it is better to hide than to make known to those outside; so that in this as in other things you may teach him patience by your example. [Letter 220. To the same] Of what you wrote, some things are very gentle and kind; about the rest I do not know what to say, except that they grieve us, and very reasonably, as I persuade myself. For if our brother and fellow presbyter Sacerdos is justly accused, which I do not think, it is grievous; for how could such piety and such labours be undone so quickly? And if this is a slander contrived by those who envy him, this too is painful: that one whose way of life was joined to yours should be estranged from you by abuse. Accept, then, what I judged the best and most profitable course in the present circumstances. I have sent the brother himself to you, or rather sent him on his way as he was setting out, to heal the grievance in person and to tell you everything truthfully. About some matters he says he is ready to make his defence; others he will show to have been fabricated as lies. This he persuaded us of too, as one who speaks in the fear of God.
Chapter 361
361PG 37:361a–361d
υΜοψιιοΝιᾳ. Ἐπὶ τὴν σύνοδον ήμᾶς καλεῖς· ἐγὼ δὲ ηὐχόμην οὕτως ἔχειν τοῦ σώματος, ὣστε παρεῖναι ὑμῖν καὶ αὐτόκλητος. ἵνα ίδω τὸν ἱερὸν οἷκον ὑμῶν, τὸ Χριστοῦ καταγώγιον, τὴν τῶν ἁγίων κλάδων ῥίζαν, τὴν ῶς ἀληθῶς μητέρα τέκνων εὐφραινοο μένην τε καὶ εὐφραινομένων. Οἶδα τοῦτο καὶ πέο πεισμαι ὲν Κυρίῳ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο λέγω θαρρῶν, καὶ εἴ τι λυπηρὸν νῦν ἡμῖν ἀπήντηκενʼ οὐ μὴ ἀποσβεσθῇ ὁ λύχνος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, κᾶν ταῖς αὔραις τοῦ πονηροῦ ριπίζηται ° οὐδὲ ή τοῦ Θεοῦ χρηστότης ἐπὶ πλεῖον κρυφθήσεται, ἢν κρύπτει τοῖς φοβουμένοις αῦτὸν λόγοις ἀρρήτοις οἰκονομίας, ἀλλʼ ὲνδοξασθήσεται μᾶλλον καὶ θαυμασθήσεται διὰ τῆς ὑμετέρας ὑπομονῆς καὶ τῆς μὴ καταισχυνούσης ὲλπίδος. Τοῦτο δὲ παραίνει καὶ τῷ τιμιωτάτῳ υίῷ ήμῶν Σακερδῶτι, μηδὲν ἀθυμεῖν, μηδὲ ἀνάξιον ἑαυτοῦ τι πάσχειν, ἀλλʼ οὕτω τὸν καιρὸν δια. θέσθαι, ὡς φιλοσοφίας ὓλην τὰ λυπηρά λαβεῖν. Ἔτι θεραπευσςὴω τδν τιμιώτατον ήμῶν ἐπίσκοπον· ἔτι ρωννύτω τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, ἵνα μάλιστα μὲν μή καταλυθῇ τὸ ἔργον ἡμῶν ὃ προεθέμεθα ὲν Κυρίῳ, τοσοῦτόν τε ὃν, καὶ οὕτω περιβόητον. Εἰ δὲ μὴ, τὸ γοῦν ἐπιεικὲς δείξομεν, καὶ τον φθόνον νικήσομεν, ὡς μηδεμίαν δεδωκότες καθʼ ἑαυτῶν λαβὴν τοῖς πονηροῖς ματαίως ἡμῖν ὲχθραίνουσιν.
yMopsiioNią. Epi tēn synodon ēmas kaleis; egō de ēuchomēn houtōs echein tou sōmatos, hōste pareinai hymin kai autoklētos. hina idō ton hieron hoikon hymōn, to Christou katagōgion, tēn tōn hagiōn kladōn rhizan, tēn ōs alēthōs mētera teknōn euphrainoo menēn te kai euphrainomenōn. Oida touto kai peo peismai en Kyriǭ, kai dia touto legō tharrōn, kai ei ti lypēron nyn hēmin apēntēkenʼ ou mē aposbesthę̄ ho lychnos tou Israēl, kan tais aurais tou ponērou ripizētai ° oude ē tou Theou chrēstotēs epi pleion kryphthēsetai, ēn kryptei tois phoboumenois auton logois arrētois oikonomias, allʼ endoxasthēsetai mallon kai thaumasthēsetai dia tēs hymeteras hypomonēs kai tēs mē kataischynousēs elpidos. Touto de parainei kai tǭ timiōtatǭ uiǭ ēmōn Sakerdōti, mēden athymein, mēde anaxion heautou ti paschein, allʼ houtō ton kairon dia. thesthai, hōs philosophias hylēn ta lypēra labein. Eti therapeussēō tdn timiōtaton ēmōn episkopon; eti rōnnytō tous adelphous, hina malista men mē katalythę̄ to ergon hēmōn ho proethemetha en Kyriǭ, tosouton te hon, kai houtō periboēton. Ei de mē, to goun epieikes deixomen, kai ton phthonon nikēsomen, hōs mēdemian dedōkotes kathʼ heautōn labēn tois ponērois mataiōs hēmin echthrainousin.
[Letter 221. To Homophronius] You invite us to the gathering; and I prayed to be in such bodily health as to be with you even unbidden, to see your holy house, the dwelling of Christ, the root of the holy branches, truly the mother of children who rejoices and whose children rejoice. I know this and am persuaded in the Lord, and therefore I say it boldly, even if something grievous has now befallen us: the lamp of Israel will not be quenched, even if it is buffeted by the winds of the evil one; nor will God's goodness be hidden longer, which he hides for those who fear him for unspeakable reasons of his economy; but it will rather be glorified and admired through your endurance and the hope that does not put to shame. And exhort our most honoured son Sacerdos too not to lose heart, nor to suffer anything unworthy of himself, but so to handle the time as to take his griefs as material for philosophy. Let him still serve our most honoured bishop; let him still strengthen the brothers, so that, above all, our work which we undertook in the Lord, so great and so famous, may not be destroyed. If it is, we will at least show fairness and overcome envy, having given no hold against ourselves to the wicked who hate us without cause.
Chapter 363
363PG 37:364a–364d
ιοπαθήσαντες, ὥς γε πρὸς τὴν ἐκεῖθεν ὲλ… καὶ ἴσως ἵνα γνῶμεν τὴν χάριν, ἐξ ὧν ινταῦθιι, … τοῦτό ἔστιν; ἀριθμὸς ἐπαινετῶν ὁδοιπόρων. ὃτοις ἀκολουθήσει καὶ Θὲκλα μετὰ μικρὸν, ἡ τοῦ … δούλη καὶ ἀπαρχὴ τῶν καλῶν, ὀλίγον … ομεὶνασα · ὅσον ἐκείνους τε τιμῆσαι τῇ καρτε… καὶ πολλοῖς ὑπόδειγμα γενέσθαι τῆς πε ρὶ ταῦτα … ιοσοφίας. Ἐπαινῶμεν οὖν τὴν αὐτὴν δεσπο… ἴαν, καὶ δεχώμεθα τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῶν πολλῶν … ηλότερον. Ταῦτα ἔχε νῦν ἀνθʼ ἡμῶν, καὶ … σύνεσο τοῖς λογισμοῖς, εἰ καὶ κρείττονας παρά … ἀνευρίσκεις. Εἰ δέ σε καὶ κατʼ όψιν … καταξιωθείημεν, μετὰ παντὸς τοῦ σοῦ καὶ … πληρώματος, πλείων ἡ χάρις τῷ εὐερλογισμοὺς,
iopathēsantes, hōs ge pros tēn ekeithen el… kai isōs hina gnōmen tēn charin, ex hōn intauthii, … touto estin? arithmos epainetōn hodoiporōn. hotois akolouthēsei kai Thekla meta mikron, hē tou … doulē kai aparchē tōn kalōn, oligon … omeinasa ; hoson ekeinous te timēsai tę̄ karte… kai pollois hypodeigma genesthai tēs pe ri tauta … iosophias. Epainōmen oun tēn autēn despo… ian, kai dechōmetha tēn oikonomian tōn pollōn … ēloteron. Tauta eche nyn anthʼ hēmōn, kai … syneso tois logismois, ei kai kreittonas para … aneuriskeis. Ei de se kai katʼ opsin … kataxiōtheiēmen, meta pantos tou sou kai … plērōmatos, pleiōn hē charis tǭ euerlogismous,
… having suffered …, as regards the hope there … ; and perhaps so that we may know grace from the things here … . What is it? A company of praiseworthy travellers; whom Thecla too will follow shortly, the … handmaid and first fruits of good things, having remained a little … , so as both to honour them by her endurance … and to become for many an example of … philosophy in these things. Let us praise, then, the same … , and accept the economy … higher. Have these words now in place of us, and be with us in your thoughts, even if you find better ones … . And if we are counted worthy to see you face to face too, with all your household, greater would be the favour … thoughts,
Chapter 365
365PG 37:365a–365d
τὰ ἐντεῦθεν ὀδυνηρά, ὅταν λέγῃθ Ὅτι ἕκρυψέ με ἐν σκηνῇ αὐτοῦ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κακῶν. Καὶ οὐκ ἀποτίθεται μόνον τὸ ἀλγεινὸν, ὅταν μνησθῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ εὐφραίνεται. Ἐμνήσθην γὰρ, φησὶ, τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εὐφράνθην. ’Ᾱλγοῦσι καὶ οί τῷ κόσμῳ προστετηκότες, καὶ πολὺ πλείονα τῶν Θεῷ δουλευόντων. Ἀλλʼ ἄμισθον αὐτοῖς τὸ ἀλγεῖν ο ημῖν δὲ καὶ τὸ πάσχειν ἔμμισθον, ὅταν διὰ τὸν Θεὸν γαρτερῶμεν. Φέρε γὰρ ἀντισταθμήσωμεν τὰ λυπηρᾶ τοῖς ἡδὲσι, καὶ τὰ παρόντα τοῖς μέλλουσι· καὶ οὐδὲ πολλοστὸν μέρος εὑρήσομεν ταῦτα ἐκείνωνο τοσοῦτον ὑπερβάλλει τὰ χρηστότερα. Καλὸν οὖν φάρμακον ἡμῖν, ὅταν ὀδυνωίμεσθα, τό γε μεμνῆσθαι Θεοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐκεῖθεν ἐλπίδων, καὶ τὸ τοῦ Δαβὶδ πάσχειν, ἐν θλίψει πλατύνεσθαιʼ καὶ μὴ στενοχωρεῖσθαι τοῖς λογισμοῖς, μηδέ ὥσπερ νέφει τῇ λύπῃ καλὺπτεσθαι, ἀλλὰ τότε μάλιστα τῆς ἐλπίδος ἔχεσθαι, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἐκεῖθεν διαβλέπειν ματιαριότητοι τὴν ἀποκειμένην τοῖς ὑπομένουσι. Μάλιστα δʼ ἂν οὕτω πεισθείημεν ἐγκαρτερεῖν τοῖς δεισ νοῖς, καὶ ὑπὲρ τοὺς πολλοὺς εἶναι ὅταν ἀλγῶμεν, εί ἐνθυμηθείημεν τί ἐπηγγειλάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ τί ἠλπίσαμεν ὅτε φιλοσοφίᾳ προσέβημεν. Πλουτεῖν; εὐθυμεῖν; εὐημερεῖν κατά τὸν βίον τοῦτον;ἢ ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων θλίβεσθαις κακοπαθεῖν; στενοχωρεῖσθαι ; πάντα στέγειν, πάντα ὑπομένεινδιά τὴν τῶν μελλόντων ἐλπίδας ταῦτα, οἶδα, οὐκ ἐκεῖνα προσεδοκήσαμεν. Φοβοῦμαι οὗν μὴ καὶ τὰς συνθήκας τὰς πρὸς Θεὸν ψευδώμεθα, ὅταν καὶ ταῦτα ζητῶμεν ἔχειν, κάεκεῖνα ἐλπίζωμεν. καταλύσωμεν τὴν πραγματείαν, ἀλλʼ ἐνέγκωμεν ταῦτα ὑπὲρ τοῦ τυχεῖν ἐκείνων. Ἔθλιψαν ἡμᾶς οἱ θλίψαντες, ἠνίασαν οἱ μεταχωρήσαντες ο ἀλλʼ ἡμεῖς ἀδούλωτον τοῖς πάθεσι τὴν ψυχὴν φυλάξωμεν. Οὕτω τῶν λυπούντων κρατήοὖν
ta enteuthen odynēra, hotan legę̄th Hoti hekrypse me en skēnę̄ autou en hēmerą kakōn. Kai ouk apotithetai monon to algeinon, hotan mnēsthę̄ tou Theou, alla kai euphrainetai. Emnēsthēn gar, phēsi, tou Theou, kai euphranthēn. ’Algousi kai oi tǭ kosmǭ prostetēkotes, kai poly pleiona tōn Theǭ douleuontōn. Allʼ amisthon autois to algein o ēmin de kai to paschein emmisthon, hotan dia ton Theon garterōmen. Phere gar antistathmēsōmen ta lypēra tois hēdesi, kai ta paronta tois mellousi; kai oude polloston meros heurēsomen tauta ekeinōno tosouton hyperballei ta chrēstotera. Kalon oun pharmakon hēmin, hotan odynōimestha, to ge memnēsthai Theou kai tōn ekeithen elpidōn, kai to tou Dabid paschein, en thlipsei platynesthaiʼ kai mē stenochōreisthai tois logismois, mēde hōsper nephei tę̄ lypę̄ kalyptesthai, alla tote malista tēs elpidos echesthai, kai pros tēn ekeithen diablepein matiariotētoi tēn apokeimenēn tois hypomenousi. Malista dʼ an houtō peistheiēmen enkarterein tois deis nois, kai hyper tous pollous einai hotan algōmen, ei enthymētheiēmen ti epēngeilametha tǭ Theǭ, kai ti ēlpisamen hote philosophią prosebēmen. Ploutein? euthymein? euēmerein kata ton bion touton?ē ek tōn enantiōn thlibesthais kakopathein? stenochōreisthai ? panta stegein, panta hypomeneindia tēn tōn mellontōn elpidas tauta, oida, ouk ekeina prosedokēsamen. Phoboumai houn mē kai tas synthēkas tas pros Theon pseudōmetha, hotan kai tauta zētōmen echein, kaekeina elpizōmen. katalysōmen tēn pragmateian, allʼ enenkōmen tauta hyper tou tychein ekeinōn. Ethlipsan hēmas hoi thlipsantes, ēniasan hoi metachōrēsantes o allʼ hēmeis adoulōton tois pathesi tēn psychēn phylaxōmen. Houtō tōn lypountōn kratēoun
… the pains here, when he says, “For he hid me in his tent in the day of evils.” And he not only lays aside his pain when he remembers God, but even rejoices: “For I remembered God,” he says, “and rejoiced.” Those who are attached to the world suffer pain too, and much more than those who serve God. But their suffering is without reward, while for us even suffering is rewarded, when we endure for God's sake. Come, let us weigh the grievous against the pleasant, and the present against the future; and we shall find that these are not even a tiny fraction of those, so far do the better things exceed. A good medicine for us, then, when we are in pain, is to remember God and the hopes there, and to experience what David did, being enlarged in affliction; not to be cramped in our thoughts, nor covered by grief as by a cloud, but then above all to hold to hope and to look through to the blessedness there, laid up for those who endure. We would be most persuaded to hold out in terrible things, and to be above the many when we are in pain, if we considered what we promised God and what we hoped for when we came to philosophy. To be rich? To be cheerful? To prosper in this life? Or, on the contrary, to be afflicted, to suffer hardship, to be in straits, to bear all things, to endure all things for the hope of what is to come? These, I know, not those, were what we expected. I fear, then, that we may be belying our compact with God, when we seek to have these things and also hope for those. … let us not undo the bargain, but bear these things so as to obtain those. Those who afflicted us have afflicted us; those who have departed have grieved us; but let us keep our soul unenslaved to passions. So let us overcome what grieves us,
Chapter 367
367PG 37:368a–368d
αὐτοῖς χαρισώμεθα κα) γὰρ πείθομαι τὰς τῶν ἁγίων ψυχὰς τῶν ἡμετέρων αἰσθάνεσθαι. Ἑπὶ πᾶσι, καὶ πρὸ πάντων, ἐκεῖνο λογιζώμεθα, ὅτι τῶν ἀτόπων ἐστὶν, ἔξω μὲν τῆς ἀνάγκης φιλοσοφεῖν· ὲν δὲ τοῖς πάθεσιν ἀφιλοσόφους φαίνεσθαι, ἀλλά μὴ τοῖς πολλοῖς τύπον γίνεσθαι, ὥσπερ τῆς ὲν τοῖς εὐθύμοις εὐχαριστίας, οὕτω καὶ τῆς ὲν τοῖς δεινοῖς καρτερίας. Καὶ ταῦτα γράφω, οὐχ ὡς ἀγνοοῦσαν διδάσκων, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐπισταμένην ὑπομιμνήσκων. '0 δὲ Θεὸς τῆς παρακλήσεως, σὲ τε ἄτρωτον φυλάο ξειε τοῖς πάθεσι, καὶ ἡμῖν γε χαρίσαιτο πάλιν ἰδεῖν σου τὴν εὐλάβειαν, καὶ διὰ τῶν ἔργων πεισθῆ ναι, ὅτι ό κόπος ἡμῶν οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἐγένετο, ἀλλʼ ὲσμὲν τι παρά σοὶ πλέον τῶν ἄλλων · ὡς τῆς θλίψεως ἐκοινωνήσαμεν, οὕτω καὶτῆς φιλοσοφίας κοινωνόν λαβόντες· ὃ τάχα τῇ πολιᾷ ἡμῶν ταύτῃ, καὶ τοῖς κατά Θεὸν καμάτοις ὀφείλεται.
autois charisōmetha ka) gar peithomai tas tōn hagiōn psychas tōn hēmeterōn aisthanesthai. Hepi pasi, kai pro pantōn, ekeino logizōmetha, hoti tōn atopōn estin, exō men tēs anankēs philosophein; en de tois pathesin aphilosophous phainesthai, alla mē tois pollois typon ginesthai, hōsper tēs en tois euthymois eucharistias, houtō kai tēs en tois deinois karterias. Kai tauta graphō, ouch hōs agnoousan didaskōn, allʼ hōs epistamenēn hypomimnēskōn. '0 de Theos tēs paraklēseōs, se te atrōton phylao xeie tois pathesi, kai hēmin ge charisaito palin idein sou tēn eulabeian, kai dia tōn ergōn peisthē nai, hoti o kopos hēmōn ouk eis kenon egeneto, allʼ esmen ti para soi pleon tōn allōn ; hōs tēs thlipseōs ekoinōnēsamen, houtō kaitēs philosophias koinōnon labontes; ho tacha tę̄ polią hēmōn tautę̄, kai tois kata Theon kamatois opheiletai.
… let us grant to them; for I am persuaded that the souls of the saints perceive our affairs. Above all and before all, let us reckon this: that it is absurd to be philosophers when there is no need, but to appear unphilosophical in our sufferings, and not to become a pattern for the many, of endurance in terrible things as of thanksgiving in cheerful ones. I write this not to teach you as one who does not know, but to remind you as one who knows. May the God of consolation keep you unwounded by your sufferings, and grant us to see your piety again, and to be persuaded by deeds that our labour was not in vain, but that we are something more to you than others; so that, as we shared your affliction, so we may have you as a partner in philosophy; which perhaps is owed to this grey hair of ours and to our labours for God.
Chapter 369
369PG 37:369a–369b
ΣΚΕ. ΕΛΔΕΒΙΧῼ. Οία ζημιούμεθα παρὰ τῆς ἀρρωστίας! Προσδραμεῖν ἔδει καὶ περιπτύξασθαι, καὶ τῆς παλαιᾶς ἀναμνῆσαι φιλίας καὶ συνηθείας. Ἔχει δὲ οὑχ οὕτως ἡμῖν τὰ τοῦ σώματος. Διὰ τοῦτό σοι πρόσιμεν διὰ, τῶν γραμμάτων, καὶ τῇ προσηγορίᾳ δεξιούμεθα. Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ δωροφορεῖν ἔδει τι, τοῦτο προσφέρομεν, Μάμαντα τὸν ἀναγνώστην, ὅντα μὲν ἀπὸ στρατιώτου πατρὸς, καθιερωθέντα δὲ τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τὸν τρόπον. Ἀφες τῷ Θεῷ καὶ ἡμῖν, ἀλλὰ μὴ συναριθμήσῃς τοῖς … καὶ δὸς ἔγγραφον τὴν ἐλευθερίαν, ἵνα μηδὲ ὑπὸ ἄλλων ὲπηρεάζηται. Δὼσεις γὰρ σεαυτῷ δεξιὰς τὰς τοῦ πολέμου καὶ τῆς στρατηγίας ἐλπίδας. Ναὶ παρακαλῶ, τούτου φρόντισον. Οἷς· γὰρ τὰ μέγιστα ὲν χερσὶ, καὶ ὲν οἷς τὸ πᾶν ταλαντεύεται, τούτοις μάλιστα φροντιστέον Θεοῦ, κα) τῆς ἐκεῖθεν ἐπικουρίας.
SKE. ELDEBIChǬ. Oia zēmioumetha para tēs arrōstias! Prosdramein edei kai periptyxasthai, kai tēs palaias anamnēsai philias kai synētheias. Echei de houch houtōs hēmin ta tou sōmatos. Dia touto soi prosimen dia, tōn grammatōn, kai tę̄ prosēgorią dexioumetha. Epei de kai dōrophorein edei ti, touto prospheromen, Mamanta ton anagnōstēn, honta men apo stratiōtou patros, kathierōthenta de tǭ Theǭ dia ton tropon. Aphes tǭ Theǭ kai hēmin, alla mē synarithmēsę̄s tois … kai dos engraphon tēn eleutherian, hina mēde hypo allōn epēreazētai. Dōseis gar seautǭ dexias tas tou polemou kai tēs stratēgias elpidas. Nai parakalō, toutou phrontison. Hois; gar ta megista en chersi, kai en hois to pan talanteuetai, toutois malista phrontisteon Theou, ka) tēs ekeithen epikourias.
[Letter 225. To Hellebichus] What losses we suffer from our sickness! I ought to have hastened to you, embraced you, and recalled our old friendship and intimacy. But our bodily state is not such. Therefore we come to you by letter and greet you with our salutation. And since we ought to bring some gift, we offer this: Mamas the reader, the son of a soldier, but consecrated to God for his character. Release him to God and to us, and do not count him among the … , and give him his freedom in writing, so that he may not be harassed by others either. For so you will make your hopes in war and command favourable for yourself. Yes, I beg you, see to this. For those who hold the greatest things in their hands, and on whom everything hangs in the balance, must take most thought of God and of the help that comes from him.
Chapter 371
371PG 37:372a–372d
προδήλου τινὸς αἰτίας. Ἐπειδὴ μὴ πείθομεν τοὺς πολλοὺς ὼς ἀδόλως φιλοσοφῶμεν, καὶ πάντα ἱίδομεν Θεῷ τὰ ἡμέτερα. Τίς οὐκ ἐπαινεῖ φυτὸν ἄρτι βρύον τοῖς ἄνθεσι; τίνα οὐκ εὐφραίνει λήϊον ἄρτι δεσμούμενον καὶ στάχυν ὦριμον ὑπισχνούμενον; τίνα δὲ οὑ νεοτελὴς ψυχὴ, ἄρτι Θεῷ κοσμουμένη, καὶ τὰς χοῖκὰς ἀποσείεσθαι πέδας ἀρχομένη. ἵνα μετὰ Θεοῦ γένηται, καὶ ῐδῃ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὧν νῦν τὰς σκιὰς ὁρῶμεν; Χαίρω μὲν οὖν διὰ ταῦτα διαφερόντως τῷ ἀγαπητῷ ἁδελφῷ καὶ συνδιακόνῳ ἡμῶν Εὐαγρίῳ. οὐκ ἀγεννῶς αὑτὸν ὁρῶν φιλοσοφίᾳ προσβαίνονταʼ ἐπειδὴ φιλοσοφία καὶ τὸ σοφίας ὲρᾷν. Χαίρω δὲ ὅτι μοι καὶ τὴν σὴν προξενεῖ φιλίαν, καὶ ἔτι χαρήσομαι ἐὰν ιπιστέλλῃς πλείονα, καὶ πλείοσιν ἡμᾶς ἀμείσοιο τοῖς τῆς φιλίας γνωρίσμασιν.
prodēlou tinos aitias. Epeidē mē peithomen tous pollous ōs adolōs philosophōmen, kai panta hiidomen Theǭ ta hēmetera. Tis ouk epainei phyton arti bryon tois anthesi? tina ouk euphrainei lēïon arti desmoumenon kai stachyn ōrimon hypischnoumenon? tina de hou neotelēs psychē, arti Theǭ kosmoumenē, kai tas choikas aposeiesthai pedas archomenē. hina meta Theou genētai, kai idę̄ tēn alētheian hōn nyn tas skias horōmen? Chairō men oun dia tauta diapherontōs tǭ agapētǭ hadelphǭ kai syndiakonǭ hēmōn Euagriǭ. ouk agennōs hauton horōn philosophią prosbainontaʼ epeidē philosophia kai to sophias erąn. Chairō de hoti moi kai tēn sēn proxenei philian, kai eti charēsomai ean ipistellę̄s pleiona, kai pleiosin hēmas ameisoio tois tēs philias gnōrismasin.
… a manifest cause. Since we do not persuade the many that we live as philosophers without guile, and give all our affairs to God. Who does not praise a plant just bursting into flower? Whom does a crop just being bound into sheaves, promising a ripe ear, not gladden? And whom does a newly initiated soul not gladden, just being adorned for God and beginning to shake off its earthly fetters, so that it may be with God and see the truth of the things of which we now see the shadows? I rejoice, then, for these reasons especially in our beloved brother and fellow deacon Evagrius, seeing him advancing not ignobly toward philosophy; since philosophy is also the love of wisdom. And I rejoice that he also brings me your friendship, and I will rejoice still more if you write more often and repay us with more tokens of friendship.
Chapter 373
373PG 37:373a–373d
ΙΙρὸς τί βλέπει μοι τὸ παράδειγμα; Ἦν ἡμῖν πρὸς ἀλλήλους φιλία καθαρά τε καὶ ἄδολος (πρᾶγμα τῶν σπανίων νῦν μάλιστα, καὶ παρʼ ὀλίγοις εὑρισκόμενον), καὶ ταύτην ἡμῖν ἐποίει οὔτε συγγένεια τοσοῦτον, οὔτε κοινωνία πατρίδος, οὔτε, ὅ φησιν Ὅμηρος, ὁμηλικίη ἐρατεινὴ, ὅσον ὁμοτροπία, καὶ τὸ τοῖς αὐτοῖς χαίρειν· ὃ μάλιστα πήγνυσι τὰς φιλίας, καὶ βεβαιοτέρας ἐργάζεται. Νῦν καὶ τά γένη συνάπτεται (σὺν Θεῷ δὲ ὁ λόγος), ἵνα τῇ φιλίᾳ προσθήκη γένηται, καὶ μᾶλλον ὦμεν άλλήλων. Καὶ τοῦτο πραγματεύεται φίλτρῳ δικαίῳ βοηθῶν ὁ Θεός. Ἔχε οὖν καὶ ἡμᾶς διὰ τοῦ γλυκυτάτου υἱοῦ ἡμῶν Εὐφημίου· καὶ ἔχομεν ὑμᾶς διὰ τῆς γλυκυτάτης θυγατρὸς ὑμῶν. Τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς, οὐκ οῖδα ὑπὲρ τίνος μᾶλλον, ἢ τίνι διαλεχθῶ, ύπὲρ τοῦ νέου τῇ ὑμετέρα τιμιότητι, ἢ τῷ νέῳ περ). ὑμῶν. Εὔνοια γὰρ πατρὸς τέκνοις ὁμότιμος. Πλὴν ἐπεύχομαι ὑμῖν ἐπὶ παντὶ βελτίστῳ γενέσθαι τὴν συζυγίαν, καὶ οἷαν εἰκὸς, Θεοῦ συναρμόζοντος. ΣΑΑο. ΕΥΣΕΒΙῼ ΦΙΛῼ. Εὑώπιονή φιλτάτη, καὶ γάμου καιρὸς, καὶ βίου κρηπὶς, καί πατέρων εὐχαὶ πληρούμεναι. Ἡμεῖς δὲ ἄπεσμεν, οὓς μάλιστα κπαρεῖναι καὶ συνεύχεσθαι δίκαιον ἦν. Καί τοι καὶ ὑπεσχόμην, τὸ γάρ ἐλπίζειν ὑπῆν τῷ ποθεῖν ἱκανὸν γὰρ είς ἀπάτην τὸ βούλεσθαι. Καὶ πολλάκις μὲν ὁρμήσας, πολλάκις δὲ κατοκνήσας, τέλος ἡττήθην τῆς ἀρρωστίας. Ἀλλοι μὲν οὖν καλείτωσαν ἔρωτας (ἐπειδὴ γαμικὸν καὶ τὸ παίζειν). καὶ παρθένου κάλλος γραφέτωσαν, καὶ νυμφίου χάριν άντεγειρέτωσαν, καὶ βαλλέτωσαν λόγοις μετὰ τῶν άνθῶν τάς παστάδας. Ἐγὼ δὲ ὑμῖν προσᾲσω τὸν ὲμδν ἐπιθαλάμιον. Εὐλογήσαι ὑμᾶς Κύριος ἐκ Σιὼν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἁρμόσαι τὴν συζυγίαν, καὶ ἴδοις υἱοὺς τῶν υἱῶν σου, οὐ πολὺ δʼ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι καὶ κρείσσονας. Τοῦτο καὶ παρὼν ἐπηυξάμην ἂν ύμῖν, καὶ νῦν ἐπεύχομαι. Τάλλα δὲ ὑμῖν μελέτω, καὶ στεφανούτω πατὴρ, ὡς ηὔξατο. Τοῦτο γάρ καὶ εί που γάμοις παραγεγόναμεν, ἐτυπώσαμεν· ἐκείνων μὲν εἶναι τοὺς στεφάνους, ἡμῶν δὲ τὰς εὐχὰς, ἃς οἶδα μὴ τόποις ὁριζομένας.
IIros ti blepei moi to paradeigma? Ēn hēmin pros allēlous philia kathara te kai adolos (pragma tōn spaniōn nyn malista, kai parʼ oligois heuriskomenon), kai tautēn hēmin epoiei oute syngeneia tosouton, oute koinōnia patridos, oute, ho phēsin Homēros, homēlikiē erateinē, hoson homotropia, kai to tois autois chairein; ho malista pēgnysi tas philias, kai bebaioteras ergazetai. Nyn kai ta genē synaptetai (syn Theǭ de ho logos), hina tę̄ philią prosthēkē genētai, kai mallon ōmen allēlōn. Kai touto pragmateuetai philtrǭ dikaiǭ boēthōn ho Theos. Eche oun kai hēmas dia tou glykytatou huiou hēmōn Euphēmiou; kai echomen hymas dia tēs glykytatēs thygatros hymōn. To de hexēs, ouk oida hyper tinos mallon, ē tini dialechthō, yper tou neou tę̄ hymetera timiotēti, ē tǭ neǭ per). hymōn. Eunoia gar patros teknois homotimos. Plēn epeuchomai hymin epi panti beltistǭ genesthai tēn syzygian, kai hoian eikos, Theou synarmozontos. SAAo. EUSEBIǬ PhILǬ. Heuōpionē philtatē, kai gamou kairos, kai biou krēpis, kai paterōn euchai plēroumenai. Hēmeis de apesmen, hous malista kpareinai kai syneuchesthai dikaion ēn. Kai toi kai hypeschomēn, to gar elpizein hypēn tǭ pothein hikanon gar eis apatēn to boulesthai. Kai pollakis men hormēsas, pollakis de katoknēsas, telos hēttēthēn tēs arrōstias. Alloi men oun kaleitōsan erōtas (epeidē gamikon kai to paizein). kai parthenou kallos graphetōsan, kai nymphiou charin antegeiretōsan, kai balletōsan logois meta tōn anthōn tas pastadas. Egō de hymin prosąsō ton emdn epithalamion. Eulogēsai hymas Kyrios ek Siōn, kai autos harmosai tēn syzygian, kai idois huious tōn huiōn sou, ou poly dʼ eipein, hoti kai kreissonas. Touto kai parōn epēuxamēn an ymin, kai nyn epeuchomai. Talla de hymin meletō, kai stephanoutō patēr, hōs ēuxato. Touto gar kai ei pou gamois paragegonamen, etypōsamen; ekeinōn men einai tous stephanous, hēmōn de tas euchas, has oida mē topois horizomenas.
To what does my example point? There was between us a friendship pure and without guile (a thing rare, especially now, and found among few), and what made it was not so much kinship, nor a common fatherland, nor, as Homer says, “lovely companionship of youth,” as likeness of character and delight in the same things, which most of all fixes friendships and makes them firmer. Now our families too are being joined (the word is with God), so that our friendship may be increased and we may belong more to one another. And God brings this about, helping a just affection. Have us, then, through our sweetest son Euphemius; and we have you through your sweetest daughter. As for what follows, I do not know on whose behalf, or to whom, I should rather speak: to your Honour on behalf of the young man, or to the young man about you. For a father's goodwill is equal toward his children. But I pray that the union may be for every good, and such as is fitting when God joins it. [Letter 231. To Eusebius, a friend] … the dearest; the time of marriage, the foundation of life, and the prayers of fathers being fulfilled. But we are absent, who ought most of all to be present and to pray with you. And yet I promised; for hope lay under the longing, since wishing is enough to deceive. And having often set out and often hesitated, at last I was defeated by my sickness. Let others, then, call upon the Loves (since jesting too belongs to a wedding), and paint the beauty of the maiden, and set against it the grace of the bridegroom, and pelt the bridal chambers with words along with flowers. But I will sing you my own wedding song: The Lord bless you out of Zion, and himself join your union, and may you see your children's children, and, it is not much to say, better ones. This I would have prayed for you if present, and now I pray it. Let the rest be your concern, and let the father crown them, as he prayed to. For this is the rule we have set whenever we have attended weddings: theirs are the crowns, ours the prayers, which I know are not bounded by places.
Chapter 375
375PG 37:376a–376d
Οὔτε κεκλήμεθα πρὸς τοὺς γάμους τῆς θυγατρὸς ἡμῶν, καὶ πάρεσμεν, καὶ συνεορτάζοντες, καὶ συμπροθυμούμεναι, καὶ ἐπευχόμενοι πᾶν ὑμῖν ὃ κάλλιστον. Ἓν δὲ τῶν καλῶν παρεῖναι Χριστὸν τοῖς γάμοις (οὗ δὲ ὀ Χριστὸς, εὐκοσμία), καὶ τὸ γενέσθαι οἶνον τδ ὕδωρ, τὸ δέ ἐστι, πάντα μεταποιεῖσθαι είς τὸ βέλτιον ο οὕτως, ὡς μὴ τά ἄμικτα μίγνυσθαι, μήτε είς ταυτὸν ἄγειν ἐπισκόπους καὶ γελωτοποιοὺς, εὐχάς καὶ κρότους, … καὶ συναυλίας. Δεῖ γάρ ὥσπερ τάλλα πάντα, οὓτω καὶ τοὺς γάμους Χριστιανῶν ἔχειν τὸ εὔκοσμονο κόσμος δὲή σεμνότης. Ταῦτα δωροφοροῦμεν τῷ γάμῳ· σὺ δὲ ἡμῖν ἀντιδοίης τὴν εὐπείθειαν. Τὸν δὲ γαμῦρὸν, εί μὲν ἕπεται τούτοις, ἔχεις υἱόν· εί δὲ μὴ, στρατιώτην. ΣΑι-ν. ΑΒΛΛΒΙῼ. Πυνθάνομαί σε σοφιστικῆς ἑρᾷν, καὶ τὸ χρῆμα είναι θαυμάσιον,οἷον σοβαρὸν φθέγγεσθαι, μέγα βλέπειν, βαδίζειν ὑψηλὸν καὶ μετέωρον, τὸ λῆμά σοι φέρειν ἐκεῖσε είς Μαραθῶνα καὶ Σαλαμῖνα, ταῦτα δὴ τά ὑμέτερα καλλωπίσματα, καὶ μηδὲν ἐν· νοεῖν, ὅτι μὴ Μιλτιάδας καὶ Κυναιγείρους, Καλλιμάχους τε καὶ Τηλεμάχους, καὶ πάντα ἐσκευάσθαι σοφιστικῶς, καὶ ὃτι ἐγγύτατα τῆς ἐγχειρήσεως. Εἰ μὲν οὖν μετὰ τούτου καὶ ἀρετῆς ποιῇ τινα λόγον, ἡμέτερος εἷ, καὶ καθʼ ὁδόν σοι πρόεισι τά τῆς εὐδοκιμήσεως· εί δὲτὸ ὅλον εἷ σοφιστὴς, καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἐπιλανθάνῃ φιλίας, ὧν τε πρὸς ἀλλήλους πολλάκις περὶ τοῦ καλοῦ διελέχθημεν, ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν ὲρῶ δυσχερές. Ἐκεῖνο δὲ εἰπεῖν ἴσως μέτριον · ῐσθι, βραχέα μὲν παίζων ὲν τοῖς μειο ρακίοις, πλεῖστα δὲ ὑπὸ σεαυτοῦ παιχθησὸμενος, ἡνίκα ἂν ἔλθῃ σοι τὸ φρονεῖν ἀλλʼ εἰς ὕστερον.
Oute keklēmetha pros tous gamous tēs thygatros hēmōn, kai paresmen, kai syneortazontes, kai symprothymoumenai, kai epeuchomenoi pan hymin ho kalliston. Hen de tōn kalōn pareinai Christon tois gamois (hou de o Christos, eukosmia), kai to genesthai oinon td hydōr, to de esti, panta metapoieisthai eis to beltion o houtōs, hōs mē ta amikta mignysthai, mēte eis tauton agein episkopous kai gelōtopoious, euchas kai krotous, … kai synaulias. Dei gar hōsper talla panta, houtō kai tous gamous Christianōn echein to eukosmono kosmos deē semnotēs. Tauta dōrophoroumen tǭ gamǭ; sy de hēmin antidoiēs tēn eupeitheian. Ton de gamyron, ei men hepetai toutois, echeis huion; ei de mē, stratiōtēn. SAi-n. ABLLBIǬ. Pynthanomai se sophistikēs herąn, kai to chrēma einai thaumasion,hoion sobaron phthengesthai, mega blepein, badizein hypsēlon kai meteōron, to lēma soi pherein ekeise eis Marathōna kai Salamina, tauta dē ta hymetera kallōpismata, kai mēden en; noein, hoti mē Miltiadas kai Kynaigeirous, Kallimachous te kai Tēlemachous, kai panta eskeuasthai sophistikōs, kai hoti engytata tēs encheirēseōs. Ei men oun meta toutou kai aretēs poię̄ tina logon, hēmeteros hei, kai kathʼ hodon soi proeisi ta tēs eudokimēseōs; ei deto holon hei sophistēs, kai tēs hēmeteras epilanthanę̄ philias, hōn te pros allēlous pollakis peri tou kalou dielechthēmen, allo men ouden erō dyscheres. Ekeino de eipein isōs metrion ; isthi, brachea men paizōn en tois meio rakiois, pleista de hypo seautou paichthēsomenos, hēnika an elthę̄ soi to phronein allʼ eis hysteron.
We have not been invited to the wedding of our daughter, yet we are present, keeping the feast with you, sharing your eagerness, and praying for you all that is best. One of the good things is that Christ be present at the wedding (for where Christ is, there is seemliness), and that water become wine, that is, that everything be changed for the better; so that things that should not be mixed are not mixed, and bishops and buffoons, prayers and applause, … and flute-playing are not brought together. For the weddings of Christians, like everything else, must have seemliness; and seemliness is dignity. These are the gifts we bring to the wedding; and may you give us obedience in return. As for the bridegroom, if he follows these things, you have a son; if not, a soldier. [Letter 233. To Ablabius] I hear that you are in love with sophistry, and that the thing is wonderful: to speak pompously, to look grand, to walk high and lofty, to let your spirit carry you off to Marathon and Salamis, those ornaments of yours, and to think of nothing but Miltiadeses and Cynegeiruses, Callimachuses and Telemachuses, and to have everything dressed up sophistically and as close as possible to the attack. If, then, along with this you make some account of virtue too, you are ours, and success will come to you on the way; but if you are wholly a sophist and forget our friendship and what we often discussed with each other about the good, I will say nothing else harsh. But this perhaps it is fair to say: know that you play a little among the youngsters, but will be mocked very much by yourself, when good sense comes to you, but later.
Chapter 377
377PG 37:377a–377b
ΟΛΥΜΙΙΙΑΝῼ. Τὸ πυκτίον ὅπερ εἴληφας παρʼ ἡμῶν, τὰς Ἀρι- ° ποτέλους Ἐπιστολὰς, ἐδυνάμην μὲν μὴ ἀνακομίσασθαι, ἀλλὰ ’παρὰ σοὶ μένειν ἐᾶσαι, λογίῳ τε δῶρον οίκείον, καὶ φιλίας ὑπόμνημα δεξιόν. Ὧς ἂν δὲ μὴ γραφὴν ἀπενέγκῃς καθʼ ήμῶν τῆς εἰς ἀρχὴν παρανομίας καὶ ὕβρεως, ὡς καὶ ῥήτωρ δεινότατος καὶ δικαστὴς ἄριστος, ὅτι διαφθείρειν ἐπιχειροῦμεν δικαστὴν οὕτως ἀνάλωτον, καὶ παντὸς ’ὑψηλότερον λήμματος, ἡκέτω πάλιν ἡμῖν ὃ δεδώκαμεν. Μισθδν δὲ ζητοῦμεν παρὰ τῆς σῆς λογιότητος, ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν, (τί γὰρ ἂν καὶ δοίης ἡμῖν τὸ μηδὲ ἔχειν φιλοσοφοῦσιν ;) αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ ἐπιστέλλειν ἵνα σοι καὶ πρὸς λόγον τὸ τῆς ἀντιδόσεως, τὴν ἐπὶ ταῖς Ἐπιστολαῒς χάριν διʼ ἐπιστολῶν διαλύοντι. me. ΔΔΑΜΑΝΤΙῼ.
OLYMIIIANǬ. To pyktion hoper eilēphas parʼ hēmōn, tas Ari- ° potelous Epistolas, edynamēn men mē anakomisasthai, alla ’para soi menein easai, logiǭ te dōron oikeion, kai philias hypomnēma dexion. Hōs an de mē graphēn apenenkę̄s kathʼ ēmōn tēs eis archēn paranomias kai hybreōs, hōs kai rhētōr deinotatos kai dikastēs aristos, hoti diaphtheirein epicheiroumen dikastēn houtōs analōton, kai pantos ’hypsēloteron lēmmatos, hēketō palin hēmin ho dedōkamen. Misthdn de zētoumen para tēs sēs logiotētos, allo men ouden, (ti gar an kai doiēs hēmin to mēde echein philosophousin ?) auto de to epistellein hina soi kai pros logon to tēs antidoseōs, tēn epi tais Epistolaïs charin diʼ epistolōn dialyonti. me. DDAMANTIǬ.
[Letter 234. To Olympianus] The booklet you received from us, the Letters of Aristotle, I could have not taken back but left with you, a gift fitting for a man of letters and a fine reminder of our friendship. But so that you may not bring an indictment against us for unlawful dealing and insult toward an official, being a most clever orator and the best of judges, on the ground that we are trying to corrupt a judge so incorruptible and above all bribery, let what we gave come back to us. And we seek a reward from your Eloquence, nothing else (for what could you give us, who philosophize by not even having?), but writing itself; so that your repayment may be in proportion, discharging the favour of the Letters with letters. [Letter 235. To Adamantius]
Chapter 379
379PG 37:380a–380d
δέχεται, εί καὶ μὴ παντελῶς αὐτὴν ἀποσκευαξό μεθα. ΕΞ δέ σοι ταῦτα. μὲν ὀρθῶς δοκεῖ λέγεσθαι. οὗ φιλόσοφον δὲ εἶναι τὸ τιμὴν τῶν πυκτίων … τὰ χρήματα, λύσουσι δὲ οἱ πένητες τὴν ἀντίθεσιν. ΣΑςῖν. ΛΙΒΑΝΙῼ Μήτηρ πατρῖ πέπομφα παῖδα, ἡ κατὰ φύσιν τῷ κατὰ λόγους. Ὅπως οὖν μοι μελήσῃ, σοὶ μελή σει. ΣΛΖθ. ΜΑΚΕΔΟΝΙῼ. Οὐκ ἄπληστοι περ) τὺ πάσχειν εὖ παρὰ τῶν φίλων ἡμεῖς. εί καὶ σὺ πρὸς τὸ ποιεῖν ἄφθονος. Διὰ τοῦτό σοι τὸν ψάλτην ἀπεπέμψαμεν κατὰ τὰ συγκείμενα, βέλτιστόν τε ἄλλως ὄντα (ὅσον ἐν βραχεῖʼ χρόνῳ καταμαθεῖν), καί σοι κεχαρισμένον ἴσως διὰ τὴν ψαλμῳδίαν, ὑπόμνησιν ἔχουσαν ἀεὶ Θεοῦ καὶ τῆς σωτηρίας. Εἰ δὲ καὶ πάλιν εὑεργετήσεις ἡμᾶς, ἡνίκα ἂν τοῦτό σοι φίλον, καὶ καιρὸς φαίνηται, ποιήσεις ἄμεινον, καὶ μᾶλλόν τι τῆς σῆς τοῦτο φιλίας. ο εΑιιν. Τῇ εὐλαβεστάτῃ καὶ κατὰ πάντα κεκοσμημένῃ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀδελφότητι τῇ κατὰ Σανναβα· δάην τοῦ μακαρίου Λευκαδίου, ὲν μονάζουοι καὶ παρθένοις ἡγιασμένοις ὲν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, Γρηγόριος ὲν Κυρίῳ χαίρειν. Τὸ μὲν γενόμενον κατʼ οἰκονομίαν Θεοῦ, εὐχαριστίας, οὐ δακρύων ὑπόθεσίς ἑστι τοῖς γε νοῦν ἔχουσι, τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ σταδίου γενέσθαι τὸν ἀθλητὴν μετὰ τῆς καλῆς ἀγωνίας ἧς ἠγωνίσατο, καὶ παραληφθῆναι παρὰ τοῦ ἀγωνοθέτου, ὥστε ἀπο. λαβεῖν τὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανον, καὶ πλεονάσαι
dechetai, ei kai mē pantelōs autēn aposkeuaxo metha. EX de soi tauta. men orthōs dokei legesthai. hou philosophon de einai to timēn tōn pyktiōn … ta chrēmata, lysousi de hoi penētes tēn antithesin. SAsin. LIBANIǬ Mētēr patri pepompha paida, hē kata physin tǭ kata logous. Hopōs oun moi melēsę̄, soi melē sei. SLZth. MAKEDONIǬ. Ouk aplēstoi per) ty paschein eu para tōn philōn hēmeis. ei kai sy pros to poiein aphthonos. Dia touto soi ton psaltēn apepempsamen kata ta synkeimena, beltiston te allōs onta (hoson en bracheiʼ chronǭ katamathein), kai soi kecharismenon isōs dia tēn psalmǭdian, hypomnēsin echousan aei Theou kai tēs sōtērias. Ei de kai palin heuergetēseis hēmas, hēnika an touto soi philon, kai kairos phainētai, poiēseis ameinon, kai mallon ti tēs sēs touto philias. o eAiin. Tę̄ eulabestatę̄ kai kata panta kekosmēmenę̄ en Christǭ adelphotēti tę̄ kata Sannaba; daēn tou makariou Leukadiou, en monazouoi kai parthenois hēgiasmenois en Christǭ Iēsou, Grēgorios en Kyriǭ chairein. To men genomenon katʼ oikonomian Theou, eucharistias, ou dakryōn hypothesis hesti tois ge noun echousi, to exōthen tou stadiou genesthai ton athlētēn meta tēs kalēs agōnias hēs ēgōnisato, kai paralēphthēnai para tou agōnothetou, hōste apo. labein ton tēs dikaiosynēs stephanon, kai pleonasai
… accepts, even if we do not lay it aside altogether. But if you think these things rightly said, but that it is not philosophical to ask a price for books, … the money, and the poor will settle the counter-claim. [Letter 236. To Libanius] I, a mother, have sent a son to a father: the mother by nature to the father by eloquence. As you care for me, so you will care for him. [Letter 237. To Macedonius] We are not insatiable in receiving kindness from friends, even if you are unstinting in doing it. Therefore we have sent the psalm-singer back to you as agreed, an excellent man besides (as far as one can learn in a short time), and perhaps pleasing to you for his psalmody, which always contains a reminder of God and of salvation. And if you do us a kindness again, whenever it pleases you and the time seems right, you will do better, and this will be more worthy of your friendship. [Letter 238] To the most reverent brotherhood in Christ, adorned in every way, the brotherhood of the blessed Leucadius at Sannabadae, to the monks and virgins sanctified in Christ Jesus, Gregory sends greeting in the Lord. What has happened by God's economy is, for those who have sense, a ground not for tears but for thanksgiving: that the athlete has gone out of the stadium with the good contest he contested, and has been received by the president of the games, so as to receive the crown of righteousness and to increase
Chapter 381
381PG 37:381a–381b
διʼ ἑαυτοῦ τὸν τῶν ἀγγέλων χορόν. Πάντα ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα χαρᾶς καὶ εὐφροσύνης ἀφορμὴ τοῖς πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν βλέπουσι κατά τὸ Εὑαγγέλιον γίνεται. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ συνήθειά τις ἐκράτησεν ὥστε καί σκυθρωπάζειν ἐπὶ τῇ μεταστάσει τῶν ἀγίων, καὶ τῆς παρά τῶν ἀγαπητῶν παρακλήσεως ἀξιοῦσθαι, τούτου ἕνεκα σκυθρωπὸν μέν τι καὶ κατηφὲς, οὒτε λαλῆσαι ωταδεχόμεθα, οὔτε ὑμῖν συμβουλεύομεν ὑποσχεῖν τάς ἀκοὰς τοῖς τοιούτοις τῶν λόγων. Τὴν δὲ χρεωστουμένην παράκλησιν ἀποπληροῦμεν, ὲν τῷ συμβουλεῦσαι τῇ κοσμιότητι ὑμῶν, ἀεὶ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον βλέπειν, διὰ τοῦ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὀρᾷν. Τοῦτο γάρ εὐχόμεθα, ἕκαστον καὶ ἑκάστην τῷ βίῳ τοῦ μακαρίου μορφωθῆναι, ὥστε ὅταν ἀλλήλους ὁρᾶτε, πληροφορεῖσθαι ὑμᾶς, ὅτι τῷ ἐκείνου χαρακτῆρι ὲνατενίζετε. Μορφοὺτω τὴν ζωὴν ὑμῶν τὸ ὲκείνου καθαρὸν,τδ ἀόργητον, ή ταπεινοφ ροσὺνη, ή ἐνεργὴς φιλοσοφία, τὸ ἀε) πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν συντεταμένην τὴν ψυχὴν ἔχειν, τὸ μὴ πρὸς τὰς ἀπάτας τοῦ βίου τοὺτου μετεωρίζεσθαι* ῖνα ταῦτα ὲν ἀλλήλοις βλέποντες, τὸ ἐκείνου μνημόσυνον ὲν ἑαυτοῖς ζωγραφήσητε, καὶ οὔτε ἐκεῖνος, οὔτε ὑμεῖς ἐν θανάτῳ γενήσησθε. Ἐν γὰρ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ βίῳ κάκεῖνος ζῶν διαπαντὸς ἐπιδειχθήσεται, καὶ ὑμεῖς διὰ τῆς ἀγαθῆς πολιτείας, τῆς τοῦ θανάτου κοινωνίας ἀλλοτρίους ἑαυτοὺς καταστήσετε( Ἐρῤωμένους ὑμᾶς, ψυχῇ καὶ σώματι προκόπτοντας, ὲν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεὺματος ὁ Κύριος σκεπάζοι μεμνημένους ἡμῶν ἐν ταῖς προσευχαῖς. me. ΕΠΙΦΑΝΙῼ. Νόμῳ προκαλοῦμαι νόμον, τὸν κελεύοντα τιμᾶσθαι πατέρα, τῷ κελεύοντι διδάσκεσθαι παῖδας. Νῦν μὲν οὖν ὲξηγοῦμαί σοι πρὸς τά κάλλιστα, καὶ οἷον δεξιάν φιλίας δέχου τά γράμματα, Εἰ δὲ ἀντεπιθείης, καὶ πολλάκις τοῦτο ποιεῖν βουληθείης, ῐσως ποιήσεις καὶ γέροντα αἰχμητὴν, οὐδὲν τοῦ Νέστορος ἀγεννέστερον.
diʼ heautou ton tōn angelōn choron. Panta tauta kai ta toiauta charas kai euphrosynēs aphormē tois pros tēn alētheian blepousi kata to Heuangelion ginetai. Epeidē de synētheia tis ekratēsen hōste kai skythrōpazein epi tę̄ metastasei tōn agiōn, kai tēs para tōn agapētōn paraklēseōs axiousthai, toutou heneka skythrōpon men ti kai katēphes, oute lalēsai ōtadechometha, oute hymin symbouleuomen hyposchein tas akoas tois toioutois tōn logōn. Tēn de chreōstoumenēn paraklēsin apoplēroumen, en tǭ symbouleusai tę̄ kosmiotēti hymōn, aei pros ekeinon blepein, dia tou pros allēlous orąn. Touto gar euchometha, hekaston kai hekastēn tǭ biǭ tou makariou morphōthēnai, hōste hotan allēlous horate, plērophoreisthai hymas, hoti tǭ ekeinou charaktēri enatenizete. Morphoutō tēn zōēn hymōn to ekeinou katharon,td aorgēton, ē tapeinoph rosynē, ē energēs philosophia, to ae) pros ton Theon syntetamenēn tēn psychēn echein, to mē pros tas apatas tou biou toutou meteōrizesthai* ina tauta en allēlois blepontes, to ekeinou mnēmosynon en heautois zōgraphēsēte, kai oute ekeinos, oute hymeis en thanatǭ genēsēsthe. En gar tǭ hymeterǭ biǭ kakeinos zōn diapantos epideichthēsetai, kai hymeis dia tēs agathēs politeias, tēs tou thanatou koinōnias allotrious heautous katastēsete( Errōmenous hymas, psychę̄ kai sōmati prokoptontas, en tę̄ dynamei tou hagiou Pneumatos ho Kyrios skepazoi memnēmenous hēmōn en tais proseuchais. me. EPIPhANIǬ. Nomǭ prokaloumai nomon, ton keleuonta timasthai patera, tǭ keleuonti didaskesthai paidas. Nyn men oun exēgoumai soi pros ta kallista, kai hoion dexian philias dechou ta grammata, Ei de antepitheiēs, kai pollakis touto poiein boulētheiēs, isōs poiēseis kai geronta aichmētēn, ouden tou Nestoros agennesteron.
by himself the chorus of the angels. All these things, and such things, become an occasion of joy and gladness for those who look to the truth according to the Gospel. But since a certain custom has prevailed of being sad at the departure of the saints and of receiving consolation from those who love us, for this reason we neither agree to say anything sad and downcast, nor do we advise you to lend your ears to such words. But we discharge the consolation we owe by advising your modesty always to look to him by looking at one another. For this we pray, that each man and each woman may be formed by the life of the blessed one, so that when you look at one another you may be assured that you are gazing on his likeness. Let his purity form your life, his freedom from anger, his humility, his active philosophy, his keeping his soul always intent on God, his not being carried away by the deceits of this life; so that, seeing these things in one another, you may paint his memorial in yourselves, and neither he nor you may come into death. For in your life he too will be shown living always, and you, by your good conduct, will make yourselves strangers to the fellowship of death. May the Lord shelter you, healthy and advancing in soul and body in the power of the Holy Spirit, remembering us in your prayers. [Letter 239. To Epiphanius] With one law I challenge another: the one that bids a father be honoured, with the one that bids children be taught. Now, then, I lead you toward the finest things; and receive this letter as a right hand of friendship. And if you reply, and are willing to do so often, perhaps you will make even an old man a warrior, no less noble than Nestor.
Chapter 383
383PG 37:384a–384b
ἐπέσταλκα, πείθομαι δὲ ὅτι καὶ αὐτῷ …. Ὦ τῆς ἀργίας, ἴνα μὴ εἴπω τῆς … Μικρὸν καὶ ὁ ’Δργανθώνιος ἡμῖν είς ὓπνου λόγον, οὕτως ὲκαθευδήσαμεν. Ποῦ μὲν ὁ θίασος ἡμῖν ὲκείνοςς ποῦ δὲ οἱ κοινοὶ λόγοι καὶ σύλλογοι, καὶὴ γλνκεῖα πηγὴ καὶ ἄφθονος, ἀφʼ ἧς ὴρυόμεοας Ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν καὶ διανίσταμαι, καὶ τὴν κόνιν ἀποσείομαι, κατά τοὺς ’Λχιλλέως ἵππους, ὀψὲ γοῦν (ὀκνῶ γὰρ εἰπεῖν), κα) τὴν χαίτην ἀνασείομαι. Μή με κωμῳδεῖν ύπολάὁῃς. Σοὶ δὲ εί τι μέλει τῆς ’ἡμετέρας φιλίας, ἐξ ὧν ἐπιστέλλεις δηλωθήσεται. Διᾲττειν σε ὡς τοὺς ἀστέρας, ἄλλοτε κατʼ ἄλλο μέρος τῆς βαρβαρικῆς ἀνίσχοντα, νῦν μὲν σιτηρέσια στρατιωτικὰ παρέχοντα, νῦν δὲ βασιλεῖ … νόμενον μετά λαμπροῦ τοῦ σχήματος, ἡ τῶν ἀγαῦῶν ἄγγελος φήμη ἀγγέλλουσα ἡμῖν ού διαλείπει. Εὐχόμεθα δὲ τῷ Θεῷ κατὰ λόγον μέν σοι προϊοῦσαν τὴν ἐπιχείρησιν, ἐπὶ μέγα σε προελθεῖν ἀξίωμα, καὶ φανῆναί ποτε τηκυμένῳ. Τοσοῦτον γὰρ μέτεστιδ ἡμῖν τοῦ βίον, ὅσον ἀναπνεῖν μόνον.
epestalka, peithomai de hoti kai autǭ …. Ō tēs argias, ina mē eipō tēs … Mikron kai ho ’Drganthōnios hēmin eis hypnou logon, houtōs ekatheudēsamen. Pou men ho thiasos hēmin ekeinoss pou de hoi koinoi logoi kai syllogoi, kaiē glnkeia pēgē kai aphthonos, aphʼ hēs ēryomeoas Egō men oun kai dianistamai, kai tēn konin aposeiomai, kata tous ’Lchilleōs hippous, opse goun (oknō gar eipein), ka) tēn chaitēn anaseiomai. Mē me kōmǭdein ypolaoę̄s. Soi de ei ti melei tēs ’hēmeteras philias, ex hōn epistelleis dēlōthēsetai. Diąttein se hōs tous asteras, allote katʼ allo meros tēs barbarikēs anischonta, nyn men sitēresia stratiōtika parechonta, nyn de basilei … nomenon meta lamprou tou schēmatos, hē tōn agauōn angelos phēmē angellousa hēmin ou dialeipei. Euchometha de tǭ Theǭ kata logon men soi proïousan tēn epicheirēsin, epi mega se proelthein axiōma, kai phanēnai pote tēkymenǭ. Tosouton gar metestid hēmin tou bion, hoson anapnein monon.
… I have written, and I am persuaded that to him too … . O the idleness, not to say the … ! Even Arganthonius would be short for us in a reckoning of sleep, so soundly have we slept. Where is that band of ours? Where the common studies and gatherings, and the sweet and abundant spring from which we drew? I for my part am getting up and shaking off the dust, like the horses of Achilles, late indeed (for I hesitate to say it), and tossing my mane. Do not think I am jesting. But whether you care at all for our friendship will be shown by what you write. … That you dart about like the stars, rising now in one part of the barbarian land and now in another, now supplying soldiers' rations, now appearing before the emperor in brilliant state: this report, messenger of good news, never ceases to announce to us. We pray to God that your undertaking may go on as it should, and that you may advance to a great dignity, and may one day appear to one who is wasting away. For we have only so much share in life as to breathe.
Chapter 385
385PG 37:385a–385b
Σφόδρα τε θαυμάζω καὶ λίαν ὲκπλήττομαι τῆς νηφαλιότητος, κ. τ. λ. XMA'. ΒΑΣΙΛΙΣΣῌ Εἰ μὴ περιττὸν τὴν πονοῦσαν ἐγεῖραι πρὸς πόνους. οὐκ ὀκνήσω, τῆς κοινῆς ἕνεκεν ἀσφαλείας, ὅπως ἂν δύνωμαι, τὴν σὴν ἐπιρρῶσαι προθυμίαν, ού κατά προσθήκην ἐτέρων τινῶν, ἢ ξένων παραγγελμάτων, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ὑπόμνησιν τῶν ἡμῖν τε πολλάκις εἰρημένων, καὶ σοὶ συνήθως ὲκπονουμένων. Ταῦτα δέ ἐστιν· ἄγειν τὴν ψυχὴν τῶν λυπηρῶν ἀνωτὲραν τῇ περὶ τὰ κράτιστα διατριβῇ, ἀποκρίνειν τῆς διανοίας πᾶν, ὅσον ἀρετῆς ἀλλότριον, καὶτῆς σῆς ἀνάξιον γνώμης, συντείνειν ἑαυτὴν πρὸς εὐσέβειαν καὶ πᾶσαν εύκου σμίαν, λεπτύνειν τὸν νοῦν εἰς τὸ μηδὲν μήτε δέχεσθαι μήτε φρονεῖν ἀνεξέταστον, κρατύνειν τὴν φρόνησιν κατά πάντα καιρὸν, καὶ πάντα τρόπον τῷ προσομιλεῖν ἂν ταῖς τῶν προλαβόντων ὑποθήκαις ὁσίων, προτάττειν πάσης ἀπεχθείας καὶ φιλίας τὴν πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους καὶ ξένους δικαιοσύνην, σύνοικον ἔχειν καὶ συνόμιλον πάντοσε τὴν σωφροσύνην, ἐρριζωμένην εἰλικρινῶς τῇ ψυχῇ, καὶ παγίως ἱδρυμένην, μὴ συμμεταβάλλειν τὸν τρόπον ταῖς ἀνωμαλίαις τοῦ βίου καὶ μεταβολαῖς. Οὔτε γάρ ἐν πενίᾳ τὸ φρόνημα τοῦ βίου συστέλλειν εὐπρεπὲς,ούτε ἐν περιουσίᾳ μέγα φρονεῖν ἀσφαλές· διὸ δὴ κράτιστον ἀσκεῖν ὲν μὲν τοῖς τέρπουσι τὴν ἐγκράτειαν, ὲν δὲ τοῖς λυπηροῖς τὴν καρτερίαν, ἀμνημονεῖν τῆς παλαιᾶς περιουσίας, αἰτεῖν τὴν αὐτάρκειαν, στέργειν τὸ διδόμενον, ἑλπίζειν τὸ βέλτιον, καὶ φέρειν πράως τὴν τοῦ σώματος ἀρρωστίαν, ἐπὶ μηδενὶ μεμψιμοιρεῖν, μηδὲ σχετλιάζειν, ἀλλʼ εὐχάριστον εἶναι περὶ τὴν Πρόνοιαν, ὅση τις εἴη, καὶ κρύπτειν πολλάκις τὰς αἰτίας τῶν γινομένων, ἀλλʼ ούκ ἀμελεῖν τοῦ πρὸς ἀξίαν, πρὸς ἦν ἀποδιδοῦσα λογίζου πρὶν ἐξειπεῖν τὸ λεκτέον,
Sphodra te thaumazō kai lian ekplēttomai tēs nēphaliotētos, k. t. l. XMA'. BASILISSĘ̄ Ei mē peritton tēn ponousan egeirai pros ponous. ouk oknēsō, tēs koinēs heneken asphaleias, hopōs an dynōmai, tēn sēn epirrōsai prothymian, ou kata prosthēkēn eterōn tinōn, ē xenōn parangelmatōn, alla pros hypomnēsin tōn hēmin te pollakis eirēmenōn, kai soi synēthōs ekponoumenōn. Tauta de estin; agein tēn psychēn tōn lypērōn anōteran tę̄ peri ta kratista diatribę̄, apokrinein tēs dianoias pan, hoson aretēs allotrion, kaitēs sēs anaxion gnōmēs, synteinein heautēn pros eusebeian kai pasan eukou smian, leptynein ton noun eis to mēden mēte dechesthai mēte phronein anexetaston, kratynein tēn phronēsin kata panta kairon, kai panta tropon tǭ prosomilein an tais tōn prolabontōn hypothēkais hosiōn, protattein pasēs apechtheias kai philias tēn pros tous oikeious kai xenous dikaiosynēn, synoikon echein kai synomilon pantose tēn sōphrosynēn, errizōmenēn eilikrinōs tę̄ psychę̄, kai pagiōs hidrymenēn, mē symmetaballein ton tropon tais anōmaliais tou biou kai metabolais. Oute gar en penią to phronēma tou biou systellein euprepes,oute en periousią mega phronein asphales; dio dē kratiston askein en men tois terpousi tēn enkrateian, en de tois lypērois tēn karterian, amnēmonein tēs palaias periousias, aitein tēn autarkeian, stergein to didomenon, helpizein to beltion, kai pherein praōs tēn tou sōmatos arrōstian, epi mēdeni mempsimoirein, mēde schetliazein, allʼ euchariston einai peri tēn Pronoian, hosē tis eiē, kai kryptein pollakis tas aitias tōn ginomenōn, allʼ ouk amelein tou pros axian, pros ēn apodidousa logizou prin exeipein to lekteon,
“I very much wonder, and am exceedingly amazed at the sobriety …,” and so on. [Letter 244. To Basilissa] If it is not superfluous to rouse one who labours to further labours, I will not hesitate, for our common safety, to strengthen your eagerness as best I can, not by adding other or foreign precepts, but by reminding you of what we have often said and you are accustomed to practise. They are these: to lead the soul above its griefs by occupying it with the best things; to remove from the mind everything foreign to virtue and unworthy of your judgment; to strain yourself toward piety and every seemliness; to refine the mind so as neither to accept nor to think anything unexamined; to strengthen your prudence at every time and in every way by keeping company with the counsels of the holy ones who went before; to set justice toward kin and strangers above all enmity and friendship; to have self-control as your housemate and companion everywhere, sincerely rooted in the soul and firmly established; not to change your character with the unevenness and changes of life. For neither is it seemly to let one's spirit shrink in poverty, nor safe to be proud in abundance. Therefore it is best to practise self-control in pleasures and endurance in griefs; not to remember former wealth; to ask for sufficiency; to love what is given; to hope for the better; to bear bodily sickness gently; to complain of nothing and to rail at nothing, but to be thankful toward Providence, whatever it may be, which often hides the causes of what happens but does not neglect what is deserved; in view of which, reckon before you say what is to be said
Chapter 387
387PG 37:388a–388d
καὶ πρὸ τοῦ πρᾶξαι τὸ πρακτέονο οὕτω γὰρ δὴ ἔσται σοι πᾶν τὸ ῥηθὲν, ἢ πραχθὲν ἀμεταμέλητον. Εὺσχημονεῖν ἡγοῦ μὴ τοῖς ἔξωθεν προκαλύμμασι, πλοῦτον νόμιζε γνήσιον καὶ βέβαιον τὴν ὀλιγόδειαν οὐ γὰρ ἐν τῷ πολλὰ κεκτῆσθαι τὸ πλουτεῖν ἐστι βεβαίως, ἀλλὰ τῷ μὴ πολλῶν δεῖσθαι. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ σοὶ, τὸ δὲ τῶν ἔξωθεν. Ῥύομιζε τὸν μὲν τρόπον ἐπιεικείᾳ, τὸ δὲ ἦθος ἀταραξίᾳ, τὴν δὲ γλῶτταν βραχυλογίᾳ. Διὰ δὲ τούτων κόσμει τὴν κεφαλὴν ’ τῷ σκέπειν, τὰς δὲ ὀφρῦς τῷ κατεσταλμένις ἔχειν, τοὺς δὲ ὀφθαλμοὺς τῷ συνιδεῖν, καὶ κοσμίως βλέπειν, τὸ δὲ στόμα τῷ μηδὲν ἀπρεπῶς λαλεῖν, τὰ δὲ ὦτα τῷ μόνῳ τοῖς σπουδαίοις ὑπέχειν, σύμπαν δὲ τὸ πρόσωπον τῷ ἐξ αἰδοῦς χρώματι. Ἐν πᾶσι δὲ, καὶ διὰ πάντων φύλασσε σεαυτὴν ἁμόλυντον, ὥσπερ τι κειμήλιον ἄψαυστον. Κόσμος γὰρ οἰκεῖος, πρέπων γυναιξὶ, σεμνότης, εὐστάθεια, σωφροσύνη. Τρυφὴν νόμιζε καλλίστην ὁμοῦ καὶ ῥᾴστην, τὴν χρειώδη τροφήν· αὕτη γὰρ καὶ καθʼ ἑαυτὴν ἐπαινετὴ, καὶ πρὸς τὸν ὲν σωφροσύνη βίον αἱρετὴ, καὶ πρὸς ὑγείαν ἀρίστη, καὶ συμμετρίαν, καὶ τὴν ἄλλην εὐκοσμίαν, καὶ παιδείαν οὑκ ἀνόνητος.
kai pro tou praxai to prakteono houtō gar dē estai soi pan to rhēthen, ē prachthen ametamelēton. Euschēmonein hēgou mē tois exōthen prokalymmasi, plouton nomize gnēsion kai bebaion tēn oligodeian ou gar en tǭ polla kektēsthai to ploutein esti bebaiōs, alla tǭ mē pollōn deisthai. To men gar epi soi, to de tōn exōthen. Rhyomize ton men tropon epieikeią, to de ēthos ataraxią, tēn de glōttan brachylogią. Dia de toutōn kosmei tēn kephalēn ’ tǭ skepein, tas de ophrys tǭ katestalmenis echein, tous de ophthalmous tǭ synidein, kai kosmiōs blepein, to de stoma tǭ mēden aprepōs lalein, ta de ōta tǭ monǭ tois spoudaiois hypechein, sympan de to prosōpon tǭ ex aidous chrōmati. En pasi de, kai dia pantōn phylasse seautēn hamolynton, hōsper ti keimēlion apsauston. Kosmos gar oikeios, prepōn gynaixi, semnotēs, eustatheia, sōphrosynē. Tryphēn nomize kallistēn homou kai rhąstēn, tēn chreiōdē trophēn; hautē gar kai kathʼ heautēn epainetē, kai pros ton en sōphrosynē bion hairetē, kai pros hygeian aristē, kai symmetrian, kai tēn allēn eukosmian, kai paideian houk anonētos.
and before you do what is to be done; for so everything you say or do will be free from regret. Think that seemliness lies not in outward coverings; consider having few needs to be true and firm wealth; for to be firmly rich lies not in possessing much but in needing little: the one is in your power, the other belongs to outside things. Regulate your manner with gentleness, your disposition with calm, your tongue with brevity of speech. And through these adorn your head by covering it, your brows by keeping them lowered, your eyes by looking modestly, your mouth by saying nothing unseemly, your ears by lending them only to serious things, and your whole face with the colour of modesty. In all things and through all things keep yourself undefiled, like an untouched treasure. For the adornment proper and fitting to women is dignity, steadiness, and self-control. Consider the finest and easiest luxury to be the food that is needed; for this is praiseworthy in itself, to be chosen for a life of self-control, best for health and good proportion and all other seemliness, and not without profit for discipline.